EZwaveTM Users and Reference Manual

Release AMS11.2

2012 Mentor Graphics Corporation All rights reserved.

This document contains information that is proprietary to Mentor Graphics Corporation. The original recipient of this document may duplicate this document in whole or in part for internal business purposes only, provided that this entire notice appears in all copies. In duplicating any part of this document, the recipient agrees to make every reasonable effort to prevent the unauthorized use and distribution of the proprietary information.

This document is for information and instruction purposes. Mentor Graphics reserves the right to make changes in specifications and other information contained in this publication without prior notice, and the reader should, in all cases, consult Mentor Graphics to determine whether any changes have been made. The terms and conditions governing the sale and licensing of Mentor Graphics products are set forth in written agreements between Mentor Graphics and its customers. No representation or other affirmation of fact contained in this publication shall be deemed to be a warranty or give rise to any liability of Mentor Graphics whatsoever. MENTOR GRAPHICS MAKES NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WITH REGARD TO THIS MATERIAL INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. MENTOR GRAPHICS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS PUBLICATION OR THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN IT, EVEN IF MENTOR GRAPHICS CORPORATION HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. RESTRICTED RIGHTS LEGEND 03/97 U.S. Government Restricted Rights. The SOFTWARE and documentation have been developed entirely at private expense and are commercial computer software provided with restricted rights. Use, duplication or disclosure by the U.S. Government or a U.S. Government subcontractor is subject to the restrictions set forth in the license agreement provided with the software pursuant to DFARS 227.72023(a) or as set forth in subparagraph (c)(1) and (2) of the Commercial Computer Software - Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52.227-19, as applicable. Contractor/manufacturer is: Mentor Graphics Corporation 8005 S.W. Boeckman Road, Wilsonville, Oregon 97070-7777. Telephone: 503.685.7000 Toll-Free Telephone: 800.592.2210 Website: www.mentor.com SupportNet: supportnet.mentor.com/ Send Feedback on Documentation: supportnet.mentor.com/doc_feedback_form

TRADEMARKS: The trademarks, logos and service marks ("Marks") used herein are the property of Mentor Graphics Corporation or other third parties. No one is permitted to use these Marks without the prior written consent of Mentor Graphics or the respective third-party owner. The use herein of a thirdparty Mark is not an attempt to indicate Mentor Graphics as a source of a product, but is intended to indicate a product from, or associated with, a particular third party. A current list of Mentor Graphics trademarks may be viewed at: www.mentor.com/trademarks.

Table of Contents
Chapter 1 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Overview of EZwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joint Waveform Database (JWDB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Visual Tour of EZwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Event Search Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Comparison Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Process Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 2 Set Up and Load Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing the EZwave Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Up Environment Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Default Environment Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Invoking EZwave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Invoking the Application from Other Host Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring EZwave Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Waveform Names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the Color Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Graphical Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Fonts and Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening Databases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Database List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported File Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 3 Add Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting a Single Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Multiple Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting the Difference Between Two Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dragging and Dropping Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grouping Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aligning Y-Axes with Different Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Visibility of Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying Waveform Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 23 24 25 25 28 29 30 32 33 34 35 36 39 39 40 40 42 42 43 43 45 46 47 55 56 56 59 59 60 61 61 62 64 66 68 69

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Table of Contents

Creating an XY Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Analog and Digital Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Complex-Valued Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting wreal Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Multiple Bit Waveforms as a Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying Bus Values as a String . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Assertions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compound Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying Compound Waveforms as Single Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 4 Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding the Base Cursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Reference Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Relative Reference Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Horizontal Cursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moving Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Visibility of Cursor Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Y-Level Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Cursor Value Table with Compound Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Event Search Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performing a Basic Event Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performing an Expression Event Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Eye Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Eye Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing an Eye Mask. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Smith Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Smith Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Impedance and Admittance Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smith Chart and Polar Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursors in the Smith Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Circles in the Smith Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparing Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Support for Different Types of Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Waveform Compare Wizard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manually Comparing Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Waveform Comparison Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Generating a Waveform Comparison Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing and Saving Comparison Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving a Comparison Session. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Comparison Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Analog Waveform Comparison Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wreal Waveform Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

70 71 71 72 72 73 74 75 77 77 79 83 84 84 85 86 87 90 90 92 94 96 96 97 98 98 100 103 104 105 105 108 109 111 114 115 116 119 122 126 127 127 128 132 134

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Table of Contents

Chapter 5 Post-Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transforming Analog Waveforms to Digital. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transforming Digital Waveforms to Analog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bus Transformation Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bit Transformation Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Measurement Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Taking a Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequency Domain Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Statistical Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Time Domain Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Buttons in the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Built-In Functions in the Waveform Calculator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using User-Defined Functions in the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Measurement Tool Functions in the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Built-In Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculator Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal Processing Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectral Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Convolution Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Harmonic Distortion Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Signal to Noise Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Window Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windowing Transforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 6 Save and Output Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving and Restoring Graph Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving Graph Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restoring Graph Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Printing Graph Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Graph Windows as a PDF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Graph Windows as an Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Text Annotations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Text Annotations to a Waveform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Text Annotations to the Graph Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving a Waveform Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving Multiple Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recovering Save Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recovering from Incomplete Simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recovering Incomplete Savefiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

137 138 139 140 140 141 142 143 144 145 147 152 153 162 162 164 165 165 171 171 180 198 198 200 201 203 204 205 205 206 211 211 212 212 213 213 215 215 216 216 216 218 219 219 219

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Table of Contents

Saving a JWDB as an ASCII File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Converting a JWDB File to ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Chapter 7 EZwave GUI Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Application Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Menu Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Window Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window Popup Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Panel Popup Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Database Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Folder Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hierarchy Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Name Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selected Waveforms Popup Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workspace Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keyboard and Mouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keyboard Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mouse Strokes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator GUI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chooser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Function Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . History/Stack Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expression Entry Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Button Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Evaluation Mode Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chapter 8 Dialog and Field Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Clock Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Cursor Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog to Digital Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto Correlation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Reload Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axis Properties Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chirp Transform Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparison Options Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Options Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparison Method Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AMS Options Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Constellation Diagram Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convolution Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 224 225 234 237 239 241 243 243 254 254 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 262 263 264 265 265 265 265 265 266 266 267 268 269 270 272 275 277 279 282 283 284 286 287 289

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Table of Contents

Create Bus Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cross Correlation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursors Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Format Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Values Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Digital Transformation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Event Search Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Settings Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Results Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Mask Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harmonic Distortion Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Histogram Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Layout Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mouse Pointer Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple Run Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Noise Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Spectral Density Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Row Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save As Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Windows Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select Hierarchy Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select Waveforms Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal to Noise Ratio Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Text Annotation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transformations Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculations Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . View Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Compare Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Names Display Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Properties Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog Waveform Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital Waveform Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radix Waveform Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windowing Transform Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

290 292 294 296 299 301 303 305 307 309 311 311 315 317 318 322 323 325 327 329 330 332 334 335 336 338 342 343 345 348 350 352 353 355 357 359 361 362 362 364 366 367 368 369 371 371 376 378 379
7

Table of Contents

Workspace Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382 Appendix A Eldo Simulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scenario 1: Run Eldo With EZwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scenario 2: Complete Eldo Simulation and View Simulation Data Later. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Reload Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scenario 3: Manual Status Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scenario 4: Marching Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix B Waveform Calculator Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Functions by Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . abs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . absolutejitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acosh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acoth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . asin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . asinh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atan2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atanh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . autocor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . avg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ceil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . chirp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . complex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . concat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . constellationdiagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . continuous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . convolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cosh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . coth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cphase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . crosscorrelation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . datatowf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . db. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . db10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . deg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . derive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dtoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 385 386 387 387 388 391 394 398 399 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 414 415 416 419 420 421 422 423 424 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Table of Contents

dtoaonbit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . evmber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . exp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . eyediagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . falltime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . floor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fmod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . frexp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gendecade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . genlinear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . genoctave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gmargin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gptocomplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . harmonicdistortion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . harmonics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hdist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . histogram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hypot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . idb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . idb10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ifft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . imag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . integ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . integral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . intersect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . larger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ldexp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lesser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ln . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . longtermjitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . min . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . modf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mptocomplex. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . noisetrantophasenoise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . oipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . periodjitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . phasenoise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . phmargin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pow10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . psd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

439 440 441 442 443 445 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 465 466 467 468 469 471 472 473 474 475 476 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 489 490 491 492 493 496
9

Table of Contents

real. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reglin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . risetime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ritocomplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rms_ac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rms_noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rms_tran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . settlingtime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sinh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sla . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . snr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sqr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sqrt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tanh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wftoascii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wftodata. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . windavg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . windowing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xcompress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xnor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xofmax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xofmin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . yval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix C Tcl Scripting Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Scripting Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Command Syntax Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

497 498 499 500 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 539 541 542 542 545 545 546

10

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Table of Contents

Variable Substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl List Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported Tcl Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conventions Used in the Tcl Command Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Command Short Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Waveforms in Tcl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting Waveforms in Tcl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Command Detailed Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . add wave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . add workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . batch_mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare savelog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare saverules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset clear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset merge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset mergewaveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset rename. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset savewaveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . delete wave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dofile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . evalExpression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . exit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . find analogs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . find digitals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . find nets | signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . getactivecursortime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . precision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . printenv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . quit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix define . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

546 547 548 549 549 556 557 560 561 567 568 569 573 574 577 578 579 580 584 585 586 587 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 601 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617
11

Table of Contents

radix list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . setenv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . unsetenv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave activecursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave activeworkspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addannotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addcursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave adddeltamarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addmarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addproperty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addwindow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addworkspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave closewindow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave colortheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave cursortime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave deletecursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave difference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave displayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave exists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave launchfolder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave listworkspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave lockcursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave refresh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave rowfit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave runindexlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave runparameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave runparametervalue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave show. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave showgridlines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave showzerolevels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave tile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave windowlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave xaxis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave yaxis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomfull. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomlast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomrange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wfc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . write jpeg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . write png . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . write wave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Tcl Command Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Scripting Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12

618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 627 629 631 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 678

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Table of Contents

Tcl Waveform Calculator Batch Commands Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a User-Defined Function With Tcl Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Different find Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Comparison Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix D Supported Net Representation Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Representing the Signal as a Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extended Options for Selecting Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Examples of wave show and -show usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix E Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Known Problems and Workarounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linux Printing Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If You Are Using LPRNG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If You Are Using CUPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-Threading on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Memory Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resolving Out-Of-Memory Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resolving Why the Simulator Fails to Start EZwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Increasing the Memory Stack Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loading .fsdb Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Launching EZwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure to Load EZwave Dynamic Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure to Launch EZwave in Questa ADMS GUI Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logfiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logfile Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contacting the Customer Support Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Training Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your comments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glossary Index Third-Party Information End-User License Agreement

678 682 684 689 692 693 693 694 694 697 699 699 701 701 702 703 705 705 706 707 707 707 707 708 709 709 710 714 715 715

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

13

Table of Contents

14

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

List of Figures
Figure 1-1. EZwave Main Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Figure 1-2. Waveform List Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Figure 1-3. Workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Figure 1-4. Graph Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Figure 1-5. Example Cursor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Figure 1-6. Event Search Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Figure 1-7. Measurement Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Figure 1-8. Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Figure 2-1. Display of Full Waveform Name Hierarchy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Figure 2-2. Display of Waveform Leaf Name Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Figure 2-3. Display of 2 Levels of Waveform Name Hierarchy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Figure 2-4. Display of Right Justified Waveform Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Figure 2-5. Display of Leaf Only Waveform Name with Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Figure 3-1. Location of Plotted Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Figure 3-2. Creating a Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Figure 3-3. An Expanded Waveform Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Figure 3-4. Overlaid Waveforms With Different Y Axes Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Figure 3-5. Realigned Y Axes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Figure 3-6. Step Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Figure 3-7. Railroad Waveform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 Figure 3-8. Multiple Bit Waveforms as a Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Figure 3-9. Bus Display with Value Strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Figure 3-10. Radix Options in the Waveform Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Figure 3-11. Graph Window With an VHDL-AMS Assertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Figure 3-12. Graph Window With an SOA Assertion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 Figure 3-13. Graph Window With a Compound Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Figure 3-14. Compound Waveforms as Single Elements With Run Parameters . . . . . . . . . 79 Figure 3-15. Parameter Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Figure 4-1. The Base Cursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Figure 4-2. Reference Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Figure 4-3. Horizontal Cursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Figure 4-4. Show/Hide Crossing Points in the Data Values Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Figure 4-5. EZwave Display Preferences - Horizontal Cursor in Y-Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Figure 4-6. Cursor Values Displayed in the Reserved Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Figure 4-7. Waveform-Based Delta Ys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Figure 4-8. Cursor-Based Delta Ys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 Figure 4-9. Cursor Value Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Figure 4-10. Rising Edge Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Figure 4-11. Eye Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Figure 4-12. Left and Right Crossing Points and Vertical Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

15

List of Figures

Figure 4-13. Smith Chart Impedance Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-14. Smith Chart Admittance Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-15. Smith Chart with Negative Real Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-16. Polar Chart Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-17. Cursor in a Smith Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-18. Setting Data Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-19. Multiple-Circle Plot and Circle Visibility Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-20. Circle Visibility Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-21. Highlighted Circle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-22. The Waveform Compare Wizard Process Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-23. Waveform Comparison Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-24. Waveform Comparison Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-25. Stepping Through Waveform Differences With a Cursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-26. Display Tolerance Tube Menu Item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-27. Graph Window Showing Tolerance Tube. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-28. Waveform Compare Showing Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-29. Calculations on the Reference Waveform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-30. Tolerance Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-31. Data Points Outside of the Tolerance Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 4-32. Display of the Tolerance Tube . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-1. Bus Transformation Setup Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-2. Bit Transformation Setup Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-3. Calculation of the Average Value of a Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-4. Mean Value of a Waveform Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-5. The RMS AC Calculation: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-6. The RMS Noise Calculation: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-7. The RMS Tran Calculation: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-8. Built-In Waveform Calculator Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-9. Correlogram Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-10. Periodogram Method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-11. Symmetric Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-12. Periodic Window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 5-13. Available Windowing Transforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 6-1. Editing the Command: Field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-1. The EZwave Main Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-2. EZwave Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-3. Waveform List Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-4. EZwave Graph Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-5. Workspace Tabs and Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-6. Workspace Taskbar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-7. Graph Window Popup Menus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-8. Graph Window Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-9. Row Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-10. Waveform Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-11. X and Y Axis Popup Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

106 107 108 109 110 110 112 113 114 116 119 123 124 125 125 131 133 134 134 135 140 141 147 152 153 153 153 164 202 203 206 206 207 214 224 234 238 240 242 243 244 245 246 247 249

16

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

List of Figures

Figure 7-12. Vertical Cursor Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-13. Horizontal Cursor Popup Menu: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-14. Cursor Value Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-15. Cursor Value Popup Menu for Compound Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-16. Waveform List Popup Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-17. Database Popup Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-18. Folder Popup Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-19. Hierarchy Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-20. Waveform Name Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-21. Selected Waveforms Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-22. Workspace Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 7-23. Waveform Calculator With Button Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-1. Add Clock Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-2. Add Cursor Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-3. Analog to Digital Conversion Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-4. Auto Correlation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-5. Automatic Reload Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-6. Axis Properties Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-7. Chirp Transform Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-8. Comparison Options Dialog - General Options Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-9. Comparison Options Dialog - Comparison Method Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-10. Comparison Options Dialog - AMS Options Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-11. Constellation Diagram Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-12. Convolution Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-13. Create Bus Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-14. Cross Correlation Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-15. Cursors Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-16. Data Format Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-17. Data Values Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-18. Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-19. Edit Digital Transformation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-20. Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-21. Event Search Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-22. Eye Diagram Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-23. Eye Diagram Tool Dialog - Settings Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-24. Eye Diagram Tool Dialog - Measurement Results Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-25. Eye Mask Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-26. Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-27. Find Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-28. General Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-29. Harmonic Distortion Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-30. Histogram Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-31. Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-32. Layout Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-33. Measurement Tool Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

251 252 253 253 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 264 269 270 271 273 276 277 280 283 285 286 288 289 291 293 294 297 300 301 304 306 308 310 312 316 317 319 322 324 326 328 329 331 332

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

17

List of Figures

Figure 8-34. Mouse Pointer Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-35. Multiple Run Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-36. Phase Noise Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-37. Power Spectral Density Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-38. RF Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-39. Row Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-40. Save Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-41. Save As Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-42. Save Windows Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-43. Select Hierarchy Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-44. Select Waveforms Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-45. Signal to Noise Ratio Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-46. Text Annotation Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-47. Transformations Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-48. Waveform Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-49. Calculations Dialog in Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-50. General Dialog in Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-51. View Dialog in Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-52. Waveform Compare Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-53. Waveform Names Display Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-54. Waveform List Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-55. Appearance Tab for Analog Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-56. Parameters Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-57. Transformations Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-58. Appearance Tab for a Digital Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-59. Parameters Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-60. Radix Waveform Properties Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-61. Windowing Transform Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure 8-62. Workspace Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure C-1. Graphical Representation of tolLead and tolTrail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure C-2. Graphical Representation of tolLead and tolTrail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure C-3. Graphical Representation of tolLead and tolTrail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Figure C-4. User-Defined Function Loaded in the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

334 335 337 339 342 344 346 348 351 352 354 356 358 359 361 363 364 366 367 368 369 372 374 374 376 378 379 380 382 570 575 581 684

18

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

List of Tables
Table 2-1. EZwave Environment Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-2. Changeable Environment Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-3. EZwave Command Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-4. Edit Menu - Options Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-5. Fonts and Colors Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 2-6. Supported File Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 3-1. Graphic Elements for Assertions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 4-1. Eye Diagram Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-1. Eye Diagram Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-2. Frequency Domain Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-3. General Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-4. Statistical Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-5. Time Domain Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-6. Frequency Domain Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-7. General Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-8. Statistical Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-9. Arguments for Setting Occurrence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-10. Built-In Complex Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-11. Built-In Logic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-12. Built-In Mathematical Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-13. Built-In Measurement Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-14. Miscellaneous Built-In Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-15. Built-In RF Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-16. Built-In Signal Processing Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-17. Built-In Statistical Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-18. Built-In Trigonometric Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-19. Complex Function Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-20. Logical Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-21. RF Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-22. Signal Processing Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-23. Statistical Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-24. Trigonometric Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-25. Zero Padding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-26. Multiply FFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 5-27. Inverse FFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-1. File Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-2. Edit Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-3. View Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-4. Format Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-5. Tools Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

40 41 42 46 47 56 75 102 142 142 142 142 143 145 147 152 170 172 173 174 175 175 177 177 179 180 181 183 189 191 193 195 204 204 204 225 226 229 230 230
19

List of Tables

Table 7-6. Cursor Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-7. Window Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-8. Help Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-9. Waveform List Element Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-10. Graph Window Popup Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-11. Graph Window Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-12. Row Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-13. Waveform Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-14. Axis Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-15. Vertical Cursor Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-16. Horizontal Cursor Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-17. Cursor Value Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-18. Cursor Value Popup Menu Items for Compound Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-19. Right-Click Popup Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-20. Waveform List Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-21. Database Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-22. Folder Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-23. Hierarchy Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-24. Waveform Name Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-25. Selected Waveforms Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-26. Workspace Popup Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 7-27. Frequently Used Keyboard Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-1. Add Clock Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-2. Add Cursor Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-3. Analog to Digital Conversion Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-4. Auto Correlation Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-5. Automatic Reload Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-6. Axis Properties Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-7. Chirp Transform Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-8. Comparison Options Dialog - General Options Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-9. Comparison Options Dialog - Comparison Method Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-10. Comparison Options Dialog - AMS Options Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-11. Constellation Diagram Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-12. Convolution Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-13. Create Bus Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-14. Cross Correlation Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-15. Cursors Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-16. Data Format Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-17. Data Values Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-18. Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-19. Bit Transformation Digital and Analog Default Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-20. Edit Digital Transformation Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-21. Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-22. Event Search Tool Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-23. Eye Diagram Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

231 233 234 239 244 245 246 248 249 251 252 253 254 254 255 256 258 259 260 261 261 262 269 270 271 274 276 278 281 283 285 287 288 290 291 293 295 297 300 302 303 304 306 308 310

20

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

List of Tables

Table 8-24. Eye Diagram Tool Dialog - Settings Tab Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-25. Eye Mask Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-26. Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-27. Find Tool Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-28. General Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-29. Harmonic Distortion Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-30. Histogram Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-31. Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-32. Layout Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-33. Measurement Tool Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-34. Mouse Pointer Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-35. Multiple Run Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-36. Phase Noise Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-37. Power Spectral Density Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-38. RF Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-39. Row Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-40. Save Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-41. Save As Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-42. Save Windows Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-43. Select Hierarchy Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-44. Select Waveforms Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-45. Signal to Noise Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-46. Text Annotation Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-47. Transformations Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-48. Waveform Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-49. Calculations in Waveform Calculator Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-50. General in Waveform Calculator Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-51. View in Waveform Calculator Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-52. Waveform Compare Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-53. Waveform Names Display Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-54. Waveform List Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-55. Appearance Tab for Analog Waveforms Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-56. Transformation Checkboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-57. Appearance Tab for a Digital Waveform Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-58. Radix Waveform Properties Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-59. Windowing Transform Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table 8-60. Workspace Dialog Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-1. Complex Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-2. Logic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-3. Mathematical Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-4. Measurement Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-5. Miscellaneous Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-6. RF Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-7. Signal Processing Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-8. Statistical Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

312 317 320 323 324 326 328 329 331 332 334 336 337 340 343 344 346 348 351 352 354 356 358 359 361 363 365 367 367 368 370 372 375 377 379 380 383 395 395 395 396 396 396 396 396

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

21

List of Tables

Table B-9. Trigonometric Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-10. NAND Truth Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-11. NOR Truth Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table B-12. XNOR Truth Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C-1. Tcl Backslash Sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C-2. Tcl List Processing Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C-3. Supported Tcl Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C-4. Commands that Access Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C-5. wave difference Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C-6. wave runindexlist Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C-7. wave runparameters Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C-8. wave runparametervalue Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C-9. Questa SIM Command Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table C-10. Questa ADMS Command Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table D-1. Commands that Access Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table D-2. Supported analysis Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table D-3. Supported discipline Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table D-4. Supported primary_physic Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table E-1. JVM Memory Heap Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table E-2. Characters to Avoid in Logfiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table E-3. System Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table E-4. Contacting the Customer Support Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

397 483 485 531 544 547 550 557 641 651 652 653 671 677 694 695 695 697 706 709 710 714

22

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Chapter 1 Introduction
This chapter presents an overview of the functionality and capability of the EZwaveTM viewer, as well as detailing basic concepts relating to the tool and this manual. Overview of EZwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Joint Waveform Database (JWDB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Visual Tour of EZwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Event Search Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Measurement Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Comparison Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Process Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 24 25 25 28 30 32 33 34 35 36

Overview of EZwave
The EZwave viewer provides a dynamic graphical display of data produced by a variety of Mentor Graphics applications. EZwave allows you to efficiently load and display analog, digital and mixed-signal waveforms in a single environment. It is designed to support observation and investigation of signal transition, what-if analysis, or other areas of interest. The EZwave application can be invoked from the command line or from host applications such as a simulator (for example, Questa ADMS), a schematic capture tool (for example, Design Architect-IC), or other design environment tools. Once you invoke the EZwave viewer, you have loaded the database, the waveform information appears in the left pane (also known as the Waveform List Panel). Here it can be viewed, analyzed, and post-processed by utilities provided by the EZwave user interface. To get a feel for the EZwave Viewer, take the Visual Tour of EZwave on page 25.

Related Topics

EZwave Features on page 24 Joint Waveform Database (JWDB) on page 25 Visual Tour of EZwave on page 25
23

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Introduction EZwave Features

EZwave Process Flow on page 36

EZwave Features
The following is a list of the major product feature of EZwave:

An advanced graphical user interface (GUI) that supports viewing of multiple waveforms and databases through multiple graph windows, tabbed workspaces for easy access. A Waveform List panel that displays the database in both a hierarchical (tree) format or flat list format. Analog, digital and mixed-signal displays can be zoomed to a specified enlargement magnification, scrolled along the horizontal axis and measured between transition points (through the use of cursors and other featured utilities). Waveforms can be dragged up and down within the graph window or overlaid for comparison display. Minimum and maximum axis values and data scale can be changed easily. Additionally, the viewer supports dual axis display in support of overlaid plots. The database can be saved along with your graph windows at any time for later viewing. Displayed waveforms can be printed locally, copied to a clipboard for insertion as a graphical object in other documents, or saved as a .jpg file. Signal transformation utilities that can be used to analyze and verify analog, digital, and mixed-signal designs. Waveforms in voltage can be converted to logic states. A digital bus can be split to individual bits, and multiple bits can be combined to form a digital bus. Waveforms in the time domain can be transformed to frequency domain and waveforms in the frequency domain can be transformed back to time. The EZwave viewer can also display a histogram of a waveform (as well as other statistical measurements). Using tools like the Waveform Measurement Tool and the Waveform Calculator, you can perform sophisticated calculations with a combination of built-in or user-defined arithmetic (such as log, sin, cos) and logical (such as AND, OR, XOR) functions. The calculation results can be waveforms, vectors, or scalar values.

Related Topics

24

Overview of EZwave on page 23

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Introduction Joint Waveform Database (JWDB)

Joint Waveform Database (JWDB) on page 25 Visual Tour of EZwave on page 25 EZwave Process Flow on page 36

Joint Waveform Database (JWDB)

The EZwave viewer obtains waveform data by loading a database. By default, the EZwave viewer uses the Joint Waveform DataBase (JWDB) as its input format. Waveform data is collected from an analog/mixed-signal (AMS) simulator and stored in the JWDB, where it can later be loaded into the EZwave viewer where you can view a single database or multiple databases in a single session. JWDB is a true mixed-signal waveform database. It can hold many different waveform types, including analog (float, double or complex), histogram, spectral, scatter, Verilog, standard logic, VHDL char, buses and records, bit, boolean, string, integer (16, 32, or 64 bits) and userdefined enumerated types. X-values can either be 64-bit integers or double-precision floatingpoint numbers. It can contain signals from the time and frequency domains, or any other domain that is needed. JWDB is also a multi-run database. Waveforms and buses are stored, managed, and analyzed as compound waveforms. In addition to compound waveforms, JWDB has hierarchies which allow waveforms to be placed in folders for further data management.

Related Topics

Overview of EZwave on page 23 EZwave Features on page 24 Visual Tour of EZwave on page 25 EZwave Process Flow on page 36

Visual Tour of EZwave

The following sections describe important elements of the EZwave interface in greater detail, including:

Waveform List Panel Workspace Graph Window Cursors Event Search Tool
25

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave

Measurement Tool Waveform Calculator Waveform Comparison Wizard

Figure 1-1 below describes the main EZwave interface. The complete interface description can be found in EZwave GUI Overview on page 223.

26

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave

Figure 1-1. EZwave Main Interface 1

Load Data: Select File > Open for Opening Databases containing waveform data.

Add Waveforms: Once the database is loaded, the hierarchy appears in the top panel, and the waveforms appear in the bottom panel.

Dragging and Dropping Waveforms into the open Workspace will invoke a new Graph Window.

Analyze Waveforms: Add Cursors to measure different points in the waveforms.

Right Mouse Menus: Right-mouse click on different areas of the EZwave interface to invoke the Graph Window Popup Menus. Mouse Strokes: Use the middle mouse button to perform tasks by drawing shapes using Mouse Strokes. For example, drawing the letter "D" deletes the current set of selected

Post-Process Data: After collecting waveform data, use the Waveform Calculator and the Measurement Tool to help you postprocess this data.

Save Data: Select File > Save for Saving Graph Windows data to a Save Window file (.swd).

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

27

Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave

Related Topics

Opening Databases on page 55 Waveform Basics on page 59 Working with Cursors on page 84 Using the Measurement Tool on page 142 Using the Waveform Calculator on page 162 Saving and Restoring Graph Windows on page 211 EZwave Application Interface on page 224 Graph Window Popup Menus on page 243 Keyboard and Mouse on page 262

Waveform List Panel

The Waveform List panel resides on the left side of the application window, below the menu bar. The waveform list displays all of the currently open databases as folders with folders or the individual waveforms listed underneath. Note For databases loaded from .fsdb files, only loaded waveforms are displayed in the list panel. Loaded waveforms are waveforms that have been displayed once or waveforms from a hierarchy selected once in the Tree View of the panel. See Loading .fsdb Files on page 707 for more information.

28

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave

Figure 1-2. Waveform List Panel

The Structure List shows the database in a hierarchical view. The associated waveforms are listed below. Search for specific waveforms by entering the waveform name in this text entry field.

Each waveform list element is associated with an icon indicating how the waveform will be displayed within the Graph Window.

Use these tabs to switch between a flat display (List tab) or a hierarchical format (Tree tab).

Related Topics

Waveform List Panel on page 237

Workspace
The Workspace is the area where the Graph windows are displayed. It is located directly below the toolbar on the application window. You can move, resize, minimize, and restore each Graph window that is displayed on the Workspace. From the Window pull-down menu, you can manage the windows in a tiled or cascaded style.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

29

Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave

Figure 1-3. Workspace

You can define multiple Workspaces by right-clicking an open workspace and choosing New from the Workspace Popup Menu. All new Workspaces can be accessed from the tabs at the

Related Topics

Workspace on page 241

Graph Window
The Graph window is used to plot and view waveforms. A waveform is a collection of values along a time continuum, frequency, or other domain axis. The axis is referred to as the domain, and the values positioned along the axis are the range. Waveforms can be dragged up and down within the Graph window or overlaid for comparison display. Minimum and maximum axis values and data scale can be changed easily. Additionally, the viewer supports dual axis display in support of overlaid plots. You can arrange graph windows within a workspace into a cascade or a variety of tilings for easier viewing and printing. Graph windows appear when you drag waveform icons from the left Waveform List panel into the EZwave Workspace. You can have a single waveform in a Graph window, multiple waveforms overlaid in a Graph window, or multiple rows of waveforms in a single Graph window. Graph windows can display different types of waveforms. Digital waveforms displayed on a Graph window are called Trace rows. Analog waveforms are displayed in Graph rows. Examples of both are shown in Figure 1-4.

30

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave

Figure 1-4. Graph Windows

Trace Rows: These are rows that display digital waveforms. Digital waveforms display only logic states (on/off, hi/low, and so on).

Graph Rows: These are rows that display analog waveforms Each point on an analog waveform represents a specifically graphed data point (for instance, showing voltage versus time).

Check here to see the current X Y coordinates of your mouse pointer (analog waveforms can be displayed with dual Y-axes). If you click on a waveform, it also shows the distance between the point clicked and your previous location (shown as deltaX and deltaY). Drag your mouse pointer on an axis to zoom in on a waveform. To reverse the action, click the Undo Zoom button on the main toolbar. You can then add Cursors to measure points or lengths of a waveform. Individual waveform names are listed in this right pane. Use Format > Waveform Names to control how much information is shown.

Related Topics

Graph Window on page 239

Cursors
A cursor is a special on-screen indicator, drawn in the Graph window waveform display area to identify locations on the X or Y axes, in order to create a point for measurement. Cursors are

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

31

Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave

displayed as vertical or horizontal lines, each having a label and an X or Y value. The first cursor created is known as the base (reference) cursor. Multiple cursors can be added to show data points as well as interpolated values between data points and the delta between the base cursor. Figure 1-5. Example Cursor 1
Markers: Using the Event Search Tool (accessed from the Tools > Search option), you can place markers (indicated by a red triangle) on cursors, allowing you to anchor locations to jump between.

To add a cursor, place your mouse on the waveform and right-click for the Waveform Popup Menu. Select Add Cursor or Add Horizontal Cursor. Zoom in on a waveform to improve visibility.

2
The value of the cursor is shown in this box called a Value Flag.

You can set a base cursor, then add additional cursors to measure values in between using the Measurement Tool. The current cursor is highlighted in gold, while others are set as dotted lines.

Related Topics

Working with Cursors on page 84.

Event Search Tool

Select Tools > Search to invoke the Event Search Tool. This tool enables you to locate occurrences of simulation events interactively. An event is a definition of specific states (or values) for a single waveform or a collection of waveforms. To define an event, you need to select a set of waveforms and specify the states (or values) you want them to have.

32

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave

Figure 1-6. Event Search Tool 1

Enter the name of the event you want to search for in this area.

Select a waveform from the Graph Window to be searched. You can search this waveform for a rising or falling event or a specific waveform value.

Logical Expression Search: If you are searching for a logical expression, enter the logical expression here. You can also use invoke the Waveform Calculator to enter a logical expression.

Set Markers: Use this area to set up markers on Cursors. This allows you to set fixed points on a particular waveform in the Graph window.

Related Topics

Using the Event Search Tool on page 96 Event Search Tool Dialog on page 307

Measurement Tool
Select Tools > Measurement Tool... to invoke the Measurement Tool. This tool allows you to perform a variety of analog and mixed-signal measurement operations on those waveforms displayed in the Graph window. The results of the measurements can be annotated in the Graph window along with the measured waveforms. You can use the Measurement Tool with analog or digital waveforms, as long as the measurement operation is applicable to the selected waveforms. The measurement operations are divided into categories, such as general, timedomain, frequency-domain, and statistical.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

33

Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave

The results of some measurements produce other waveforms. The EZwave Measurement Tool allows you the option of creating and plotting the result waveform in the active Graph window. Figure 1-7. Measurement Tool 1

In a Graph window, select insert two cursors on a waveform, then select Tools > Measurement Tool from the EZwave menu bar.

2
In the Measurement Tool, select the waveforms, then choose what type of measurement you need (in this example, Peak to Peak is chosen). Other types of measurements are available from these pulldown menus.

3
Select the waveform area in which to apply the measurement. In this case, it is the length between the two cursors.

4
The results appear highlighted in the Graph window.

Related Topics

Using the Measurement Tool on page 142

Waveform Calculator
Select Tools > Waveform Calculator to invoke the Waveform Calculator. This tool is an integral part of post-processing and viewing the analog, digital, and mixed-signal simulation results. It can optimize the time it takes to analyze large amounts of simulation data. It also
34
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Introduction Visual Tour of EZwave

supports a number of charting and analysis features that may be required by a wide range of users. Figure 1-8. Waveform Calculator
Switch between different types of calculator functions (such as complex, logical, RF, statistical, signal processing, and trigonometric) by selecting from this pulldown. A description and syntax of the function you are currently using appears in this area. If this panel is not visible, enable it by selecting the View > Function Help option.

The built expression appears in this area, as well as a command history.

Select a waveform from the Waveform List Panel and use drag and drop to bring it to the expression entry area. Build an expression by clicking on these function and operator buttons. Click the Eval button to evaluate the expression.

Related Topics

Using the Waveform Calculator on page 162 Waveform Calculator GUI on page 264

Waveform Comparison Wizard

Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Comparison Wizard to invoke the Waveform Comparison Wizard. This tool is a integral part of analyzing the analog, digital, and mixedsignal simulation results. It enables you to compare waveforms from a reference simulation to a new result simulation. The set of differences, can be reported either graphically, or in report files. The Waveform Compare Wizard steps you through the process flow for waveform comparison:

Selecting the test and reference datasets.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

35

Introduction EZwave Process Flow

Selecting the comparison method:

o o o

Comparing all waveforms. Comparing individual waveforms. Comparing by hierarchy.

Selecting the waveforms or hierarchy level, as appropriate. Computing the differences.

Waveforms can also be compared manually, without the use of the Waveform Comparison Wizard.

Related Topics

Comparing Waveforms on page 114

EZwave Process Flow

EZwave usage can be organized into five distinct stages:

Set Up and Load Data

Add Waveforms

Analysis

Post-Processing

Save and Output Data

1. Set Up and Load Data To begin using the EZwave viewer: a. Installing the EZwave Application b. Setting Up Environment Variables c. Invoking EZwave d. Configuring EZwave Preferences e. Opening Databases f. Eldo Simulation See Set Up and Load Data on page 39. 2. Add Waveforms Add or select specific waveforms for viewing and analysis. These waveforms can be stacked, overlaid, zoomed, and annotated through the use of keyboard shortcuts, drag-and-drop, mouse clicks and strokes, and menu items. Typical tasks include: a. Plotting a Single Waveform

36

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Introduction EZwave Process Flow

b. Plotting Multiple Waveforms c. Changing the Visibility of Waveforms d. Modifying Waveform Properties e. Plotting Analog and Digital Waveforms f. Plotting Complex-Valued Waveforms g. Plotting wreal Waveforms h. Plotting Multiple Bit Waveforms as a Bus i. Plotting Assertions j. Displaying Compound Waveforms as Single Elements k. Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms See Add Waveforms on page 59. 3. Analysis Measure, analyze, and annotate datapoints or logic units that are represented in the waveforms. Multiple simulations can be run and the data is saved for additional analysis and reuse. Multiple cursors can be added to show data points as well as interpolated values between data points. Typical tasks include: a. Adding the Base Cursor b. Adding Reference Cursors c. Setting the Visibility of Cursor Values d. Using the Event Search Tool e. Working with Eye Diagrams f. Working with Smith Charts g. Comparing Waveforms See Analysis on page 83. 4. Post-Processing After analyzing the simulator output data, the EZwave tool provides a number of powerful utilities for processing the data and transforming the raw data to specific characteristic information. Using tools like the Waveform Measurement Tool and the Waveform Calculator, you can perform sophisticated calculations with a combination of built-in or user-defined arithmetic (such as log, sin, cos) and logical (such as AND, OR, XOR) functions. The calculation results can be waveforms, vectors, or scalar values. Typical tasks include: a. Creating a Bus b. Transforming Analog Waveforms to Digital

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

37

Introduction EZwave Process Flow

c. Transforming Digital Waveforms to Analog d. Using the Measurement Tool e. Using the Waveform Calculator See Post-Processing on page 137. 5. Save and Output Data Save and/or output results to a disk file in either JWDB format or user-defined ASCII format. You can also add text annotations to your waveforms. Typical tasks include: a. Saving and Restoring Graph Windows b. Printing Graph Windows c. Exporting Graph Windows as an Image d. Adding Text Annotations e. Saving a Waveform Database f. Saving Multiple Databases g. Recovering Save Files h. Saving a JWDB as an ASCII File See Save and Output Data on page 211.

Related Topics

Overview of EZwave on page 23 EZwave Features on page 24 Visual Tour of EZwave on page 25 Dialog and Field Reference on page 267

38

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Chapter 2 Set Up and Load Data

Set Up and Load Data

Add Waveforms

Analysis

Post-Processing

Save and Output Data

This section describes how to install and configure EZwave, then load a waveform database. Installing the EZwave Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Up Environment Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing Default Environment Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Invoking EZwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Invoking the Application from Other Host Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring EZwave Preferences. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Waveform Names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring the Color Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Graphical Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Fonts and Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Opening Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Database List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported File Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 40 40 42 42 43 43 45 46 47 55 56 56

Installing the EZwave Application

An interactive installation shell script is provided for installation of the AMS software. The software can be installed from a CD-ROM or from a download available from the Mentor Graphics support site. Installation is platform-dependent. For more information on AMS installation, please see the Analog/Mixed-Signal Installation Guide.

Related Topics

Overview of EZwave on page 23 Setting Up Environment Variables on page 40 Invoking EZwave on page 42
39

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Set Up and Load Data Setting Up Environment Variables

Configuring EZwave Preferences on page 43 Opening Databases on page 55

Setting Up Environment Variables

During the installation process, several key environment variables were set to default path locations. Verify that the following environment variables were set to their correct locations:

For Windows hosts, check the Control Panel > System > Advanced tab > Environment Variables button. For UNIX hosts, use the following command in a command shell: echo $environment_variable

Table 2-1. EZwave Environment Variables Environment Variable LM_LICENSE_FILE MGC_AMS_HOME Description Points to your Mentor Graphics license file or license server Points to the root installation tree

Changing Default Environment Variables

The EZwave viewer uses a few environment variables that are set during runtime, but you can also changed. To change them from their default values, use the following command once:
setenv AMS_USE_ENV 1

followed by another setenv command that sets the environment variable. For example, if you want to change the location of the .ezwave directory, use the following command:
setenv AMS_USE_ENV 1 setenv AMS_VIEWER_SETUP_HOME $HOME/my_directory

This will create the directory, $HOME/my_directory/.ezwave. The environment variables available are listed in Table 2-2. Note Do not use the echo $variable_name command for these environment variables.

40

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Set Up and Load Data Setting Up Environment Variables

Table 2-2. Changeable Environment Variables Environment Variable AMS_VIEWER_SETUP_HOME Description Specifies the location of the .ezwave directory where the EZwave application keeps its setup files. The default location is $HOME/.ezwave. Specifies the directory relative to which the path to the database is written when saving window(s) content in a TCL or SWD script using the Save Windows Dialog, where its value can also be set. When writing a script, its value is only used if the option to use a path relative to AMS_EZDO_ROOT is selected in the Save Dialog. It must be defined when loading a script previously saved relative to its value. Specifies the minimum and maximum heap memory allocation for the Java Virtual Machine (JVM). The maximum amount of memory you can allocate depends on the system, but generally, it is 2.4 GB. You only need to modify this if you encounter out-ofmemory errors. See the Memory Problems section of the Troubleshooting appendix. Removes the 10240kB maximum stack memory allocation for the JVM. It is not normally set, and generally used for troubleshooting. To define it:
setenv AMS_JAVA_MEMORY_HEAP 1

AMS_EZDO_ROOT

AMS_JAVA_MEMORY_HEAP

AMS_JAVA_MEMORY_STACK

See the Memory Problems section of the Troubleshooting appendix. MGC_TMPDIR Specifies a directory to store temporary data files. If MGC_TMPDIR is not set, the default directory for temporary files is /tmp.

Related Topics

Overview of EZwave on page 23 Installing the EZwave Application on page 39

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

41

Set Up and Load Data Invoking EZwave

Invoking EZwave on page 42 Configuring EZwave Preferences on page 43 Opening Databases on page 55

Invoking EZwave
To invoke the EZwave application type ezwave at the Unix or Linux command prompt:
$> ezwave [options] [file1 ...]

The EZwave application supports a number of command options, which are listed in Table 2-3 below: Table 2-3. EZwave Command Options Option -height # -width # -logfile path -nologging -norestore -nowindow -maxwnd -help | -usage -do file.tcl -tclprompt Description Sets the default height of the application windows Sets the default width of the application windows Specifies the location for the session log file Prevents session activity from being logged to a file Prevents settings from a previous session from being restored Prevents opening the initial empty window Sets the initial window to be maximized Displays this help text Indicates Tcl filename and location to be executed by the EZwave application. Opens a prompt in the terminal, enabling single line Tcl commands to be typed in directly. -location x# y# Sets the location of the initial window

Invoking the Application from Other Host Applications

The EZwave application can also be invoked from host applications such as simulators (for example, Questa ADMS), schematic capture tools (for example, Design Architect-IC), or other design environment tools. For information on how to invoke the application from these documents, refer to the documentation provided with these host applications.

Related Topics

42

Overview of EZwave on page 23 Installing the EZwave Application on page 39

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences

Setting Up Environment Variables on page 40 Configuring EZwave Preferences on page 43 Opening Databases on page 55

Configuring EZwave Preferences

This section describes the variables and preferences that are available within the EZwave application for configuring its application environment:

Configuring Waveform Names Configuring the Color Scheme Configuring Graphical Elements Configuring Fonts and Colors

Configuring Waveform Names

Use the following procedure to define the global settings for how waveform names are displayed in graph windows:

Procedure
1. Use the Format > Waveform Names Display menu item to open the Waveform Names Display Dialog. 2. The Waveform Hierarchy section controls how the waveform name hierarchy is displayed. Select an option from:

Full Hierarchy To display the full waveform name hierarchy. Default. Figure 2-1. Display of Full Waveform Name Hierarchy

No Hierarchy (Leaf Name Only) To display only the leaf name. Use this option when waveforms can be identified without ambiguity by only the leaf name.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

43

Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences

Figure 2-2. Display of Waveform Leaf Name Only

Display N Levels To display the specified number, N, of hierarchy levels. Use this option when waveforms can be identified without ambiguity by limiting the number of hierarchy levels displayed. Figure 2-3. Display of 2 Levels of Waveform Name Hierarchy

3. The Justify Value section controls justification of the waveform name display. Select an option from:

Left To display the waveform name left justified. Default. Right To display the waveform name right justified. Use this option when information for identifying waveforms is at leaf level. Figure 2-4. Display of Right Justified Waveform Name

4. The Database Name section controls whether the database name is displayed as part of the waveform name. Select an option from:

44

Always Show Database Name To always display the database name.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences

Figure 2-5. Display of Leaf Only Waveform Name with Database

Show Names If Two or More Databases To only display the database name if two or more databases are plotted in the graph window.

Note The calculated (<calc>) database is not included in the count of databases.

Always Hide Database Name To never display the database name. Default.

Related Topics
Configuring the Color Scheme on page 45 Configuring Graphical Elements on page 46 Configuring Fonts and Colors on page 47 Waveform List Panel on page 237

Configuring the Color Scheme

Use the Format > Color Scheme menu item to specify the color scheme used within the graph windows. This is a global setting.

Black Background Specifies a black background, with colors for the graph window objects. White Background Specifies a white background, with colors for the graph window objects. Monochrome Specifies a white background, with black for the graph window objects. Instead waveforms being displayed in different colors, different line styles are used.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

45

Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences

Related Topics

Configuring Waveform Names on page 43 Configuring Graphical Elements on page 46 Configuring Fonts and Colors on page 47 Workspace on page 241

Configuring Graphical Elements

Many of the graphical elements of waveforms displayed in the EZwave viewer can be modified. Use the Edit > Options menu item to open the EZwave Display Preferences dialog, which contains the following list of items: Table 2-4. Edit Menu - Options Items List Items Cursors Dialog Data Format Dialog General Dialog Layout Dialog Mouse Pointer Dialog Multiple Run Dialog RF Dialog Row Dialog Save Dialog Text Annotation Dialog Transformations Dialog Waveform Dialog Waveform List Dialog Workspace Dialog Configuring Fonts and Colors Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs Description Specifies cursor options. Specifies the scaling and format of the axis tick labels. Specifies settings that affect the overall use of the application. Specifies the layout of the graph windows. Specifies mouse pointer and mouse strokes properties. Specifies how compound waveforms from multiple runs are displayed. Specifies options for RF calculations in the Waveform Calculator. Specifies default row heights. Specifies how waveforms are saved to disk. Specifies the annotation display options. Specifies which data transformations are used with complex waveforms. Specifies how waveforms are displayed. Specifies how the waveform list is displayed. Specifies workspace related operations. Specifies the fonts and colors of graphical elements. Specifies Waveform Calculator options.

46

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences

The Options menu item is also available from the Workspace Popup Menu. To activate this menu, right-click within the workspace area.

Related Topics

Configuring Waveform Names on page 43 Configuring the Color Scheme on page 45 Configuring Fonts and Colors on page 47 Graph Window on page 239

Configuring Fonts and Colors

Fonts and colors of many of the elements displayed in the EZwave viewer can be modified. Use the Edit > Options menu item to open the EZwave Display Preferences dialog. Expand the Fonts and Colors folder in the list on the left side. It contains the following list of items: Table 2-5. Fonts and Colors Items Axis Title Axis Values (Smith Chart) Cursor/Marker Grid Histogram Text Annotation Waveform Display Waveform Selection Zero-Level Line Axis Values Calculator Entry Eye Mask Header Text Measurement Annotation Waveform Colors Waveform Name Window Background

Notes

The fonts available will vary from system to system, depending on what's installed. To use a new font in the EZwave viewer, a system administrator must add the font to the system as well as the font.properties file of the java package. Saving EZwave files only preserves font changes within the same operating system. This is because fonts (type, size, and style) vary among different operating systems. Even with the same operating system, font changes may not be preserved if the fonts are not installed on the system. If a saved font is not available on a system, the EZwave viewer will use the default font. Color changes are not affected by different systems and are preserved when saving.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

47

Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences

Axis Title
The fonts and colors of axis titles can be modified as follows:

Font: To change the font of axis titles, select an available font from the Font dropdown list. Font Size: To change the size of axis titles, select a font point size from this dropdown list. Font Style: To change the style of axis titles, select a font style from this dropdown list. Color: Click on the colored box next to Color to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Axis Title dialog. Preview: This area displays a sample of what axis titles will look like with the current selections. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of the axis titles to the default settings.

Axis Values
The fonts and colors of axis values can be modified as follows:

Font: To change the font of axis values, select an available font from this dropdown list. Font Size: To change the size of axis values, select a font point size from this dropdown list. Font Style: To change the style of axis values, select a font style from this dropdown list. Color: Click on the colored box next to Color to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Axis Values dialog. Preview: This area displays a sample of what axis values will look like with the current selections. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of the axis values to the default settings.

Axis Values (Smith Chart)

The fonts and colors of Smith Chart axis values can be modified as follows:

Font: To change the font of axis values for Smith Charts, select an available font from this dropdown list. Font Size: To change the size of axis values for Smith Charts, select a point size from this dropdown list.
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

48

Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences

Font Style: To change the style of axis values for Smith Charts, select a font style from this dropdown list. Real Values: This controls the color of the real axis values when displaying a Smith Chart. Click on the colored box next to Real Values to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Axis Values (Smith Chart) dialog. Imag Values: This controls the color of the imaginary axis values when displaying a Smith chart. Click on the colored box next to Imag Values to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Axis Values (Smith Chart) dialog. Preview: This area displays a sample of what axis values in Smith Charts will look like with the current selections. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of the axis values for Smith Charts to the default settings.

Calculator Entry
The fonts and colors of the Waveform Calculator can be modified as follows:

Font Size: To change the size of the font of text, select a point size from this dropdown list. Preview: This area displays a sample of what the text will look like with the current selections. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font size of the calculator entries to the default setting.

Cursor/Marker
The fonts and colors of cursors and markers can be modified as follows:

Font: To change the font of the values in cursors and markers, select an available font from this dropdown list. Font Size: To change the size of the font of values in cursor and markers, select a point size from this dropdown list. Font Style: To change the style of cursors and markers, select a font style from this dropdown list. Y Values: This controls the display color of the Y values associated with cursors and markers. Click on the colored box next to Y Values to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Cursor/Marker dialog.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

49

Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences

X Values: This controls the display color of the X values associated with cursors and markers. Click on the colored box next to X Values to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Cursor/Marker dialog. Preview: This area displays a sample of what the text will look like with the current selections. Cursor Line: This controls the color of cursor lines. Click on the colored box next to Cursor Line to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Cursor/Marker dialog. Marker Line: This controls the color of marker lines. Click on the colored box next to Marker Line to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Cursor/Marker dialog. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of cursors and markers to the default settings.

Eye Mask
The Eye Mask dialog controls the color and line width of eye masks:

Pass Color: This controls the color of a pass status of the eye mask specification. Click on the colored box next to Pass Color to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Eye Mask dialog. By default, blue is used to display a pass status. Fail Color: This controls the color of a fail status of the eye mask specification. Click on the colored box next to Fail Color to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Eye Mask dialog. By default, red is used to display a fail status. Line Width: To change the default line width of eye masks, select a width from this dropdown list. By default the width is the same as the Eye Diagram waveform width. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of eye masks to the default settings.

Grid

The colors of gridlines can be modified as follows:

Color selected according to the Y Axis: If selected, the grid lines' colors will match the colors of the appropriate Y axes. User Color: If selected, the color in the colored box is used. To choose a color, click on the colored box to open the Color Selection dialog. The default setting is to use the colors of the Y axes.

50

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences

Header Text
The fonts and colors of the header text can be modified as follows:

Font: To change the font of header text, select an available font from this dropdown list. Font Size: To change the size of the font, select a point size from this dropdown list. Font Style: To change the style of font, select a font style from this dropdown list. Color: Click on the colored box next to Color to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Header Text dialog. Preview: This area displays a sample of what the text will look like with the current selections. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of header text to the default settings. Note By default, header text is hidden. Use File > Page Setup to select the text to display in the header.

Histogram
The fill of histograms can be modified as follows:

Pattern fill: Specifies that histogram bars use a pattern fill. This is the default setting. Transparent: Specifies that the histogram bars be transparent, useful for large numbers of histograms. Overlapping histograms are shaded to improve visualization of the distribution. No fill: Specifies that the histogram bars are not filled with any pattern. This is useful when running the EZwave viewer over a network. Full: Specifies that the histogram bars are filled with solid color.

Measurement Annotation
The fonts and colors of measurement annotations can be modified as follows:

Font: To change the font of measurement annotation text, select an available font from this dropdown list. Font Size: To change the size of the font, select a point size from this dropdown list. Font Style: To change the style of font, select a font style from this dropdown list.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

51

Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences

Color: Click on the colored box next to Color to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Measurement Annotation dialog. Preview: This area displays a sample of what the text will look like with the current selections. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of measurement annotations to the default settings.

Text Annotation
The fonts and colors of text annotations can be modified as follows:

Font: To change the font of text annotations, select an available font from this dropdown list. Font Size: To change the size of the font, select a point size from this dropdown list. Font Style: To change the style of font, select a font style from this dropdown list. Color: Click on the colored box next to Color to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Text Annotation dialog. Preview: This area displays a sample of what the text will look like with the current selections. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of text annotations to the default settings.

Waveform Colors
In EZwave, the color scheme may be monochrome, or a black or white background with objects within the graph windows colored from a color palette. You can also choose whether the color palette is shared between white and black backgrounds. The default is that they are. If this is the case, for analog waves the color palette will be shared, but for digital waves the color palette can be different between the background colors. If the color palettes are not shared between white and black backgrounds, both the analog and the digital color palettes can be different between the white and black backgrounds. Note The fields of the dialog are dependant on whether the Black or White Background, or Monochrome Color Scheme is active. When the White Background Color Scheme is active, the color palette can be set as follows:

52

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences

Select White Background Color Scheme shares the Black Background Waveform Colors Palette to share the waveform color palette between White and Black Background Color Schemes.

When the Black Background Color Schemes is active, or when the White Background Color Scheme is active and the White Background Color Scheme shares the Black Background Waveform Colors Palette above is not selected, the color scheme can be set as follows:

Analog
o

Color Palette Size: Select a number to change the size of the color palette used to display waveforms.

Note Even if the color palettes are different, the color palette size is shared between white and black color schemes. When either the Black or the White background Color Scheme is active, the color palette can be set as follows:

Digital
o

Bus Color: Select a color to change the color for bus display. The default color is green. Bus Value Color: Select a color to change the color for bus value display.

When the Monochrome Color Scheme is active, the color palette cannot be set.

Waveform Display
The display of waveforms can be modified as follows:

Line Style: To change the default line style of waveforms, select a style from this dropdown list Line Width: To change the default line width of waveforms, select a width from this dropdown list Data Point Symbol: To change the default data point symbol of waveforms, select a symbol from this dropdown list.

Waveform Name
The fonts, colors and display format of waveform names can be modified as follows:

Font: To change the font of waveform names, select an available font from this dropdown list.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

53

Set Up and Load Data Configuring EZwave Preferences

Font Size: To change the size of the font, select a point size from this dropdown list. Font Style: To change the style of font, select a font style from this dropdown list. Color: Click on the colored box next to Color to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Waveform Name dialog. Preview: This area displays a sample of what the text will look like with the current selections. Waveform Names Display: Use this section to define the global settings for how waveform names are displayed in graph windows. Refer to Configuring Waveform Names on page 43 for details about each of the options available in this section. Default: Click the Default button to restore the font and color of waveform names to the default settings. Note These settings can also be defined using the Waveform Names Display Dialog which can be accessed through the Format > Waveform Names Display menu item.

Waveform Selection
The line styles and colors of selected and highlighted waveforms can be modified as follows:

Waveform Selection
o

Color: This option controls whether a selected waveform changes color. Click on the colored box next to Color to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Waveform Selection dialog. Line Width: To change the width of the line, select from this dropdown list.

Waveform Highlight
o

Color: This option controls whether a highlighted waveform changes color. Click on the colored box next to Color to open the Color Selection dialog. Choose a color and click OK to accept the color and return to the Waveform Selection dialog. Line Width: To change the width of the line, select from this dropdown list.

Notes

Use the Highlight column within the Parameter Table to highlight waveforms. For more information see Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms on page 79. If the Color Option is left unchecked and the Line Width is set to Automatic for either Waveform Selection or Waveform Highlight, the selection or highlight will not be differentiable from other waveforms the graph.

54

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Set Up and Load Data Opening Databases

Window Background
The window background color can be modified as follows:

Color: If selected, the color in the colored box is used. To choose a color, click on the colored box to open the Color Selection dialog. The default background color is black.

Zero-Level Line
The colors of zero-level lines can be modified as follows:

Color selected according to the Y Axis: If selected, the zero-level line color will match the colors of the appropriate Y axes. User Color: If selected, the color in the colored box is used. To choose a color, click on the colored box to open the Color Selection dialog. The default setting is to use the colors of the Y axes.

Related Topics

Configuring Waveform Names on page 43 Configuring the Color Scheme on page 45 Configuring Graphical Elements on page 46 EZwave Application Interface on page 224

Opening Databases
A database must be loaded within the application before any waveforms can be plotted. A variety of database types are supported, refer to Table 2-6 below. Use the following procedure to open a database for use:

Procedure
1. Select the File > Open from the main menu or click the Open toolbar Open dialog appears. button. The

2. In the detailed view the files can be sorted by Name, Size or Modified Date by clicking on the appropriate heading above the list of file names. Click on the Details button for this view. 3. Hidden files or directories, whose names begin with ., can be displayed (or hidden) by clicking on the Show Hidden (or Hide Hidden) button.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

55

Set Up and Load Data Opening Databases

4. Use the dropdown list Files of type: to select a filter if desired. The MGC Database Files filter enables you to select waveform database files (identified with the .wdb extension). 5. Select your file from the list. All formats except the default MGC Database (JWDB) are loaded to the EZwave viewer through translation. 6. The application now shows your selected database in the Waveform List Panel.

The Database List

Alternatively, the Database List shows previously opened databases, allowing them to be easily opened again. You can clear the entire list or you can toggle the list off and keep the information in memory through General Dialog. The Database List does not display Saved Graph Window files (*.swd). To open these files, use the File > Open menu item.

Supported File Types

The file types listed in Table 2-6 are supported: Table 2-6. Supported File Types Icon File Type MGC Database (JWDB) ICX Charter waveforms Comma Separated Value (CSV) HSPICE Graph Data File Extension *.wdb *.cht *.csv *.tr% *.ac% *.mt% *.sw% *.cou The EZwave tool can only read files with extension trn that have been generated by HSPICE. Files with extension trn generated by other tools may appear in the list of available files but will fail to load. Notes

COU File

56

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Set Up and Load Data Opening Databases

Table 2-6. Supported File Types (cont.) Icon File Type Questa SIM WLF File Extension *.wlf Notes The EZwave tool can only read WLF files that have been fully saved to disk where the simulation has completed and the simulator exited. The list of waveforms in the database is loaded first, then the default hierarchical name used within the waveform. Waveforms are created in the TRAN folder. Unsupported WLF types are ignored and a dialog will point to the log file.1 Real signals can be defined as a 64 bit bus with the value provided as a floating point number. Real 64 bit elements can still be defined using standard 64 bit binary descriptions. The state U is accepted as a correct value.

Value Change Dump (VCD)

*.vcd

HSPICE/HyperLynx output *.lis file Fast Signal Database File *.fsdb *.fsdb% The FSDB reader is not available on the the Windows platform. Supported version on Linux only, is FSDB reader version 4.3 release 2010.10.

SPICE PWL File Raw ASCII File Saved Graph Window DO File

*.sti *.tab *.swd *.dofile *.dof *.do *.tcl

Tcl File

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

57

Set Up and Load Data Opening Databases

Table 2-6. Supported File Types (cont.) Icon File Type GZipped File Extension *.z *.Z *.gz Notes GZipped files require the gunzip tool and the compressed file should follow the convention, <original_file_name>.gz (or .z or .Z). The EZwave tool will not modify the compressed file; it is uncompressed in the MGC_TMPDIR temporary directory and is removed from disk after you exit the EZwave tool. The ADiT output reader is not available on the Windows platform. The TR0 format generated by ADiT is different from the tr0 format generated by HSPICE. The file extension is case sensitive to differentiate between formats. There are no marching waveforms with the ADiT formats

ADiT Output File

*.AC% *.DC% *.SD% *.TB% *.TR%

1. Supported WLF types are: wlfTypeArray, wlfTypeReg, wlfTypeNet, wlfTypeEnum, wlfTypeScalar, wlfTypeReal, wlfTypeBit, wlfTypeVlogEnum, wlfTypeTime. Unsupported WLF types are: wlfTypeRecord, wlfTypeAccess, wlfTypeFile, wlfTypeTime, wlfTypeMemElem, wlfTypeMemBits, wlfTypeEvent, wlfTypeClassRef, wlfTypeString, wlfTypePhysical, wlfTypeVlogReal.

Related Topics

Joint Waveform Database (JWDB) on page 25 EZwave Application Interface on page 224

58

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Chapter 3
Add Waveforms

Set Up and Load Data

Add Waveforms

Analysis

Post-Processing

Save and Output Data

This chapter describes how to plot and manage different types of waveforms. Waveform Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting a Single Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Multiple Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting the Difference Between Two Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dragging and Dropping Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grouping Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aligning Y-Axes with Different Scales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changing the Visibility of Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Modifying Waveform Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an XY Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Analog and Digital Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Complex-Valued Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting wreal Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Multiple Bit Waveforms as a Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying Bus Values as a String . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plotting Assertions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compound Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying Compound Waveforms as Single Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 60 61 61 62 64 66 68 69 70 71 71 72 72 73 74 75 77 77 79

Waveform Basics
This section explains the basics around plotting single or multiple waveforms, and managing the waveforms one plotted. It covers:

Plotting a Single Waveform Plotting Multiple Waveforms

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

59

Add Waveforms Waveform Basics

Dragging and Dropping Waveforms Aligning Y-Axes with Different Scales Temporarily Hiding a Waveform Modifying Waveform Properties

Plotting a Single Waveform

Use the following procedure to add a single waveform to the graph window.

Procedure
1. In the Waveform List Panel, locate the waveform to be plotted. 2. Use one of the following methods to plot the waveform:

Drag the waveform name onto the graph window: The waveform appears in the graph window. Dragging it onto an existing row plots it overlaid with the waveforms on that row, otherwise a new row is created where the waveform is dropped.

Double-click the waveform name. If an active graph window is open, the waveform is plotted in that window, otherwise, a new graph window opens and the waveform is plotted in it.

Use the popup menu. Right-click the waveform name and select the Plot menu item from the Waveform Name Popup Menu.

Notes
Waveforms with incompatible X-axis domains cannot appear together in the same graph window. X-axis domains are compatible if they share the same units, even if they have different unit titles. For example Frequency(Hz) and DIFF(Hz). For databases loaded from .fsdb files, only loaded waveforms are displayed in the Waveform List Panel. Loaded waveforms are waveforms that have been displayed once or waveforms from a hierarchy selected once in the Tree View of the Waveform List Panel. See Loading .fsdb Files on page 707 for more information.

Related Topics

60

Waveform List Panel on page 237 Waveform Name Popup Menu on page 259

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Add Waveforms Waveform Basics

Plotting Multiple Waveforms

Use the following procedure to plot several waveforms to the window at once.

Procedure
1. In the Waveform List Panel, locate the waveforms to be plotted. 2. To select the waveforms to be plotted, press the CTRL key and click the name of each waveform, or the SHIFT key and the first and last waveforms in a list. 3. Right-to display the Selected Waveforms Popup Menu. 4. From the popup menu, select one of the following:

Notes

Plot (overlaid) To plot all the waveforms together in the same row. Plot (stacked) To plot the waveforms separately in different rows. Plot as Bus To plot the waveforms as a bus.

If an active graph window is open, the newly added waveforms are added in new rows at the bottom of the window. Otherwise, a new window will open and the waveforms will be added to it. For databases loaded from .fsdb files, only loaded waveforms are displayed in the Waveform List panel. Loaded waveforms are waveforms that have been displayed once or waveforms from a hierarchy selected once in the Tree View of the Waveform List panel. See Loading .fsdb Files on page 707 for more information. Refer to Waveform Plotting Rules on page 71 for information on the rules that govern how multiple waveforms are plotted.

Related Topics

Waveform List Panel on page 237 Selected Waveforms Popup Menu on page 260

Plotting the Difference Between Two Waveforms

Use the following procedure to plot the difference between two waveforms.

Procedure
1. In the Waveform List Panel, locate the two waveforms of interest.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

61

Add Waveforms Waveform Basics

2. To select the waveforms to be plotted, press the CTRL key and click the name of each waveform, ensuring that the waveforms are selected in the corrected order. The second waveform selected will be subtracted from the first waveform selected. 3. Right-to display the Selected Waveforms Popup Menu. 4. From the popup menu, select Plot Difference.

Notes
A new window will open and the waveform will be added to it. For databases loaded from .fsdb files, only loaded waveforms are displayed in the Waveform List panel. Loaded waveforms are waveforms that have been displayed once or waveforms from a hierarchy selected once in the Tree View of the Waveform List panel. See Loading .fsdb Files on page 707 for more information.

Related Topics

Waveform List Panel on page 237 Selected Waveforms Popup Menu on page 260

Dragging and Dropping Waveforms

Waveforms can be moved by dragging and dropping them onto a graph window from the Waveform List Panel or a graph window. To copy rather than move waveforms, hold down the CTRL key while dragging and dropping them, or alternatively right-click on the waveform and select Copy, then right-click within the new row and select Paste. The waveforms will be plotted as shown in Figure 3-1, depending on where they are dropped:

62

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Add Waveforms Waveform Basics

Figure 3-1. Location of Plotted Waveforms

1. A new row will be inserted at the top of the window, and the dropped waveforms will be added within this row. 2. Dropped waveforms will be added overlaid in this row. 3. A new row will be inserted at this location, and the dropped waveforms will be added to this row. 4. A new row will be inserted at this location, and the dropped waveforms will be added to this row. 5. A new row will be added to the bottom of the window, and the dropped waveforms will be added to this row. 6. Dropped waveforms will be added overlaid in this row, onto the axis where the drop occurs. 7. A new graph window is created and the dropped waveforms will be added in this window. 8. The workspace is activated, a new graph window is created and the dropped waveforms will be added in this window. 9. A new workspace is created, a new graph window is created and the dropped waveforms will be added in this window.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

63

Add Waveforms Waveform Basics

Related Topics

Plotting Multiple Waveforms on page 61 Aligning Y-Axes with Different Scales on page 66 Waveform List Panel on page 237.

Grouping Waveforms
Two or more analog and digital waveforms may be organized into groups within the Graph Window, such that they can be manipulated together. Grouped waveforms can be expanded and collapsed in the display. When groups are collapsed, the waveforms are hidden from view. Modifying the properties of a group (color, line style) will apply to all waveforms in the group, of the appropriate type (analog, digital or bus).

Creating Groups
To create a group, select a number of plotted waveforms in the Graph window, right-click and select Groups (or use CTRL+G). Enter a name for the group and click OK. Figure 3-2. Creating a Group

64

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Add Waveforms Waveform Basics

By default, the group name is Group0. Subsequent groups will be named Group1, Group2, and so on. If you enter a name for the group, for example, My_Group, then subsequent groups are named My_Group0, My_Group1 and so on. Be aware that when specifying a name for a new group, any group already having that name will be overwritten without warning. Once a group is created, the waveform labels appear as a hierarchical tree. Expand and collapse the tree to show and hide the waveforms within the group, by clicking the and icons. Figure 3-3. An Expanded Waveform Group

A new object in a database named calc will be created in the Waveform List panel. Groups can be saved and reloaded for later reuse. Tip: You can also use the -group argument on the add wave command to define groups:
add wave -group <group_name> <object_name> [<object_name2> ...]

What Can Be Grouped?

All waveforms with a compatible domain axis can be grouped, except for complex waveforms. Transformed complex waveforms however, can be grouped. Groups can themselves be included in a group, and the waveforms in a subgroup can be expanded and collapsed in the display. Bus and record waveforms can also be expanded and collapsed within a group. When compound waveforms are grouped, each element is treated as an independent waveform within the group.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

65

Add Waveforms Waveform Basics

Limitations
In this release, the following limitations exist for this feature:

Once a group is created, waves cannot be added or removed from it. To change an existing group you must overwrite it by creating a new group with the same name. No expression or measurement can be performed directly on a group. They can only be performed on individual waveforms within the group. Saving grouped waveforms or a calc database containing such groups is not supported in correlation with any kind of X Range Setup or Data Sampling.

Related Topics

add wave on page 561.

Aligning Y-Axes with Different Scales

Overlaid waveforms may have different Y-axes with different scales. It is possible to specify how these axes are aligned and the axes marker spacing. This feature works in a similar way to an oscilloscope. For example, Figure 3-4 shows two waveforms overlaid with different Y-axes. The Y-axes are lined up at y = 20, but have different scales and so do not line up elsewhere. Figure 3-4. Overlaid Waveforms With Different Y Axes Scales

66

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Add Waveforms Waveform Basics

Use the following procedure to specify the alignment and spacing of the Y axes of overlaid waveforms:

Procedure
1. Right-click the Y axis that is to be set as the reference axis. This opens the Set Reference Y Axis dialog. 2. The Reference Y Axis section has two text fields: a. The first one is labeled with the Y axis that is to be the reference Y axis. Specify in this field the value that the other axis will align to. b. In the second field, Spacing, type the value for the spacing of the reference axis. 3. In the Y Axis section, specify the alignment value and spacing for the non-reference axis (or axes). 4. Click OK to close the dialog and apply the changes.

Results
Figure 3-5 shows the same waveforms after realigning. In this example, the user realigned the Y-axes to 0 and changed the spacing of axis Y2 to 40. Figure 3-5. Realigned Y Axes

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

67

Add Waveforms Waveform Basics

Notes
To reset the axes to their original scaling and alignment, right-click the reference axis, select Unset Reference Axis, and click the View All button from the toolbar.

Related Topics

Plotting Multiple Waveforms on page 61 Dragging and Dropping Waveforms on page 62 Graph Window on page 239

Changing the Visibility of Waveforms

When more than one waveform is displayed in a graph window it is often useful to temporarily hide some of the waveforms from view to make the graph window easier to read.

Temporarily Hiding a Waveform

Use the following procedure to hide a waveform from the display, enabling you to view other data more clearly:

Procedure
1. Select the waveform in the active graph window and right-click to display the Waveform Popup Menu. 2. Select Hide Waveform from the popup menu.

Results
The waveform label appears in the active graph window but the waveform itself does not appear. This action differs from Edit > Delete as the waveform is still within the window and available for later viewing. The label will still display, but will appear dimmed (or gray) indicating the hide condition.

Restoring a Hidden Waveform

Use the following procedure to restore a hidden waveform in the active window:

Procedure
1. Right-click the label for the waveform. The Waveform Popup Menu will have a check next to Hide Waveform.

68

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Add Waveforms Waveform Basics

2. Click this area to remove the check. The waveform will now display in the row of the active graph window.

Related Topics

Plotting Multiple Waveforms on page 61 Graph Window on page 239 Waveform Popup Menu on page 247

Modifying Waveform Properties

You can modify the appearance, display parameters and transformations applied to waveforms. The properties available to modify depend on whether you want to modify the properties of one waveform or multiple waveforms, and whether it is analog, digital or a bus.

Modifying Properties for a Single Waveform

Use the following procedure to modify properties for a single waveform:

Procedure
1. In the graph window, right-click the waveform or the name of the waveform in the righthand pane. 2. Select Properties from the Waveform Popup Menu to display the Waveform Properties Dialog. 3. In the Appearance Tab - Analog Waveforms or Appearance Tab - Digital Waveforms, you can modify the waveform name as well as visual effects such as color, line style or the symbol used for data points. The options vary depending on the type of waveform. 4. In the Parameters Tab - Analog Waveforms or Parameters Tab - Digital Waveforms, you can see the date and time the waveform was created. 5. In the Transformations Tab - Analog Waveforms, you can choose different transformations to apply if the waveform is analog. 6. When you are finished making the changes, click OK to close the Waveform Properties dialog.

Modifying Properties for Multiple Waveforms

Use the following procedure to modify properties for multiple waveforms:

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

69

Add Waveforms Waveform Basics

Procedure
1. In the Graph window, CTRL-click or SHIFT-click the waveforms whose properties you want to modify. 2. Right-click the name of one of the highlighted waveforms in the right-hand pane (or right-click one of the highlighted waveforms). 3. Select Properties from the Waveform Popup Menu. The Waveform Properties Dialog that opens contains three tabs:
o

In the Analog Waveform Properties Tab, you can modify the visual effects for analog waveforms. In the Digital Waveform Properties Tab, you modify the visual effects for digital waveforms. In the Radix Waveform Properties Tab, you can control the radix used for displaying waveform state values. This tab is only available for digital buses or analog waveforms containing integer data.

4. When you are finished making the changes, click OK to close the Waveform Properties dialog.

Related Topics

Waveform Popup Menu on page 247 Waveform Properties Dialog on page 371.

Creating an XY Plot
A waveform can be plotted as a function of another waveform. Use the following procedure to create an XY plot:

Procedure
1. Plot the desired waveforms on the same graph row. 2. Right-click the waveform that is to be the x-axis. 3. From the Waveform Popup Menu, select Set as X Axis. The resulting XY plot waveform displays in a new graph window.

Related Topics

Waveform Popup Menu on page 247

70

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Add Waveforms Plotting Waveforms

Plotting Waveforms
This section explains the specific rules and behaviors associated with the plotting of different types of waveforms. It covers:

Plotting Analog and Digital Waveforms Plotting Complex-Valued Waveforms Plotting wreal Waveforms Plotting Multiple Bit Waveforms as a Bus Plotting Assertions

Plotting Analog and Digital Waveforms

When analog and digital waveforms are plotted, the order in which the waveforms are selected will dictate whether the plotted waveforms appear together in a single row (overlaid) or in new rows (stacked). The following rules apply when plotting waveforms:

Waveform Plotting Rules

1. Digital waveforms can not be plotted over other digital waveforms (overlaid). 2. Digital waveforms can be plotted over analog waveforms (overlaid). 3. Analog waveforms can be plotted over analog and digital waveforms (overlaid). 4. When plotting multiple (analog and digital) waveforms, an analog waveform must be selected first from the Waveform List Panel if both analog and digital waveforms are to be plotted in the same row. Digital waveforms will be plotted in separate rows until an analog waveform is selected. Subsequent waveforms will be plotted overlaid on that waveform. 5. When using the drag and drop method to plot or move multiple waveforms, digital waveforms will be plotted stacked in separate rows and analog waveforms will be plotted overlaid in a single row regardless of the order of selection. To avoid this default behavior, use the Selected Waveforms Popup Menu to specify plotting overlaid or stacked.

Related Topics

Plotting Multiple Waveforms on page 61

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

71

Add Waveforms Plotting Waveforms

Plotting Complex-Valued Waveforms

Complex-valued waveforms are represented in two dimensions, and so require a transformation to be applied to their data before they can be displayed in a graph window. These transformations can:

Separate the waveform into:

o o o o

Real and imaginary parts Gain (dB) and phase parts Magnitude and phase parts Any combination or single element of these

Plot value pairs of complex values against each other in charts such as:
o o o

Complex plane plots Polar charts Smith Charts

This allows the waveform to be displayed in a variety of ways, showing the information required about the individual points. You can control how complex-valued waveforms are displayed using the Transformations Dialog.

Related Topics

Plotting a Single Waveform on page 60 Transformations Dialog on page 359

Plotting wreal Waveforms

wreal waveforms can be displayed in one of two ways:

As Step Waveforms Here wreal waveforms are displayed similar to real waveforms. With step waveforms the X and Z states are displayed as colored rectangles. By default, EZwave displays wreal waveforms as step waveforms.

72

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Add Waveforms Plotting Waveforms

Figure 3-6. Step Waveform

As Railroad Waveforms Figure 3-7. Railroad Waveform

You can control how wreal waveforms are displayed using the Waveform Dialog.

Related Topics

Waveform Dialog on page 361

Plotting Multiple Bit Waveforms as a Bus

Use the following procedure to create a bus from multiple digital waveforms (also known as bits):

Procedure
1. In the Waveform List panel, select the waveforms to plot as a bus. 2. Right-mouse click and select Plot as Bus from the Selected Waveforms Popup Menu menu. 3. If you click the plus sign (+) next to the bus name, the individual digital waveforms will be displayed.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

73

Add Waveforms Plotting Waveforms

Figure 3-8. Multiple Bit Waveforms as a Bus

Displaying Bus Values as a String

In EZwave bus values can be defined and displayed as a string, as shown in Figure 3-9. Figure 3-9. Bus Display with Value Strings

Use the following procedure to match a set of bus values to a set of defined strings, and display the string values in a bus:

Procedure
1. Create a text file with a .tcl extension. 2. Use the TCL command radix define to define the radix. The radix definition specifies the strings that will be displayed in the place of specific numerical values in the bus. Refer to Tcl Scripting Support on page 539 for details on using TCL commands. For example, a radix named States might be defined as follows:
radix define States { 12'b000000000000, IDLE 12'b111000000110, CTRL 12'b000100100110, WORK1 12'b110000110110, WORK2 }

3. Run this .tcl file by opening it using the EZwave File > Open menu item. 4. Plot the bus. Refer to Plotting Multiple Bit Waveforms as a Bus on page 73 and Creating a Bus on page 138 for details. 5. Right-click on the plotted bus to open the Waveform Popup Menu.

74

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Add Waveforms Plotting Waveforms

6. Select the name of the radix defined earlier from the options available under the Radix menu item. Figure 3-10. Radix Options in the Waveform Popup Menu

Related Topics

Selected Waveforms Popup Menu on page 260

Plotting Assertions
EZwave is able to display the following items:

VHDL-AMS Assertions. SPICE Safe Operating Area (SOA) Assertions. Condition Coverage for VHDL-AMS if-use and case-use.

These are displayed as a bus containing the simulated waveform(s) that they rely on. Note Assertions and SOA are supported for display purposes only. They are not supported in post-processing or waveform comparison. Table 3-1 summarizes the graphic elements used in the graph window for assertions: Table 3-1. Graphic Elements for Assertions Graphic element Blue line Green line Red line
1

Meaning Assertion is inactive Assertion is active Assertion failed Assertion starts

Blue square

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

75

Add Waveforms Plotting Waveforms

Table 3-1. Graphic Elements for Assertions Graphic element Green triangle Red triangle Meaning Assertion passed Assertion failed

Red triangle with horizontal Assertion failed, crossed the upper boundary red line below1 Inverted red triangle with horizontal red line above1 Yellow triangle Assertion failed, crossed the lower boundary Antecedent match occurred in assertion

1. Applies only to Spice SOA Assertions.

Figure 3-11. Graph Window With an VHDL-AMS Assertion

76

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Add Waveforms Compound Waveforms

Figure 3-12. Graph Window With an SOA Assertion

Related Topics

Integration with Questa SIM Verification Methodology in the ADMS Users Manual .CHECKSOA command in the Eldo Reference Manual Plotting Safe Operating Area Limits chapter of the Eldo Users Manual

Compound Waveforms
This section describes the following tasks related to compound waveforms:

Displaying Compound Waveforms as Single Elements Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms

Displaying Compound Waveforms as Single Elements

By default and as shown in Figure 3-13, compound waveforms are displayed using the same color for each individual element.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

77

Add Waveforms Compound Waveforms

Figure 3-13. Graph Window With a Compound Waveform

Use the following procedure to display the individual elements of a compound waveform in different colors:

Procedure
1. Select the Edit > Options menu item to open the EZwave Display Preferences dialog. 2. Select Multiple Run from the EZwave Preferences hierarchy on the left side of the dialog. This displays the Multiple Run Dialog. 3. Select Display as single elements. 4. To display the run parameters associated with each component waveform, select Show Names with Run Parameters. 5. Click OK to accept the changes.

Results
Compound waveforms will now be displayed with different colors for each element. If you chose to display the run parameters, those will be displayed next to the waveform names.

78

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Add Waveforms Compound Waveforms

Figure 3-14. Compound Waveforms as Single Elements With Run Parameters

Note When a multiple run is displayed as single elements, if a measurement is taken on a run, this measurement will not be taken automatically for subsequent simulated runs. Moreover, if a user display is set for a run, it is not applied to subsequent simulated runs.

Related Topics

Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms on page 79

Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms

The Parameter Table provides information about one or more elements of one of more compound waveforms in an easy to understand table format.

Invoking the Parameter Table

Use the following procedure to invoke the Parameter Table:

Procedure
1. Select one or more elements of a compound waveform displayed in a graph window or one or more compound waveform names. 2. Right-click on the waveform or element names. 3. From the popup menu, select the Parameter Table menu item.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

79

Add Waveforms Compound Waveforms

Results
Figure 3-15. Parameter Table

The Parameter Table displays the following information about individual elements of a compound waveform.

Index - A sequential number assigned to each element, the first element being assigned the number one. By default, the numbers are listed in ascending order. To reverse this order, click the small triangle. Parameter - The value of a parameter specified at simulation time. To invert the order of this column, click the small triangle. If several waveforms are selected, the parameter column shows:
o o o

The value of the parameter if it is the same for all waveforms. # if it is not the same for all waveforms. <N/A> if the run index does not exist for all the waveforms.

Tips

Values in the Parameter Table can be cut and paste into the Waveform Calculator. Use the Parameter Table to select elements of interest for the Measurement Tool.

Changing the Visibility of Elements

Use the following procedure to select which elements will be visible in the graph window:

Procedure
1. Click the box or boxes in the Show column corresponding to the element number or numbers.

80

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Add Waveforms Compound Waveforms

2. If multiple elements, you can group them together at either the top or bottom of the table by clicking the small arrow at the top of the column.

Highlighting Elements
A highlighted element looks identical to a selected element, but will remain highlighted when you click in a different area of the graph window. Use the following procedure to select which visible elements will be highlighted in the graph window:

Procedure
1. Click the box or boxes in the Highlight column corresponding to the element number or numbers. 2. After selecting multiple elements, you can group them together at either the top or bottom of the table by clicking the small arrow at the top of the column.

Related Topics

Waveform Selection on page 54 Using the Measurement Tool on page 142 Using the Waveform Calculator on page 162

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

81

Add Waveforms Compound Waveforms

82

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Chapter 4
Analysis
Set Up and Load Data Add Waveforms Analysis Post-Processing Save and Output Data

Measure, analyze, and annotate data points or logic units that are represented in the waveforms. Multiple simulations can be run and the data is saved for additional analysis and reuse. Multiple cursors can be added to show data points as well as interpolated values between data points. Typical tasks include: Working with Cursors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding the Base Cursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Reference Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Relative Reference Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding a Horizontal Cursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Moving Cursors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting the Visibility of Cursor Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Y-Level Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Cursor Value Table with Compound Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Event Search Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performing a Basic Event Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Performing an Expression Event Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Eye Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating an Eye Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Editing an Eye Mask. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Working with Smith Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a Smith Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Impedance and Admittance Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Smith Chart and Polar Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursors in the Smith Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursors in the Smith Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparing Waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Support for Different Types of Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Waveform Compare Wizard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manually Comparing Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing Waveform Comparison Results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 84 85 86 87 90 90 92 94 96 96 97 98 98 100 103 104 105 105 108 109 109 114 115 116 119 122

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

83

Analysis Working with Cursors

Generating a Waveform Comparison Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing and Saving Comparison Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving a Comparison Session. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting Comparison Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Analog Waveform Comparison Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wreal Waveform Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

126 127 127 128 132 134

Working with Cursors

This section explains cursor basics. It covers:

Adding the Base Cursor Adding Reference Cursors Adding Relative Reference Cursors Adding a Horizontal Cursor Moving Cursors Setting the Visibility of Cursor Values Adding Y-Level Lines Using the Cursor Value Table with Compound Waveforms

Adding the Base Cursor

The first cursor you set on a waveform is known as a base cursor. The base cursor is used as a reference for measurements. Only one base cursor is permitted in any Graph window. Use the following procedure to add a base cursor:

Procedure
1. Right-click on the waveform to display the Waveform Popup Menu, and select Add Cursor. 2. Use the snap feature to move the cursor into position. Right-click the cursor to display the Cursor Popup Menus and select Snap to Data Points. If necessary, zoom in tightly and drag the cursor to see the cursor snap to the closest point. 3. The Move cursor buttons highest point. 4. Use the View All button on the toolbar can be used to move the cursor to the on the toolbar to see the entire waveform.

The current X value for the base cursor is shown in a box, flush with the X-axis. When you move the cursor, by dragging, the X value updates.
84
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Working with Cursors

Figure 4-1. The Base Cursor

Changing the Base Cursor

When subsequent cursors are added, by default, the first cursor placed is the base cursor. To change a cursor to act as the base cursor, right-click on the desired cursor and select Base Cursor. Once this section is made, all delta-X measurements are updated to reflect this base cursor. By selecting a new base cursor, the previous base cursor immediately reverts to a regular cursor.

Related Topics

Cursor Popup Menus on page 250 Changing the Base Cursor on page 85

Adding Reference Cursors

After you have adding an initial base cursor to the waveform, all subsequent cursors are reference cursors. Value boxes for reference cursors are displayed beneath the unit labeling for the X-axis and contain the current X value, and a delta-X value, which is the difference between the current X value and the X value of the base cursor. Use the following procedure to add reference cursors:

Procedure
1. Right-click on the waveform to display the Row Popup Menu.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

85

Analysis Working with Cursors

2. Select Add Cursor. If needed, use the snap feature to move the cursor into position. The new cursor appears (labelled C2 where the base cursor is C1). 3. With the new cursor in position, use the View All button waveform with the two cursors. to see the entire

4. On the C2 cursor, right-click to display the Cursor Popup Menus and select Data Values > Show on Left. This will flip the values to the other side, so the axis area can be seen clearly in the next zoom function. 5. Once this area is displayed, drop further cursors on the waveform. This cursor will appear as C3, C4, C5... and so on. Figure 4-2. Reference Cursors

When a new cursor is added, it can be accessed from the Cursor menu. This can be useful to quickly view a cursor that is not currently in the visible region of the active graph window.

Adding Relative Reference Cursors

You can place a cursor relative to the current cursor. This is particularly useful for quickly verifying the duty cycle occurrence on some waveforms. Use the following procedure to add relative reference cursors:

Procedure
1. Right-click on the waveform to display the Cursor Popup Menus and select Add Cursor Relative to > <cursor> or select from the main Add Cursor Relative to > <cursor> menu.

86

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Working with Cursors

2. In the Add Cursor Dialog enter one or more X values separated by spaces. These indicate where the new cursors are to appear relative to <cursor>. 3. Click the Apply button and the new cursors appear on the waveform.

Related Topics

Working with Cursors on page 84 Row Popup Menu on page 245 Cursor Popup Menus on page 250 Add Cursor Dialog on page 269.

Adding a Horizontal Cursor

You can add an X axis cursor, that behaves in the same way as the Y axis cursor, but has a horizontal display. Note The horizontal cursor is available only for analog or step waveforms, excluding wreal, digital, digital bus and digital bits. You cannot add a horizontal cursor to Smith charts, Polar charts or Eye diagrams.

Procedure
Horizontal cursors may be added to graph windows using any of the following 3 methods:

Select Cursor > Add Horizontal Cursor Right-click on the Y axis and select Add Horizontal Cursor. Use the wave addcursor Tcl command:
wave addcursor -horizontal -row <row_index> -axis <axis_name>

This creates a horizontal cursor at the current point on the selected Y axis. The first crossing point with the waveform and its measurement is shown. When the cursor is dragged up and down, the Y value and the value at the crossing point will update.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

87

Analysis Working with Cursors

Figure 4-3. Horizontal Cursor

To change the number of crossing points that are displayed, right-click on the cursor, select Data Values and select the waveform name. In the Data Values Dialog, use Shift + click to add or remove ticks in the Show column to show or hide the crossing points, as shown in Figure 4-4. Figure 4-4. Show/Hide Crossing Points in the Data Values Dialog

You can move crossing points to a different location by selecting them with the left mouse button and dragging them to a different place on the waveform.

88

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Working with Cursors

Note If you change the unit of a degree/radian/gradian Y axis to be different from the Trigonometric Angle defined in Edit > Options > Waveform Calculator > General, the horizontal cursor crossing values and position will be wrong. If you need another Y unit type, be sure to align the trigonometric angle value accordingly.

Copying Horizontal Cursors

You can duplicate an existing horizontal cursor across all unit-compatible waveform rows in the display. To do this, right-click on the horizontal cursor and select Show in All Compatible YAxes. The horizontal cursor will be copied to all waveform rows that use the same Y axis units. When the horizontal cursor is moved, all duplicated cursors also move to the new position. Crossing point markers and measurements will update accordingly. The Horizontal Cursor in Y-Axis setting under Edit > Options > Cursors allows you to control whether new horizontal cursors are added to the currently selected waveform row only, or to every row in the current display. Figure 4-5. EZwave Display Preferences - Horizontal Cursor in Y-Axis

Changing the drawing mode of a plotted waveform is not yet supported by horizontal cursors.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

89

Analysis Working with Cursors

Related Topics

Working with Cursors on page 84 Row Popup Menu on page 245 Cursor Popup Menus on page 250 Add Cursor Dialog on page 269.

Moving Cursors
You can move cursors by specifying a value, or by dragging and dropping a cursor to a new location. The corresponding value will update accordingly. Use the following procedure to move a cursor to a specific point on the waveform:

Procedure
1. Right-click on the cursor and select Move To. The Move Cursor dialog appears. 2. Enter a new X or Y location (or locations, separated by spaces) in the Enter New X/Y Location(s) field. 3. Select the unit of measurement from the pull-down menu. Choose from hertz or femto-, pico-, nano-, micro-, milli-, kilo-, mega-, giga-, or terahertz. 4. If more than one cursor is added, the first entered becomes the active cursor. 5. Click OK and the cursor moves to the specified location. Tip: Cursors can be locked together so that when you move one cursor, the other will be dragged along at the same distance. To lock cursors together, select Cursor > Lock Together When Dragging from the menu bar.

Related Topics

Cursor Popup Menus on page 250.

Setting the Visibility of Cursor Values

When more than one cursor is displayed in a graph window it is often useful to temporarily hide some of the cursor values from view to make the graph window easier to read.

Hiding a Cursor Value for a Single Waveform

Use the following procedure to hide cursor values for a single waveform:

90

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Working with Cursors

Procedure
1. Right-click the specific Value Flag (the box on the cursor that displays the waveform value at that point) on the cursor you wish to hide. 2. Select Hide Value from the Cursor Value Popup Menu. Note Other Value Flags on different waveforms using the same cursor do not disappear.

Hiding a Cursor Value for Multiple Waveforms

Use the following procedure to hide cursor values for more than one waveform in a graph window:

Procedure
1. Select the cursor whose values are to be hidden. 2. Right mouse-click the cursor and select Data Values > Hide All.

Result
The Value Flags disappear from the selected cursor for all waveforms displayed. Repeat these steps to make the cursors visible again, selecting Data Values > Show All.

Displaying Cursor Values in the Reserved Area

Use the following procedure to display cursor values in a reserved area near the Waveform Names Area rather than in cursor data flags:

Procedure
1. Select Edit > Options from the main menu. 2. Select Cursors from the list on the left of the EZwave Display Preferences dialog. The Cursors Dialog opens. 3. Check the Use Cursor Area option.

Result
The cursor values are displayed in the reserved area.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

91

Analysis Working with Cursors

Figure 4-6. Cursor Values Displayed in the Reserved Area

Related Topics

Cursor Popup Menus on page 250 Cursors Dialog on page 294

Adding Y-Level Lines

Use the following procedure to place a Y-level line on a cursor:

Procedure
1. Right-click the cursor. 2. Select Y-Level Line from the Cursor Popup Menus.

Result
A dotted line appears on the Y-axis at the point specified by the data flag. Repeat these steps to hide Y-level lines.

92

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Working with Cursors

Choosing How Delta-Y is Calculated

The delta-Y relative to the base Y-level line is displayed on every non-base Y-level line. How these delta Y values are measured is determined by the Cursor Delta Y setting in the Cursors Dialog. The EZwave tool can measure the delta-Y in the following ways:

Waveform based (default) Measures the difference between Y-level lines on one waveform. The Y-level line of the reference cursor displays the delta between it and the base Y-level line. Figure 4-7. Waveform-Based Delta Ys

Cursor based Measures the differences between Y-level lines on the same cursor. The delta-Y value of the reference Y-level line is the difference between it and the base Y-level line on the same cursor.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

93

Analysis Working with Cursors

Figure 4-8. Cursor-Based Delta Ys

Related Topics

Cursor Popup Menus on page 250 Cursors Dialog on page 294

Using the Cursor Value Table with Compound Waveforms

The Cursor Value Table provides information about one or more elements of a compound wave. To access the Cursor Value Table: 1. Select an element of a compound waveform displayed in a graph window. 2. Right-click on the element cursor value. 3. From the Cursor Value Popup Menu, select the Show/Hide menu item.

94

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Working with Cursors

Figure 4-9. Cursor Value Table

The Cursor Value Table displays the following information about individual elements of a compound waveform.

Index - A sequential number assigned to each element of the compound waveform. The first element is assigned the number one. By default, the numbers are listed in ascending order. To reverse this order, click the small triangle. Parameter - The parameter column shows the value of a parameter specified at simulation time. To invert the order of this column, click the small triangle.

Changing the Visibility of Elements

Use the following procedure to select which elements will be visible in the graph window:

Procedure
1. Click the box or boxes in the Show column corresponding to the element number or numbers. 2. If multiple elements, you can group them together at either the top or bottom of the table by clicking the small arrow at the top of the column.

Related Topics

Cursor Value Popup Menu on page 253 Compound Waveforms on page 77

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

95

Analysis Using the Event Search Tool

Using the Event Search Tool

The Event Search Tool Dialog enables the occurrences of simulation events to be located interactively. An event is a specific state (or value) for a single or collection of waveforms. The following sections describe:

Performing a Basic Event Search Performing an Expression Event Search

Performing a Basic Event Search

Use the following procedure to perform a basic event search:

Procedure
1. Invoke the Event Search tool with the Tools > Search menu item. The Event Search Tool Dialog opens. 2. Name the event in the text window of the Event field. Click Save if to save the event definition for later use, if required. 3. Specify the waveform to search by selecting a waveform in the active Graph Window, then clicking on to add it to the Source Waveform field. 4. Choose an event type from the following four options:

Any Event Any type of event. Rising Edge Only rising edge occurrences. Opens the Search Event Settings dialog. Figure 4-10. Rising Edge Dialog

i. Check the Levels are Relative to the Topline and Baseline box to automatically select the Top and Base line.

96

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Using the Event Search Tool

ii. Select the lower and upper percentages through the pulldown menu. iii. To manually set the Top and Base lines, deselect the Levels are Relative to the Topline and Baseline box and enter appropriate lower and upper values. iv. Close the Search Event Settings dialog and click on Graph Window. to show the lines in the

Falling Edge: Only falling edge occurrences. Opens the Search Event Settings dialog. Specify values as for Rising Edge. Waveform Value: Only waveform values. A tolerance needs to be specified when searching for data points generated by an analog simulator.

5. Move the cursor along the specified waveform to search for the specified events by clicking to go in the decreasing time value direction or to go in an increasing time value direction. 6. To mark an event, in the Markers section of the Event Search Tool select the Add a Marker button . Right-click on the marker to rename it, move it, copy it to the clipboard, or delete it, as desired. 7. Jump to a marker by selecting the marker name from the drop-down list or by using the previous marker button and next marker button .

Related Topics

Event Search Tool Dialog on page 307 Performing an Expression Event Search on page 97

Performing an Expression Event Search

Use the following procedure to perform an expression event search:

Procedure
1. Invoke the Event Search tool with the Tools > Search menu item. The Event Search Tool Dialog opens. 2. Name the event in the text window of the Event field. Click Save if to save the event definition for later use, if required. 3. Click the Logic Expression radio button. 4. Select the expression by:

Invoking the Waveform Calculator to create or select an existing expression. Click the Eval button in the calculator to import the expression from the calculator to the Event Search expression area.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

97

Analysis Working with Eye Diagrams

Using the Add selected waveform button or operators in the expression area.

and enter the logical function names

5. Move the cursor along the specified waveform to search for the specified events by clicking to go in the decreasing time value direction or to go in an increasing time value direction. 6. To mark an event, in the Markers section of the Event Search Tool select the Add a Marker button . Right-click on the marker to rename it, move it, copy it to the clipboard, or delete it, as desired. 7. Jump to a marker by selecting the marker name from the drop-down list or by using the previous marker button and next marker button .

Related Topics

Event Search Tool Dialog on page 307 Performing an Expression Event Search on page 97 Waveform Calculator on page 34

Working with Eye Diagrams

This section describes the procedures for creating eye diagrams and editing industry standard eye masks, and details the measurements available within an eye diagram.

Creating an Eye Diagram

Eye diagrams can be created based on a period of waveform data. Use the following procedure to create an eye diagram:

Procedure
1. Plot the waveform that the eye diagram is to be based on. 2. Select Tools > Eye Diagram. The Eye Diagram Tool Dialog opens. 3. In the dialog, select the Source Waveform from the drop down list or by using the Add Selected Waveforms button. 4. The Eye Diagram Setup values reflect the selected source waveform. The setup values include:

Eye Period The eye diagram is generated by overlaying a semi-periodical waveform signal on an interval in X (usually a time interval). The interval is defined as the eye period. A default eye period is calculated based on period divided by 2.

98

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Working with Eye Diagrams

Offset The open part of the eye is not always at the center of the axes. Specify a different offset value to generate an eye diagram with the open part at the desired location. Minimum X Value and Maximum X Value Defines the range of waveform data used for generating the eye diagram.

Change the setup values as desired. Use the default button to reset to the default values. 5. The Measurements Setup values reflect how the measurements are displayed and updated on the selected source waveform. The setup options include:

Select Apply Measurements to have the measurements automatically updated and displayed as the values are modified in this dialog. This updates the values in the eye diagram as well as all the values in the Measurement Results Tab. Select Apply Inner/Outer to have the inner or outer height or width displayed at the specified X or Y.

6. The Mask Setup values relate to the mask displayed with the eye diagram. The setup values include:

Apply Mask Select the checkbox and choose an industry standard mask from the dropdown list. Select the Eye Mask button to the right of the dropdown list to open a new Eye Mask Dialog displaying the shape and values for the corresponding mask.

Margin Allows scaling of the eye mask. The X margin is the horizontal margin and the Y margin is the vertical margin, the values entered representing a percentage of the total displayed range. Select the Automatic Fit checkbox for X and/or Y to make the mask fit to the horizontal and/or vertical inner contours of the eye diagram respectively.

Offset Allows shifting of the eye mask. The X offset is the horizontal offset.

7. Click on the Measurement Results Tab to view the results of the eye diagram measurements 8. When you have the desired setup, select the Apply button. The the current eye diagram is updated or a new eye diagram is displayed in a new graph window. 9. Once displayed, right-click anywhere on the eye diagram to place a cursor enabling the exact values to be seen.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

99

Analysis Working with Eye Diagrams

Result
Figure 4-11. Eye Diagram

Related Topics

Eye Diagram Measurements on page 100 Editing an Eye Mask on page 103

Eye Diagram Measurements

This section describes how each of the measurements is calculated by first describing how the Cross Eye Calculation is achieved. It also details whether each result can be found in the Measurement Results tab, in the Eye Diagram or in both.

100

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Working with Eye Diagrams

Cross Eye Calculation

The Cross Eye measurement is calculated by first evaluating the horizontal distribution of the eye diagram points. The mean is taken from these points and used as the horizontal level. The points of the eye diagram cross this horizontal level (eye crossings) on the left and right of the diagram. The distance between the left- and right-crossing is called the Cross Eye. Figure 4-12. Left and Right Crossing Points and Vertical Band

Related Topics

Eye Diagram Measurements Described on page 102

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

101

Analysis Working with Eye Diagrams

Eye Diagram Measurements Described

Table 4-1. Eye Diagram Measurements Measurement High Level Description The point distribution in the upper part of a vertical band around the midpoint of the Cross Eye. The High Level standard deviation (high_level_stdev) is computed within this band. This is calculated by subtracting (3 * high_level_stdev) from the High Level value. The point distribution in the lower part of a vertical band around the midpoint of the Cross Eye. The Low Level standard deviation (low_level_stdev) is computed within this band. Notes

High Level - 3stdev Low Level

Low Level + 3stdev Calculated by adding (3 * low_level_stddev) to the Low Level value. Eye Height Inner/Outer Eye Height at X Calculated as the difference between the High Level + 3stddev and the Low Level + 3stdev calculations. Eye Diagram The inner or outer Eye Height at a specified X. Drag the results line within the Eye Diagram to move to a only new X location. Right-click on the results within the Eye Diagram to access the Eye Height at X dialog with options including the ability to switch between inner and outer, and to move to another X. Calculated by subtracting the Low Level value from the High Level value. The amplitude level at which the eye crossings occur, based on the mean value of the vertical histogram at the eye crossing. Calculated by adding (3 * cross_eye_stdev) to the left value of the Cross Eye. Calculated by subtracting (3 * cross_eye_stdev) to the right value of the Cross Eye. Calculated as the difference between the Cross Eye 3stdev and the Cross Eye + 3stdev calculations.

Eye Amplitude Eye Crossing Amplitude Cross Eye + 3stdev Cross Eye - 3stdev Eye Width

102

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Working with Eye Diagrams

Table 4-1. Eye Diagram Measurements (cont.) Measurement Inner/Outer Eye Width at Y Description Notes Eye Diagram The inner or outer Eye Width at a specified Y. Drag the results line within the Eye Diagram to move to a only new Y location. Right-click on the results within the Eye Diagram to access the Eye Width at Y dialog with options including the ability to switch between inner and outer, and to move to another Y. The mean time between the low and high threshold values, Results tab calculated from 10% to 90% of the eye amplitude. only The mean time between the high and low threshold values, Results tab calculated from 10% to 90% of the eye amplitude. only The distance from the midpoint of the eye to the time origin, measured in seconds. The width of the eye crossing points. Calculated by the following formula (Measurement Results tab only): H igh_Level Low_Level --------------------------------------------------------------------------------high_level_stdev + low_level_stdev Results tab only Results tab only Results tab only

Risetime Falltime Eye Delay Eye Jitter Eye SNR

Related Topics

Cross Eye Calculation on page 101

Editing an Eye Mask

Use the following procedure to edit an eye mask:

Procedure
1. Select a mask from the dropdown list in the Eye Mask frame of the Eye Diagram Tool Dialog. 2. Click on the Eye Mask button . The Eye Mask Dialog opens, displaying the shape and values for the corresponding mask. 3. To specify an alternative source eye mask, select a built in eye mask from the drop down list or use the Open Folder button to load a user defined eye mask from disk. 4. Click on the Edit New Mask button to edit the mask.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

103

Analysis Working with Smith Charts

5. Enter a name for the new mask in the Create a New Eye Mask dialog. Editing is enabled and the grayed out Save and Delete buttons and Edit frame become available. 6. Edit the eye mask:

Click on to make the handles available so that the mask can be dragged to form a new shape. Click on to add new handles or delete existing ones. Click on an existing handle to remove it. Click on an area without a handle to add one.
o o o o

Point Handles allow the mask to be dragged in any direction. Vertical Handles allow the mask to be dragged horizontally. Horizontal Handles allow the mask to be dragged vertically. Barycenter handles allow the mask to be moved as a whole. They do not alter the high and low levels, which can be adjusted manually. The Coordinate Flags display the X and Y values that relate to the handles. The X coordinate flags show a percentage of the eye diagram X range. The Y coordinate flags show absolute values.

Check X (Y) Symmetric to also modify the symmetric handles in the mask when a handle is dragged, ensuring the mask remains symmetric. This is only possible in masks with X (Y) symmetry. When unchecked, only the dragged handle will be modified.

7. Click on the Save button to save the new eye mask.

Related Topics

Eye Diagram Tool Dialog on page 311 Eye Mask Dialog on page 317

Working with Smith Charts

A Smith Chart displays a sequence of impedance (Z-parameters), admittance (Y-parameters), scatter parameter (S-parameters) or reflection coefficient data, plotted as curves on a grid. The Smith Chart allows all possible impedances to be found on the domain of existence of the reflection coefficient. Mathematically, the Smith Chart represents the following relationship for all values of Z (impedance) in the reflection coefficient plane, also called the G plane: = (Z - ZO) / (Z + ZO)

104

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Working with Smith Charts

ZO represents the characteristic impedance of a transmission line. If you define normalized impedance as z, then the relationship is as follows: z = Z / ZO = (R + jX) / ZO = r + jx which translates to the form: = (z - 1) / (z + 1) With a Smith Chart, you can plot impedance values using curves and then read reflectioncoefficient values from the grid.

Scattering Parameters (S-Parameters)

When the amplitude and phase of an incoming wave on a transmission line moves through a circuit, its energy scatters and is partitioned between all outgoing waves on all other transmission lines connected to the circuit. Scattering parameters (also known as S-parameters) are the fixed properties of the circuit which describe how the energy couples between each pair of ports or transmission lines connected to the circuit. S-parameters are plotted as curves on a Smith Chart grid.

Creating a Smith Chart

Use the following procedure to create a Smith Chart:

Procedure

For frequency-domain waveforms, right-click the waveform name in the Waveform List panel and choose Plot as > smith_chart. For complex-valued frequency-domain waveforms, select Transformations > smith_chart from the Waveform Popup Menu. If a waveform is not an S11 or S22 parameter waveform, it is displayed as a complex-plane plot over a Smith Chart grid. By default, S11 and S22 parameters (scattering parameters) are displayed in a Smith Chart when they are brought up for viewing.

Related Topics

Working with Smith Charts on page 104 Waveform Popup Menu on page 247

Impedance and Admittance Displays

The coordinates can be changed, switching between displaying by Impedance (along the Zparameter axis) or Admittance (along the Y-parameter axis).

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

105

Analysis Working with Smith Charts

Use the following procedure to change between impedance and admittance displays:

Procedure
1. Right-click on the row containing the Smith Chart to open the Row Popup Menu. 2. Select Smith Chart > Impedance or Smith Chart > Admittance.

Results
Figure 4-13. Smith Chart Impedance Display

106

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Working with Smith Charts

Figure 4-14. Smith Chart Admittance Display

Notes
Ordinarily, the Smith Chart displays only positive real values. If, however, values of S11- or S22-parameter waveforms extend beyond the reaches of this display, the Smith Chart is automatically extended to display values outside this range. The maximum negative real values are:

-0.8 for the left part of the chart -1.2 for the right part of the chart

The maximum imaginary values are: 0.2 for the top part of the chart -0.2 for the bottom part of the chart

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

107

Analysis Working with Smith Charts

Figure 4-15. Smith Chart with Negative Real Values

Related Topics

Working with Smith Charts on page 104 Smith Chart and Polar Displays on page 108 Row Popup Menu on page 245

Smith Chart and Polar Displays

Use the following procedure to switch between a Smith Chart display and a polar display for these data sets:

Procedure
1. Right-click an element on the chart. 2. To switch to a polar display select Transformations > polar_chart from the Waveform Popup Menu. 3. To switch back select or Transformation > smith_chart.

108

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Working with Smith Charts

Results
Figure 4-16. Polar Chart Display

Related Topics

Working with Smith Charts on page 104 Impedance and Admittance Displays on page 105 Waveform Popup Menu on page 247

Cursors in the Smith Chart

To add a cursor to a Smith Chart select Cursor > Add from the menu bar or click the Add Cursor button in the toolbar.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

109

Analysis Working with Smith Charts

Figure 4-17. Cursor in a Smith Chart

The Smith Chart does not use bar cursors. Instead, cursors are represented by marks on the plotted waves, and the circles that correspond to that point on the graph. Drag the cursor along the path of any curve to determine the impedance at that point. Change the data value to take into account the characteristic impedance. The F (frequency) and Z values are displayed. The S parameters can be displayed by selecting the appropriate option from the Data Values dialog. Use the following procedure to change the data value and select which values to display:

Procedure
1. Add a cursor to a Smith Chart. 2. Right-click on the value flag. 3. Select Data Values > Set from the Cursor Value Popup Menu. Figure 4-18. Setting Data Values

110

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Working with Smith Charts

Select Normalized Impedance, Normalized Admittance or Normalized Admittance/Impedance for the displayed value to be normalized. This option varies depending on whether impedance, admittance, or both are displayed in the value flag. If the value is not normalized, the display in the value flag reflects this. If this option is not selected, enter a ZCHAR value, in ohms.

Select Display Admittance and Impedance to display both admittance and impedance values in the value flag.

Select Display S Parameter to display the S parameter in the value flag.

Note If more than one waveform is displayed on a Smith Chart, dragging the cursor along one wave causes the cursor to move along the others, as well.

Related Topics

Working with Smith Charts on page 104 Scattering Parameters (S-Parameters) on page 105 Impedance and Admittance Displays on page 105 Cursor Popup Menus on page 250

Circles in the Smith Chart

Constant circles and Stability circles can be plotted on a Smith Chart. Usually, a circle plot consists of a family of circles. Use the following procedure to invoke the Circle Visibility dialog which allows you to set which circles are visible in a circle plot:

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

111

Analysis Working with Smith Charts

Procedure
1. Right click on a Smith Chart circle plot or circle plot name in a graph window. 2. From the Waveform Popup Menu, select the Circle Visibility menu item. Figure 4-19. Multiple-Circle Plot and Circle Visibility Option

112

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Working with Smith Charts

Result
Figure 4-20. Circle Visibility Table

The Circle Visibility Table displays the following information about individual elements of a circle plot.

Index - A sequential number assigned to each element of the circle plot. The first element is assigned the number one. By default, the numbers are listed in ascending order. To reverse this order, click the small triangle. Frequency - The frequency column shows the frequency value of the element. To invert the order of this column, click the small triangle.

Changing the Visibility of Elements

Use the following procedure to select which elements will be visible in the graph window:

Procedure
1. Click the box or boxes in the Show column corresponding to the element number or numbers. 2. If multiple elements, you can group them together at either the top or bottom of the table by clicking the small arrow at the top of the column.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

113

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

Result
The following figure shows the results after selecting a single circle to highlight. Figure 4-21. Highlighted Circle

Related Topics

Working with Smith Charts on page 104 Waveform Popup Menu on page 247

Comparing Waveforms
The EZwave Waveform Compare Tool enables waveforms from a reference and a new simulation to be compared. It can report the set of differences graphically or in report files. This tool can be accessed through the graphical user interface or through a set of Tcl commands (see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples on page 684). This section describes the following tasks relating to waveform comparison and the waveform comparison algorithm:

114

Support for Different Types of Waveform Using the Waveform Compare Wizard

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

Manually Comparing Waveforms Viewing Waveform Comparison Results Generating a Waveform Comparison Report Viewing and Saving Comparison Rules Setting Comparison Options The Analog Waveform Comparison Algorithm

Support for Different Types of Waveform

The Waveform Compare Tool can be applied to digital, analog and mixed-signal simulation results:

Verilog and VHDL digital waveforms. Analog continuous, wreal and real waveforms. Enum, char and string waveforms.

For buses, records and compound waveforms: Digital buses are compared directly providing they have the same number of bits. If this is not the case, EZwaves behavior cannot be guaranteed. Analog buses and records are exploded and bits compared individually. Bits are matched by index rather than by name. If the number of bits differs between the test and the reference object, bits are compared until the smaller number is reached. An error message is then displayed. Compound waveforms are exploded and elements compared individually. Elements are matched by index rather than by name. If the number of elements differs between the test and the reference waveform, elements are compared until the smaller number is reached. An error message is then displayed. Note Assertions, SOA and complex waveforms are not supported in the Waveform Comparison Tool.

Related Topics

Comparing Waveforms on page 114

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

115

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

Using the Waveform Compare Wizard

The Waveform Compare Wizard steps you through each stage of the waveform comparison process, providing an appropriate dialog at each stage, as shown in Figure 4-22. Figure 4-22. The Waveform Compare Wizard Process Flow
Invoking the Wizard

Selecting Datasets

Compare All

The Comparison Method

By Hierarchy

By Waveform

Selecting Waveforms

Selecting Hierarchies

Adding More Waveforms No

Yes

Computing the Differences

Invoking the Wizard

Use the following procedure to invoke the Waveform Compare Wizard:

Procedure
1. From the EZwave menu bar, select Tools > Waveform Compare > Comparison Wizard This opens the first page of the Waveform Compare Wizard.

116

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

Selecting Datasets
Use the following procedure to select the datasets for comparison:

Procedure
1. Specify the reference dataset in the Choose Reference Dataset From List or Disk field. Use the dropdown list to choose from recently opened databases, or click the folder icon to use a file browser to select the reference database. 2. Specify the test dataset in the Choose Test Dataset From List or Disk field. By default, the current open database is used as the test dataset (indicated by the Use Current Database (database_name) radio button). To specify a different database, use the dropdown list or the file browser. 3. Click Next to move on to the Comparison Method page of the Waveform Compare Wizard.

The Comparison Method

Use the following procedure to select the comparison method:

Procedure
1. Select from the following three comparison methods:

Compare All Waveforms All available waveforms in the test dataset are compared against the same waveforms in the reference dataset. With this option selected, clicking Next advances to Computing the Differences and begins the waveform comparison.

Specify Comparison By Waveform Select this to specify the waveforms to compare. With this option selected, clicking Next advances to Selecting Waveforms.

Specify Comparison By Hierarchy Level Select this to specify a hierarchy level for comparison. With this option selected, clicking Next advances to Selecting Hierarchies.

Selecting Waveforms
Use the following procedure to specify waveforms for comparison using the Select Waveforms Dialog:

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

117

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

Procedure
1. Click Add on the Add Waveforms From Reference Database side of the window. This opens the Add Waveforms dialog. 2. Select one or more waveforms. Note For databases loaded from .fsdb files, only loaded waveforms are displayed in the Waveform Compare By Waveform > Add Waveform dialog. Loaded waveforms are waveforms that have been displayed once or waveforms located at a hierarchy level that has been selected once in the Waveform List Panel. See Loading .fsdb Files on page 707 for more information. 3. Click OK. The selected waveforms are added to the Reference side of the Waveform Compare Wizard. 4. By default, the Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database option is selected, indicating that the tool will search the test dataset for waveforms with names matching those in the reference dataset. 5. To compare waveforms with different names, uncheck Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database, and click Add to add test waveforms. When comparing waveforms with different names, the first waveform in the list of reference waveforms is compared with the first waveform in the list of test waveforms, and so on, regardless of their names.

Selecting Hierarchies
Use the following procedure to specify a hierarchy level for comparison using the Select Hierarchy Dialog:

Procedure
1. Select the reference waveform hierarchy from the Waveform List panel and click the Add Selected Hierarchy button. This populates the field with the selected waveform hierarchy. 2. By default, the comparison searches the same hierarchy level name in the test database. To specify a different hierarchy level, select Specify a different name for test Hierarchy Level and choose the test hierarchy level. 3. In the Compare Waveforms of Type area, select the types of waveforms to include in the comparison and whether to search the hierarchies recursively.

118

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

Adding More Waveforms

After defining the waveform or hierarchy for comparison, more waveforms can be selected for comparison by specifying Yes on the Would you like to add more waveforms to the comparison page of the Waveform Import Wizard. This will return to The Comparison Method. Use the following procedure once all waveforms are selected:

Procedure
1. Select No on the Would you like to add more waveforms to the comparison page of the Waveform Import Wizard. 2. Click Next. 3. Click Finish on the last page of the Waveform Compare Wizard. Computation of the waveform differences will begin.

Computing the Differences

The results of the waveform comparison are displayed in the graph window. Waveforms that contain differences from the reference waveform are marked by a red X by their name and those difference portions of the waveform are highlighted (Figure 4-23). Figure 4-23. Waveform Comparison Results

Related Topics

Generating a Waveform Comparison Report on page 126 Selecting Waveforms for Comparison on page 120

Manually Comparing Waveforms

Use the following steps to manually compare waveforms (without the use of the Waveform Compare Wizard):

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

119

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

1. Starting a Comparison 2. Selecting Waveforms for Comparison 3. Running a Comparison 4. Generating a Waveform Comparison Report The Waveform Compare Tool automatically applies a set of default settings to the comparison. By default, the Waveform Compare Tool looks for waveforms with the same name in the reference and test simulation result databases. To change these defaults refer to Setting Comparison Options on page 128. For details on error messages that may be encountered during a Waveform Comparison, see Waveform Comparison Troubleshooting on page 692.

Starting a Comparison
Use the following procedure to begin a manual waveform comparison:

Procedure
1. Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Start Comparison This opens the Select Datasets dialog. 2. Select the reference dataset in the Choose Reference Dataset From List or Disk field. Use the dropdown list to choose from recently opened databases, or click the folder icon to use a file browser to select the reference database. 3. Select the test dataset in the Choose Test Dataset From List or Disk field. By default, the currently open database is used as the test dataset (indicated by the Use Current Database (database_name) radio button). To specify a different database than the current one, use the dropdown list or the file browser to choose the test database. 4. Click OK to close the Select Datasets dialog.

Related Topics

Selecting Waveforms for Comparison on page 120 Setting Comparison Options on page 128 Waveform Comparison Troubleshooting on page 692

Selecting Waveforms for Comparison

Once youve started a waveform comparison, you can begin to add waveforms. You can choose the waveforms for comparison with the following three methods:

120

Compare All Waveforms

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

Compare by Waveforms Compare by Hierarchy

Compare All Waveforms

To specify comparison of all available waveforms in the test dataset against the same waveforms in the reference dataset: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Add > Compare All Waveforms.

Compare by Waveforms
Use the following procedure to specify waveforms for comparison:

Procedure
1. Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Add > Compare by Waveforms This opens the Select Waveforms Dialog. 2. Click Add on the Add Waveforms From Reference Database side of the window. This opens the Add Waveforms dialog. 3. In the Add Waveforms dialog, select one or more waveforms. 4. Click OK. The selected waveforms are added to the Reference side of the Waveform Compare Tool. 5. By default, the Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database option is selected, indicating that the Waveform Compare Tool will search for waveforms in the test dataset whose names match the specified reference waveforms. To compare waveforms with different names, uncheck Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database, and add test waveforms in the same way reference waveforms were added. When comparing waveforms with different names, the first waveform defined in the list of reference waveforms is compared with the first waveform defined in the list of test waveforms, and so on, regardless of their names. 6. Click OK to close the Select Waveforms Dialog.

Compare by Hierarchy
Use the following procedure to specify waveforms for comparison by hierarchy:

Procedure
1. Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Add > Compare by Hierarchy This opens the Select Hierarchy Dialog.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

121

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

2. Select the reference waveform hierarchy from the EZwave waveform list. 3. In the Reference Hierarchy Level field, click the Add Selected Hierarchy This populates the field with the selected waveform hierarchy. button.

4. By default, the same hierarchy level name is searched in the test database for the comparison. If you want to specify a different hierarchy level for comparison, select Specify a different name for test Hierarchy Level. You can then choose the test hierarchy level for comparison. 5. In the Compare Waveforms of Type area, select the types of waveforms to include in the comparison and whether to search the hierarchies recursively. 6. Click OK to close the Select Hierarchy Dialog.

Running a Comparison
Once youve specified the waveforms for comparison, run the comparison by selecting Tools > Waveform Compare > Run Comparison You can continue to add waveforms and run comparisons until you select Tools > Waveform Compare > End Comparison

Related Topics

Select Hierarchy Dialog on page 352 Select Waveforms Dialog on page 353

Viewing Waveform Comparison Results

After waveform comparison, the results are displayed in a graph window. Waveforms that contain differences with respect to the reference waveform are marked by a red x by its name. Those difference portions of the waveform are highlighted in the graph window (Figure 4-24).

122

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

Figure 4-24. Waveform Comparison Results

Related Topics

Generating a Waveform Comparison Report on page 126

Stepping Through Differences With a Cursor

You can add a cursor to the waveform comparison results and easily step through each difference between the reference and result waveforms. 1. Add a cursor by pressing F5. A cursor is added to the waveform comparison result graph window. 2. In the toolbar, click the Move Cursor to Next Error icon. The icon advances the cursor to the next difference between the reference and result waveforms. 3. To step the cursor to the previous difference between the reference and result waveforms, click the Move Cursor to Previous Error icon.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

123

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

Figure 4-25. Stepping Through Waveform Differences With a Cursor

Related Topics

Displaying the Tolerance Tube for Analog Comparisons on page 124

Displaying the Tolerance Tube for Analog Comparisons

The tolerance tube is the virtual area along the reference waveform that defines the limits where the result waveform can deviate from the reference waveform before being considered different. For more information on analog waveform tolerances, see The Analog Waveform Comparison Algorithm on page 132. In the waveform comparison results, you can display the tolerance tube by right-clicking on one of the waveform names in the graph window that contains the comparison results and selecting Display Tolerance Tube (Figure 4-26). In Figure 4-27, the green waveform is the reference waveform. The two blue waveforms represent the tolerance tube. When the yellow result waveform goes outside of this tube is where it is different from the reference waveform, given the tolerances.

124

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

Figure 4-26. Display Tolerance Tube Menu Item

Figure 4-27. Graph Window Showing Tolerance Tube

Related Topics

The Analog Waveform Comparison Algorithm on page 132

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

125

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

Generating a Waveform Comparison Report

After you run a manual waveform comparison, you can generate a report of the differences in a text file. To generate a waveform comparison report, do the following: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Differences > Write Report. This opens a file browser where you can choose the name and location of the report. 2. In the Save Comparison Report file browser, choose a location and a name for the report and click Save.

Digital to Digital Comparison Reports

For digital-digital reporting, the syntax is the same as the Questa SIM report files. The difference is that Questa SIM reports differences organized around time, but the EZwave reports are based on each waveform. The following is an example of a digital to digital comparison report:
Total differences = Diff number 1, From <vsimref>clk = '1' <vsimres>clk = '0' Diff number 2, From <vsimref>clk = '1' <vsimres>clk = '0' Diff number 3, From <vsimref>clk = '0' <vsimres>clk = '1' Diff number 4, From <vsimref>clk = '0' <vsimres>clk = '1' ... 100 time 2.000000e-8 s to time 4.000000e-8 s.

time 6.000000e-8 s to time 8.000000e-8 s.

time 1.200000e-7 s to time 1.400000e-7 s.

time 1.600000e-7 s to time 1.800000e-7 s.

Analog to Analog Comparison Reports

For analog to analog comparisons, the report indicates the number of differences found, and for each difference, it indicates the beginning and end times where the waveforms differ. The report also indicates the time at which the maximum Y difference is encountered, and the Y values of reference and test waveforms. The following is an example of an analog to analog comparison report:
Total differences = 1 Diff number 1, From time 9.329983e-5 s to time 1.198995e-4 s. Maximum difference at time 9.329983e-5 s : deltaY = 1.172866e-4 A <REF>I(vv1) = -1.498311e-4 <RES>I(vv1) = -3.254448e-5

126

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

Related Topics

Viewing Waveform Comparison Results on page 122

Viewing and Saving Comparison Rules

When you set up a waveform comparison, the settings (or rules) you choose for the comparison can be viewed and saved in a Tcl file for later use. Saving comparison rules only saves comparison options, clock definitions, and region and signal selections. To view and save the comparison rules for a session, do the following: 1. Start a waveform comparison session, either manually (see Manually Comparing Waveforms on page 119) or with the Waveform Compare Wizard (see Using the Waveform Compare Wizard on page 116). 2. Make your waveform comparison rules. 3. Before you end the comparison, select Tools > Waveform Compare > Rules > Show. The file that contains the current rules for the waveform comparison is displayed. 4. To save the comparison rules to a Tcl file, select Tools > Waveform Compare > Rules > Save to open the Save Comparison Rules dialog. 5. Navigate to the directory where you want to save the rules Tcl file, give the file a name, and click Save.

Related Topics

Using the Waveform Compare Wizard on page 116 Manually Comparing Waveforms on page 119

Saving a Comparison Session

A copy of the comparison session can be saved in a Tcl file for direct replay later. To save the session: 1. Start a waveform comparison session, either manually (see Manually Comparing Waveforms on page 119) or with the Waveform Compare Wizard (see Using the Waveform Compare Wizard on page 116). 2. Make your waveform comparison rules. 3. To save the comparison session to a Tcl file, select Tools > Waveform Compare > Save Session to open the Save Comparison Session dialog.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

127

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

4. Navigate to the directory where you want to save the rules Tcl file, give the file a name, and click Save. The file will be called session.tcl by default.

Related Topics

Using the Waveform Compare Wizard on page 116 Manually Comparing Waveforms on page 119

Setting Comparison Options

To set comparison options, select Tools > Waveform Compare > Options to open the threetabbed Comparison Options Dialog. Use the three tabs to do the following:

Setting General Comparison Options Setting Comparison Method Options Setting AMS Options for Waveform Comparison

Setting General Comparison Options

To set the global options for comparison, do the following in the General Options Tab: 1. In the Comparison Limit Count fields, specify the maximum number of differences (Total Limit) and differences per signal (Per Signal Limit) allowed before the comparison terminates. 2. Specify VHDL and Verilog signal value matching rules in VHDL Matching and Verilog Matching areas. The D in these matching options represent the - dont care std_logic value. For more information on the VHDL and Verilog matching options, refer to the Questa SIM Users Manual. 3. When making comparisons you can choose how the results are treated. Select from the following options:
o

Automatically Add Comparison to Wave Window This option adds the comparison results to the current wave window, including both correct (waveforms with no differences) and erroneous (waveforms with differences) waveforms. Automatically Add Comparisons With Errors to Wave Window This option adds only comparison results that contain errors (waveforms with differences) to the current wave window.

128

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Comparing Waveforms o

Do Not Plot Results of Comparison This option does not add the comparison results to the current wave window.

Related Topics

General Options Tab on page 283

Setting Comparison Method Options

You can choose how the Waveform Compare Tool compares digital waveforms. The two methods for comparing digital waveforms are as follows:

Continuous Comparison (default) Clocked Comparison

Refer to Comparison Method Tab on page 284.

Continuous Comparison
By default, the Waveform Compare Tool uses the Continuous Comparison method. In this method, test signals are compared to reference signals at each transition (for digital-digital comparisons) or at each simulated data point (for analog-analog and mixed signal comparisons) of the reference waveform. The Leading Tolerance and Trailing Tolerance apply only to digital-digital comparisons. To specify tolerances for analog-analog or mixed comparisons, see Analog Comparison on page 130.

Clocked Comparison
In the Clocked Comparison method, you define a clock to use as a trigger waveform for the comparison. Signals are compared only at or just after an edge on some signal. In this mode, you define one or more clocks. The test signal is compared to a reference signal and both are sampled relative to the defined clock. The clock can be defined as the rising or falling edge (or either edge) of a particular signal plus a user-specified delay. The design need not have any events occurring at the specified clock time. The clocked comparison settings here will also apply to analog-analog and analog-digital comparisons. When you define the clock, it can also apply to an analog waveform. The edges, rising or falling, are automatically calculated using functions available in the EZwave Measurement Tool. To use the clocked comparison method, do the following: 1. Select Clocked Comparison.
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

129

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

2. Select a waveform from the dropdown list or use the Use the Add Selected Waveform button to add the currently selected waveform to the list. 3. Click Clocks to open the Clocks Dialog. This dialog lists all the clocks youve defined. 4. Click Add to open the Add Clock Dialog. If you want to modify a clock youve previously added, select it from the list of clocks and click Modify 5. Specify a name for this clock definition in the Clock Name field. 6. If you want to set the Delay Signal Offset, enter a value in the field. By default, this is 0. 7. In the Based on Waveform field, select the waveform whose edges are to be used as the strobe trigger. 8. In the Compare Strobe Edge field, select which edge to use in the clocked comparison. By default, only the rising edge is used. 9. Click OK to save the settings.

Related Topics

Analog Comparison on page 130 Add Clock Dialog on page 268 Comparison Method Tab on page 284

Setting AMS Options for Waveform Comparison

These options are an extension of the Continuous Comparison of digital-digital compare options. They are set using the AMS Options Tab. Use these options for analog-analog and mixed-signal comparison. You can set the options for the following two types of comparison:

Analog Comparison
The analog comparison options enable you to specify the X and Y tolerances, or use the default tolerances. When you select Use Automatic X Tolerance or Use Automatic Y Tolerance, the Waveform Compare Tool uses the following formulas to calculate the tolerances:

X Tolerance the minimum of ((x_max - x_min)/number_of_points) or (0.01 . (x_max - x_min)) Y Tolerance 0.01 . (y_max - y_min)

130

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

The analog-analog comparison is based on waveform data points provided by the simulator, for both the reference and the test waveform. When you choose to specify the tolerances, you can use percentage or numerical values. If you specify a percentage value (for example, 0.1%), it defines a tolerance value relative to the minimum and maximum of the waveform (in this example, 0.1% of (x_max x_min) or 0.1% of (y_max y_min)). If you instead specify a numerical tolerance value (for example, 0.1), it defines an absolute tolerance to be used around the X or Y values. In Figure 4-28, the blue waveform represents the reference waveform, and the green waveform represents the test waveform. The magenta waveforms are the virtual tubes that represent the tolerances. For details on how the waveform compare algorithm uses tolerances, see The Analog Waveform Comparison Algorithm on page 132. Note These tolerances apply only to analog-analog and mixed comparisons. To specify leading and trailing tolerances for digital-digital comparisons, see Continuous Comparison on page 129. Figure 4-28. Waveform Compare Showing Tolerance

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

131

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

Mixed Comparison
When comparing mixed-signal waveforms, the Waveform Compare Tool first converts the analog waveform into a digital waveform. Then it applies a digital-digital comparison (the comparison function is based on the least accurate waveform). The Mixed Comparison options contains the following settings:

Analog to Digital Conversion Options Specify whether you want to apply a Single Threshold (default) or Two Thresholds for the analog to digital conversion. By default, the Use Automatic Thresholds option is checked, specifying that the thresholds are deduced from the input waveforms. Uncheck this to specify fixed values for each of the thresholds.

Tolerances Once the Waveform Compare Tool converts the waveform from analog to digital, it applies the digital-digital comparison. Here you can specify a leading and trailing tolerance, different than those defined for pure digital-digital comparisons.

Related Topics

Continuous Comparison on page 129 The Analog Waveform Comparison Algorithm on page 132 AMS Options Tab on page 286

The Analog Waveform Comparison Algorithm

The EZwave waveform comparison algorithm is based only on waveform data points of both the reference and result waveforms. At each X value on either the reference or result waveform, the calculations are executed on the reference waveform as illustrated in Figure 4-29. The blue line is the reference waveform and the green line is the result waveform. Xtol and Ytol are the tolerances for X and Y, respectively.

132

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

Figure 4-29. Calculations on the Reference Waveform

Using the default or defined X tolerances (see Analog Comparison on page 130), the algorithm calculates (X Xtol) and (X + Xtol). These values are used with the X value to deduce (x, y) corresponding data points to the reference waveform. At each (x, y) data point, the algorithm calculates (Y Ytol) and (Y + Ytol). These values are used to deduce the maximum and minimum Y values. These calculations form the tolerance area (the red rectangle in Figure 4-29). During comparison, the result waveform is checked to see if it lies in the tolerance area at the original X data point. The tolerances define a virtual tube around the reference waveform. The Waveform Compare Tool checks to see if the test waveform is inside the tube, and reports a difference if the test waveform is outside the tube. In Figure 4-30, the blue reference waveform is surrounded by two magenta waveforms that represent the tolerance tube. The green result waveform is only highlighted (red vertical highlight) at the area where it is outside the tube.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

133

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

Figure 4-30. Tolerance Tube

The difference highlight is calculated from the first data point found outside of the tube to the last data point found outside of the tube (Figure 4-31). Figure 4-31. Data Points Outside of the Tolerance Tube

Related Topics

Analog Comparison on page 130

wreal Waveform Comparison

The comparison of wreal waveforms follows the same method and tolerance values as comparison of real waveforms.

134

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

When X or Z is encountered, only the X tolerance is considered. Within the X tolerance, X or Z may match any other values, including numerical ones. Outside of the X tolerance, a strict Y value comparison is applied, meaning that X must match X and the Y value must match the Y value. The display of the tolerance tube will be similar to that used for the real waveform, except when the X or Z state is reached. The tolerance tube is increased to infinity here to enable X and Z values to match any others. Figure 4-32 shows the tolerance tube increased to infinity when a Z state is encountered in the reference waveform. However, when an X state is encountered in the result waveform in Figure 4-32, the tolerance tube does not increase to infinity. Values are matched within the X tolerance range. Figure 4-32. Display of the Tolerance Tube

Notes
In the comparison report, the location of the X and Z state will be indicated instead of the location of the Y value maximum difference. This comparison will produce different results to Questa SIM. In Questa SIM, the digital comparison algorithm (digital comparison with default tolerance of 0) applies to wreal waveforms. In Questa ADMS the tolerance is considered around the X domain for X and Z states, and elsewhere the real waveforms comparison algorithm (analog comparison with dX and dY tolerance) applies.

Related Topics

Analog Comparison on page 130

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

135

Analysis Comparing Waveforms

136

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Chapter 5
Post-Processing

Post-Processing

Add Waveforms

Analysis

Post-Processing

Save and Output Data

After analyzing the simulator output data, A number of powerful utilities are provided for processing the data and transforming the raw data to specific characteristic information. Creating a Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transforming Analog Waveforms to Digital. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transforming Digital Waveforms to Analog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bus Transformation Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bit Transformation Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Measurement Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frequency Domain Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Statistical Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Time Domain Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Buttons in the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using Built-In Functions in the Waveform Calculator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using User-Defined Functions in the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Measurement Tool Functions in the Waveform Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Built-In Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calculator Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal Processing Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectral Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Convolution Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Harmonic Distortion Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The Signal to Noise Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Window Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 139 140 140 141 142 144 145 147 152 153 162 162 164 165 165 171 171 180 198 198 200 201 203 204 205 205

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

137

Post-Processing Creating a Bus

Windowing Transforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Creating a Bus
Use the following procedure to create your own bus from selected digital waveforms (bits):

Procedure
1. Select the bits that you want to add to the bus, either from the active Graph Window or from the Waveform List Panel. Use SHIFT+click or CTRL+click to select multiple waveforms. Note For databases loaded from .fsdb files, only loaded waveforms are displayed in the Waveform List panel. Waveforms are loaded when they are displayed for the first time or when they are located at hierarchy level. The Waveform List panel will only display waveforms that have already been loaded. 2. Click the Tools > Create Bus menu item to open the Create Bus Dialog, which shows the default name of the bus and the content of the bus. 3. Name the bus by clicking in the text window of the Bus Options field and entering the desired bus name. 4. Click on the dropdown list next to Radix and select Two's Complement, Binary, Decimal, Hexadecimal, Octal, or Ascii radix. 5. The Bits in Bus window lists all of the selected waveform names. The waveform selected first is used as the Most Significant Bit (MSB) of the bus, and the waveform selected last is used as the Least Significant Bit (LSB). 6. If the bus is an analog or hybrid bus, the analog signals will be automatically transformed to digital. If Auto-Update Threshold is selected the threshold calculation will be automatically updated when the bit order is modified. It is selected by default. Use Single Threshold or Two Thresholds to digitize the input waveform(s). Click in the text windows of the Transformation Setup field and change the default to desired threshold values. 7. Click OK to apply or click Cancel to abort bus creation. The content of the bus can be modified by changing the MSB and the LSB, flipping the bits of the bus, inverting the bits of the bus, and/or adding extra bits to the bus.

To add bits to the bus:

138

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Transforming Analog Waveforms to Digital

a. Click Add to pop up the Add Bits to Bus dialog. b. The Add Bits to Bus dialog lists all of the digital waveforms in the database not already included in the bus. Select one or multiple waveforms and click OK to add these to the bus. Note For databases loaded from .fsdb files, only loaded waveforms are displayed in the Create Bus > Add Bits to Bus dialog. Waveforms are loaded when they are displayed for the first time or when they are located at hierarchy level.

Click Invert to invert the bits of the bus. Select waveform name(s) in the Bits in Bus window, and click Move Up to move these bit(s) one bit upward. Select waveform name(s) in the Bits in Bus window, and click Move Down to move these bit(s) one bit downward.

Related Topics

Plotting Multiple Waveforms on page 61.

Transforming Analog Waveforms to Digital

Use the following procedure to take an analog waveform and create a form of a digital waveform:

Procedure
1. Select the waveform in the active Graph Window and right-click to display the Waveform Popup Menu. 2. Select Analog to Digital from the popup menu, and the Analog to Digital Conversion dialog appears. 3. Name the new waveform by clicking in the text window of the Digitized Waveform(s) field and changing the default to a desired waveform name. 4. To plot the digitized waveform in a Stacked new Graph Row or Overlaid with the original waveform, make your selection by checking one of the circles in the Plot Option. 5. Clear Plot Result Waveform(s) if you do not want to plot the digitized waveform to the active Graph Window. 6. You may use Single Threshold or Two Thresholds to digitize the input waveform. Click in the text windows of the Transformation Setup field and change the default to

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

139

Post-Processing Transforming Digital Waveforms to Analog

desired threshold values. Click OK to perform the transformation, or click Cancel to abort and close the dialog.

Transforming Digital Waveforms to Analog

You can transform digital waveforms to analog. All analog waveforms created in this manner are created in the "calc" database. Use the following procedure to create an analog waveform of a digital signal or bus:

Procedure
1. Select the digital signal or bus in the active Graph Window and right-click to display the Waveform Popup Menu. 2. Select Digital to Analog from the popup menu. The Digital to Analog Conversion dialog appears. Depending on whether you have selected an individual signal or signals, a bus, or both, the dialog may include a section for Bus Transformation Setup, Bit Transformation Setup, or both. 3. In the Name text window, change the default name to a desired waveform name. If multiple waveforms are selected, the Name text window is dimmed out and the default names are used. 4. Select whether to plot the resulting waveform Stacked in a new Graph Row or Overlaid with the original waveform. 5. If you do not want to plot the resulting waveform to the active Graph Window, clear the Plot Result Waveform(s) box.

Bus Transformation Setup

Figure 5-1. Bus Transformation Setup Options

Use the following procedure to specify the transformation setup for a bus:
140
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Transforming Digital Waveforms to Analog

Procedure
1. Specify the Radix by using the dropdown menu and selecting one of the following values: Two's Complement (signed), Binary, Hexadecimal, Octal, Unsigned Decimal, (all unsigned), or Ascii. 2. Specify the Value by entering an addition value and then a multiplication value. If the bus value is one of the standard logic states, then the analog value is the same as the previous analog value, or 0.0 in the case of the initial value. 3. Select either Do Not Interpolate or Interpolate. If you select Do Not Interpolate, specify if you want to Use Commutation Time and enter the desired time. This is the time necessary to switch from the previous bus value to the new bus value. 4. Click OK to perform the transformation, or click Cancel to abort and close the dialog.

Bit Transformation Setup

Figure 5-2. Bit Transformation Setup Options

Use the following procedure to specify the bit transformation for a digital signal:

Procedure
1. Each digital value has a default real (analog) assigned. To use a different value, enter the corresponding analog value as a numeric figure or engineering value. The possible digital values are Forcing Zero, Forcing One, Weak Zero, Weak One, Forcing Unknown, Weak Unknown, High Impedance, Uninitialized, and Do not care.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

141

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

Values that have been used previously in a session are automatically remembered for future transformations. 2. Under Commutation Time Values, enter the Rise Time (the necessary time to go from '0' to '1') and Fall Time (the necessary time to go from '1' to '0'). 3. Click OK to perform the transformation, or click Cancel to abort and close the dialog. For bit transformations, this process is only implemented for "standard logic" waveforms and other digital types that can be internally converted to standard logic waveforms (bit, Boolean, and Verilog logic).

Using the Measurement Tool

The Measurement Tool can be used to take a wide variety of measurements of the elements of a compound waveform. This section describes in detail how the Measurement Tool can be used for:

Table 5-1. Eye Diagram Measurements Eye Height and Width

Table 5-2. Frequency Domain Measurements Bandpass Gain Margin Phase Margin

Table 5-3. General Measurements Average Local Max Peak to Peak Values Phase Margin Local Min Slope Y Level Crossing Maximum Slope Intersect Intersect Minimum YVal

Table 5-4. Statistical Measurements Maximum Minimum RMS Tran Mean RMS Standard Deviation Mean + 3 Std Dev RMS AC Mean - 3 Std Dev RMS Noise

142

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

Table 5-5. Time Domain Measurements Delay Overshoot Settle Time Duty Cycle Period Slew Rate Falltime Pulse Width Undershoot Frequency Risetime

Taking a Measurement
Use the procedure below to take a measurement using the Measurement Tool. Note wreal waveforms, assertions and Safe Operating Area assertions cannot be measured using the Measurement Tool.

Procedure
1. Use the Tools > Measurement Tool menu item to open the Measurement Tool Dialog, or right-click on an element or the waveform name in the active graph window. 2. Select a measurement category and type from the Measurement: dropdown lists. 3. Select one or more waveform elements or waveform labels in the active graph window. Click on the Add Selected Waveforms button to add the selected waveforms or elements to the Apply to Waveforms list. (The Parameter Table can be used to select elements. See Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms on page 79) Note The measurements Delay, Intersect and Slope Intersect can only be applied to a single waveform at any one time. 4. Depending on the type of measurement selected, specify additional information such as topline/baseline, edge trigger, and measurement results settings in the Measurement Setup section. Refer below to the specific section on the selected measurement for details on these settings. Where the value Automatic is specified for an option in the Measurement Setup section, a parameter is applied individually to each waveform. If a value is entered instead, this value is applied to all waveforms. 5. Some measurement types allow you to specify how the results should be displayed in the Measurement Results section (This section is not available for all measurements.): a. Where available, specify either to Annotate Waveform(s) with Measurement Results or Plot New Waveform of "<measurement type>" vs <parameter>.
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

143

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

If there is more than one parameter to choose from, a dropdown list is available for specifying the required parameter. When more than one waveform has been selected for the measurement, only parameters common to all waveforms are available in the list. 6. To apply the measurement to the Entire Waveform, Visible X Region, or Between Two Cursors, click the Apply Measurement dropdown list and make a selection. Note You cannot use horizontal cursors to define parts of a waveform for use with the Measurement Tool. 7. To remove all previous measurements, check the box of Remove All Previous Results. 8. Click Apply to perform the measurement, or click Close to exit the Measurement Tool.

Eye Diagram Measurements

This measurement finds and displays the eye width and height of the eye diagram. The Eye Height is calculated as the difference between the High Level - 3 stdev and the Low Level + 3 stdev. The Eye Width is calculated as the difference between the Cross Eye + 3 stdev and the Cross Eye - 3 stdev. Refer to Eye Diagram Measurements on page 100 for details on all measurements relating to the Eye Diagram.

Eye Height and Width

This measurement finds and displays the eye height or width of the eye diagram. To access: Select Eye Diagram from the left dropdown list, and select Eye Height, Eye Height at X, Eye Width or Eye Width at Y from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Select one or more of the available measurements: Eye Height, Eye Height at X, Eye Width and Eye Width at Y. Eye height and eye width measurements can only be applied to entire waveforms. This allows only one choice, Entire Waveform, in the Apply Measurement to field.

144

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

Frequency Domain Measurements

Table 5-6. Frequency Domain Measurements Bandpass Gain Margin Phase Margin

Bandpass
This measurement finds and displays the bandwidth, the lower band edge, upper band edge, center frequency and quality factor, and the level at which the measurement is made for a bandpass-shaped waveform. To access: Select Frequency Domain from the left dropdown list, and select Bandpass from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Specify a Topline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the specified waveform. Specify an Offset value to be applied relative to the Topline value. The Offset is always in dB, and you must also include a sign, minus(-) or plus(+), along with the specified level.

Calculation Notes
The measurement level, either "Topline - Offset" or "Topline + Offset", is used to determine the following bandpass measurement:

Lower band cutoff frequency (F-low): the frequency that the frequency response falls crossing the measurement level before the maximum point. Higher band cutoff frequency (F-high): the frequency that the frequency response falls crossing the measurement level after the maximum point. Center frequency (F-center): calculated as sqrt(F-high * F-low) Bandwidth: calculated as (F-high - F-low) Quality factor (Q): calculated as (F-center / Bandwidth)

Gain Margin
This measurement finds and displays the gain margin in decibels (dB) and the associated crossover frequencies of a complex waveform. The gain margin is defined as the difference

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

145

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

between the gain of the measured waveform and 0 dB (unity gain) at the frequency where the phase shift is -180 degrees (Phase Crossover Frequency). The frequency that gives a gain of 0 dB is the Gain Crossover Frequency. The gain margin is found by first finding the X value (X will most likely be frequency but it does not have to be) at which the phase is -180 degrees. The difference between 1.0 (or 0 dB) and the gain at that frequency is the gain margin. Interpolation between data points will be used to find the exact crossing points with the margin values. The gain margin is the amount of gain increase required to make the loop gain unity at the frequency where the phase angle is -180 degrees. In other words, the gain margin is 1/g if g is the gain at the -180 degrees phase frequency. The frequency at which the phase is -180 degrees is called the Phase Crossover Frequency. It is generally found that gain margins of 3 dB or more combined with phase margins between 30 and 60 degrees result in a reasonable trade-off between bandwidth and stability. To access: Select Frequency Domain from the left dropdown list, and select Gain Margin from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires no specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog.

Phase Margin
This measurement finds and displays the phase margin of a complex waveform in degrees or radians. The phase margin is defined as the difference in phase between the measured waveform and -180 degrees at the point corresponding to the frequency that gives us a gain of 0 dB (the Gain Crossover Frequency). The frequency where the phase shift is -180 degrees is the Phase Crossover Frequency. The phase margin is found by first finding the X value (X will most likely be frequency but it does not have to be) at which the magnitude is 1.0 (or 0 dB). The difference between the phase of the response and -180 degrees when the loop gain is 1.0 is phase margin. Interpolation between data points will be used to find the exact crossing points with the margin values. The frequency at which the magnitude is 1.0 is called the Unity-Gain Frequency or Crossover Frequency. It is generally found that gain margins of 3 dB or more combined with phase margins between 30 and 60 degrees result in a reasonable trade-off between bandwidth and stability. To access: Select Frequency Domain from the left dropdown list, and select Phase Margin from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires no specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog.
146
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

General Measurements
Table 5-7. General Measurements Average Local Max Peak to Peak Values Phase Margin Local Min Slope Y Level Crossing Maximum Slope Intersect Intersect Minimum YVal

Average
This measurement finds and displays the average value of the specified waveform. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list, and select Average from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

You can select Average, Peak to Peak, Minimum, Maximum, or any combination as desired measurement types in the Measurement Setup area.

Calculation Notes
The average value of a waveform is calculated as follows: Figure 5-3. Calculation of the Average Value of a Waveform

where W represents the waveform, and Xmin and Xmax are the beginning and the end points for the waveform.

Y Level Crossing
This measurement finds and displays the intersection points between a waveform and a reference Y level. The level is determined as Y = <value>. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list, and select Crossing from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog:
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

147

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

Specify a Y value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated with (baseline+topline)/2. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the specified waveform. Specify a Slope Trigger. Select from Positive and Negative, Positive Only, or Negative Only.

Intersect
This measurement finds and displays the intersection points between two waveforms. Interpolation between data points will be used to find the exact intersection points between the two waveforms. The result could be either X data or (X, Y) data. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list, and select Intersect from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires two waveforms to be selected, and the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

For Waveform (#1), click to specify the Slope Type - Either Positive or Negative Slope, Positive Slope, or Negative Slope. For Reference Waveform (#2), specify the Slope Relationship. Click on the dropdown list next to Slope Relationship and select between Non-Inverting and Inverting. To present the multiple measurement results, check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Intersect" vs "Time". To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed, select the displayed result marker, right-click the mouse to display the popup menu, and select Measurement Results... from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window.

Local Max
This measurement finds and displays the local maxima of the waveform. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list, and select Local Max from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Results section of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Select Annotate Waveform(s) with Measurement Results to display the local maximum for the specified region. Or:

148

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

Select Plot New Waveform of "Local Max" vs "Time" to create a new waveform in the active Graph Window that shows how the local maximum changes with time.

Local Min
This measurement finds and displays the local minima of the waveform. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list, and select Local Min from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Results section of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Select Annotate Waveform(s) with Measurement Results to display the local maximum for the specified region. Or:

Select Plot New Waveform of "Local Min" vs "Time" to create a new waveform in the active Graph Window that shows how the local maximum changes with time.

Maximum
This measurement finds and displays the maximum value of the waveform. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list, and select Maximum from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

In addition to the Maximum measurement, you can select additional measurement types in the Measurement Setup area.

Minimum
This measurement finds and displays the minimum value of the waveform. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list, and select Minimum from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

In addition to the Minimum measurement, you can select additional measurement types in the Measurement Setup area.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

149

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

Peak to Peak Values

This measurement finds and displays the peak-to-peak value of the waveform. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list, and select Peak to Peak from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Slope

In addition to the Maximum measurement, you can select additional measurement types in the Measurement Setup area.

This measurement finds and displays the slope value of the waveform at a specified X value. For frequency domain waveforms, this measurement can be displayed as a value per decade or a value per octave. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list, and select Slope from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Provide an absolute value as the X value and the measurement returns the Slope value at that coordinate. You may utilize the cursor to input the X value: move the mouse pointer close to the active cursor, right-click to display the Cursor Popup Menus, and select Copy X to Clipboard from the popup menu. Click in the text window of X in the Measurement Setup field, right-click to display the popup menu and select Paste to enter the X value.

Click to specify the Slope Option. This field is visible only in the Frequency Domain category. You may choose to display the Slope measurement result normally (None), display the Slope per decade (Decade), or display the Slope per octave (Octave).

Slope Intersect
This measurement finds and displays the slope intersect of two points at specified X values. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list, and select Slope Intersect from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires two waveforms to be selected and the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

150

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

For each waveform, provide an absolute value as the X value and the measurement returns the slope value at that coordinate and the slope intersect value between the two slopes. You may utilize the cursor to input the X value: move the mouse pointer close to the active cursor, right-click to display the Cursor Popup Menus, and select Copy X to Clipboard from the popup menu. Click in the text window of X in the Measurement Setup field, right-click to display the popup menu and select Paste to enter the X value. Note Once applied, a marker appears on each of the specified waveforms, showing the slopes at the selected points, and a marker for the slope intersect appears where the two tangent lines to the selected points intersect. To view the slopes and slope intersects at other points along the curves, click on a slope marker and drag it along the waveform. The displayed slope measurement, tangent lines, and slope intersect measurement change according to the new position along the waveform.

YVal
This measurement finds the Y value(s) at a given X coordinate of a waveform. For single waveforms, this measurement places a marker at the specified X coordinate that indicates its Y value. For compound waveforms, you can also plot the results of the Y-value measurements against a swept parameter or index. To access: Select General from the left dropdown list, and select Yval from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Provide an absolute value as the X value, and the measurement returns the Y value(s) at that coordinate. Utilize the cursor to input the X value: move the mouse pointer close to the active cursor, right-click to display the Cursor Popup Menus, and select Copy X to Clipboard from the popup menu. Click in the text window of X in the Measurement Setup field, right-click to display the popup menu and select Paste to enter the X value.

The following options are available when applying the measurement to a compound waveform:

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

151

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

a. To add a marker that displays the Y value of the waveform at the specified X coordinate, select Annotate Waveform(s) with Measurement Results. b. To plot the Y values against a swept parameter, select the name of the parameter from the dropdown list next to Plot New Waveform of "Y" vs. When you click Apply, this will display the results in a new graph window with the parameter values along the X axis and the Y values along the Y axis. c. To plot the Y values against the index of the swept parameters, select Index from the dropdown list next to Plot New Waveform of "Y" vs. When you click Apply, this will display the results in a new graph window with the parameter index along the X axis and the Y values along the Y axis.

Statistical Measurements
Use the Statistical measurements for the following:

Table 5-8. Statistical Measurements Maximum Minimum RMS Tran Mean RMS Standard Deviation Mean + 3 Std Dev RMS AC Mean - 3 Std Dev RMS Noise

To access: Select Measurement from the left dropdown list, and select Maximum, Mean, Mean +3 Std Dev, Mean -3 Std Dev, Minimum, Rms, Rms AC, Rms Noise, Rms Tran, or Standard Dev from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Select one or more desired measurement types in the Measurement Setup area.

Calculation Notes
The mean value of a waveform is calculated as follows: Figure 5-4. Mean Value of a Waveform Calculation

where N is the number of data points, and Wj represents the individual data points of the waveform.

152

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

The RMS value of a waveform v is calculated as follows: Figure 5-5. The RMS AC Calculation:

(v v)
Figure 5-6. The RMS Noise Calculation:

(v v)
Figure 5-7. The RMS Tran Calculation:

(v v) ----------------------------time interval

Time Domain Measurements

This section describes the following Time Domain measurements:

Delay

Delay Duty Cycle Falltime Frequency Overshoot Period Pulse Width Risetime Settle Time Slew Rate Undershoot

This measurement finds and displays the delay between the edges on one or two waveforms relative to default (automatically calculated) or user-specified topline and baseline levels for both the measured waveform and the reference waveform.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

153

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

The delay is calculated as the difference in time between two edges on one or two waveforms. These two waveforms used for the measurement do not have to be the same waveform type. For analog waveforms, the delay can be measured at any percentage level relative to the Topline level and Baseline level of either waveform. For example, to measure the delay from the 50% level of one waveform to the 90% level of the other waveform. The analog waveforms can be assumed to be voltage waveforms only. It is assumed that the rising or falling edge on the reference waveform (#2) causes the corresponding (rising or falling) edge on the measured waveform (#1) so that the reference edge occurs prior to the measured edge. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list, and select Delay from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires two waveforms to be selected and the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

For Waveform (#1): a. Specify a Topline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the waveform. b. Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the waveform. c. Click on the dropdown list next to Delay Level to make your selection of percentage relative to the Topline and Baseline value. d. Click to specify the Edge Trigger that the measurement starts from Either Rising or Falling Edge, Rising Edge, or Falling Edge.

For Reference Waveform (#2): a. Specify a reference Topline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the reference waveform. b. Specify a reference Baseline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the reference waveform. c. Click on the dropdown list next to Delay Level to make your selection of percentage relative to the Topline and Baseline value of reference waveform. d. The measurement may starts on the reference waveform at the previous edge with the same polarity (Non-Inverting) as the measured waveform (#1) or the opposite

154

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

polarity (Inverting). Click on the dropdown list next to Edge Relationship and make your selection accordingly. e. Select Find the Closest Reference Edge to display the reference edge nearest to the measured edge.

To present the multiple measurement results, check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Delay" vs "Time". To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed, select the displayed result marker, right-click the mouse to display the popup menu, and select Measurement Results... from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window.

Duty Cycle
This measurement finds and displays the duty cycle of a periodic waveform relative to default (automatic calculated) or user-specified topline and baseline levels. The duty cycle of the periodic waveform is the ratio of the "high" portion of the waveform to the length of the period. The high portion of a cycle is the duration of the positive pulse measured at the middle level. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list, and select Duty Cycle from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Specify a Topline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the specified waveform. Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the specified waveform. Specify the Edge Trigger that the measurement starts from to be Either Rising or Falling Edge, Rising Edge, or Falling Edge. To present the multiple measurement results, check either Annotate Waveform with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Duty Cycle" vs "Time". To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed, select the displayed result marker, right-click the mouse to display the popup menu, and select Measurement Results... from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window.

Falltime
This measurement finds and displays the falltime between specified upper and lower levels of a waveform. The falltime is calculated as the difference in time when the waveform falls from the upper level to the lower level.
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

155

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list, and select Falltime from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Specify a Topline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the specified waveform. Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the specified waveform. Click on the dropdown lists next to Lower / Upper to make your selection of percentage relative to the Topline and Baseline value of the specified waveform. The left dropdown list specifies the Lower level and the right dropdown list specifies the Upper level, while the following Levels are Relative to the Topline and Baseline remains checked. Click on the preview button to display the Lower and Upper levels on the specified waveform. Clear Levels are Relative to the Topline and Baseline if you want to specify absolute values as the Lower and Upper levels. To present the multiple measurement results, check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Falltime" vs "Time". To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed, select the displayed result marker, right-click the mouse to display the popup menu, and select Measurement Results... from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window.

Frequency
This measurement finds and displays the frequency of a periodic waveform relative to default or specified topline and baseline levels. The frequency is calculated as the reciprocal of the period (refer to Period on page 157). To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list, and select Frequency from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Specify a Topline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the waveform.

156

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the waveform. Click to specify the Edge Trigger that the measurement starts from Either Rising or Falling Edge, Rising Edge, or Falling Edge. To present the multiple measurement results, check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Frequency" vs "Time". To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed, select the displayed result marker, right-click the mouse to display the popup menu, and select Measurement Results... from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window.

Overshoot
This measurement finds and displays the overshoot value of a waveform. The overshoot value is calculated as the difference between the maximum point and the topline level of the waveform. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list, and select Overshoot from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Specify a Topline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the specified waveform. Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the specified waveform. To present the multiple measurement results, check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Overshoot" vs "Time". To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed, select the displayed result marker, right-click the mouse to display the popup menu, and select Measurement Results... from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window.

Period
This measurement finds and displays the period of a periodic waveform relative to default or specified topline and baseline levels. The period is calculated as the difference in time between two consecutive edges of the waveform of the same polarity (i.e. rising edge to rising edge or falling edge to falling edge).

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

157

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

For analog waveforms, the period is always measured from the middle level of one edge to the middle level of the next edge of the same polarity. The waveform shape is not necessarily square. For digital waveforms, the period is measured from the beginning X value of one edge to the beginning X value of the next edge of the same polarity. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list, and select Period from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Specify a Topline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the waveform. Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the waveform. Click to specify the Edge Trigger that the measurement starts from Either Rising or Falling Edge, Rising Edge, or Falling Edge. To present the multiple measurement results, check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Period" vs "Time". To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed, select the displayed result marker, right-click the mouse to display the popup menu, and select Measurement Results... from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window.

Pulse Width
This measurement finds and displays the pulse width of a waveform relative to default or specified topline and baseline levels. The pulse width, for a "positive" pulse, is the difference in time between the middle level of a rising edge and the middle level of the next falling edge on the waveform. For a "negative" pulse, the pulse is the time difference between the middle level of a falling edge and the middle level of the next rising edge. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list, and select Pulse Width from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Specify a Topline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the waveform.

158

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the waveform. Click to specify the Pulse Type from Either Positive or Negative Pulse, Positive Pulse, or Negative Pulse. To present the multiple measurement results, check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Pulse Width" vs "Time". To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed, select the displayed result marker, right-click the mouse to display the popup menu, and select Measurement Results... from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window.

Risetime
This measurement finds and displays the risetime between selected upper/lower levels of a waveform. The risetime is the difference in time when the waveform rises from the lower level to the upper level. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list, and select Risetime from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Specify a Topline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the specified waveform. Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the specified waveform. Click on the dropdown lists next to Lower / Upper to make your selection of percentage relative to the Topline and Baseline value of the specified waveform. The left dropdown list specifies the Lower level and the right dropdown list specifies the Upper level, while the following Levels are Relative to the Topline and Baseline remains checked. Click on the preview button to display the Lower and Upper levels on the specified waveform. Clear Levels are Relative to the Topline and Baseline if you want to specify absolute values as the Lower and Upper levels. To present the multiple measurement results, check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Risetime" vs "Time".

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

159

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed, select the displayed result marker, right-click the mouse to display the popup menu, and select Measurement Results... from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window.

Settle Time
The measurement finds and displays the settle time of a waveform with respect to default or specified steady state level and a specified tolerance. The size of settle band is specified as the tolerance level on either side of steady state level. The settle time is the last time point that the waveform crosses the settle band, either the positive level or the negative level of tolerance, from out of bound to inner bound. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list, and select Delay from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires two waveforms to be selected and the following specific information in the Measurement Setup section of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Specify a Steady State Level value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Steady State level on the specified waveform. Click on the dropdown lists next to Tolerance to make your selection of percentage relative to the amplitude of the specified waveform, while the following Tolerance is Percentage of Waveform Amplitude remains checked. Clear Tolerance is Percentage of Waveform Amplitude if you want to specify an absolute value as the Tolerance.

Slew Rate
This measurement finds and displays the slew rate of the waveform. The slew rate is the difference between the upper and lower levels of the waveform divided by the risetime of the rising edge (or the falltime of the falling edge). To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list, and select Slew Rate from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Specify a Topline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the specified waveform.

160

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Using the Measurement Tool

Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the specified waveform. Click on the dropdown lists next to Lower / Upper to make your selection of percentage relative to the Topline and Baseline value of the specified waveform. The left dropdown list specifies the Lower level and the right dropdown list specifies the Upper level, while the following Levels are Relative to the Topline and Baseline remains checked. Click on the preview button to display the Lower and Upper levels on the specified waveform. Clear Levels are Relative to the Topline and Baseline if you want to specify the Lower and Upper levels as absolute values. Click to specify the Edge Trigger that the measurement starts from Either Rising or Falling Edge, Rising Edge, or Falling Edge. To present the multiple measurement results, check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Slew Rate" vs "Time". To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed, select the displayed result marker, right-click the mouse to display the popup menu, and select Measurement Results... from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window.

Undershoot
This measurement finds and displays the undershoot value of a waveform. The undershoot value is calculated as the difference between the minimum point and the baseline level of the waveform. To access: Select Time Domain from the left dropdown list, and select Undershoot from the right dropdown list in the Measurement Tool. This measurement requires the following specific information in the Measurement Setup and Measurement Results sections of the Measurement Tool Dialog:

Specify a Topline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Topline level on the specified waveform. Specify a Baseline value or use the default value. The default value is automatically calculated. Click on the preview button to display the Baseline level on the specified waveform. To present the multiple measurement results, check either Annotate Waveform(s) with Result Marker(s) or Plot New Waveform of "Undershoot" vs "Time".

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

161

Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator

To view the other measurement results after the measurement is performed, select the displayed result marker, right-click the mouse to display the popup menu, and select Measurement Results... from the menu to display the Measurement Result Window.

Using the Waveform Calculator

Note wreal waveforms, assertions and Safe Operating Area assertions are not supported in the Waveform Calculator. The Waveform Calculator enables you to post-process waveforms for advanced analyses or debugging. The Calculator has a comprehensive graphical interface. To use the calculator: 1. Open the Waveform Calculator application window with the calculator button the toolbar or use Tools > Waveform Calculator menu item. from

2. Add entries to the Expression Entry Area of the calculator using one of the following methods:

waveform names using the Add Selected Waveforms button operations using the buttons (refer to Using Buttons in the Waveform Calculator on page 162) functions using the built-in functions (refer to Using Built-In Functions in the Waveform Calculator on page 164) functions using user-defined functions (refer to Using User-Defined Functions in the Waveform Calculator on page 165) functions from the Measurement Tool (refer to Using the Measurement Tool Functions in the Waveform Calculator on page 165)

3. Once you have the desired entries, press Enter (or click the Eval button). The results display in the Rslts tab of the Chooser Panel. 4. If the results include a waveform, click the plot button to plot the resulting waveform in the waveform viewer display. You need to save any resulting waveforms. Refer to Saving Post-Processed Waveforms on page 217 for more information). 5. If you want to store an expression for later use, click the Store button. Assign the expression to a variable. This variable is now accessible from the Vars tab of the chooser panel.

Using Buttons in the Waveform Calculator

You can use the buttons in the Waveform Calculator to enter expressions into the Expression Entry Area.

162

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator

1. Open the Waveform Calculator. 2. Select the category from the dropdown list. The categories include:

Complex Functions Logic Functions Mathematical Functions Measurement Functions Miscellaneous Functions RF Functions Signal Processing Functions Statistical Functions Trigonometric Functions

The buttons available in the Waveform Calculator depend on which category you choose. There are a variety of methods that can be used to form expressions with the buttons. Two of these methods, are shown here.

Right-Click Method
1. Click on a function button to add the function to the Expression Entry Area. 2. Select the waveform or waveform label in the active Graph Window. 3. Right-click to display Waveform Popup Menu. From the Waveform popup menu, select Copy. 4. Place the cursor in between the parentheses of the function in the Expression Entry Area. 5. Right-click in the entry area to display the popup menu, and select Paste from the popup menu to add the waveform name in between the parentheses of the function.

Drag and Drop Method

1. Click on a function button to add the function to the Expression Entry Area. 2. Select the waveform label in the active Graph Window. 3. Hold the left mouse button down, drag the label to the Expression Entry Area of the calculator, and release the mouse button. 4. Select the entire waveform name in the entry area if it is not already selected.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

163

Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator

Using Built-In Functions in the Waveform Calculator

The built-in functions are all the available functions in the Waveform Calculator, available from the Funcs tab in the Waveform Calculator. 1. Open the Waveform Calculator. 2. Select the Funcs tab to display the Functions Chooser tab. 3. You can manually locate a function in the Built-In Functions list by clicking on the + next to each of the types of functions to expand the list. Alternatively, you can type the first few letters of the function youre looking for into the text field next to Contains. The function lists automatically expand to display any functions that match your typing. Figure 5-8. Built-In Waveform Calculator Functions

There are a variety of methods that can be used to enter the built-in functions and waveform names to the Expression Entry Area of the calculator. Two of those methods are shown here.

Right-Click Method
1. Double-click on a function listed in the Functions Chooser tab to add the function to the Expression Entry Area. 2. Select the waveform or waveform label in the active Graph Window. 3. Right-click to display Waveform Popup Menu. From the Waveform popup menu, select Copy. 4. Place the cursor in between the parentheses of the function in the Expression Entry Area. 5. Right-click in the entry area to display the popup menu, and select Paste from the popup menu to add the waveform name in between the parentheses of the function.
164
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator

Drag and Drop Method

1. Select the waveform label in the active Graph Window. 2. Hold the left mouse button down, drag the label to the Expression Entry Area of the calculator, and release the mouse button. 3. Select the entire waveform name in the entry area if it is not already selected. 4. Double-click on a function listed in the Functions Chooser tab to add the function to the Expression Entry Area.

Using User-Defined Functions in the Waveform Calculator

The waveform calculator allows you to open and display functions you have written in Tcl scripts. The waveform calculator then lists these functions under User-Defined Functions in the Funcs tab of the Chooser Panel. To open and use a user defined function, complete the following: 1. Select File > Open Custom File Function. A browser window displays. 2. Select the desired Tcl file. The waveform calculator lists the function under UserDefined Functions in the Funcs tab. 3. Use the user-defined function in the same manner as a built-in function. Refer to Using Built-In Functions in the Waveform Calculator on page 164. 4. To search for a specific function, type the first few letters of the function youre looking for into the text field next to Contains. The function lists automatically expand to display any functions that match your typing.

Using the Measurement Tool Functions in the Waveform Calculator

Note wreal waveforms and assertions are not supported in the waveform calculator. The functions from the Measurement Tool can be used to evaluate waveforms in the Waveform Calculator or in a Tcl script file (refer to Using User-Defined Functions in the Waveform Calculator on page 165). Using the risetime measurement as an example:
risetime(wf, topline = "Automatic", baseline = "Automatic", low = "10%", mid = "50%", up = "90%", x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "WF", param = "parameter_name")

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

165

Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator

Note All of the parameters are an associated text entry, pull-down list, check box, or radio button in the Measurement Tool Dialog.

Methods For Entering Measurement Tool Functions

The following examples show the methods that are available for entering Measurement Tool functions in the expression entry area of the Waveform Calculator or in a Tcl script file:
risetime(wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_middle"))

If only the waveform name is specified in the function, the application uses all the default parameters.
risetime(wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_middle"), baseline=0, topline=5.0)

All the default parameters will be used except those that are specified. The parameters can be in any order, and the reference levels can be either percentages or values.
risetime(wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_middle"), "Automatic", 0, 10%, 50%, 90%, "Begin", "End", "WF", "parameter_name")

A complete list of parameter values are specified. Without the parameter identifier specified, all the parameters have to be in the right sequence.

Available Measurement Tool Functions

You can use any of the following measurement tool functions:

average
average(wf, x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "Value")

bandpass
bandpass(wf, topline = "Automatic", offset = -3, x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "Value")

crossing
crossing(wf, ylevel = "Automatic", slopetrigger = "Either", x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "WF", param = "parameter_name")

delay
delay(wf1, wf2, topline1 = "Automatic", baseline1 = "Automatic", dlev1 = "50%", topline2 = "Automatic", baseline2 = "Automatic", dlev2 = "50%", edgetrigger="Either", inverting = 0, closestedge = 0, x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "WF", param = "parameter_name")

166

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator

duty cycle
dutycycle(wf, topline = "Automatic", baseline = "Automatic", edgetrigger="Either", x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "WF", param = "parameter_name")

eye height
eyeheight(wf)

eye height at X
eyeheightatx(wf, x_value, {"inner"|"outer"})

eye width
eyewidth(wf)

eye width at Y
eyewidthaty(wf, y_value, {"inner"|"outer"})

fall time
falltime(wf, topline = "Automatic", baseline = "Automatic", low = "10%", mid = "50%", up = "90%", x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "WF", param = "parameter_name", fall = "all")

frequency
frequency(wf, topline = "Automatic", baseline = "Automatic", edgetrigger="Either", x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "WF", param = "parameter_name")

gain margin
gainmargin(wf, option = "Value")

intersect
intersect(wf1, wf2, slopetrigger = "Either", inverting = 0, x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "WF", param = "parameter_name")

local max
localmax(wf, x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "WF", param = "parameter_name")

local min
localmin(wf, x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "WF", param = "parameter_name")

maximum

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

167

Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator max(wf, x_value="no", x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "Value")

mean
mean(wf, x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "Value")

mean +3 standard deviation

meanplus3std(wf, x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "Value")

mean -3 standard deviation

meanminus3std(wf, x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "Value")

minimum
min(wf, x_value="no", x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "Value")

overshoot
overshoot(wf, topline = "Automatic", baseline = "Automatic", x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "WF", param = "parameter_name", overshoot = "all")

peak to peak
peaktopeak(wf, x_start = "Begin", x_end ="End", x_value = "no", option = "Value")

period
period(wf, topline = "Automatic", baseline = "Automatic", edgetrigger="Either", x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "WF", param = "parameter_name")

phase margin
phasemargin(wf, option = "Value")

pulse width
pulsewidth(wf, topline = "Automatic", baseline = "Automatic",pulsetype="Either", x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "WF", param = "parameter_name")

rise time
risetime(wf, topline = "Automatic", baseline = "Automatic", low = "10%", mid = "50%", up = "90%", x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "WF", param = "parameter_name", rise = "all")

rms
rms(wf, x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "Value")

168

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator

rms ac
rms_ac(wf, x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "Value")

rms noise
rms_noise(wf, x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "Value")

rms tran
rms_tran(wf, x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "Value")

settle time
settletime(wf, steadystate = "Automatic", tolerance = "5%", x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "Value")

slew rate
slewrate(wf, topline = "Automatic", baseline = "Automatic", low = "10%", mid = "50%", up = "90%", edgetrigger="Either", x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "WF", param = "parameter_name", slewrate = "all")

slope
slope(wf, x, slopetype = "None", option = "Value")

slope intersect
slopeintersect(wf1, wf2, x1, x2, option = "Value")

standard deviation
stddev(wf, x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "Value")

undershoot
undershoot(wf, topline = "Automatic", baseline = "Automatic", x_start = "Begin", x_end = "End", option = "WF", param = "parameter_name", undershoot = "all")

Y value
yval(wf, x1, option = "Value")

The option and param Arguments

The option and param arguments can take the following values:

option (Optional) Specifies the output type. Legal values are:

o

"VALUE" Output will be a numerical value or array of numerical values.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

169

Post-Processing Using the Waveform Calculator o o

"WF" Output will be a waveform. "ANNOTATION" Adds annotation to the input waveform.

Note If the occurrence of the result is anything other than "all" (refer to Choosing the Occurrence of the Result on page 170), option="VALUE" will be forced.

param (Optional) Used with option="WF". Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform. For compound waveforms the parameters can be seen in the Parameter Table. Refer to Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms on page 79.

Choosing the Occurrence of the Result

Table 5-9 lists the functions that have an optional argument available for specifying the occurrence of the result. The argument differs with each function, as shown in the table.

Table 5-9. Arguments for Setting Occurrence Function risetime falltime slewrate overshoot undershoot The arguments can all take the following values: Argument rise fall slewrate overshoot undershoot

occurrence argument (Optional) Specifies the occurrence of the result that the measurement will return. For compound waveforms it applies to each element individually. Legal values are:
o o o o

"first" Specifies the first occurrence of the result. "all" Specifies all occurrences of the result. Default. "last" Specifies the last occurrence of the result. n or "n" Specifies the nth occurrence of the result.

170

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Built-In Functions
The Waveform Calculator contains the built-in functions listed below. In the Waveform Calculator, select the Funcs tab of the Chooser Panel to view the available built-in functions. To view detailed information directly in the Waveform Calculator about each function, including the syntax and parameters, turn on the Function Help with the View > Function Help menu item. The following categories are available from the dropdown list in the Waveform Calculator:

Complex Functions Logic Functions Mathematical Functions Measurement Functions Miscellaneous Functions RF Functions Signal Processing Functions Statistical Functions Trigonometric Functions

The built-in functions are briefly summarized in the following tables. See Appendix B, Waveform Calculator Functions for more details on the functions.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

171

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Complex Functions
Table 5-10. Built-In Complex Functions Item complex cphase db Number of Default Description Arguments 2 1 1 Constructs a complex waveform from two input waveforms Returns the phase of the input complex waveform in radians. Converts the magnitude data of a waveform to decibels: 20*log10(x) Converts the magnitude data of a waveform to decibels: 10*log10(x) Constructs a complex waveform from a waveform of gain in decibels (the first) and a waveform of phase in radians (the second). Computes the inverse decibel function for the input waveform: 10(v/20). Computes the inverse decibel function for the input waveform: 10(v/10). Returns the imaginary part of a complex waveform. Returns the absolute magnitude of a complex waveform. Constructs a complex waveform from a waveform of magnitude (the first) and a waveform of phase in radians (the second). Returns the phase of a complex waveform. Returns the real part of a complex waveform. Constructs a complex waveform from a waveform of real part (the first) and a waveform of imaginary part (the second).

db10

gptocomplex

idb idb10 imag mag mptocomplex

1 3 1 1 2

phase real ritocomplex

1 1 2

172

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Logic Functions
Table 5-11. Built-In Logic Functions Item nand nor rol Number of Default Description Arguments 2 2 2 Can be applied to any two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. Can be applied to any two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. Returns a value that is L rotated left by R index positions. That is, if the value of its leftmost argument is referred to as 'L' and the value of its rightmost argument is referred to as 'R', rol() replaces L with a value that is the result of a concatenation whose left argument is the rightmost (L'Length-1) elements of L and whose right argument is L(L'Left). Returns a value that is L rotated right by R index positions. That is, if the value of its leftmost argument is referred to as 'L' and the value of its rightmost argument is referred to as 'R', ror() replaces L with a value that is the result of a concatenation whose right argument is the leftmost (L'Length-1) elements of L and whose left argument is L(L'Right). Returns a value that is L arithmetically shifted left by R index positions. That is, if the value of its leftmost argument is referred to as 'L' and the value of its rightmost argument is referred to as 'R', sla() replaces L with a value that is the result of a concatenation whose left argument is the rightmost (L'Length-1) elements of L and whose right argument is L(L'Right). Returns a value that is L arithmetically shifted right by R index positions. That is, if the value of its leftmost argument is referred to as 'L' and the value of its rightmost argument is referred to as 'R', sra() replaces L with a value that is the result of a concatenation whose right argument is the leftmost (L'Length-1) elements of L and whose left argument is L(L'Left). Can be applied to any two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean.

ror

sla

sra

xnor

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

173

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Mathematical Functions
Table 5-12. Built-In Mathematical Functions Item Number of Default Arguments 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 Description

abs ceil derive drv exp floor fmod frexp hypot integ integral ldexp ln log modf pow10 relation sqr sqrt xofmax xofmin xwave

Returns the absolute value of its input argument. Computes the smallest integral value not less than each data point of the waveform. Computes the derivative of the input waveform at the given point. Computes the derivative of the input waveform. Computes the value of e raised to the power of the input value. Computes the largest integral value not greater than each data point of the waveform. Returns the floating-point remainder of the division of x by y. Breaks a floating-point number into a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. Computes the length of the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle: sqrt(x*x+y*y). Returns the definite integral of a waveform. Computes the indefinite integral of the input waveform. Computes the quantity x * 2y. Computes the natural logarithm of the input argument. Computes the base-10 logarithm of the input argument. Breaks the argument x into integral and fractional parts, each of which has the same sign as the argument. Computes the value of 10 raised to the input argument. Generates a wave from two input waveforms and a point-by-point relational expression. Computes the square of the input argument. Computes the square root of the input argument. Returns all the x value(s) at maximum of a waveform. Returns all the x value(s) at minimum of a waveform. Creates a new waveform with y values identical to the x values.

174

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Measurement Functions
Table 5-13. Built-In Measurement Functions Item falltime Number of Default Description Arguments 1 Measures the difference in time when the waveform falls from the upper level to the lower level. Measures the difference in time when the waveform rises from the lower level to the upper level.

risetime

Miscellaneous Functions
Table 5-14. Miscellaneous Built-In Functions Item atod concat datatowf dtoa dtoaonbit gendecade Number of Default Arguments 3 2 2 5 1 3 Description Transforms an analog waveform to a digital waveform. Computes the concatenation of two input waveforms. Creates a waveform based on one or two arrays of data points. Constructs an analog waveform from a digital bus. Constructs an analog waveform from a bit. Returns a list that contains numbers sweeping from a start value to a stop value with a specified number of points per decade. Returns a list that contains numbers sweeping from a start value to a stop value with a specified step. Returns a list that contains numbers sweeping from a start value to a stop value with a specified number of points per octave. Computes the gain margin of a complex waveform or a magnitude waveform and a phase waveform. Returns an array with all the intersection points of the two input waveforms.

genlinear

genoctave

gmargin

intersect

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

175

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-14. Miscellaneous Built-In Functions (cont.) Item phmargin Number of Default Arguments 1 Description Computes the phase margin of a complex waveform or a magnitude waveform and a phase waveform. Performs the linear regression between a par_value and a char_value. Computes time required for the input wave to settle within a certain limit around the target value. Creates a shifted waveform. Dumps the input waveform to a text (ASCII) file. Returns an array with the data points of the input waveform Creates a new waveform between specified lower and upper bounds out of the input waveform, and interpolates the points at the interval bounds. Returns all the x value(s) where the waveform crosses a given y value with negative slope. Returns all the x value(s) where the waveform crosses a given y value with positive slope. Returns all x values for a given y value. Returns the y values for a given x value.

reglin settlingtime

2 5

shift wftoascii wftodata window

2 2 3 3

xdown xup xval yval

2 2 2 2

176

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

RF Functions
Table 5-15. Built-In RF Functions Item Number of Default Arguments 2 2 Description

absolutejitter compress

Computes the value representing the absolute jitter of the waveform. Extracts the Y-axis value of the wave at the point where the difference between the actual value of the wave and the linear extrapolation of the wave based on the computed slope value becomes greater than the supplied value. Computes the constellation diagram of the input waveform. Computes the Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate of the two input constellation diagrams. Computes the input inferred intercept point of order x from the values of the circuit input and output. Computes the waveform representing the long term jitter. Computes the Phase Noise Spectrum (Power Spectral Density) of a (noisy) periodic transient waveform. Computes the output inferred intercept point of order x from the value of the circuit output wave. Computes the value representing the period jitter of the waveform. Computes the phase noise of a transient analysis. Extracts the X-axis value of the wave at the point where the actual value of the wave and the extrapolated linear value of the wave exceeds a certain value.

constellationdiagram evmber iipx longtermjitter noisetrantophasenoise oipx periodjitter phasenoise xcompress

3 2 4 2 1 3 2 2 2

Signal Processing Functions

Table 5-16. Built-In Signal Processing Functions Item Number of Default Arguments 1 Description

autocor

Computes the Auto Correlation of the input waveform.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

177

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-16. Built-In Signal Processing Functions (cont.) Item Number of Default Arguments 1 2 2 1 5 1 Description

chirp convolution crosscorrelation deg eyediagram fft

Computes the Chirp Transformation of the input waveform. Computes the Convolution of the two input waveforms. Computes the Cross Correlation of the two input waveforms. Converts the waveform into degrees. Constructs an eye diagram of a waveform. Computes the Discrete Fourier Transform of the input waveform using the Fast Fourier Transform method. Computes the Harmonic Distortion of the input waveform. Computes the Harmonic Distortion of the input waveform. Computes the total harmonic distortion of the input waveform. Calculates the inverse Fast Fourier Transform of the input waveform. Computes the Power Spectral Density of the input waveform. Converts the waveform into radians. Creates a sampled waveform with equidistant points with respect to the x-axis variable. Computes the Signal to Noise Ratio of the input waveform. Calculates the Windowing of the input waveform.

harmonicdistortion 1 harmonics hdist ifft psd rad sample snr windowing 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1

178

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Statistical Functions
Table 5-17. Built-In Statistical Functions Item avg eyediagram histogram Number of Default Description Arguments 1 5 4 Returns the average of the waveform. Constructs an Eye Diagram of a waveform. Creates a histogram of the input waveform showing the magnitude probability density distribution of the waveform. Creates a new waveform based on the larger of two data points at any given time of the input waveforms. Creates a new waveform based on the lesser of two data points at any given time of the input waveforms. Returns the maximum value of a waveform. Returns the minimum value of a waveform. Returns the root mean square value of a waveform, depending on its X axis scale. If the X axis scale is in Hz, it uses the rms_ac function, otherwise it uses rms_tran, to calculate the root mean square. Returns the root mean square value of a waveform for frequency analysis using: sqrt(integ(v*v)) Returns the root mean square value of a waveform for frequency noise analysis: sqrt(sum(v*v)) Returns the root mean square value of a waveform for time analysis: sqrt(integ(v*v)/time_interval) Returns the number of points (or transitions) in the waveform. Returns a sum of all of the Y-values of the input waveform.

larger

lesser

max min rms

1 1 1

rms_ac rms_noise rms_tran size sum

1 1 1 1 1

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

179

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Trigonometric Functions
Table 5-18. Built-In Trigonometric Functions Item acos acosh acot acoth asin asinh atan atan2 Number of Default Description Arguments 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 Computes the principal value of the arc cosine of the argument. Computes the inverse hyperbolic cosine of the argument. Computes the arc cotangent of the input waveform. Computes the hyperbolic arc cotangent of the input waveform. Computes the principal value of the arc sine of the argument. Computes the inverse hyperbolic sine of the argument. Computes the principal value of the arc tangent of the argument. Computes the principal value of the arc tangent of y/x, using the signs of both arguments to determine the quadrant of the return value. Computes the inverse hyperbolic tangent of the argument. Computes the cosine of the argument, in degrees. Computes the hyperbolic cosine of the argument. Computes and returns the cotangent of the argument, in degrees. Computes and returns the hyperbolic cotangent of the waveform. Computes the sine of the argument, in degrees. Computes the hyperbolic sine of the argument. Computes the tangent of the argument, in degrees. Computes the hyperbolic tangent of the argument.

atanh cos cosh cot coth sin sinh tan tanh

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Calculator Buttons
Use the dropdown list in the Waveform Calculator toolbar to select different types of calculator

180

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

buttons to display. Listed in the following tables are the categories available and their associated buttons. The following categories are available from the dropdown list in the Waveform Calculator:

Complex Buttons Logical Buttons RF Buttons Signal Processing Buttons Statistical Buttons Trigonometric Buttons

Complex Buttons
The Complex dropdown list item changes the Waveform Calculator buttons to functions and operators for complex number operations/calculations. Table 5-19. Complex Function Buttons Icon Item 1/x pow(10,x) abs() Number of Arguments 1 1 1 Description Returns the reciprocal value of a scalar or a waveform. Returns 10 to the xth power. Absolute value of a scalar is the scalar without its sign. The absolute values of a waveform is calculated as the absolute value of an argument abs(x) = x abs(-x) = x Constructs a complex waveform from a pair of input waveforms. The pairs include: real part and imaginary part waveforms, magnitude and phase waveforms, or gain and phase waveforms. Extracts the continuous phase from a complex waveform. The returned waveform is the continuous phase from the input complex waveform.

complex(,)

cphase()

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

181

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-19. Complex Function Buttons (cont.) db() 1 Converts the waveform in dB. A transformation setting for complex waveforms that shows the magnitude of each point of the complex waveform calculated in decibels (20 * log (|waveform|)) Converts the waveform in dB. A transformation setting for complex waveforms that shows the magnitude of each point of the complex waveform calculated in decibels (10 * log (|waveform|) Returns the derivative of a waveform. Evaluates the expression specified in the textbox. 1 Exponential function is defined by exp(x) = ex, where e is the constant 2.71828 Imaginary unit imag() ln() log() mag() 1 1 1 1 Returns the imaginary values of a complex waveform. Returns the natural logarithm of a waveform. Returns the base 10 logarithm of a waveform. Returns the magnitude of a waveform. The transformation applied to a complex waveform that shows the square root of (real2 + imag2) for each point in the complex waveform. Returns the modulus of a waveform. The mod of a waveform is calculated as "x % y" is the remainder of the division x/y for integers x and y.

db10()

drv() Evaluate exp()

x%y

182

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-19. Complex Function Buttons (cont.) Plot 1 Plots the last result waveform to the active Graph Window. The button is active only if the expression result is a waveform. Returns the phase values of a waveform. The phase of each point in the complex waveform in Polar form. All phase angles are restricted between -180 and +180 degrees (-pi radians and +pi radians). Returns the real values of a waveform. Brings up a dialog that allows you to restore the results of a set of expressions saved to a Tcl file with the Store command. Brings up a dialog that allows you to save a set of selected expressions in a Tcl file that can be recalled later. 1 Returns the squared scalar or waveform. The square of the waveform is calculated as x2 = x * x Returns "x to the yth power" or xy, where x and y can be either a waveform or a scalar. Returns the square root of a scalar or a waveform. Returns the anti-derivative of a waveform.

phase()

real() Recall

Store

sqr()

x ** y sqrt() integral()

1 1 2

Logical Buttons
The Logic dropdown list item changes the Waveform Calculator buttons to functions and operators for logic number operations/calculations. Table 5-20. Logical Buttons Icon Item 0x Number of Arguments Description Hexadecimal based notation.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

183

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-20. Logical Buttons (cont.) < 2 Lesser than operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms, or one waveform and one scalar value. If the input is two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean, then the result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit; the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit.
A T T F F B T F T F A<B F F T F

>

Greater than operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms, or one waveform and one scalar value. If the input is two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean, then the result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit; the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit.
A T T F F B T F T F A>B F T F F

<=

Less than or equal to operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms, or one waveform and one scalar value. If the input is two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean, then the result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit; the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit.
A T T F F B T F T F A<=B T F T T

184

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-20. Logical Buttons (cont.) >= 2 Greater than or equal to operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms, or one waveform and one scalar value. If the input is two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean, then the result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit; the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit.
A T T F F B T F T F A >= B T T F T

!=

Not equal operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms, or one waveform and one scalar value. If the input is two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean, then the result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit; the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit.
A T T F F B T F T F A!=B F T T F

Equal operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms, or one waveform and one scalar value. If the input is two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean, then the result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit; the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit.
A T T F F B T F T F A==B T F F T

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

185

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-20. Logical Buttons (cont.) " "" '&' 2 Single bit notation. VHDL bit string notation. And operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. The result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit; the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit.
A T T F F B T F T F A&B T F F F

Evaluate H L ~ 1

Evaluates the expression specified in the textbox. Specifies logic state H, weak 1. Specifies logic state L, weak 0. Not operator can be applied to any digital waveform whose data type is either bit or boolean. The result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit; the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit.
A ~A T F F T

186

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-20. Logical Buttons (cont.) | 2 Or operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. The result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit; the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit.
A T T F F B T F T F A|B T T T F

Plot

Plots the last result waveform to the active Graph Window. The button is active only if the expression result is a waveform. Brings up a dialog that allows you to restore the results of a set of expressions saved to a Tcl file with the Store command.

Recall

<<

Shift left logical returns a value that is L logically shifted left by R index positions. If the value of its leftmost argument is referred to as 'L' and the value of its rightmost argument is referred to as 'R', sll() replaces L with a value that is the result of a concatenation whose left argument is the rightmost (L'Length-1) elements of L and whose right argument is T'Left, where T is the element type of L. 1.) If R is '0' or if L is a null array, the return value is L; 2.) If R is positive, sll() is repeated R times to form the result.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

187

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-20. Logical Buttons (cont.) >> 2 Shift right logical returns a value that is L logically shifted right by R index positions. If the value of its leftmost argument is referred to as 'L' and the value of its rightmost argument is referred to as 'R', srl() replaces L with a value that is the result of a concatenation whose right argument is the leftmost (L'Length-1) elements of L and whose left argument is T'Left, where T is the element type of L. 1.) If R is '0' or if L is a null array, the return value is L; 2.) If R is positive, srl() is repeated R times to form the result. Brings up a dialog that allows you to save a set of selected expressions in a Tcl file that can be recalled later. Specifies logic state U, uninitialized. Specifies logic state W, weak unknown. Specifies logic state X, forcing unknown. 2 The xor operator can be applied to any two digital waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. The result of the operator is defined in the following table: The symbol 'T' represents TRUE for type boolean and '1' for type bit; the symbol 'F' represents FALSE for type boolean and '0' for type bit.
A T T F F B T F T F A^B F T T F

Store

U W X ^

Specifies logic state Z, high impedance.

188

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

RF Buttons
The RF dropdown list item changes the Waveform Calculator buttons to functions and operators for RF operations/calculations. Table 5-21. RF Buttons Icon Item 1/x pow(10,x) abs() Number of Arguments 1 1 1 Description Returns the reciprocal value of a scalar or a waveform. Returns "10 to the xth power". Absolute value of a scalar is the scalar without its sign. The absolute values of a waveform is calculated as the absolute value of an argument abs(x) = x abs(-x) = x Creates a Constellation Diagram of a waveform. Opens the Constellation Diagram Dialog to prompt for the waveform, the delay, and the symbol period. Extracts the Y-axis value of the wave at the point where the difference between the actual value of the wave and the linear extrapolation of the wave based on the computed slope value becomes greater than the supplied value. Returns the derivative of a waveform. Evaluates the expression specified in the textbox. 4 Calculates error vector magnitude and bit error ratio from a set of constellation diagrams. Opens the Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog. Exponential function is defined by exp(x) = ex, where e is the constant 2.71828

constellation 3 diagram()

compress()

drv() Evaluate evmber()

exp()

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

189

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-21. RF Buttons (cont.) iipx() 4 Returns the input referred intercept point of order X from the value of the circuit input and output. Returns the natural logarithm of a waveform. Returns the base 10 logarithm of a waveform. Returns the modulus of a waveform. The mod of a waveform is calculated as "x % y" is the remainder of the division x/y for integers x and y. Returns the output referred intercept point of order X from the value of the circuit output wave. Plots the last result waveform to the active Graph Window. The button is active only if the expression result is a waveform. Calculates the phase noise of a transient analysis. Opens the Phase Noise Dialog. Brings up a dialog that allows you to restore the results of a set of expressions saved to a Tcl file with the Store command. Brings up a dialog that allows you to save a set of selected expressions in a Tcl file that can be recalled later. 2 Extracts the X-axis value of the wave at the point where the difference between the actual value of the wave and the linear extrapolation of the wave based on the computed slope value becomes greater than the supplied value. Returns the squared scalar or waveform. The square of the waveform is calculated as x2 = x * x Returns "x to the yth power" or xy, where x and y can be either a waveform or a scalar. Returns the square root of a scalar or a waveform.

ln() log() x%y

1 1 2

oipx()

Plot

phasenoise Recall

Store

xcompress()

sqr()

x ** y sqrt()

1 1

190

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-21. RF Buttons (cont.) integral() 2 Returns the anti-derivative of a waveform.

Signal Processing Buttons

The Signal Processing dropdown list item changes the Waveform Calculator buttons to functions and operators for transform operations/calculations. Table 5-22. Signal Processing Buttons Icon Item 1/x pow(10,x) abs() Number of Arguments 1 1 1 Description Returns the reciprocal value of a scalar or a waveform. Returns "10 to the xth power". Absolute value of a scalar is the scalar without its sign. The absolute values of a waveform is calculated as the absolute value of an argument abs(x) = x abs(-x) = x Calculates the Autocorrelation Function of a signal waveform. Opens the Auto Correlation Dialog. Calculates the chirp Z-transform. Opens the Chirp Transform Dialog. Calculates the linear convolutions of two finite data sequences.Opens the Convolution Dialog. Returns the derivative of a waveform. Evaluates the expression specified in the textbox. 1 Exponential function is defined by exp(x) = ex, where e is the constant 2.71828

autocor()

chirp()

convolution() 2

drv() Evaluate exp()

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

191

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-22. Signal Processing Buttons (cont.) fft 1 Determines the frequency content of analog signals encountered in circuit simulation, which deals with sequences of time values. Opens the Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog. See Statistical Buttons for details. Calculates the harmonic distortion of a signal. Opens the Harmonic Distortion Dialog. Calculates the inverse fast Fourier transform of the input waveform. Opens the Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog. See The Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) Function for details. Returns the natural logarithm of a waveform. Returns the base 10 logarithm of a waveform. Returns the modulus of a waveform. The mod of a waveform is calculated as "x % y" is the remainder of the division x/y for integers x and y. Plots the last result waveform to the active Graph Window. The button is active only if the expression result is a waveform. Calculates the Power Spectral Density of a signal waveform. Opens the Power Spectral Density Dialog. Brings up a dialog that allows you to restore the results of a set of expressions saved to a Tcl file with the Store command. 2 Calculates a ratio of the sum of squares of amplitudes of sinusoidal frequencies to the sum of squares of noise amplitudes. Brings up a dialog that allows you to save a set of selected expressions in a Tcl file that can be recalled later. Tapers data near ends of records to avoid abrupt truncation effects. Opens the Windowing Transform Dialog.

harmonicdist 1 ortion() ifft 1

ln() log() x%y

1 1 2

Plot

psd()

Recall

snr()

Store

windowing() 1

192

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-22. Signal Processing Buttons (cont.) sqr() 1 Returns the squared scalar or waveform. The square of the waveform is calculated as x2 = x * x Returns "x to the yth power" or xy, where x and y can be either a waveform or a scalar. Returns the square root of a scalar or a waveform. Calculates the cross correlation between two data sets. Opens the Cross Correlation Dialog. Returns the anti-derivative of a waveform.

x ** y sqrt()

1 1

crosscorrelat 2 ion() integral() 2

Statistical Buttons
The Statistical dropdown list item changes the Waveform Calculator buttons to functions and operators for statistical number operations/calculations. Table 5-23. Statistical Buttons Icon Item 1/x pow(10,x) abs() Number of Arguments 1 1 1 Description Returns the reciprocal value of a scalar or a waveform. Returns "10 to the xth power". Absolute value of a scalar is the scalar without its sign. The absolute values of a waveform is calculated as the absolute value of an argument abs(x) = x abs(-x) = x Returns the average of the waveform. Returns the derivative of a waveform.

avg() drv()

1 1

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

193

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-23. Statistical Buttons (cont.) Evaluate exp() 1 Evaluates the expression specified in the textbox. Exponential function is defined by exp(x) = ex, where e is the constant 2.71828 Constructs an eye diagram of the waveform. Creates a histogram of the input waveform showing the magnitude probability density distribution of the waveform. Opens the Histogram Dialog to help you specify the parameters. Creates a new waveform based on the larger of two data points at any given time of the two input waveforms. Creates a new waveform based on the lesser of two data points at any given time of the two input waveforms. Returns the natural logarithm of a waveform. Returns the base 10 logarithm of a waveform. Returns the maximum value of a waveform. Returns the minimum value of a waveform. Returns the modulus of a waveform. The mod of a waveform is calculated as "x % y" is the remainder of the division x/y for integers x and y. Plots the last result waveform to the active Graph Window. The button is active only if the expression result is a waveform. Brings up a dialog that allows you to restore the results of a set of expressions saved to a Tcl file with the Store command.

eyediagram() 5 histogram() 5

larger(,)

lesser(,)

ln() log() max() min() x%y

1 1 4 4 2

Plot

Recall

194

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-23. Statistical Buttons (cont.) rms() 1 Returns the root mean square value of a waveform, depending on the X axis scale. If the X axis scale is in Hz then it uses the rms_ac function, otherwise it uses the rms_tran function to calculate the root mean square. Returns the number of data points in an analog waveform or the number of transitions in a digital waveform. Brings up a dialog that allows you to save a set of selected expressions in a Tcl file that can be recalled later. 2 Returns an average value for each x value of the input waveform within a particular "window" based on the current x value. Returns the squared scalar or waveform. The square of the waveform is calculated as x2 = x * x Returns "x to the yth power" or xy, where x and y can be either a waveform or a scalar. Returns the square root of a scalar or a waveform. Returns the anti-derivative of a waveform.

size()

Store

windavg()

sqr()

x ** y sqrt() integral()

1 1 2

Trigonometric Buttons
The Trigonometric dropdown list item changes the Waveform Calculator buttons to functions and operators for trigonometric operations/calculations. Table 5-24. Trigonometric Buttons Icon Item 1/x pow(10,x) Number of Arguments 1 1 Description Returns the reciprocal value of a scalar or a waveform. Returns "10 to the xth power".

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

195

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-24. Trigonometric Buttons (cont.) abs() 1 Absolute value of a scalar is the scalar without its sign. The absolute values of a waveform is calculated as the absolute value of an argument abs(x) = x abs(-x) = x Trigonometric wave function returns the arc cosine of the waveform. Trigonometric wave function returns the hyperbolic arc cosine of the waveform. Trigonometric wave function returns the arc sine of the waveform. Trigonometric wave function returns the hyperbolic arc sine of the waveform. Trigonometric wave function returns the arc tangent of the waveform. Trigonometric wave function returns the hyperbolic arc tangent of the waveform. Clears the content in the expression textbox. 1 1 1 Trigonometric wave function finds the cosine of the waveform. Trigonometric wave function finds the hyperbolic cosine of the waveform. Returns the derivative of a waveform. Evaluates the expression specified in the textbox. 1 Exponential function is defined by exp(x) = ex, where e is the constant 2.71828 Returns the natural logarithm of a waveform.

acos() acosh()

1 1

asin() asinh() atan()

1 1 1

atanh() Clear cos() cosh() drv() Evaluate exp()

ln()

196

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Waveform Calculator Functions and Buttons

Table 5-24. Trigonometric Buttons (cont.) log() x%y 1 2 Returns the base 10 logarithm of a waveform. Returns the modulus of a waveform. The mod of a waveform is calculated as "x % y" is the remainder of the division x/y for integers x and y. Plots the last result waveform to the active Graph Window. The button is active only if the expression result is a waveform. Brings up a dialog that allows you to restore the results of a set of expressions saved to a Tcl file with the Store command. 1 1 Trigonometric function returns the sine of the waveform. Trigonometric wave function returns the hyperbolic sine of the waveform. Brings up a dialog that allows you to save a set of selected expressions in a Tcl file that can be recalled later. 1 1 1 Trigonometric wave function returns the tangent of the waveform. Trigonometric wave function returns the hyperbolic arc tangent of the waveform. Returns the squared scalar or waveform. The square of the waveform is calculated as x2 = x * x Returns "x to the yth power" or xy, where x and y can be either a waveform or a scalar. Returns the square root of a scalar or a waveform. Returns the anti-derivative of a waveform.

Plot

Recall

sin() sinh() Store

tan() tanh() sqr()

x ** y sqrt() integral()

1 1 2

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

197

Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions

Signal Processing Functions

This section discussed the following functions in more detail:

The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Function The Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) Function The Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectral Density The Convolution Function The Harmonic Distortion Function The Signal to Noise Function Window Shapes Windowing Transforms

The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Function

It is sometimes preferable in signal analysis to compute time and frequency domain expressions for data which is sampled at discrete intervals. This is generally referred to as a Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT). The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) is the fastest and most efficient available algorithm for computing the DFT. If you want to replicate Eldo FFT results in the EZwave viewer, verify the following conditions are true:

The input waveforms must be the same. In the Eldo simulator, you can display the waveform it uses for the FFT calculation by setting display_input = 1 in the .optfour command. The same set of parameters and options must be used for both FFT calculations.

To perform a Fast Fourier Transform: 1. Open the Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog by one of the following methods:
o

Select Tools > FFT from the menu bar.

or
o

Access the Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog through the Waveform Calculator: i. Click on the Waveform Calculator icon, or select it from the Tools menu. ii. Select Panel > Signal Processing, or from the icon bar, use the dropdown list to select Signal Processing. iii. Click the FFT button on the calculator keypad.

198

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions

2. Select the source wave from the pull down list or use the Add Selected Waveforms button to add a waveform from an open Graph Window. Use the Clear Waveform List button to remove all waveforms in the list. 3. After you select a source waveform, enter the FFT inputs. A default set of parameters is inserted in the Parameter Setup portion of the window. These parameters give information about the sampling of the input data and the range of the input signal which is used for the computation. The range of the input signal can be modified using the following Input Parameters:
o o o o

Start Time - Start time for the signal. Stop Time - Stop time for the signal. Sampling Frequency - Sampling frequency. Number of Points - Number of sampling points.

Note The number of points for the FFT results is: Number of Points/2 FFT computations are performed only on those signals having the Number of Points input parameter set to a factor of 2n (n = 2, 3, ...). If this is not so, then a slower DFT computation is executed.
o

Select one of the following options for FFT setup. The default global value can be set via the Window Shape option in the Calculations Options:

Symmetric - Standard FFT setup. Periodic - FFT setup is enhanced for spectral analysis of periodic signals.

Note For Symmetric windows, the Input Parameters satisfy the following equation: ((number_of_points)/sampling_frequency) = time_stop - time_start For Periodic windows, the Input Parameters satisfy the following equation: ((number_of_points-1)/sampling_frequency) = time_stop - time_start

Tip: For comparing Eldos FFT results with EZwaves FFT results, select the "Periodic" option, unless EZwaves FFT is executed on an FFT_INPUT waveform. In this case, Eldo has already considered the periodicity of the input signal. 4. Click on the Advanced button to display additional settings. See the Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog section for a full description of the settings. The following are some of the settings:

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

199

Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions o

Output Options Select Normalize Results to divide all real and imaginary parts of the result by (Number of Points)/2, except for the first point, which is divided by Number of Points. Windowing Select the windowing type to specify the method for computing the sampled data. Select the windowing method from the dropdown list. The default option is Rectangular. Certain windowing methods require additional input, enter the appropriate value in the box. Refer to Windowing Transforms on page 206 for details on the options available. Sampling Use Data Points should be selected as default if the input data has equidistant Time Steps; otherwise Uniform Sampling should be selected. Data Padding Select Pad with Zeros to enable padding with zeros.

5. Click on the Apply button. If problems in the computation occur, a relevant error or warning message is displayed. 6. Return to the Waveform Calculator to evaluate and plot the results of the transformation. a. Click on the Eval button. The transformation will now be calculated based on the specified parameters. b. Click on the Plot button to plot the results. A new Graph window is opened and the results are graphed.

The Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT) Function

For any two signals in the frequency domain, it is possible to perform an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform (IFFT). The Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog has similar input parameters options as for the Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog. To perform an Inverse Fast Fourier Transform: 1. Invoke the Waveform Calculator by doing the following: a. Click on the Waveform Calculator icon, or select it from the Tools menu. b. Select Signal Processing from the dropdown list. c. Click the IFFT button on the calculator keypad to open the Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog. 2. Select the source wave from the pull down list or use the Add Selected Waveforms button to add a waveform from an open Graph Window. Use the Clear Waveform List button to remove all waveforms in the list. 3. After you select a source waveform, enter the IFFT inputs. A default set of parameters is inserted in the Parameter Setup portion of the window. These parameters give

200

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions

information about the sampling of the input data and the range of the input signal which is used for the computation. The range of the input signal can be modified using the following Input Parameters:
o o o o

Start Time - Start time for the signal. Stop Time - Stop time for the signal. Sampling Frequency - Sampling frequency. Number of Points - Number of sampling points.

Note An IFFT analysis always creates results with an even number of points. This means that when calculating results in conjunction with an FFT analysis, an even number of points with the FFT must also be used if the following condition is to be fulfilled: IFFT (FFT(signal)) = signal 4. Click on the Advanced button to display additional settings. The following are some of the settings, for a full list see Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog on page 329:
o

Sampling Use Data Points should be selected as default if the input data has equidistant Time Steps; otherwise Uniform Sampling should be selected. Data Padding Select Pad with Zeros to enable padding with zeros.

5. Click on the Apply button. If problems in the computation occur, a relevant error or warning message is displayed. 6. Return to the Waveform Calculator to evaluate and plot the results of the transformation. a. Click on the Eval button. The transformation will now be calculated based on the specified parameters. 7. Click on the Plot button to plot the results. A new Graph window is opened and the results are graphed.

The Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectral Density

Two methods are available for calculating the autocorrelation function (AF) and the power spectral density (PSD) of a signal waveform. The AF is an average measure of its time domain properties; as such, it can be especially relevant when the signal is random. The Correlogram Method means that the FFT is used directly to compute estimates of the AF Rxx(n) for Nauto lags, where 2 x Nauto is the size of the transform used. The Periodogram Method means that a sliding FFT is used to compute estimates of the PSD directory rather than estimating an AF.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

201

Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions

Correlogram Method
This method uses the FFT directly to compute estimates of the autocorrelation function Rxx(n) Nauto lags, where 2 x Nauto is the size of the transform used. For this, the program divides the sampled input data set into K = (Nbpts + Nauto) / (Nauto + 1) sections and the FFT routine (2 x (Nauto -1) points) is performed once on each section with the appropriate input data. The autocorrelation result is then computed by performing an Inverse FFT (2 x (Nauto -1) points) after accumulating the partial results. At this point, a spectral estimate with any desired degree of frequency resolution can be obtained by augmenting the just computed R(n) or the first Ncorr Nauto values with zeros and performing a single FFT (2 x (Npsd - 1) points). Figure 5-9. Correlogram Method Correlogram

Method
x(m) m = 0, Nbpts 1 Rxx(n)

W(n) if desired Rwxx(n)

FFT Sxx(K)

n = 0, , Nauto 1 Auto Correlation Result Windowing

K = 0, , Npsd 1

Input Data

In order to avoid the undesired effects of truncating data records in the PSD result, it is possible to apply different kinds of smoothing windows on the autocorrelation result.

Periodogram Method
This method, uses a sliding FFT to compute estimates of the PSD directly rather than estimating an autocorrelation function as in the Correlation method. The given sequence X(m), m=0, ..., Nbpts 1 is first decomposed into subsequences Xr(m) of length Nsect with overlapping D = Nsect/2. Each of them is shifted by the arithmetic mean of all the data.1 Xr ( m ) = x ( m + ( r 1 )D ) xmean where k = (Nbpts - D)/D is the number of sequences. On each section, a window is then applied and the PSD is computed (FFT with 2 x (Nauto 1) points) as a weighted sum of their periodograms (= | XW r(k)|2 energy_of_window). The inverse FFT (2 x (Nauto 1) points) is now used to estimate the autocorrelation function from the PSD result.
1. The subtraction of xmean is implemented in order that the autocorrelation result is centered around y = 0. This useful when using non-rectangular waveforms.

r = 1, ..., k

202

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions

Figure 5-10. Periodogram Method Decomposition in FFTs for r = 1, , k

subsequences & windowing (if desired)

x (m) m = 0, Nbpts 1

& weighted sum of all periodograms {Xw r (m)} r = 0, , k

IFFT

Sxx (l) l = 0, Nbpts 1 PSD

Rxx (n) n = 0, , Nauto 1 Autocorrelation Result

Input Data

Windowed Subsequences

If the user wishes to have more values for the PSD result than computed by default, an additional FFT (2 x (Npsd 1) points) is executed on a sequence, generated by the first Ncorr autocorrelation values and a suitable number of zeros.

The Convolution Function

The convolution function calculates the discrete linear convolution between two data sets. For two finite data sequences, x(n), n = 0, , N 1 and h(n), n = 0, , M 1, the discrete linear convolution x (n) h (n) is defined as follows: y(n) =

m =

x(m) h(n m)

For signals x(n), h(n) which are periodic with period N, the discrete FFT of their periodic convolution is equal to the multiplication of the separate FFT results. This relation is called the Discrete Convolution Theorem. Using zero padding of x(n) and h(n) to make circular convolution yields the same result as linear convolution. The following method can then be applied for computing the linear convolutions of two finite data sequences x(n), n = 0, , N 1 and h(n), n = 0, , M 1.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

203

Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions

Step 1 Zero Padding Table 5-25. Zero Padding x(n) = x(n) x(n) = 0 h(n) = h(n) h(n) = 0 n = 0, , N 1 n = N, , N + M 1 n = 0, , M 1 n = M, , N + M 1

Step 2 Multiply FFTs Table 5-26. Multiply FFT of x(n) and h(n) x(n) X(k) FFT h(n) H(k) FFT Multiplication: X(k) H(k) = Y(k)

Step 3 Inverse FFT Table 5-27. Inverse FFT Y(k) y(n) = x(n)*h(n) IFFT

The Harmonic Distortion Function

This function computes the harmonics and the total harmonic distortion (THD) of the input waveform signal. Only a frequency-domain gain from a uniformly sampled FFT result is accepted as a valid source waveform. The THD of a signal is the ratio of the sum of the powers of all harmonic frequencies above the fundamental frequency to the power of the fundamental frequency. This value is expressed in dB. The harmonics inside the interval [Fmin, Fmax] are computed as follows: A(i) harmonic ( i ) = ---------Ao where:

A(i) = amplitudes of the multiples of the fundamental frequency. Ao = amplitude of the fundamental frequency.

The Total Harmonic Distortion is given by the following:

204
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions

tot_harm =

A(i) --------------2 Ao

where the sum is computed over all multiples (equal or greater than 2) of the fundamental frequency in the specified band. If these values are not identical to the sampled data values, then they are computed by interpolation. Note Each harmonic frequency is a multiple of the fundamental frequency. Only those harmonic frequencies above the fundamental frequency and inside the [fmin, fmax] interval are used for the THD computation.

The Signal to Noise Function

This function computes the signal to noise ratio of the input waveform signal by using the Gain of the FFT result. Only a complex waveform or a waveform representing a Gain is accepted as a valid source waveform. In digital signal analysis, it is often of interest to compute, for a signal composed of the sum of noisy sinusoids, the following relationship: AS ( i ) 10 log 10 ---------------------------- AN ( j ) 2 where:
2

AS ( i ) = sum over all squares of amplitudes of the sinusoidal frequencies 2 AN ( j ) = sum over all squares of noise amplitudes of the signal
This is called the Signal to Noise Ratio of the signal.

Window Shapes
Two window shapes are available:

Symmetric The default. For symmetric windows, the input parameters satisfy the following equation: sampling_frequency = ( number_of_points ) ( time_stop time_start )

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

205

Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions

Figure 5-11. Symmetric Window

Periodic Setup is enhanced for spectral analysis of periodic signals. For periodic windows, the input parameters satisfy the following equation sampling_frequency = ( number_of_points 1 ) ( time_stop time_start ) Figure 5-12. Periodic Window

You can control the default window shape setting for FFT windows and functions using the Calculations Options.

Windowing Transforms
In order to estimate the power density spectrum of a random signal, only a finite part of the signal is used in practice even if the signal is of infinite duration. In order to reduce the undesirable effects of truncating the data records (leakage), it is convenient to apply different

206

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions

types of windows that gradually taper the data near the ends of the record, thereby avoiding the abrupt truncation of a rectangular window. 11 different types of windowing transforms are available: Figure 5-13. Available Windowing Transforms

For a record consisting of N points indexed from 0 to N - 1, EZwave works with the following equations:

Bartlett Window

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

207

Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions

Blackman Window

Blackman-Harris Window

Dolph-Chebyshev Window

where:

Hamming Window

Hanning Window

Note The second half of the Hanning window, M i N where M = N/2 for even N and M = (N+1)/2 for odd N, is obtained by flipping the first half around M. Symmetric window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in FIR filter design. Periodic window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in spectral analysis. This is because the Discrete Fourier Transform assumes periodic extension of the input vector. A periodic Hanning window is obtained by constructing a symmetric window and removing the last sample.

208

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions

Kaiser Window

Where: I0(x)=Modified zero-order Bessel function. =Constant which specifies a frequency trade-off between the peak height of the side lobe ripples and the width of energy in the main lobe.

Klein Window

When: and Note w(i) has a minimum amplitude moment and minimizes the truncation error in high resolution computations.

Parzen Window

Rectangular Window

Welch Window

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

209

Post-Processing Signal Processing Functions

210

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Chapter 6
Save and Output Data

Set Up and Load Data

Add Waveforms

Analysis

Post-Processing

Save and Output Data

Save/output results to a disk file in either JWDB format or user-defined ASCII format. You can also add text annotations to your waveforms. Saving and Restoring Graph Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving Graph Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restoring Graph Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Printing Graph Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Graph Windows as a PDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exporting Graph Windows as an Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Text Annotations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Text Annotations to a Waveform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding Text Annotations to the Graph Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving a Waveform Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving Multiple Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recovering Save Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recovering from Incomplete Simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recovering Incomplete Savefiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saving a JWDB as an ASCII File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Converting a JWDB File to ASCII. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 212 212 213 213 215 215 216 216 216 218 219 219 219 220 220

Saving and Restoring Graph Windows

EZwave can save graph windows and waveform databases in .swd and .wdb files. An .swd file can store:

Waveforms associated with the Graph window Window size, position, axis and background settings Complex waveform transformation settings

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

211

Save and Output Data Saving and Restoring Graph Windows

Waveform display and cursor settings.

Saving Graph Windows

To save your session, you must save each of your graph windows. To do this, perform the following steps: 1. Select the window you wish to save. 2. Select File > Save from the File menu. 3. From the Save Windows Dialog, select whether you want to save the active window or all windows and whether you want to save the related database. Note If you have configured your save options to not display this dialog, the graph window will be saved according to the options you have configured. 4. In the text area, type the name you want for the saved window, using .swd as the extension, or click on the open folder icon to browse for the file you want to save. If the save file already exists, select Overwrite existing file. 5. Click Save to save the database and close the dialog. The system will save the file and also write a new Mentor Graphics database (.wdb) file with the same name as the .swd file. Do this for each window that you wish to save, issuing a new name for each window, or save all open windows at once.

Restoring Graph Windows

To restore your session, you must open each of your graph windows. To do this, perform the following steps: 1. Select File > Open from the File menu. 2. From the Open dialog, select the directory you need. 3. Select the Saved Window Databases (.swd) filter from the dropdown list. 4. Browse or enter the name of the saved window database (.swd) file. 5. Click OK to open the database and close the dialog. The system will load the window and the associated .wdb file for the window. Do this for each window that you wish to open.

212

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Save and Output Data Printing Graph Windows

Printing Graph Windows

Before printing multiple graph windows, you can arrange them for better viewing purposes. To automatically arrange the graph windows in your workspace, choose one of the following items from the Window menu:

Cascade Arranges the graph windows in an overlapping fashion proceeding down and to the right in the workspace Tile Horizontally Arranges the graph windows to fill the screen horizontally, fitting several to the screen one above another. If this operation would make some windows too small, they may be stacked on top of each other. Tile Vertically Arranges the graph windows to fill the screen vertically, fitting several to the screen side by side. If this operation would make some windows too small, they may be stacked on top of each other. Tile in a Grid Arranges the graph windows to fill the screen in a grid pattern, fitting several to the screen side by side and one above another. If this operation would make some windows too small, they may be stacked on top of each other.

These automatic arrangement options are also available from the toolbar. You can print the contents of a single graph window, all visible graph windows, or all open graph windows by performing the following: 1. If you want to print a single graph window, make that graph window the active one. 2. Choose File > Print. This brings up the Print dialog. 3. Select the options for your print job. 4. Click OK to print. If you are having difficulty using /usr/sbin/lpc to print from a Linux system, refer to Linux Printing Notes on page 701. Note You can print to PDF by choosing PDF Writer in the Printer field. See Exporting Graph Windows as a PDF on page 213 for more instructions.

Related Topics

Exporting Graph Windows as an Image on page 215.

Exporting Graph Windows as a PDF

Use the following steps to export the contents of the active Graph window to a PDF file.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

213

Save and Output Data Exporting Graph Windows as a PDF

Procedure
1. Select the Graph window you wish to export. 2. Select File > Print from the EZwave menu. 3. In the Print dialog, choose PDF Writer in the Printer field. The Command: field will automatically populate with the required print command for the default PDF tool, and the Use Printing Command option will be enabled. 4. In the File: field, enter the path and filename where you want to save the file. You can use the file browser to navigate to a particular directory and filename. If you dont enter a path, the PDF file will be written to the current working directory. The checkbox next to this field should be enabled. 5. If required, modify any paper size and orientation options. 6. Choose which waveforms are to be included; Visible Waveforms or All Waveforms 7. Select whether you want to export only the Active Window, All Windows in Workspace, One per Page, or All Visible Windows, in One Page. If you choose to export all visible windows, the windows must be tiled and visible. 8. By default, any text in the Graph window will be exported to PDF as a font. You can disable this option by unticking the Print Text as Font checkbox. 9. Click OK. If a file with the specified name already exists, you will be asked if you want to overwrite it.

Using a Different PDF Driver

The ps2pdf tool is usually provided as part of a Linux installation. If preferred, any installed postscript-to-PDF driver may be chosen from the Print dialog by editing the Command: field. Figure 6-1. Editing the Command: Field

%PSfile This parameter specifies the temporary .ps file.

214

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Save and Output Data Exporting Graph Windows as an Image

%PDFfile This parameter specifies the destination .pdf file.

Related Topics

Exporting Graph Windows as an Image on page 215.

Exporting Graph Windows as an Image

You can export the contents of the active Graph window or all visible Graph windows to a JPEG or PNG image file by performing the following: 1. Select the window you wish to export. 2. Select File > Export from the menu bar. 3. In the Export Image dialog, enter the path and filename where you want to save the file. You can use the file browser to navigate to a particular directory and filename. Use an appropriate extension for the filename (.jpeg, .jpg, or .png). If the chosen file already exists, select the Overwrite existing file option to save over the existing file. 4. Select the output format you want from the Save As Type dropdown list. Supported output formats are: JPEG and PNG. 5. In the options field, select the resolution for the output file. You can select Screen, Printer Low, or Printer High. Additionally, for JPEG images, you can select the image quality by using the slider bar or by entering the percentage into the text field. 6. Select whether you want to export only the Active Window or All Visible Windows. If you are choosing to export all visible windows, the windows must be tiled and visible. 7. Click the Page Setup button to set other options for the image output. You can select to include the database title, information (such as time, date, user name, and machine name) about the machine used to view or simulate the data, and the color scheme. 8. Click OK to export to an image file and close the dialog.

Related Topics

Exporting Graph Windows as a PDF on page 213

Adding Text Annotations

You can add text annotations to a waveform, or to a Graph window. A text annotation that is attached to a waveform is bound to that waveform's row. Once placed, the text annotation's anchor can only be moved within its current row but its text box may be moved outside the row.
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

215

Save and Output Data Saving a Waveform Database

A text annotation that is not attached to a waveform can be moved freely within the graph window and is not associated with any row.

Adding Text Annotations to a Waveform

To add a text annotation to a waveform: 1. Select the location on the desired waveform, and right-click to display a Waveform Popup Menu. 2. Select Annotation > Add Text Annotation from the popup menu. The Waveform Annotation dialog is shown. 3. Enter the desired text and select Annotation attached to the Waveform. Click OK to display the text annotation in the window. Note To modify text annotation options, open the EZwave Display Preferences dialog (Edit > Options) and select Text Annotation.

Adding Text Annotations to the Graph Window

To add a text annotation to the graph window: 1. Right-click anywhere in the graph window to display a popup menu. 2. Select Annotation > Add Text Annotation from the popup menu. The Waveform Annotation dialog displays. 3. Enter the desired text and select Annotation attached to the Window. Click OK to display the text annotation in the window. Note To modify text annotation options, open the EZwave Display Preferences dialog (Edit > Options) and select Text Annotation.

Saving a Waveform Database

After you have made changes to a waveform, you need to save the waveform database: 1. Right-click the database folder. A Folder Popup Menu appears. 2. Select Save As. The Save As Dialog opens. 3. Enter the name for the file. If the file already exists, you must confirm that you want to overwrite the database.

216

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Save and Output Data Saving a Waveform Database

4. Specify the Save File Types as MGC Database (*.wdb), SPICE PWL (*.sti), text file (*.txt) or comma separated values (*.csv), and GZipped compression (.gz) if required. 5. Click OK to apply the settings and close the dialog.

Notes

When saving a database as a SPICE PWL file (.sti), only waveforms that contain voltage or current sources are saved. If a database contains waveforms with neither voltage or current sources, those waveforms are ignored. For databases loaded from .fsdb files, only loaded waveforms are saved. Loaded waveforms are waveforms that have been displayed once or waveforms from a hierarchy selected once in the Tree View of the Waveform List Panel. See Loading .fsdb Files on page 707 for more information. When saving a database in GZipped MGC Database format the original database is not removed. This can be removed manually to reduce the amount of disk space required.

Saving Post-Processed Waveforms

Waveforms created Using the Waveform Calculator will need to be saved. A calc folder is created in the Waveform List panel. This folder contains the created waveforms. A message next to the folder lets you know if the folder contains unsaved changes. To save the waveforms: 1. Right-click on the waveform you want to save and select Rename. 2. Enter the desired name of the waveform. 3. Right-click on the calc folder and select Save As. 4. Navigate to the desired location and enter the file name. 5. Specify the file type as either MGC Database (*.wdb), SPICE PWL (*.sti), text file (*.txt) or comma separated values (*.csv), and GZipped compression (.gz) if required. Note When compressing a saved file in GZipped format the original file is not removed. This can be removed manually to reduce the amount of disk space required.

Save File Types

In addition to native MGC database files (.wdb), the EZwave viewer can output files in several additional formats. These include:

Text (.txt)

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

217

Save and Output Data Saving Multiple Databases

A text-format database save file includes X and Y values for each point in the waveform separated by tabs, spaces, commas, or a user-chosen delimiter selected from the Save Dialog. You can also select the precision of the saved values from this dialog.

Comma-Separated Values (.csv) A comma-delimited database save file contains value pairs separated by commas. It can be useful for viewing your results in a program such as a spreadsheet.

SPICE PWL (.sti) A SPICE PWL database save file contains value pairs separated by spaces and enclosed in parentheses. A leading plus sign (+) in a line indicates a continuation of the previous line. This file type can be used in Eldo simulation as a stimulus. For more information about the PWL format, refer to the Eldo User's Manual. Note When saving a database as a SPICE PWL file (.sti), only waveforms that contain voltage or current sources are saved. If a database contains waveforms with neither voltage or current sources, those waveforms are ignored.

Saving Multiple Databases

If you have unsaved data, you have the capability to save the data without having to perform separate save operations. To save multiple databases, perform the following steps: 1. Right-click the Waveform List panel to activate the Waveform List Popup Menu. 2. Select the Save All Databases menu item. The item opens the Save Databases dialog.

The Save Databases dialog lists all currently unsaved databases or modified databases in Waveform List Panel.

218

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Save and Output Data Recovering Save Files

3. Click the checkboxes to select the databases you wish to save. The Wdb Name column shows the current name of the database. The status column displays the status of Unsaved, Saving or Saved. 4. Use the Save As text box to enter the new name for the database. If the file already exists, you must confirm the desire to overwrite the database. If you do not wish to be warned about existing databases of the same name, check the Overwrite if File Exists checkbox in the lower left corner of the dialog. 5. Click OK to apply the settings and close the dialog, or click Cancel to close the dialog without saving any databases.

Recovering Save Files

The application provides two different methods of recovering database files. One method allows you to recover incomplete database files produced when a simulator that the EZwave viewer was connected to does not exit cleanly. The second method recovers databases that are saved incompletely, such as might be the case during a disk write error or a network shutdown.

Recovering from Incomplete Simulations

Use the recoverjwdb utility to recover simulation data and save it to a jwdb file in the event of an unclean simulator exit. During simulation, the simulator may create an information file called jwdbPortHostname containing information about the simulation process. If the EZwave viewer is still running, this utility can retrieve simulation data from memory or from this spill file. To invoke recoverjwdb, use the following syntax:
recoverjwdb info_file save_path

where info_file is the simulator information file.

Recovering Incomplete Savefiles

While the EZwave viewer is running, a temporary file named <file>.wdb_recoveryKeyFile, is created. This temporary file contains the information needed to recover the databases, and is removed when the EZwave application exits normally. If an abnormal exit condition occurs, this recovery key file will remain and can be used to recover any unsaved data from the simulation. The following command allows you to use this temporary file to recover incomplete savefiles in this event: ezwave -recovery file.wdb file.wdb_recoveryKeyFile output_file

where file is the original file you were working with. If disk space runs out during a simulation, the EZwave viewer will display a notice that this has occurred and will prompt you for an alternate location to save the remainder of the database file.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

219

Save and Output Data Saving a JWDB as an ASCII File

The first part of the savefile is saved in the original disk location as file_recovery_part1, and the remainder will be saved in whatever location you specify as file_recovery_part2. The file will be saved in two parts even if you remove files in the original disk partition and elect to save the remainder of the database there. To recover the incomplete savefile in this case, use the following command format:
ezwave -recovery file_recovery_part1 file_recovery_part2 output_file

where file is the database savefile you were using. If the recovery key file does not produce satisfactory results, the recovery mechanism can be disabled by using the -norecovery command line option.

Saving a JWDB as an ASCII File

You can output a JWDB to an ASCII file. 1. In the Waveform List Panel, right-click on the database name. 2. Select Save As. The Save As Dialog displays 3. Enter the name for the database. If the file already exists, you must confirm the desire to overwrite the database. 4. Select an ASCII file type from the Files of Type dropdown list (refer to Save File Types on page 217). EZwave creates an ASCII file that contains all the signals.

Converting a JWDB File to ASCII

You can convert a JWDB savefile to ASCII in batch mode (that is, without having to open the file using the EZwave tool and save it as ASCII) by using the jwdbtoasc utility. All signals, both analog and digital, can be converted using this tool. You can also specify a Tcl script to run for post-processing before the converted waveforms are saved to the ASCII file. The syntax for this tool is as follows:
jwdbtoasc {-i filename.wdb} [-o filename.txt [-do filename.tcl]] [-precision value]

The following describes the arguments:

-i specifies the input JWDB file name. -o specifies the output ASCII file name. If the output file is not specified, the new file name will be the same as the input file name but with the .wdb extension changed to .txt. -do specifies the post-processing Tcl script name.

220

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Save and Output Data Converting a JWDB File to ASCII

-precision specifies the level of precision. value should be between 1 and 16, inclusively. This argument also accepts full as the value, setting it to the full 16 digits.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

221

Save and Output Data Converting a JWDB File to ASCII

222

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Chapter 7
EZwave GUI Overview
This chapter provides an overview of the EZwave graphical user interface (GUI). For a more indepth description of the dialogs, see Dialog and Field Reference on page 267. EZwave Application Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Menu Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Window Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window Popup Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graph Window Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Row Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axis Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursor Popup Menus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursor Value Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Panel Popup Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Popup Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Database Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Folder Popup Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hierarchy Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Name Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selected Waveforms Popup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Panel Popup Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keyboard and Mouse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keyboard Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mouse Strokes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chooser Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Function Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . History/Stack Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expression Entry Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Button Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Evaluation Mode Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 225 234 237 239 241 243 243 245 245 247 249 250 253 254 254 256 257 258 259 260 254 262 262 263 264 265 265 265 265 265 266 266

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

223

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

EZwave Application Interface

Figure 7-1 shows the EZwave application interface: Figure 7-1. The EZwave Main Window

The components of the Application Window include:

Menu Bar Toolbar Waveform List Panel Graph Window Workspace Application Window Status Bar

224

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

Menu Bar

This section describes the options available under each of the following menus in the EZwave menu bar:

File Menu Edit Menu View Menu Format Menu Tools Menu Cursor Menu Window Menu Help Menu

File Menu
The File menu contains the following items: Table 7-1. File Menu Items Icon Mouse Stroke Key Shortcut Item Description Creates a new graph window.

CTRL+N New

CTRL+O Open

Opens any supported file type. For details on supported types see Opening Databases on page 55. Closes the active graph window. Updates a waveform with new simulator information. Saves the active graph window as a Saved Graph Window (.swd) file. Refer to Save Windows Dialog on page 350.

CTRL+W Close CTRL+R CTRL+S Reload Save

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

225

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

Table 7-1. File Menu Items (cont.) Export Saves the active graph window in JPEG (.jpg) or PNG (.png) format. Refer toExporting Graph Windows as an Image on page 215 for options available when exporting a window to a graphics file. Specifies the text displayed at the top of the graph window when printing and the color scheme. Prints the visible data in the active graph window. If you are having difficulty using /usr/sbin/lpc to print from a Linux system, refer to Linux Printing Notes on page 701. Opens a recently used waveform database. Provides a listing of all recently used waveform databases. Select a waveform database from the list to open it. Closes all graph windows, databases, and the application. You will be prompted to confirm the exit, and if there are databases with unsaved changes, you will be prompted to save them before the application closes. If you do not wish to see the exit confirmation box, click the Don't ask me about this again checkbox. You may also control the display of the exit confirmation box through General Dialog.

Page Setup

CTRL+P

Print

Database List

Exit

Edit Menu
The Edit menu contains the following items: Table 7-2. Edit Menu Items Icon Mouse Stroke Key Shortcut Item Undo/Redo Description Undoes the previous graphical operation, such as plotting a waveform or splitting a row. Removes the effect of the previous undo operation, performing the operation again. Removes the currently selected objects from the active graph window and stores them on the clipboard.

CTRL+X Cut

226

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

Table 7-2. Edit Menu Items (cont.) CTRL+C Copy Makes a duplicate of the currently selected objects and stores them to the clipboard. Copies the visible data as a bitmap image from the active window to the Windows clipboard. Only available on the Windows platform. Inserts the contents from the clipboard into the active graph window. Creates a waveform group, such that multiple waveforms can be manipulated together. Only available when 2 or more waveforms are selected. Removes the currently selected objects from the active graph window.

Copy Window to Clipboard CTRL+V Paste

Groups

CTRL+G Group Waveforms

Delete

CTRL+A Select All

Selects all objects in the active graph window for further action. Click a blank area of the active graph window to clear the selection

Unselect All Unselects all currently selected objects in the active graph window. Find Brings up the Find Tool Dialog which displays a filtered list of waveforms to be plotted in the active window. Copies the visible data in the active graph window to the Clipboard (Windows) as a bitmap image. (Available only on Windows). Opens the Display Preferences dialog. Refer to Configuring Graphical Elements on page 46.

Copy Window to Clipboard Options

Undo/Redo
Use the Edit > Undo menu item to undo previous graphical operations within EZwave. The Undo command is able to undo operations such as adding, moving, and deleting waveforms and cursors, which occur graphically within EZwave. It is not able to operate on simulation-related actions, such as creating waveforms in the database or plotting waveforms interactively from the simulator graphical interface.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

227

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

The undo buffer can hold multiple commands, so that you can undo the last several actions. However, some actionsparticularly those that would cause undo to become unsafeclear the undo buffer. These commands include the following:

Opening a .swd, .do, or .tcl file Commands sent by a simulator or client that could corrupt the undo buffer Updating compound structure (usually sent by a simulator) Calculator operations that create or manipulate hidden objects Deleting an object from a database Creating a Bus Converting a digital wave to analog or an analog wave to digital Working with Eye Diagrams Adding a measurement Performing a measurement in the calculator with a command that plots a result waveform Deleting a workspace Renaming a database or a waveform within a database Issuing an Update Waveforms command from the Database Popup Menu

Additionally, the following commands cannot currently be undone, but do not clear the undo buffer:

Adding or renaming a workspace Showing or hiding all annotations Moving an annotation or annotation text Turning on or off cursor locking Turning on or off snapping to data points Executing Hide Value or Y-Level Line from the Cursor Value Popup Menu Changing the visibility of the cursor values Resizing or scrolling a graphical window

The Edit > Redo command repeats the commands that were undone with the Undo command, starting with the most recent one. This functionality can be disabled through an option in the General Dialog.

228

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

View Menu
The View menu contains the following items: Table 7-3. View Menu Items Icon Mouse Stroke Key Shortcut U Item Zoom Undo Description Undoes the previous zoom operation in the active Graph window Redoes the last action undone by Zoom Undo

Zoom Redo

Zoom In

Zooms in to view more detail in the X direction of the active Graph window. Zooms the display out to view less detail in the X axis of the active Graph window. Reset magnification to view all of the data in all of the rows within the active graph window. This operation does not change the height of any of the rows. Changes the row heights in the active Graph window in order to see as many rows as possible. Toggles the display of grid lines within the active Graph window and sets the mode for all future rows. Only rows showing analog waveforms support grid lines. Grid lines on an individual axis can be controlled by using the Axis Popup Menu. The color of grid lines can be change by using Harmonic Distortion Dialog. Toggles the visibility of lines showing X=0 and Y=0 in the Graph window. Only rows showing analog waveforms support zero-level lines. Zero-level lines can be controlled using the Axis Popup Menu. If the zero-level line for an X axis is selected, it turns on the zerolevel lines for all rows. For a Y axis it activates on a per-row basis.

Zoom Out

View All

CTRL+H Fit Row Heights Grid Lines

Zero-Level Lines

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

229

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

Table 7-3. View Menu Items (cont.) Waveform List Toolbar Status Bar Refresh Toggles the display of the waveform list panel. Toggles the display of the toolbar. Toggles the display of the status bar within the application window. Refreshes the display of the active Graph window.

Format Menu
The Format menu contains the following items: Table 7-4. Format Menu Items Item Waveform Names Description Provides format options for waveform names within the graph windows. This is a global setting. Show Full Hierarchy - Controls whether the waveform name contains the full design path name, or just the waveform leaf name. Show Database Names - Controls whether the displayed waveform name contains the database name. For example, if there is a waveform named clock in a database named results then checking this option would include the text results when the clock waveform name was displayed in the graph windows. Provides control over the color scheme used within the graph windows. This is a global setting. Black Background - Uses a black background, with colors for the graph window objects. White Background - Uses a white background, with colors for the graph window objects. Monochrome - Uses a white background, and use black for the graph window objects. Instead of using multiple colors for displaying waveforms, this uses different line styles.

Color Scheme

Tools Menu
The Tools menu contains the following items: Table 7-5. Tools Menu Items Icon Item Description

230

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

Table 7-5. Tools Menu Items (cont.) Waveform Compare Contains submenus to set up and perform waveform comparison. Refer to Comparing Waveforms on page 114. Creates user-defined buses. Refer to Creating a Bus on page 138. Creates an eye diagram based on a period of a waveform. Refer to Working with Eye Diagrams on page 98. Opens the Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog. Defines and searches for events. Refer to Using the Event Search Tool on page 96. Post-processes mixed-signal simulation results. Refer to Using the Waveform Calculator on page 162. Measures and verifies analog and mixedsignal simulation results. Refer to Using the Measurement Tool on page 142.

Create Bus

Eye Diagram

FFT

Search Waveform Calculator

Measurement Tool

Cursor Menu
The Cursor menu contains the following items: Table 7-6. Cursor Menu Items Icon Keyboard Shortcut F5 Item Add Description Creates a new data cursor in the center of the active graph window. Creates a horizontal cursor on the selected Y axis. By default, the first crossing point with the waveform and its measurement is shown Creates a new data cursor with a YLevel line in the center of the active graph window.

Add Horizontal Cursor

Add with Y-Level

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

231

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

Table 7-6. Cursor Menu Items (cont.) Icon Keyboard Shortcut Item Description

Add Cursor Relatively To > Opens a dialog where one or more <cursor> X values can be specified for creating new cursors relative to the selected cursor. Tab Next Data Point Moves the cursor to the next data point in the active graph window. First select the waveform whose data should be used. Moves the cursor to the previous data point. First select the waveform whose data should be used. Moves the cursor to the next error in the waveform, based on time. When applied to a waveform comparison result, the cursor is moved to the next difference between the compared waveforms. Moves the cursor to the previous error in the active graph window. When applied to a waveform comparison result, the cursor is moved to the next difference between the compared waveforms. Connects all cursors so that when one is moved, all other cursors are moved the same amount. When cursors are locked, a checkmark appears next to the item. Zooms between the two cursors that are furthest apart. Deletes the currently active cursor from the active graph window. The cursor closest to the one being deleted will become active. Provides a listing of all cursors currently in the active graph window. Select the cursor from the list to move from cursor to cursor.

Shift +Tab

Previous Data Point

Next Error

Previous Error

Lock Together When Dragging

Zoom Between Cursors

Delete Active

Cursor List

232

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

Related Topics

Working with Cursors on page 84.

Window Menu
The Window menu contains the following items: Table 7-7. Window Menu Items Icon Item New Description Creates a new graph window.

Title Cascade

Specify a title for the active graph window. Arranges the graph windows in an overlapped (cascade) fashion. Arranges the graph windows in a tiled (left/right) fashion. Arranges the graph windows in a tiled (top/bottom) fashion. Arranges the graph windows in a tiled (left/right and top/bottom) fashion. Restore all currently minimized graph windows. Minimizes all graph windows on the active workspace. Closes all graph windows in the active workspace. At the bottom of the menu is a list of all graph windows on all workspaces. Selecting one of these will switch to the workspace containing the window, and restore the window if it was minimized. Provides a secondary list for selection.

Tile Horizontally

Tile Vertically

Tile in a Grid Restore All Minimize All Close All Window List

More Windows

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

233

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

Help Menu
The Help menu contains the following items: Table 7-8. Help Menu Items Item Contents and Index Keyboard and Mouse Tutorials Description Launches the online help system. Provides a listing of mouse and keyboard operations and shortcuts. Launches the Tutorial section of this help system. The Tutorial Data menu item on the submenu provides a small database for use. Provides information about the application for Contacting the Customer Support Center.

About

Toolbar
Figure 7-2. EZwave Toolbar The toolbar is located directly below the Menu Bar on the EZwave Application Interface. The toolbar contains buttons (displayed with icons) for accessing frequently used operations. Place the mouse pointer over the toolbar button to display the tooltip for the button. Tooltips display directly below the toolbar button. Additionally, a short description of the item or action performed will appear in the Application Window Status Bar. Tip: To leave the toolbar without executing a menu item after you have depressed your mouse key, keep the mouse key depressed and drag your mouse pointer off of the toolbar completely. To toggle display of the toolbar, use the View > Toolbar menu item from the menu bar.

Toolbar Buttons

Creates a new graph window.

234

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

Opens any supported file.

Saves the active graph window.

Prints the active graph window.

Cuts the selection from the active graph window and store it in the viewer clipboard. Copies the selection from the active graph window to the viewer clipboard. Pastes the contents of the clipboard in a graph window.

Deletes the selection from the active graph window.

Undoes/Redoes the previous graphical operation.

Adds a new data cursor

Deletes the active data cursor.

Moves the data cursor to the previous data point or transition.

Moves the data cursor to the next data point or transition.

Moves the data cursor to the previous error or difference point.

Moves the data cursor to the next error or difference point.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

235

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

Fits row heights in the active graph window.

Toggles the active graph window grid lines on or off.

Toggles the waveform list panel on or off.

Views all of the active graph window so that all the data is visible.

Zooms in to increase magnification in the X direction.

Zooms out to decrease magnification in the X direction.

Undoes the previous zoom operation. (Multiple operations supported)

Redoes last undone zoom.

Invokes the Waveform Calculator.

Invokes the Measurement Tool.

Adds a delta marker to a waveform or between two waveforms Updates the graph window with new data from a running simulation. This button is only available when the application is started from the Questa ADMS tool, or when the EZwave viewer is connected to an ELDO simulation. Arranges multiple graph windows in an overlapped (cascade) fashion.

Arranges multiple graph windows in a stacked (horizontal) fashion.

236

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

Arranges multiple graph windows in a side by side (vertical) fashion.

Arranges multiple graph windows in a tiled (horizontal and vertical) fashion.

Waveform List Panel

The Waveform List Panel resides on the left side of the application window, below the menu bar. The waveform list displays all of the currently open databases as folders with folders or the individual waveforms listed underneath.

Tree View
Tabs at the bottom of the waveform list allow you to view the list in a hierarchical format (Tree tab) or as a flat display (List tab). The Tree tab (by default) splits the panel into a Structure view (top) and a waveform list (bottom). To change this, go to the Waveform List Dialog and clear the Separate Tree View Into Structure and Waveform List Views option. Note For databases loaded from .fsdb files, only loaded waveforms are displayed in the list panel. Loaded waveforms are waveforms that have been displayed once or waveforms from a hierarchy selected once in the Tree View of the panel. See Loading .fsdb Files on page 707 for more information.

Waveform List Elements

Each waveform list element is associated with an icon indicating how the waveform will be displayed within the graph window. You can perform a quick search of the waveform list by typing text into the Contains text boxes at the top of any of the panels. All matching waveform names associated with that panel will be highlighted. The search text can include * and ? wildcard characters and includes an implied * at the end of the text. You can disable automatic searching with an option from the Waveform List Dialog; if you do this, you must press Enter to begin your search. For more search options, use the Find Tool Dialog by clicking .

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

237

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

Figure 7-3. Waveform List Panel

By default, the Waveform List only displays the Waveform Name and Mode columns. To add X and Y units, right click on the column title bar and select the appropriate option. Rightclicking the column title bar also displays mode-filtering options. To sort the list, left-click on the column title bar that you want to sort by.

238

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

Waveform List Element Icons

Table 7-9. Waveform List Element Icons Icon List Element Description Saved Waveform Indicates a waveform database that exists on disk, and Database does not contain any unsaved changes. The full path to the database appears to the right of the name. Unsaved database Indicates a waveform database that contains unsaved changes. An attempt to close the database will result in a confirmation box being shown to prevent accidental loss of the changes. Indicates a folder within a waveform database.

Folder

Design Hierarchy Indicates a folder within a waveform database that Folder contains waveforms in a design hierarchy. Analog or complex waveform Indicates a waveform containing analog data.

Digital waveform Indicates a waveform containing digital state data. Step waveform Enumerated waveform Compound waveform Bus Indicates a waveform whose Y data values are displayed as discrete levels. Indicates a waveform containing Y data values from an enumerated list. Indicates a compound waveform containing the results of several simulations for the same node. Indicates that the waveform is a bus, which means it contains one or more bus bit waveforms.

The waveform list panel comes with several popup menus that provide quick access to a variety of database menu items. Refer to Waveform List Panel Popup Menus on page 254 for more information. The X button in the upper right corner of the waveform list temporarily hides the panel from the application window to increase your workspace area. To show the panel again, use the View > Waveform List menu item or the toggle button on the toolbar.

Graph Window
The Graph Window is used to plot and view waveforms.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

239

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

Figure 7-4. EZwave Graph Window

Create new graph windows by selecting File > New, clicking the toolbar button, or with any of the menu items that plot one or more waveforms. You may also select waveforms from the Waveform List Panel and use the Plot (Overlaid) or Plot (Stacked) menu item from the Database Popup Menu. You can create a large number of graph windows, but only one graph window may be active at any time. The active graph window is always on the top of the workspace area. As each new graph window is created, a graph window button is added to the workspace taskbar at the bottom of the application window. You can use these buttons to easily bring the graph window to the top of your workspace.

Graph Window Title Bar

Each graph window has a unique name of the form Wave:#. You can add a custom title string that will appear in the title bar by using the Window > Title menu item or the Graph Window Popup Menu.

Rows
A graph window can have multiple graph rows. You can quickly resize the height of an analog graph row by dragging the X axis within the row. Additional viewing options are available from the Row Popup Menu. Right-click within the row to display this menu.

240

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

Waveform Names
Waveform Names are shown next to the plot of the waveform. The location of the names, relative to the plotted waveforms, can be changed by using the Edit > Options menu item to access the Layout Dialog. Use the Format > Waveform Names menu item to control how much information is shown for each waveform name. Right-click the waveform name or the plotted waveform to activate the Waveform Name Popup Menu. You can select multiple waveforms by selecting each one individually with CTRL + click, or selecting a range with Shift + click.

Graph Window Status Bar

The status bar at the bottom of the graph window displays the current X and Y coordinates of the mouse pointer. When there are multiple Y axes within a single row, there will be one Y data value for each of the axes. If you click on a waveform, it also shows the distance between the point where you clicked and the point where you had previously clicked before that as deltaX and deltaY.

Workspace
The workspace is the area where the graph windows are displayed. It is located directly below the toolbar on the application window. If the Waveform List Panel is displayed, the workspace appears to the right of the waveform list.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

241

EZwave GUI Overview EZwave Application Interface

Figure 7-5. Workspace Tabs and Popup Menu

The application supports multiple workspaces for flexibility in organizing graph windows. Multiple workspaces are accessed through workspace tabs. Click the workspace tab to bring that workspace to the top of your application window.

Workspace Taskbar
Above the status bar, a taskbar is available to easily select graph windows. As each new graph window is added to the workspace, a graph window button is added to this taskbar.

242

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus

Figure 7-6. Workspace Taskbar

When graph windows are minimized, they appear as icons on the workspace. Click the graph window button on the workspace taskbar to make that window the active graph window. When you click the taskbar, if the window is minimized, it is automatically restored and brought to the front of the workspace. The taskbar can be turned off through the Workspace Dialog.

Application Window Status Bar

The status bar is located at the bottom of the EZwave Application Interface. The left area of the status bar describes actions of menu items as you navigate through menus. This area also shows messages that describe the actions of toolbar buttons as you place the mouse pointer over the buttons. The current time on your computer clock is displayed in the field to the right of the status bar.

Graph Window Popup Menus

The Graph Window provides a variety of popup menus. Right-click any waveform to display relevant Workspace Popup Menu specific for that waveform.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

243

EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus

Figure 7-7. Graph Window Popup Menus

To activate the popup menus in the graph window, right-click window objects as follows: Table 7-10. Graph Window Popup Menus Right-Click Object Graph Window Row Waveform or Waveform Name X Axis or Y Axis Cursor Value Cursor Popup Menu Graph Window Popup Menu Row Popup Menu Waveform Popup Menu Axis Popup Menu Cursor Value Popup Menu Cursor Popup Menus

244

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus

Graph Window Popup Menu

To access: Right click on the graph window. Figure 7-8. Graph Window Popup Menu

: Table 7-11. Graph Window Popup Menu Items Icon Item Title Fit Row Heights Description Specify a title for the active graph window. Same as Window > Title menu item. Changes the row heights in the active graph window in order to see as many rows as possible. Item also available from the View Menu. Copies the graph window to the Clipboard (Windows) as a bitmap for paste as a bitmap image file. Item also available from the Edit Menu. (Available only on Windows platform.) Inserts the contents from the clipboard into the active graph window at the location of the mouse pointer when the menu was activated. Same as Edit > Paste menu item. Closes the active graph window. Same as File > Close menu item.

Copy Window to Clipboard

Paste

Close

Row Popup Menu

To access: Right click on a row in the graph window.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

245

EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus

Figure 7-9. Row Popup Menu

: Table 7-12. Row Popup Menu Items Icon Item Smith Chart Description Available only if the row contains a Smith Chart. Offers display options for changing the coordinates: Impedance Along the Z-parameter axis. Admittance Along the Y-parameter axis. Zooms in to view more detail in the X direction. Same as the View > Zoom In menu item. Zooms out to view less detail in the X direction. Same as the View > Zoom Out menu item. Adjusts the display to view all of the X and Y waveform data for all waveforms contained in the row. Item also available from the View Menu. Opens a new window displaying the selected row. Available only if the row contains multiple waveforms. Splits the waveforms into one individual row per waveform. Available only if the row contains analog waveforms. Toggles the display of horizontal and vertical grid lines for all axes within the row. Same as the View > Grid Lines menu item. Creates a new data cursor at the location of the mouse pointer. Same as the Cursor > Add menu item.

Zoom In

Zoom Out

View All

To New Window Split

Grid Lines

Add Cursor

246

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus

Table 7-12. Row Popup Menu Items (cont.) Add Horizontal Cursor Row Title... Creates a new horizontal cursor at the location of the mouse pointer. Same as the Cursor > Add Horizontal Cursor menu item. Brings up a dialog that allows you to enter a title that is displayed above the row. The title has a maximum length of 32 characters. Available only if the row contains analog waveforms. Offers options for changing the height of the row: Minimum Smallest allowed height for rows containing analog waveforms. Maximum Adjusts height so the row fills available vertical space in the window. Default Adjusts height back to the default. Inserts the contents from the clipboard into the row. Same as the Edit > Paste menu item.

Row Height

Paste

Usage Notes
To set options related to row displays, use the Row Dialog.

Waveform Popup Menu

To access: Right click on a waveform or waveform name in the graph window. Figure 7-10. Waveform Popup Menu

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

247

EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus

This popup displays different menu items based on the type of waveform selected, or if multiple waveforms are selected. Table 7-13. Waveform Popup Menu Items Icon Item Transformation Description Available only if the waveform contains complex data (for example, from a frequency domain analysis). Opens the Transformations Dialog to enable changes the transformation that is applied to the underlying complex data. Available only if the waveform supports radix display, which would be digital buses or waveforms containing integer data. Changes the radix that is used when displaying the waveform. If multiple buses are selected at once, this change applies to all selected buses.

Radix

Data Point Symbols Available only for analog waveforms. Toggles the visibility of graphic symbols, shown at each data point. Hide Waveform Analog to Digital / Digital to Analog Groups Toggles the visibility of the waveform. The waveform name remains visible. Used to convert the waveform between the analog and digital domains. Opens a dialog to specify conversion options. Creates a waveform group, such that multiple waveforms can be manipulated together. Only available when 2 or more waveforms are selected. Options to create, show, or hide text annotations. Sets currently selected waveform as a new X axis. Available only for analog waveforms. The item is disabled if the waveform is the only one on the Y axis containing it. The result of this operation is the creation of a new Y axis within the row, with the waveform moved to the new axis. Available only for Smith Chart circle plots. Opens the Circle Visibility dialog for selection of which circles are visible. Displays the waveform in one of five modes: Continuous, Sampled, Scattered, Spectral, or Railroad. Adds a new data cursor at the mouse pointer location on the X axis.

Annotations Set as X Axis Move to New Y Axis

Circle Visibility...

Drawing Mode Add Cursor

248

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus

Table 7-13. Waveform Popup Menu Items (cont.) Add Horizontal Cursor Cut Creates a new horizontal cursor at the mouse pointer location on the Y axis. Removes the waveform from the graph window and places it on the clipboard. Places a duplicate of the waveform on the clipboard.

Copy

Paste

Inserts the contents of the clipboard into the active graph window within the current row. Removes the waveform from the active graph window.

Delete

Properties

Opens the Waveform Properties Dialog.

Axis Popup Menu

To access: Right click on an X or Y axis in the graph window. Figure 7-11. X and Y Axis Popup Menus

Table 7-14. Axis Popup Menu Items Icon Item Zoom Range X/Y Description Opens the X / Y Axis - Min/Max Settings dialog. Use to zoom between two locations on the axis.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

249

EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus

Table 7-14. Axis Popup Menu Items (cont.) Zoom In X/Y Zooms in to view more detail for the waveforms on the axis. Zooms out to view less detail for the waveforms on the axis. Adjusts the display to view all of the waveform data for all waveforms on the axis. Creates a horizontal cursor at that point on the Y axis. By default, the first crossing point with the waveform is shown with its measurement. Moves the view to a new X location, using the Scroll X dialog. Available only if the row contains analog waveforms. Toggles the display of either the horizontal (X) or vertical (Y) grid lines for the axis. Same as the View > Grid Lines menu item. Creates a new vertical data cursor at that point on the X axis in the active graph window. (Y axis only) Toggles the visibility of a reference line which is shown at the zero-level location. Toggles the visibility of the axis. When an axis is hidden, it is temporarily removed from the graph window, and all waveforms contained on the axis are also temporarily removed. This item is only enabled for rows containing multiple Y axes. Inserts the clipboard contents onto the axis. The result of the paste differs based on the type of axis: For Y axes: the paste will use this Y axis if the data type matches the waveforms being pasted; otherwise new Y axes will be created within the same row. For X axes: the paste is only permitted if the data type of the waveforms being pasted matches the X data type for the graph window. Opens the Axis Properties Dialog.

Zoom Out X/Y

View All X/Y

Add Horizontal Cursor (Y axis only) Scroll to X (X axis only) Grid Lines

Add Cursor (X axis only) Zero-Level Line Hide Axis

Paste

Properties

Cursor Popup Menus

To access: Right-click on a cursor in the graph window. Different options are available for vertical and horizontal cursors.
250
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus

Vertical Cursors
Figure 7-12. Vertical Cursor Popup Menu

Table 7-15. Vertical Cursor Popup Menu Items Icon Item Snap to Data Points Data Values Description Specifies that the cursor is snapped to data points. Specifies whether data values are visible from: Show All Hide All Show On Left specifies that data values are shown on the left by default. Opens a dialog to specify comment text. Specifies that a Y-level line is displayed. Specifies that the active cursor is the base cursor. Available only when the active cursor is not the base cursor. Opens a dialog to specify a new X location to move the cursor to.

Comment Text Y-Level Line Base Cursor

Move To

Add Relatively to <cursor> Opens a dialog where one or more X values can be specified for creating new cursors relative to the selected cursor. Jump to Next Marker Enables you to jump to the next marker. Available only if markers have been set Using the Event Search Tool. Enables you to jump to the previous marker. Available only if markers have been set Using the Event Search Tool.

Jump to Previous Marker

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

251

EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus

Table 7-15. Vertical Cursor Popup Menu Items (cont.) Icon Item Copy X to Clipboard Delete Active Description Copies the X value of the cursor to the clipboard. Deletes the active cursor.

Horizontal Cursor
Figure 7-13. Horizontal Cursor Popup Menu:

Table 7-16. Horizontal Cursor Popup Menu Items Icon Item Comment Text Base Cursor Show in All Compatible Y-Axes Data Values Description Allows a note of up to 64 characters to be attached to the cursor. Specifies this cursor as the base cursor. Available only when the active cursor is not already the base cursor. Duplicates the cursor in other graphs that contain the same waveform. Displays the Data Values Dialog, for the selected waveform. This dialog contains information about the X axis value at each crossing point, and allows you to save the results to text format, or copy them to the clipboard. Allows a new Y location for the cursor to be entered. Opens a dialog where one or more Y values can be specified for creating new cursors relative to the selected cursor. Copies the Y value of the cursor to the clipboard. Deletes the active cursor.

Move To Add Relatively to <cursor> Copy Y to Clipboard Delete Active

252

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview Graph Window Popup Menus

Cursor Value Popup Menu

To access: Right click on a cursor value in the graph window. Figure 7-14. Cursor Value Popup Menu

Table 7-17. Cursor Value Popup Menu Items Item Hide Value Description Temporarily hides the cursor data value. To show the cursor data value, right-click the cursor and select Data Values > Show All. Displays a line across the graph window showing the Y value. Selects the current Y-level line as the base. Delta-y values for waveforms that intersect this cursor are based on this line. Copies the full precision value to the clipboard.

Y-Level Line "Base" Y-Level Line

Copy Value to Clipboard

The Cursor Value popup menu for compound waveforms contains the following additional items: Figure 7-15. Cursor Value Popup Menu for Compound Waveforms

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

253

EZwave GUI Overview Waveform List Panel Popup Menus

Table 7-18. Cursor Value Popup Menu Items for Compound Waveforms Item Hide Other Values Show Other Values Show/Hide... Description Hides values for other elements of the waveform. Displays values for other elements of the waveform. Opens the Cursor Value dialog.

Waveform List Panel Popup Menus

The Waveform List Panel has several popup menus that provide quick access to a variety of database and waveform operations. To activate the popup menus in the graph window, right-click window objects as follows: Table 7-19. Right-Click Popup Menus Right-Click Object Waveform List Database Name Folder Hierarchy Waveform Name Multiple Waveform Names Popup Menu Waveform List Popup Menu Database Popup Menu Folder Popup Menu Hierarchy Popup Menu Waveform Name Popup Menu Selected Waveforms Popup Menu

Waveform List Popup Menu

To access: Right-click the Currently Open Databases text (or anywhere within the panel except over a waveform database name or waveform name).

254

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview Waveform List Panel Popup Menus

Figure 7-16. Waveform List Popup Menu

Table 7-20. Waveform List Popup Menu Items Icon Item Open Description Same as the File > Open menu item to open any supported file type. Expands all currently open databases. Collapses all currently expanded waveform databases. If the display is currently collapsed, the item is unavailable and appears dimmed.

Expand All Collapse All

Close All Databases Closes all currently loaded databases. A confirmation box will be shown to prevent accidental closures. Save All Databases Opens the Save As Dialog to allow saving all databases that contain unsaved changes.

Most Recently Used Same as the File > Database List menu item for (1,2,3,4,0) Database opening previously opened waveform databases (See notes). Click 0 More Databases to open an List additional window with older databases for selection. Hide Waveform List Temporarily hides the Waveform List Panel. To show the panel again, use the View > Waveform List menu item or the toggle toolbar button.

Usage Notes
The Database list only displays waveform database files. To open the other supported file types, use the File > Open menu item.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

255

EZwave GUI Overview Waveform List Panel Popup Menus

You can control the visibility of the Database list items by choosing General Dialog.

Database Popup Menu

To access: Right-click on any database name in the waveform list panel. Figure 7-17. Database Popup Menu

Table 7-21. Database Popup Menu Items Item Update Waveforms Description Updates the active graph window using the waveforms from this database. Only waveforms in the graph window that match the names within the database are updated. The update can either replace the existing waveforms, or they can be shown overlaid with the matching waveforms from the database. Plots all waveforms at this level within a single row at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Plots all waveforms at this level in separate rows at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Plots all waveforms in the database within a single row at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist.

Plot (Overlaid)

Plot (Stacked)

Plot All (Overlaid)

256

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview Waveform List Panel Popup Menus

Table 7-21. Database Popup Menu Items (cont.) Plot All (Stacked) Plots all waveforms in the database in separate rows at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Opens a dialog to rename the database. Opens a dialog to add a descriptive text label. This label appears next to the database name. Opens a Save As Dialog for saving the selected databases to disk. Closes the selected databases. If a database contains unsaved changes or has waveforms currently plotted in one or more graph windows, a confirmation box is displayed. Expands the selected database. Collapses the selected database. Displays an information box containing properties associated with the waveform database.

Rename Descriptive Label... Save As... Close

Expand Selected Collapse Selected Properties

Folder Popup Menu

To access: Right-click a folder in a database. Figure 7-18. Folder Popup Menu

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

257

EZwave GUI Overview Waveform List Panel Popup Menus

Table 7-22. Folder Popup Menu Items Item Update Waveforms Description Updates the active graph window using the waveforms from this database. Only waveforms in the graph window that match the names within the database are updated. The update can either replace the existing waveforms, or they can be shown overlaid with the matching waveforms from the database. Plots all waveforms at this level within a single row at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Plots all waveforms at this level in separate rows at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Plots all waveforms in the database within a single row at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Plots all waveforms in the database in separate rows at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Expands the selected database. Collapses the selected database.

Plot (Overlaid)

Plot (Stacked)

Plot All (Overlaid)

Plot All (Stacked)

Expand Selected Collapse Selected

Hierarchy Popup Menu

To access: Right-click a hierarchy inside a folder in the waveform list panel. Figure 7-19. Hierarchy Popup Menu

258

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview Waveform List Panel Popup Menus

Table 7-23. Hierarchy Popup Menu Items Item Plot (Overlaid) Description Plots all waveforms at this level within a single row at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Plots all waveforms at this level in separate rows at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Plots all waveforms in the database within a single row at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Plots all waveforms in the database in separate rows at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Expands the selected database. Collapses the selected database.

Plot (Stacked)

Plot All (Overlaid)

Plot All (Stacked)

Expand Selected Collapse Selected

Waveform Name Popup Menu

To access: Right-click on any waveform name in the waveform list panel. Figure 7-20. Waveform Name Popup Menu

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

259

EZwave GUI Overview Waveform List Panel Popup Menus

: Table 7-24. Waveform Name Popup Menu Items Item Plot Description Plots the waveform in a new row at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Opens a dialog to rename the waveform. Opens the Save As Dialog to save a copy of the waveform (with options to overwrite the current waveform). Copies the selected waveform's name to the clipboard.

Rename Save As Copy Waveform Name(s)

Selected Waveforms Popup Menu

To access: Select multiple waveforms in the waveform list panel and right-click. Figure 7-21. Selected Waveforms Popup Menu

260

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview Workspace Popup Menu

Table 7-25. Selected Waveforms Popup Menu Items Item Plot (Overlaid) Description Plots the selected waveforms within a single row at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Plots the selected waveforms in separate rows at the bottom of the active graph window. A new graph window is created if one doesn't already exist. Opens the Save As Dialog to save a copy of the waveform (with options to overwrite the current waveform). Copies the selected waveform's name to the clipboard. Plots the difference between the two selected waveforms. Only available when two waveforms are selected. The second waveform selected will be subtracted from the first waveform selected. Provides a simpler alternative to plotting the difference between two waveforms Using the Waveform Calculator.

Plot (Stacked)

Save As Copy Waveform Name(s) Plot Difference

Workspace Popup Menu

To access: Right-click in the workspace area (the area behind the Wave window(s) which is blue by default). Figure 7-22. Workspace Popup Menu

Table 7-26. Workspace Popup Menu Items Item New Description Creates a new workspace.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

261

EZwave GUI Overview Keyboard and Mouse

Table 7-26. Workspace Popup Menu Items (cont.) Rename Delete Opens a dialog to give the active workspace a user defined name. Removes the currently active workspace. NOTE: This item appears dimmed (unavailable) if there is only one workspace. Moves the currently active workspace tab one position to the left. NOTE: This item appears dimmed (unavailable) if the currently active workspace's tab is the leftmost tab. Moves the workspace tab one position to the right. NOTE: This item appears dimmed (unavailable) if the currently active workspace's tab is the rightmost tab. Opens the Reorder Workspaces dialog, from which you can interactively set the order of all workspaces. Creates a new graph window in the workspace and pastes the contents of the clipboard in the graph window. NOTE: This item appears dimmed (unavailable) if the clipboard is empty. Displays the Workspace Dialog. Use this to define how the workspaces are displayed in the application window. You may also set the application to support a single or multiple workspaces from this dialog.

Shift Left

Shift Right

Reorder Paste

Options...

Keyboard and Mouse

This product has a number of keyboard shortcut and access features.

Keyboard Commands
Table 7-27 lists some frequently used keyboard commands. Table 7-27. Frequently Used Keyboard Commands Press F2 F5 CTRL + A CTRL + C CTRL + N CTRL + V
262

To Unselect All Add Cursor at Mouse Pointer Location Select All Copy Open New Graph Window Paste
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview Keyboard and Mouse

Table 7-27. Frequently Used Keyboard Commands CTRL + W CTRL + X ESC Close Window Cut Dismiss a popup menu, abort an in-progress mouse drag operation or close a dialog without applying selections.

Mouse Strokes
Mouse Strokes provide a convenient way to perform common tasks by simply drawing shapes using the mouse. For example, drawing the letter D deletes the current set of selected objects. By default, mouse strokes are executed with the middle mouse button. If you do not have a middle mouse button, use the Edit > Options menu item and then select a keyboard modifier from the dialog. Use these keyboard modifiers together with the left mouse button to draw strokes. Mouse strokes available with this application are as follows: File > Open

Edit > Delete

Edit > Unselect All

View > Zoom Out

View > Zoom In

View > View All

View Area - zooms in to view the area covered by the stroke.

Scroll X Location to Center of Graph Window

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

263

EZwave GUI Overview Waveform Calculator GUI

File > Close if done within an active graph window or File > Exit if done on the workspace Displays all available mouse strokes

Waveform Calculator GUI

The Waveform Calculator enables you to post-process waveforms for advanced analyses or debugging. Figure 7-23. Waveform Calculator With Button Panel

The user interface of Waveform Calculator includes the following major components:

264

Chooser Panel Function Help History/Stack Panel

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

EZwave GUI Overview Waveform Calculator GUI

Expression Entry Area Button Panel Evaluation Mode Bar Waveform Calculator Status Bar

Chooser Panel
On the left side of the calculator, the Chooser Panel has four tabbed panes and each pane contains information in a hierarchical tree format. The Results Chooser tab (Rslts) contains results generated by evaluating an expression. These can be scalars, vectors, and waveforms. If the result of an expression evaluation is a registered variable, the variable is put in the Variables Chooser tab (Vars). The Functions Chooser tab (Funcs) contains Built-In Functions and functions that you have registered with the calculator. The Expressions Chooser tab (Expr) contains expressions that you have evaluated in the calculator. Double-clicking a function name in the Functions Chooser tab adds it to the Expression Entry Area. If a dialog for that function is available, double-clicking the function will first bring up a dialog allowing you to enter parameter information before adding it to the Expression Entry Area.

Function Help
Display function help with the View > Function Help menu item. The Waveform Calculator displays the description, syntax, and parameters for the selected function.

History/Stack Panel
When you are in Infix mode, the History/Stack Panel displays the list of expressions that have been evaluated and the results of these evaluations. When you are in RPN mode or RPNDeferred mode, the list represents the calculator stack.

Expression Entry Area

The Expression Entry Area is a single line text box. When you select buttons on the calculator and drag-and-drop waveform names, it drives the content of this text box. You can also edit the line directly. Expressions may be entered using IEEE notation (for example, 5T, 3.2u), SPICE notation (for example, 7.1MEG, 0.2N), or engineering notation (for example, 1.1e+3, 6e-2).

Button Panel
There are functions located on the buttons of the calculator and also in the functions on the Functions Chooser tabbed pane of the calculator. The Button Panel does not include a button for every function or operator. The Waveform Calculator allows you to add other built-in functions
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

265

EZwave GUI Overview Waveform Calculator GUI

or user-defined functions to the Button Panel. The Button Panel changes the listed functions based on what level you choose:

Complex Buttons Logical Buttons RF Buttons Signal Processing Buttons Statistical Buttons Trigonometric Buttons

Evaluation Mode Bar

On the bottom-right corner, the Evaluation Mode Bar shows the input and evaluation mode (e.g., INFIX for Infix mode) and the trigonometric angle mode (e.g., DEG for Degrees).

Waveform Calculator Status Bar

The Status Bar shows whether the calculator is in busy or ready state. It also shows error messages if the input expression has a syntax error. Use the Edit > Options menu item of the Waveform Calculator application window to control the calculator settings.

266

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Chapter 8
Dialog and Field Reference
This chapter describes the windows and dialogs encountered in EZwave. Add Clock Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add Cursor Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Analog to Digital Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto Correlation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Reload Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axis Properties Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chirp Transform Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Comparison Options Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Constellation Diagram Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convolution Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Create Bus Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cross Correlation Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cursors Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Format Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data Values Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Edit Digital Transformation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Event Search Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Diagram Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye Mask Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Find Tool Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harmonic Distortion Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Histogram Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Layout Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

268 269 270 272 275 277 279 282 287 289 290 292 294 296 299 301 303 305 307 309 311 317 318 322 323 325 327 329 330
267

Dialog and Field Reference Add Clock Dialog

Measurement Tool Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiple Run Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Noise Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Spectral Density Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RF Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Row Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save As Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Save Windows Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select Hierarchy Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Select Waveforms Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Signal to Noise Ratio Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Text Annotation Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transformations Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Compare Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Names Display Dialog. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform List Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Properties Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windowing Transform Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workspace Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

332 335 336 338 342 343 345 348 350 352 353 355 357 359 361 362 367 368 369 371 379 382

Add Clock Dialog

To access: Click Add or Modify from the Clocks dialog. Use this dialog to define clocks for clocked comparison.

268

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Add Cursor Dialog

Figure 8-1. Add Clock Dialog

Table 8-1. Add Clock Dialog Contents Field Clock Name Delay Signal Offset Description Specifies an identifying name for the clock. Specifies a delay in the signal comparison. The default is 0 (no delay).

Based on Waveform Specifies the waveform that the clock signal is based on. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Compare Strobe Edge Specifies that the clock signals are based on one of the following: Rising (The default). Falling Both

Related Topics

Clocked Comparison on page 129

Add Cursor Dialog

To access do one of the following:

Right-click on an existing cursor and select Add Relatively To <cursor>. Select Cursor > Add Cursor Relatively To > and select a cursor.

Use this dialog to add a new cursor, relative to an existing cursor.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

269

Dialog and Field Reference Analog to Digital Conversion

Figure 8-2. Add Cursor Dialog

Table 8-2. Add Cursor Dialog Contents Field Enter Relative X/Y Location(s) Lock Together When Dragging Description Specifies location(s) for new cursors relative to the current cursor. Enter one or more relative locations separated by a space. Select the relevant units from the dropdown list on the right. Specifies that all cursors will be locked together so that when you move one cursor the others will be dragged the same distance. Equivalent to selecting Cursor > Lock Together When Dragging from the menu bar.

Related Topics

Adding Relative Reference Cursors on page 86.

Analog to Digital Conversion

To access: Right-click on an analog waveform and select Analog to Digital Conversion. Use this dialog to convert analog waveforms to digital ones and specify options for the conversion.

270

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Analog to Digital Conversion

Figure 8-3. Analog to Digital Conversion Dialog Box

Table 8-3. Analog to Digital Conversion Dialog Contents Field Digitized Waveform(s) Name Plot Option The name of the input analog waveform Controls how to display the digital waveform: Stacked Plots the resulting digital waveform in a new row, at the end of the Graph window. Overlaid Plots the resulting digital waveform in the same graph as the input waveform (in the same row). Description

Plot Result Waveform(s) Plots the resulting digital waveform using the plot option specified. Transformation Setup

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

271

Dialog and Field Reference Auto Correlation Dialog

Table 8-3. Analog to Digital Conversion Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Single Threshold Description Specifies a threshold for defining the digitization of the input waveform. Values that fall below this threshold are converted to 0, while values above it are converted to 1. The default value is the middle of the waveform: (min(wave) + max(wave))/2 Converts the input waveform to a 3 state waveform (0, X and 1), defined using the High Threshold and Low Threshold fields. Values that fall between these thresholds are converted to X. Values above high threshold are converted to 1. The default value is 80% of the input waveform amplitude: min(wave) + 0.8*(max(wave) - min(wave)) Values below this threshold are converted to 0. The default value is 20% of the input waveform amplitude: min(wave) + 0.2*(max(wave) - min(wave)).

Two Thresholds

High Threshold

Low Threshold

Usage Notes The default values for threshold in each case (80%, 50% and 20%) are not customizable. Related Topics

Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog on page 301

Auto Correlation Dialog

To access: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. 2. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. 3. Click the autocor button on the calculator panel. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the autocorrelation function (autocor) used in the Waveform Calculator.

272

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Auto Correlation Dialog

Figure 8-4. Auto Correlation Dialog

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

273

Dialog and Field Reference Auto Correlation Dialog

Table 8-4. Auto Correlation Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Specifies the name for the AF output waveform. Specifies the method for calculating the PSD: Correlogram Method Periodogram Method Refer to The Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectral Density on page 201 for more information about these options. Specifies the start time for the signal. Specifies the stop time for the signal. Specifies the number of sampling points.

Output Waveform Auto Correlation Name Computation Method

Parameter Setup Start Time Stop Time Number of Points

Sampling Frequency Specifies the sampling frequency. Number of Points by Specifies the number of points for the output waveform. Section Specifies the number of points in the AF result (Nauto). Number of Points for Auto Correlation Result Number of Auto Correlation Points Specifies the number of autocorrelation points used for the PSD computation. Specifies the window shape as one of the following: Symmetric Standard FFT setup. The default. Periodic Setup is enhanced for spectral analysis of periodic signals. For more information see Window Shapes on page 205 Output Options Reference Frequency Minimum Frequency Maximum Frequency Adjusts results around the Y-axis so that the point for the specified reference frequency is 0.0. Specifies the starting frequency used to display the FFT results. Specifies the last frequency used to display the FFT results.

274

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Automatic Reload Dialog

Table 8-4. Auto Correlation Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Normalize Results Description Specifies that all results are divided by (Number of Points)/2, except for the first point, which is divided by Number of Points. Specifies a windowing transform to apply to the output waveform(s) from: Bartlett Blackman Blackman-Harris Dolph-Chebyshev Hamming Hanning Kaiser Klein Parzen Rectangular Welch Refer to Windowing Transforms on page 206 for more details about these options. Specifies the sampling method as one of the following: Use Data Points Select if the input data has equidistant Time Steps. The default. Cubic Spline Interpolated points will be computed using the Cubic Spline method rather than linear interpolation. Uniform Sampling Select otherwise. Pad with Zeros Related Topics Specifies that padding with zeros is allowed.

Improving FFT Results Windowing

Signal Processing Functions on page 198 The Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectral Density on page 201 Correlogram Method on page 202 Periodogram Method on page 202 Windowing Transforms on page 206 autocor on page 411

Automatic Reload Dialog

To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Automatic Reload from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

275

Dialog and Field Reference Automatic Reload Dialog

Use this dialog to specify whether previous results are kept when a new simulation is run. Figure 8-5. Automatic Reload Dialog

Table 8-5. Automatic Reload Dialog Contents Field Replace Previous Results Warn User Before Reloading Keep N Previous Results Description Specifies that previous results will be overwritten when a new simulation is run. Specifies that warning will be displayed before each reload. Checked by default. Specifies that earlier results will be kept. Enter the number of results to be kept. The oldest results are automatically deleted when the N limit is reached.

Display New Result Specifies that the new result will be displayed automatically, Automatically overlaid with the previous one. Leave unchecked to automatically load the new results without displaying them. Prevents automatic deletion of the oldest results when the N limit Only Close Old Result (do not delete is reached. If this is not checked, when the limit is reached the oldest results will be removed from disk and the related data file) removed from the EZwave display

276

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Axis Properties Dialog

Usage Notes The file.wdb is renamed to file_sim1.wdb, file_sim2.wdb, ... with the current simulation always retaining its name. With each simulation the _sim# is increased by one. Caution This functionality only occurs if EZwave is displaying a simulation result when a simulation is rerun. If this is not the case, previous results are automatically overwritten. Related Topics

EZwave Reload Option on page 387

Axis Properties Dialog

To access: Right-click either the X or Y axis to display the Axis Popup Menu and select the Properties menu item. Use this dialog to specify the properties of the current axis. Figure 8-6. Axis Properties Dialog

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

277

Dialog and Field Reference Axis Properties Dialog

Table 8-6. Axis Properties Dialog Contents Field Axis Range Auto Range Min/Max Axis Title Display Title Display Units Text Axis Units Unit Type Specifies the available units for the axis. An example of use is a waveform with data that repeats at a regular interval. For example, if a waveform has data that repeats every 11 nanoseconds (11ns, 22ns, 33ns...), then setting the scaling value to "11.0" would result in axis labels of 1, 2, 3. Specifies the scale factor applied to the axis labels. Sets both the Unit Type and Scaling values to the current settings controlled through the Data Format Dialog. Specifies that these unit settings will be applied to a voltage axes in the current window. Specifies that the title will be shown on the axis. Specifies that the units will be displayed. A custom text string that specifies the axis title. Specifies that the axis show all of the data. Specifies the exact minimum and maximum values to be viewed on the axis. Available when Auto Range is not checked. Description

Scaling Default Apply to All Voltage Axes in Current Window Axis Scale

Specifies how the axis is scaled from: Linear Log Base 10 Log Base 2 Display Grid Lines Display Zero Level Line Hide Axis Specifies that grid lines are displayed. Specifies that the zero level line is displayed. Specifies that the axis is hidden. Available if the row has multiple Y axes.

Related Topics

Axis Popup Menu on page 249

278

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Chirp Transform Dialog

Chirp Transform Dialog

To access: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. 2. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. 3. Click the chirp button on the calculator panel. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the chirp function used in the Waveform Calculator.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

279

Dialog and Field Reference Chirp Transform Dialog

Figure 8-7. Chirp Transform Dialog

280

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Chirp Transform Dialog

Table 8-7. Chirp Transform Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Specifies the name for the result waveform. Specifies the start time for the signal. Specifies the stop time for the signal. Specifies the number of sampling points. Specifies the number of points for the output waveform. Specifies the window shape as one of the following: Symmetric Standard FFT setup. The default. Periodic Setup is enhanced for spectral analysis of periodic signals. For more information see Window Shapes on page 205 Output Options Reference Frequency Minimum Frequency Maximum Frequency Plot FFT as Adjusts results around the Y-axis so that the point for the specified reference frequency is 0.0. Specifies the starting frequency used to display the Chirp results. Specifies the last frequency used to display the Chirp results. Specifies that the following plot options will be enabled: dB Displays result waveform in dB. Phase Displays result waveform for the phase in degrees. Magnitude Displays waveform for the absolute magnitude of the input waveform. Real Displays the real part of the result waveform. Imaginary Displays the imaginary part of the result waveform.

Output Waveform Name Parameter Setup Start Time Stop Time Number of Points Number of Points for Result

Sampling Frequency Specifies the sampling frequency.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

281

Dialog and Field Reference Comparison Options Dialog

Table 8-7. Chirp Transform Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Windowing Description Specifies a windowing transform to apply to the output waveform(s) from: Bartlett Blackman Blackman-Harris Dolph-Chebyshev Hamming Hanning Kaiser Klein Parzen Rectangular Welch Refer to Windowing Transforms on page 206 for more details about these options. Specifies the sampling method as one of the following: Use Data Points Select if the input data has equidistant Time Steps. The default. Cubic Spline Interpolated points will be computed using the Cubic Spline method rather than linear interpolation. Uniform Sampling Select otherwise. Pad with Zeros Related Topics Specifies that padding with zeros is allowed. Improving Chirp Results

Signal Processing Functions on page 198 Windowing Transforms on page 206 chirp on page 416

Comparison Options Dialog

To access: Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Options from the main menu. Use this dialog to specify options for the Waveform Compare Tool. The Comparison Options dialog contains the following three tabs:

282

General Options Tab Comparison Method Tab AMS Options Tab

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Comparison Options Dialog

General Options Tab

To access: Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Options from the main menu. Use this tab to set global options for Waveform Comparison, including settings for the maximum number of differences allowed before the comparison terminates, settings for signal value matching rules, and settings for which comparison results to display. Figure 8-8. Comparison Options Dialog - General Options Tab

Table 8-8. Comparison Options Dialog - General Options Contents Field Total Limit Per Signal Limit Description Specifies the maximum number of differences allowed before the comparison terminates. Specifies the maximum number of differences per signal allowed before the comparison terminates.
283

Comparison Limit Count

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Comparison Options Dialog

Table 8-8. Comparison Options Dialog - General Options Contents (cont.) Field VHDL Matching Description Specifies the VHDL signal value matching rules. For more information on these options, refer to the Mapping Data Types section of the Questa SIM Users Manual. Specifies the Verilog signal value matching rules. For more information on these options, refer to the Mapping Data Types section of the Questa SIM Users Manual. Specifies the plotting option as one of the following: Automatically Add Comparison to Wave Window Adds the comparison results to the current wave window, including both correct (waveforms with no differences) and erroneous (waveforms with differences) waveforms. Automatically Add Comparisons With Errors to Wave Window Adds only comparison results that contain errors (waveforms with differences) to the current wave window. Do Not Plot Results of Comparison Does not add the comparison results to the current wave window. Related Topics

Verilog Matching

Comparison Method Tab on page 284 AMS Options Tab on page 286 Setting General Comparison Options on page 128 Comparing Waveforms on page 114

Comparison Method Tab

To access: Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Options from the main menu. Use to specify how the Waveform Compare Tool compares digital waveforms.

284

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Comparison Options Dialog

Figure 8-9. Comparison Options Dialog - Comparison Method Tab

Table 8-9. Comparison Options Dialog - Comparison Method Contents Field Clocked Comparison Description Specifies that a clock is defined to use as a trigger waveform for the comparison. Specifies the source waveforms. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Clocks Opens the Add Clocks dialog so you can define the clock. This option is only available when the Clocked Comparison option is selected. Specifies that test signals are compared to reference signals at each transition of the reference. The default option. Specifies the leading tolerance. Specifies the trailing tolerance. Digital Comparison Options

Continuous Comparison Leading Tolerance Trailing Tolerance

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

285

Dialog and Field Reference Comparison Options Dialog

Related Topics

Comparing Waveforms on page 114 Setting Comparison Method Options on page 129 Continuous Comparison on page 129 Clocked Comparison on page 129 General Options Tab on page 283 AMS Options Tab on page 286

AMS Options Tab

To access: Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Options from the main menu. An extension of the Continuous Comparison option in the Comparison Method Tab, use this tab to specify options for analog and mixed-signal comparison. Figure 8-10. Comparison Options Dialog - AMS Options Tab

286

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Constellation Diagram Dialog

Table 8-10. Comparison Options Dialog - AMS Options Contents Field Analog Comparison Use Automatic X Tolerance Use Automatic Y Tolerance X Tolerance Y Tolerance Specifies that an automatic tolerances will be used for the X tolerance. Specifies that an automatic tolerances will be used for the Y tolerance. Species the X tolerance. Available if Use Automatic X Tolerance is not selected. Species the Y tolerance. Available if Use Automatic Y Tolerance is not selected. Specifies that automatic thresholds will be used. Available options are: Single Threshold Specifies a single threshold. The text window specifies the desired threshold value if Use Automatic Thresholds is not selected. Two Thresholds Specifies a low and high threshold. The text windows specify the desired threshold values if Use Automatic Thresholds is not selected. Specifies a leading and trailing tolerance. This is different from those defined for pure digital-digital comparisons since the conversion introduces a lack of precision that implies larger tolerances. Description

Analog to Digital Conversion Options Use Automatic Thresholds

Tolerances

Related Topics

General Options Tab on page 283 Comparison Method Tab on page 284 Setting AMS Options for Waveform Comparison on page 130 Comparing Waveforms on page 114

Constellation Diagram Dialog

To access: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. 2. Select RF from the Panel menu.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

287

Dialog and Field Reference Constellation Diagram Dialog

3. Click the cd button on the calculator panel. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the constellation diagram function (constellationdiagram) used in the Waveform Calculator. Figure 8-11. Constellation Diagram Dialog

Table 8-11. Constellation Diagram Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Specifies the initial time delay before the first sampling is taken. This is used as an offset in order to sample each symbol at the center of each digital data duration. Specifies the sampling period for the calculation. This value must be deduced from the circuit.

Parameter Setup Delay

Symbol Period

Usage Notes The source waveform must be a complex-valued transient waveform. If you have only real-part and imaginary-part (or gain and phase) waveforms, you can reconstruct the complex-valued waveform using the complex function in the Waveform Calculator. Each scattered dot on a constellation diagram represents a unique symbol, and each symbol represents unique digital data bits. Digital data is parsed into data lengths that encode the symbol waveform. The period between two consecutive symbols can be deduced from the
288
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Convolution Dialog

circuit or can be measured from the transient symbol waveform. The Symbol Period is used as a sampling period for generating the constellation diagram. An inappropriate Delay or Symbol Period selection will result in a bad constellation diagram. Related Topics

Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog on page 305 Phase Noise Dialog on page 336 constellationdiagram on page 422

Convolution Dialog
To access: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. 2. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. 3. Click the conv button on the calculator panel. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the convolution function used in the Waveform Calculator. Refer to The Convolution Function on page 203 for details on how the convolution function calculates the discrete linear convolution between two data sets. Figure 8-12. Convolution Dialog

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

289

Dialog and Field Reference Create Bus Dialog

Table 8-12. Convolution Dialog Contents Field Description Source Waveform(s) Specifies the source waveforms. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Output Waveform Name Parameter Setup Sampling Frequency Specifies the sampling frequency of the input datasets. Number of Points of Specifies the number of points used in the first input waveform. the First Input Waveform Number of Points of Specifies the number of points used in the second input waveform. the Second Input Waveform Usage Notes All of the data points in the source waveforms must be equidistant. To create a uniformlysampled waveform data set, use the windowing function in the Waveform Calculator and select the Uniform Sampling option. Refer to Windowing Transform Dialog on page 379 for details. Related Topics Specifies the name of the output waveform.

Signal Processing Functions on page 198 The Convolution Function on page 203 Windowing Transform Dialog on page 379 convolution on page 424

Create Bus Dialog

To access: Select Tools > Create Bus from the main menu. Use this dialog to create your own bus from selected digital waveforms (bits).

290

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Create Bus Dialog

Figure 8-13. Create Bus Dialog

Table 8-13. Create Bus Dialog Contents Field Bus Options Name Radix Specifies the name of the bus. Specifies the radix as one of the following: Two's Complement Binary Hexadecimal Unsigned Decimal Octal Ascii Description

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

291

Dialog and Field Reference Cross Correlation Dialog

Table 8-13. Create Bus Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Bits in Bus Description Lists all of the selected waveform names. The waveform selected first is used as the most significant bit (MSB) of the bus, and the waveform selected last is used as the least significant bit (LSB). Specifies that the threshold calculation is automatically updated when the bit order is modified. Selected by default. If the bus is an analog or hybrid bus, the analog signals will be automatically transformed to digital. This option specifies the thresholds to digitize the input waveform(s) as one of the following: Single Threshold Two Thresholds Specifies the desired threshold values with each.

Transformation Setup Auto-Update Threshold Threshold

Related Topics

Creating a Bus on page 138

Cross Correlation Dialog

To access: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. 2. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. 3. Click the xcorr button on the calculator panel. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the cross correlation function (crosscorrelation) used in the Waveform Calculator.

292

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Cross Correlation Dialog

Figure 8-14. Cross Correlation Dialog

Table 8-14. Cross Correlation Dialog Contents Field Description Source Waveform(s) Specifies the source waveforms. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Output Waveform Name Parameter Setup Sampling Frequency Specifies the sampling frequency of the input datasets. Number of Points of Specifies the number of points used in the first input waveform. the First Input Waveform Number of Points of Specifies the number of points used in the second input waveform. the Second Input Waveform Usage Notes All of the data points in the source waveforms must be equidistant. To create a uniformlysampled waveform data set, use the windowing function in the Waveform Calculator and select the Uniform Sampling option. Refer to Windowing Transform Dialog on page 379 for details.
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Specifies the name of the output waveform.

293

Dialog and Field Reference Cursors Dialog

Related Topics

Windowing Transform Dialog on page 379 Signal Processing Functions on page 198 crosscorrelation on page 431

Cursors Dialog
To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Cursors from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Use this dialog to specify cursor display properties. Figure 8-15. Cursors Dialog

294

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Cursors Dialog

Table 8-15. Cursors Dialog Contents Field Cursor Precision Number of Digits of Specifies the degree of precision in value flags attached to Precision cursors. Select from 1 to 9 digits of precision. Auto-Adjust Values Specifies whether cursor values are automatically adjusted to for Cursors show the most significant numbers, regardless of axis scale. For example, 0.000005183 will be displayed as 5.183e-6. Cursor Y Units Show Y Units of Cursor Value X/Y Level Lines Displayed by Default Cursor Area Use Cursor Area Specifies whether cursor data is displayed near the waveform names area rather than in cursor data flags. Refer to Cursors on page 31 for more information. Specifies that the Y deltas are calculated from the Y-level lines of a single cursor. Each Y-levels delta Y value is calculated from the base Y-level line. Specifies that the Y deltas are calculated based on the same waveform between the Y-level lines of two or more cursors. Each cursors delta Y value is calculated from the base cursor. Displays the X value base cursor below the X axis, instead of on top of it. Specifies that horizontal cursors are added only to the currently selected waveform row. Specifies whether units are displayed with the values in value flags. Specifies whether X and Y level lines are displayed. Description

Cursor X/Y Level Lines

Cursor Delta X/Y Cursor Based

Waveform Based

Cursor Legend Draw on Top of X Axis Show in Only One Y Axis (Where Cursor Had Been Defined)

Horizontal Cursor in Y Axis

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

295

Dialog and Field Reference Data Format Dialog

Table 8-15. Cursors Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Description Specifies that horizontal cursors are added to every row using the Show in All Compatible Y-Axes same unit, in the current display. (Y-Axes Have Same Unit) Related Topics

Cursors on page 31 Working with Cursors on page 84 Choosing How Delta-Y is Calculated on page 93 Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs on page 362

Data Format Dialog

To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Data Format from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Use this dialog to specify global scaling and notation method settings for the waveform display.

296

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Data Format Dialog

Figure 8-16. Data Format Dialog

Table 8-16. Data Format Dialog Contents Field Axis Data Units Data Type Scaling List of all known waveform data types. Specifies how many units should be used for the axis labels. For example, if the waveform data has a periodic interval of 33, then the X-axis tick labels might be 33, 66, 99. To have the labels display the number of periods, you would specify the scaling value to be 33. Then the tick labels would be 1, 2, 3. Specifies the units to be used for each data type. Description

Units

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

297

Dialog and Field Reference Data Format Dialog

Table 8-16. Data Format Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Y Axis Options Specifies how Y axis units are plotted when waveforms with different Y axis units are plotted in the same Graph row. Available options are: Overlay All Y Axis Units Specifies that certain sets of units will be displayed on the same Y axis. Select if you want all Graph rows to have a single Y axis, regardless of the units. Overlay Only the Following Y Axis Units Specifies groupings of compatible units. Define Compatible Units The New button enables you to create a new grouping of compatible units. The box in the Apply It column specifies whether a compatible unit groupings is on or off. The Edit and Delete buttons enable you to modify existing groupings of compatible units. Specifies how numeric values in the graph window will be formatted. Available options are: IEEE Suffix Specifies that suffixes defined by IEEE will be used. SPICE Suffix Specifies that suffixes defined by the SPICE simulation syntax will be used. Engineering Notation Specifies that values will be displayed in exponential format; uses an exponent which is a multiple of three. None Specifies that no special formatting will be used. Bus Format Default Bus Radix Specifies the default radix for displaying bus values. Available radices are: Two's Complement Binary Hexadecimal Octal Unsigned Decimal Ascii Specifies the character to separate values in the bus. Enter a character. It is checked by default. The default value is , (comma). Unchecked it will display separate values similar to the way they are displayed in the Questa SIM Viewer. Description

Notation

Use Separator Character

298

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Data Values Dialog

Table 8-16. Data Format Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Double Format Double Format Precision Related Topics Specifies the level of precision displayed. You can select from 1 to 9 digits of precision, or full precision. Description

Configuring Graphical Elements on page 46.

Data Values Dialog

To access: Right-click on a horizontal cursor, select Data Values then select the required waveform. Description Use this dialog to view the crossing points, where the horizontal cursor intersects with the waveform.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

299

Dialog and Field Reference Data Values Dialog

Figure 8-17. Data Values Dialog

Table 8-17. Data Values Dialog Contents Field Waveform Measurement Measurement Levels Measurement Results Description The name of the currently selected waveform The index ID of the currently selected crossing point Specifies whether to show or hide the Y value of the currently selected crossing point. Lists all of the waveforms crossing points with the horizontal cursor, with their index ID and X value. Specifies whether to show or hide each crossing point. Puts the contents of the Measurement Results table on the clipboard.

Copy to Clipboard

300

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog

Table 8-17. Data Values Dialog Contents Field Save As... Related Topics Description Saves the contents of the Measurement Results table to a specified text file (.csv or .txt).

Adding a Horizontal Cursor on page 87.

Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog

To access: Right-click on an analog waveform and select Digital to Analog Conversion. Use this dialog to convert digital waveforms to analog ones and specify options for the conversion. Figure 8-18. Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog Box

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

301

Dialog and Field Reference Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog

Table 8-18. Digital to Analog Conversion Dialog Contents Field Name Plot Option Description The name of the input digital waveform Controls how to display the analog waveform: Stacked Plots the resulting analog waveform in a new row, at the end of the Graph window. Overlaid Plots the resulting analog waveform in the same graph as the input waveform (in the same row). Plots the resulting analog waveform using the plot option specified. Lists the editable digital values Specifies an analog value for each of the listed Digital Values. Rise Time: The time taken to reach value 1 from 0 Fall Time: The time taken to reach value 0 from 1 Specifies a value for Rise Time and Fall Time. Resets the dialog, changing all values back to the default setting. Resulting Analog Waveform(s)

Plot Result Waveform(s) Bit Transformation Setup Digital Values Analog Values Commutation Time Labels Commutation Time Values Default Usage Notes

In some cases, expressions are used to define the default value in the Analog Values field. For example:

If the default value is the expression <value_of_0>, then the analog value will be the same value as that specified for Forcing Zero: '0'. If the default value is the expression <'U' or previous value> then the analog value will be the value of U (Uninitialized) if it is the first event (the first point of the waveform; the waveform starts with a 'Z' or a '-') otherwise it keeps the previous value.

You can only alter the value in the Analog Values field, if the value you enter is a double value (with or without suffix) for example, 1, or 1M. If you try to use an expression value, for example <value_of_0>, when that expression is not already the default setting for that field, then it will not be accepted, and the default value for that field will be used. Table 8-19 lists the digital values and their default analog values.

302

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Edit Digital Transformation Dialog

Table 8-19. Bit Transformation Digital and Analog Default Values Digital Value Forcing Zero Forcing One Weak Zero Weak One Forcing Unknown Weak Unknown High Impedance Uninitialized Do not care Text Value 0 1 L H X W Z U Default Analog Value 0.0 5.0 <value of 0> <value of 1> <(0 + 1)/2> <(L + H)/2> <U or previous value> 0.0 <U or previous value>

Note The value for Forcing Zero: '0' must be less than the value for Forcing One: '1'. Related Topics

Analog to Digital Conversion on page 270.

Edit Digital Transformation Dialog

To access: Click the New or Edit button from the Supported Digital Waveform Transformations frame of Transformations Dialog. Use this dialog to define a transformation for an enumerated type.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

303

Dialog and Field Reference Edit Digital Transformation Dialog

Figure 8-19. Edit Digital Transformation Dialog

Table 8-20. Edit Digital Transformation Dialog Contents Field Transformation Name Source Type Description Specifies a name for the transformation. Specifies the type of the source. The options available in the dropdown list depend on the enumerated types that exist in the loaded database. Specifies the type of the destination as one of the following: analogic bit Boolean standard logic Verilog logic VHDL characters All possible source values are specified in the Source Values column. Transformation Definition

Destination Type

Bit Transformation Setup Source Values

304

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog

Table 8-20. Edit Digital Transformation Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Destination Values Description The corresponding cell for each of the Source Values specifies the value of the destination as one of the options in the dropdown list. select a destination value for each source value

Usage Notes

A Destination Value must be selected for each Source Value in the Bit Transformation Setup table.

Related Topics

Transformations Dialog on page 359

Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog

To access: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. 2. Select RF from the Panel menu. 3. Click the evmber button on the calculator panel. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the evmber function used in the Waveform Calculator.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

305

Dialog and Field Reference Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog

Figure 8-20. Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog

Table 8-21. Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog Contents Field Ref / Mod Description Specifies the source waveforms. Ref must be the constellation diagram of a reference signal. Mod must be the constellation diagram of a modulated signal. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Specifies the phase error output variable. Specifies the magnitude error output variable.

Output Phase Error (in degrees) Magnitude Error Name

306

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Event Search Tool Dialog

Table 8-21. Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Error Vector Magnitude Name Bit Error Rate MPSK Name Bit Error Rate MQAM Name Parameter Setup Use Bit Error Rate MPSK Param Use Bit Error Rate MQAM Param Related Topics Specifies that the BER for an MPSK (M-ary Quadrature Amplitude Modulation)-modulated signal will be estimated. Enter the M Param. Specifies that the BER for an MQAM (M-ary Phase Shift Keying)-modulated signal will be estimated. Enter the M Param. Description Specifies the error vector magnitude output variable. Specifies the name of the BER MPSK (M-ary Quadrature Amplitude Modulation)-modulated output signal. Only available if Use Bit Error Rate MPSK Param is selected. Specifies the name of the BER MQAM (M-ary Phase Shift Keying)-modulated output signal. Only available if Use Bit Error Rate MQAM Param is selected.

Constellation Diagram Dialog on page 287 Phase Noise Dialog on page 336 Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog on page 305 evmber on page 440

Event Search Tool Dialog

To access: Select Tools > Search from the main menu. Use this dialog to locate occurrences of simulation events interactively.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

307

Dialog and Field Reference Event Search Tool Dialog

Figure 8-21. Event Search Tool Dialog

Table 8-22. Event Search Tool Dialog Contents Field Event Description Specifies a name for the event

308

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Eye Diagram Dialog

Table 8-22. Event Search Tool Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Basic Event Setup Select a Waveform Specifies the source waveform. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Specifies the type of event from: Any Event Moves from one event to the previous or next. Rising Edge Moves from one rising edge to the previous or next rising edge. Click the Rising Edge icon to open the Search Event Settings dialog. Falling Edge Moves from one falling edge to the previous or next rising edge. Click the Rising Edge icon to open the Search Event Settings dialog. Waveform Value Moves from one event to the previous or next. Y= +/Specify a tolerance when searching for data points generated by an analog simulator Only available when Waveform Value is selected. Specifies that the search will be an Expression Event search. The expression can be entered by using either the Waveform Calculator button or the Add selected Waveform button . Refer to Performing an Expression Event Search on page 97. Move the cursor along the specified waveform by clicking the arrow buttons. The Previous Marker and Next Marker buttons jump to previous and next markers respectively. Markers Jump to a marker Specifies a marker to jump to. The Add a Marker button Related Topics specifies an event to mark. Description

Expression Setup Logic Expression

Search

Using the Event Search Tool on page 96

Eye Diagram Dialog

To access: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

309

Dialog and Field Reference Eye Diagram Dialog

2. Select Statistical from the Panel menu. 3. Click the eye button on the calculator panel. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the eye diagram function (eyediagram) used in the Waveform Calculator. Figure 8-22. Eye Diagram Dialog

Table 8-23. Eye Diagram Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Specifies the eye period. The eye diagram is generated by overlaying a semi-periodical waveform signal on an interval in X (usually a time interval). This interval is defined as the eye period. A default Eye Period is calculated based on period divided by 2.

Eye Period Setup Eye Period

310

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Eye Diagram Tool Dialog

Table 8-23. Eye Diagram Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Offset Minimum X and Maximum X Calculate Related Topics Description Allows shifting of the eye as the open part of the eye is not always at the center of the axes. Specifies the range of waveform data used for generating the eye diagram. Calculates the Offset, Minimum X, and Maximum X using the Eye Period value and automatically populates the fields. Eye Parameters Setup

Eye Diagram Tool Dialog on page 311 Eye Mask Dialog on page 317 Statistical Functions on page 179 eyediagram on page 442 Working with Eye Diagrams on page 98

Eye Diagram Tool Dialog

To access: Select Tools > Eye Diagram from the main menu. Use this dialog to create an eye diagram based on a period of waveform data using the Eye Diagram Tool. The Eye Diagram Tool dialog contains the following two tabs:

Settings Tab Measurement Results Tab

Settings Tab
To access: Select Tools > Eye Diagram from the main menu. Use to define settings for an eye diagram.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

311

Dialog and Field Reference Eye Diagram Tool Dialog

Figure 8-23. Eye Diagram Tool Dialog - Settings Tab

Table 8-24. Eye Diagram Tool Dialog - Settings Tab Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list.

312

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Eye Diagram Tool Dialog

Table 8-24. Eye Diagram Tool Dialog - Settings Tab Contents (cont.) Field Eye Diagram Setup Eye Period Specifies the eye period. The eye diagram is generated by overlaying a semi-periodical waveform signal on an interval in X (usually a time interval). The interval is defined as the eye period. A default Eye Period is calculated based on period divided by 2. Specifies the offset value. Allows shifting of the eye as the open part of the eye is not always at the center of the axes. Specifies the range of waveform data used for generating the eye diagram. Calculates the Offset, Minimum X, and Maximum X using the Eye Period value and automatically populates the fields. Specifies that the measurements will be automatically updated as you modify the values in this dialog. This updates the appropriate values in the eye diagram as well as all the values in the Measurement Results Tab. Checked by default, the measurements are computed when the eye diagram is created. Description

Eye Parameters Setup Offset Minimum X and Maximum X Calculate Measurements Setup Apply Measurements

Apply and Height at Specifies an inner or outer height to display at a specific X. Use X the drop down box to determine inner or outer and specify the desired X. Unchecked by default. Apply and Width at Y Specifies an inner or outer width to display at a specific Y. Use the drop down box to determine inner or outer and specify the desired Y. Unchecked by default.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

313

Dialog and Field Reference Eye Diagram Tool Dialog

Table 8-24. Eye Diagram Tool Dialog - Settings Tab Contents (cont.) Field Mask Setup Apply Mask Specifies an industry standard mask is to be applied. Unchecked by default. When checked, specifies a mask from: USB2.0-High_Speed_TX USB2.0-High_Speed_RX PCIE_TX_transition PCIE_TX_de-emphasis PCIE_RX SAS_3Gb_RX SAS_1.5Gb_RX FC-100DF/SE_RX_beta FC-100DF/SE_RX_delta FC-100DF/SE_RX_gamma FC-100DF/SE_TX_beta FC-100DF/SE_TX_delta FC-100DF/SE_TX_gamma FC-200DF/SE_RX_delta FC-200DF/SE_RX_gamma FC-200DF/SE_TX_delta FC-200DF/SE_TX_gamma SATA1_RX SATA1_TX XAUI-Xilinx-rcvr Diamond Shape Key Shape T Shape Trapezoid Shape DDR2 QDRII The Eye Mask button opens the Eye Mask Dialog. Specifies scaling of the eye mask. The X margin is the horizontal margin and the Y margin is the vertical margin. The values entered representing a percentage of the total displayed range. The Automatic Fit options specify that the mask is to be fitted to the horizontal (X) and/or vertical (Y) inner contours of the eye diagram. When selected, a homothecy is applied in the X and/or Y direction until one side of the inner contour is reached. Specifies the offset value. Allows shifting of the eye mask. The X offset is the horizontal offset. Description

Margin

Offset Related Topics

314

Eye Diagram Dialog on page 309

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Eye Diagram Tool Dialog

Eye Mask Dialog on page 317 Measurement Results Tab on page 315 Working with Eye Diagrams on page 98

Measurement Results Tab

To access: Select Tools > Eye Diagram from the main menu. The Measurement Results tab displays the Eye Diagram values calculated from the current setup in the Settings tab. For details of each measurement see Eye Diagram Measurements on page 100.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

315

Dialog and Field Reference Eye Diagram Tool Dialog

Figure 8-24. Eye Diagram Tool Dialog - Measurement Results Tab

Related Topics

316

Eye Diagram Dialog on page 309 Eye Mask Dialog on page 317 Settings Tab on page 311 Working with Eye Diagrams on page 98 Eye Diagram Measurements on page 100

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Eye Mask Dialog

Eye Mask Dialog

To access: Select Tools > Eye Diagram from the main menu, then click the Eye Mask button in the Eye Diagram Tool Dialog. Use this dialog to view and edit built-in and user defined eye masks. Figure 8-25. Eye Mask Dialog

Table 8-25. Eye Mask Dialog Contents Field Mask Library Description Specifies the source eye mask. Select a built in eye mask from the drop down list or alternatively use the Open Folder button to load a user defined eye mask from disk. The Edit New Mask button enables editing of the mask. Once editing is enabled, the grayed out Save and Delete buttons will become available. When activated indicates that the mask is in edit mode and the handles are available for dragging the mask to form a new shape.

Edit

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

317

Dialog and Field Reference Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog

Table 8-25. Eye Mask Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Description When activated allows handles to be added or removed from the mask, and the mask shape is modified accordingly. X Symmetric Specifies that the X symmetric handle should be moved accordingly when a handle is dragged within the mask. This option is only possible in masks with X symmetry. Specifies that the Y symmetric handle should be moved accordingly when a handle is dragged within the mask. This option is only available in masks with Y symmetry.

Y Symmetric

Usage Notes The Edit frame will be made available once the Edit New Mask button has been clicked and a name for the new mask entered. Refer to Editing an Eye Mask on page 103 for further information. Related Topics

Eye Diagram Dialog on page 309 Eye Diagram Tool Dialog on page 311 Working with Eye Diagrams on page 98

Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog

There are two ways to access the Fast Fourier Transform Tool dialog:

Or:

Select Tools > FFT from the main menu.

1. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. 2. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. 3. Click the fft button on the calculator panel. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the fft function used in the Waveform Calculator.

318

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog

Figure 8-26. Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

319

Dialog and Field Reference Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog

Table 8-26. Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Specifies the name of the output waveform. Specifies the start time for the signal. Specifies the stop time for the signal. Specifies the number of sampling points. The number of points for the FFT results is (Number of Points)/2. FFT computations are performed only on those signals having Number of Points set to a factor of 2n (n = 2, 3, ...). If this is not so, then a slower DFT computation is executed. Specifies the window shape as one of the following: Symmetric Standard FFT setup. The default. Periodic Setup is enhanced for spectral analysis of periodic signals. Refer to Window Shapes on page 205 for more details about these options. Output Options Reference Frequency Minimum Frequency Maximum Frequency Normalize Results Adjusts results around the Y-axis so that the point for the specified reference frequency is 0.0. Specifies the starting frequency used to display the FFT results. Specifies the last frequency used to display the FFT results. Specifies that all results are divided by (Number of Points)/2, except for the first point, which is divided by Number of Points.

Output Name Parameter Setup Start Time Stop Time Number of Points

Sampling Frequency Specifies the sampling frequency.

320

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog

Table 8-26. Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Description Plot FFT Transform Specifies that the following plot options will be enabled: dB Specifies result waveform displayed in dB. as Phase Specifies result waveform for the phase displayed in degrees. Magnitude Specifies result waveform for the absolute magnitude of the input waveform displayed. Real Displays the real part of the result waveform. Imaginary Displays the imaginary part of the result waveform. Plot dB as Specifies the drawing mode as one of the following: Spectral Specifies the spectral drawing mode. The default. Continuous Specifies the continuous drawing mode. Specifies a windowing transform to apply to the signal from: Bartlett Blackman Blackman-Harris Dolph-Chebyshev Hamming Hanning Kaiser Klein Parzen Rectangular Welch Refer to Windowing Transforms on page 206 for more details about these options. Specifies the sampling method as one of the following: Use Data Points Select if the input data has equidistant Time Steps. The default. Cubic Spline Interpolated points will be computed using the Cubic Spline method rather than linear interpolation. Uniform Sampling Select otherwise. Usage Notes In order to estimate the power density spectrum of a random signal, only a finite part of the signal is used in practice even if the signal is of infinite duration. In order to reduce the undesirable effects of truncating the data records (leakage), it is convenient to apply different types of Windowing that gradually taper the data near the ends of the record, thereby avoiding the abrupt truncation of a rectangular window.

Improving FFT Results Windowing

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

321

Dialog and Field Reference Find Tool Dialog

For comparing Eldos FFT results with EZwaves FFT results, select the Periodic option, unless EZwaves FFT is executed on an FFT_INPUT waveform. In this case, Eldo has already considered the periodicity of the input signal. Related Topics

Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog on page 329 Windowing Transforms on page 206 Signal Processing Functions on page 198 fft on page 445 Signal Processing Buttons on page 191

Find Tool Dialog

To access:

or

Select Edit > Find from the main menu.

Click

in the Waveform Lists.

Use this dialog to locate specific waveforms by name. Figure 8-27. Find Tool Dialog

322

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference General Dialog

Table 8-27. Find Tool Dialog Contents Field Find in Description Specifies where to search. Choose from: Plotted Waveforms Structure List Waveform List List View If the Structure View is disabled, the Structure List and Waveform List items are replaced by Tree View. Specifies the search string. Wildcards are allowed in the expression: asterisk (*) to match any number of characters; and the question mark (?), to match a single character. Specifies named waveforms to exclude from the search. Wildcards are allowed in the expression: asterisk (*) to match any number of characters; and the question mark (?) to match a single character. Specifies the direction of search when searching any of the list views. Choose from: Down (default) Up Specifies that the search will only return waveforms that match the search string exactly. Specifies that searching continues from the beginning of the list when the search reaches the end of the list. If the search is in the Up direction, searching continues at the bottom of the list when it reaches the top of the list. Click to highlight the next waveform name that matches the search expression. Click to highlight all the waveform names that matches the search expression.

Find

Exclude

Direction

Exact Auto-wrap

Find Next Find All

Related Topics

Waveform List Panel on page 237

General Dialog
To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose General from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

323

Dialog and Field Reference General Dialog

Use this dialog to specify the way you want the application to respond during file opening, printing and exiting functions. Figure 8-28. General Dialog

Table 8-28. General Dialog Contents Field General Options Require Confirmation Before Exiting Specifies whether a confirmation dialog is shown when exiting EZwave. Turning off this option will not prevent loss of data, because if there are unsaved waveform databases a separate confirmation dialog appears. Specifies whether a confirmation dialog is shown when attempting to close a database that is currently in use. Specifies whether a confirmation dialog is shown when attempting to close the Eye Mask Dialog. Specifies whether graph windows display grid lines by default when opened. Description

Require Confirmation Before Closing an in-use Database Require Confirmation Before Closing Eye Mask Dialog Show Grid Lines in Newly Opened Windows

324

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Harmonic Distortion Dialog

Table 8-28. General Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Show Zero-Level Lines in Newly Opened Windows Show List of Recent Databases in File Menu Activate Undo/Redo Marching Waveforms Automatically Update Displayed Waveforms Every N Interval Specifies whether waveforms are automatically updated from a running simulation at the time interval specified. The frequency of the interval will impact the simulators performance. The minimum recommendation is one minute. Specifies whether waveforms are automatically updated from a running simulation at the percent completed of the simulation. Specifies that the behavior in case an error is found when loading an swd file is one of the following: Break on Error The swd file is displayed if an error is found, and the line containing the error is highlighted. You can then specify to: Skip All Errors Skip Error Abort Ignore All Errors The file loads completely, regardless of errors. This can cause unexpected behavior in the waveforms. Specifies the maximum amount of memory (in megabytes) that is set aside for the graphics engine. If this limit is reached, a warning dialog will ask whether you want to allocate more memory. Description Specifies whether zero-level lines are turned on by default when new graph windows are opened. The Clear List button clears the MRU information from memory. When turned off, the MRU information is kept in memory, but not displayed. Specifies whether the Undo and Redo functions from the Edit menu are available.

Automatically Update displayed Windows Every N % of Simulation Open Window

Graphical Memory Threshold

Related Topics

Configuring Graphical Elements on page 46

Harmonic Distortion Dialog

To access: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

325

Dialog and Field Reference Harmonic Distortion Dialog

2. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. 3. Click the hd button on the calculator panel. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the harmonic distortion function (harmonicdistortion) used in the Waveform Calculator. Refer to The Harmonic Distortion Function on page 204 for details on how the harmonic distortion function computes the harmonics and the total harmonic distortion (THD) of the input waveform signal. Figure 8-29. Harmonic Distortion Dialog

Table 8-29. Harmonic Distortion Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Specifies the name of the output variable. This can be used in later computations.

Output Waveform Total Harmonic Distortion Name

Display Total Specifies whether THD is shown as a gain (total gain in dB) or as Harmonic Distortion a percentage of the gain of the fundamental signal.

326

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Histogram Dialog

Table 8-29. Harmonic Distortion Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Parameter Setup Fundamental Frequency Pick Value Specifies the fundamental frequency to be used for the harmonic distortion calculation. Enables the fundamental frequency to be selected directly from the active waveform. With this option selected, mouse over the active waveform and use the crosshairs that appear along the waveform to select the fundamental frequency. The crosshairs will snap to the nearest data point on the waveform. Specifies the minimum frequency (fmin) to be used in the calculation. Specifies the maximum frequency (fmax) to be used in the calculation. Description

Minimum Frequency Maximum Frequency Related Topics

Signal Processing Functions on page 177 harmonicdistortion on page 456 The Harmonic Distortion Function on page 204

Histogram Dialog
To access: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. 2. Select Statistical from the Panel menu. 3. Click the histogram button on the calculator panel. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the histogram function used in the Waveform Calculator.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

327

Dialog and Field Reference Histogram Dialog

Figure 8-30. Histogram Dialog

Table 8-30. Histogram Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Specifies the X value at the lower bound of a window interval. Specifies the X value at the upper bound of a window interval. Specifies the number of waveform divisions (resolution) to use. The default is 10. Specifies the sampling method as one of the following: Use Data Points Select if the input data has equidistant Time Steps. The default. Uniform Sampling Select otherwise. Specifies that all results will be divided by Number of Points resulting in bin values ranging from 0 to 1.

Parameter Setup Minimum X Value Maximum X Value Number of Bins Sampling

Normalize Result

Related Topics

Eye Diagram Dialog on page 309 Statistical Functions on page 179 histogram on page 459

328

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog

Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog

To access: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. 2. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. 3. Click the ifft button on the calculator panel. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the ifft function used in the Waveform Calculator. Figure 8-31. Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog

Table 8-31. Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

329

Dialog and Field Reference Layout Dialog

Table 8-31. Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Output Waveform Name Parameter Setup Frequency Start Frequency Stop Sampling Time Number of Points Normalized Input Specifies the start frequency for the signal. Specifies the stop frequency for the signal. Specifies the sampling time. Specifies the number of sampling points. Specifies that all real and imaginary parts of the result are divided by (Number of Points)/2 except for the first point, which is divided by Number of Points. Specifies the sampling method as one of the following: Use Data Points Select if the input data has equidistant time steps. The default. Cubic Spline interpolated points will be computed using the Cubic Spline method rather than linear interpolation. Uniform Sampling Select otherwise. Specifies that padding with zeros is allowed. Specifies the name of the output waveform. Description

Improving IFFT Results Sampling Method

Pad with Zeros Usage Notes

An IFFT analysis always creates results with an even number of points. This means that when calculating results in conjunction with an FFT analysis, an even number of points with the FFT must also be used if the following condition is to be fulfilled: IFFT(FFT(signal)) = signal Related Topics

Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog on page 318 Signal Processing Functions on page 177 ifft on page 463 The Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Function on page 198

Layout Dialog
To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Layout from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left.

330

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Layout Dialog

Use this dialog to specify options for layout of the graph window. Figure 8-32. Layout Dialog

Table 8-32. Layout Dialog Contents Field X-Axis Description Specifies the location of the X-axis. Available options are: Above Waveforms Specifies that the X-axis be displayed above the waveforms. Below Waveforms Specifies that the X-axis be displayed below the waveforms. Default. Specifies the location of the panel displaying waveform names. Available options are: Left of Waveforms Specifies that the panel be displayed left of the waveforms. Right of Waveforms Specifies that the panel be displayed right of the waveforms. Default.

Waveform Names

Related Topics

Graph Window on page 239.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

331

Dialog and Field Reference Measurement Tool Dialog

Measurement Tool Dialog

To access: Select Tools > Measurement Tool from the main menu. Use this dialog to specify options for a variety of analog and mixed-signal measurement operations for waveforms displayed in the graph window. Figure 8-33. Measurement Tool Dialog

Table 8-33. Measurement Tool Dialog Contents Field Measurement Apply to Waveforms Description Specifies the measurement category and type. Specifies the waveforms to apply the measurement to. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveforms. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. The Delete button removes the specified waveform from the list.

332

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Measurement Tool Dialog

Table 8-33. Measurement Tool Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Measurement Setup Description Specifies additional information specific to the measurement selected, such as topline/baseline, edge trigger, and measurement results settings. Refer to the specific section in Using the Measurement Tool on page 142 for details on these settings for the selected measurement. Specifies how the results should be displayed from one of the following: Annotate Waveform(s) with Measurement Results. Default. Plot New Waveform of <measurement type> vs <parameter>. If there is more than one parameter to choose from, a dropdown list is available for specifying the required parameter. When more than one waveform has been selected for the measurement, only parameters common to all waveforms are available to choose from. This section is not available for all measurements. Refer to the specific section in Using the Measurement Tool on page 142 for details on availability for the selected measurement.

Measurement Results

Apply Measurement Specifies where the measurement is to be applied from one of the To following: Entire Waveform Visible X Region Between Two Cursors (Vertical cursors only) Remove All Previous Results Usage Notes The measurements Delay, Intersect and Slope Intersect can only be applied to a single waveform at any one time. Where the value Automatic is specified for a field in the Measurement Setup section, a parameter is applied individually to each waveform. If a value is entered instead, this value is applied to all waveforms. You cannot use horizontal cursors to define parts of a waveform for use with the Measurement Tool. Related Topics Specified that all previous results of that measurement type are to be removed.

Using the Measurement Tool on page 142

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

333

Dialog and Field Reference Mouse Pointer Dialog

Mouse Pointer Dialog

To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Mouse Pointer from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Use this dialog to specify options for your mouse. Figure 8-34. Mouse Pointer Dialog

Table 8-34. Mouse Pointer Dialog Contents Field Show Tooltips Change Color of Objects When Under Pointer Mouse Strokes About Mouse Strokes Gives a quick overview on mouse strokes without having to refer to the Help system. Description Specifies whether popup tooltip windows are used. Specifies whether graph window objects, such as axes or waveform names, change color when the mouse pointer is over them. Mouse Pointer Options

334

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Multiple Run Dialog

Table 8-34. Mouse Pointer Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Color to Use When Drawing Mouse Strokes Description Specifies the color that will appear when drawing mouse strokes. The Select button enables a different color to be chosen.

For systems that do not have a middle mouse button, specifies one Choose the Key or more keyboard modifiers to use with the left button instead. Modifier to Use with the Left Mouse Available options are: Button ... Alt Control Shift Require Confirmation Before Executing a Close Stroke Related Topics Specifies that a confirmation dialog will be shown when the close stroke is executed.

Keyboard and Mouse on page 262

Multiple Run Dialog

To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Multiple Run from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Use this dialog to specify options relating to compound waveforms. Figure 8-35. Multiple Run Dialog

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

335

Dialog and Field Reference Phase Noise Dialog

Table 8-35. Multiple Run Dialog Contents Field Compound Waveform Display Description Specifies how compound waveforms are displayed. Available options are: Display as Compound Specifies that compound waveforms are displayed as compound waveforms. Default. Display as single elements Specifies that compound waveforms are displayed with each individual element (or sub-waveform) overlaid in different colors. Specifies that run parameter names and values are displayed with each waveform element. This option is only available when Display as Single Elements is selected.

Show Names With Run Parameters

Usage Notes When a multiple run is displayed as single elements, if a measurement is taken on a run, this measurement will not be taken automatically for subsequent simulated runs. Moreover if a user display is set for a run, it is not applied to subsequent simulated runs. Related Topics

Compound Waveforms on page 77

Phase Noise Dialog

To access: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. 2. Select RF from the Panel menu. 3. Click the pn button on the calculator panel. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the phase noise function (phasenoise) used in the Waveform Calculator.

336

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Phase Noise Dialog

Figure 8-36. Phase Noise Dialog

Table 8-36. Phase Noise Dialog Contents Field Source Waveforms Description Specifies the Nominal and Rms source waveforms. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Specifies the name of the output waveform. The result waveform has a frequency domain waveform and a dBc range. Specifies the name of the oscillation fundamental frequency output variable. Specifies the name of the jitter noise variance slope output variable. Specifies the name of the phase noise variance slope output variable.

Output Waveform Name Oscillation Fundamental Frequency Name Jitter Noise Variance Slope Name Phase Noise Variance Slope Name

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

337

Dialog and Field Reference Power Spectral Density Dialog

Table 8-36. Phase Noise Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Parameter Setup Start Time Minimum Frequency Maximum Frequency Related Topics Specifies the first X value of a transient signal. Specifies the start of the frequency band in which the phase noise spectrum will be calculated. Default is 1.0. Specifies the stop of the frequency band in which the phase noise spectrum will be calculated. Default is (frequency of the derivative signal)/2. Description

Constellation Diagram Dialog on page 287 Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate Dialog on page 305 RF Functions on page 177 phasenoise on page 490

Power Spectral Density Dialog

To access: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. 2. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. 3. Click the psd button on the calculator panel. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the power spectral density function (psd) used in the Waveform Calculator.

338

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Power Spectral Density Dialog

Figure 8-37. Power Spectral Density Dialog

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

339

Dialog and Field Reference Power Spectral Density Dialog

Table 8-37. Power Spectral Density Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Specifies the name for the PSD output waveform. Specifies the method for calculating the PSD: Correlogram Method Periodogram Method Refer to The Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectral Density on page 201 for more information about these options. Specifies the start time for the signal. Specifies the stop time for the signal. Specifies the number of sampling points.

Output Waveform Power Spectral Density Name Computation Method

Parameter Setup Start Time Stop Time Number of Points

Sampling frequency Specifies the sampling frequency. Number of Points by Specifies the number of points for the output waveform. Section Specifies the number of points in the AF result (Nauto). Number of Points for Auto Correlation Result Number of Points for PSD Result Specifies the number of points for the PSD result. Specifies the window shape as one of the following: Symmetric Standard FFT setup. The default. Periodic Setup is enhanced for spectral analysis of periodic signals. Refer to Window Shapes on page 205 for more details about these options. Output Options Reference Frequency Minimum Frequency Adjusts results around the Y-axis so that the point for the specified reference frequency is 0.0. Specifies the starting frequency used to display the FFT result.

340

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Power Spectral Density Dialog

Table 8-37. Power Spectral Density Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Maximum Frequency Normalize Results Description Specifies the last frequency used to display the FFT result. Specifies that all results are divided by (Number of Points)/2, except for the first point, which is divided by Number of Points. Specifies a windowing transform to apply to the output waveform(s) from: Bartlett Blackman Blackman-Harris Dolph-Chebyshev Hamming Hanning Kaiser Klein Parzen Rectangular Welch Refer to Windowing Transforms on page 206 for more details about these options. Specifies the sampling method as one of the following: Use Data Points Select if the input data has equidistant Time Steps. The default. Cubic Spline interpolated points will be computed using the Cubic Spline method rather than linear interpolation. Uniform Sampling Select otherwise. Specifies that padding with zeros is allowed.

Improving FFT Results Windowing

Sampling method

Pad with Zeros Usage Notes

This dialog accesses two different but related functions: calculating the autocorrelation function (AF) of a signal waveform, and calculating the power spectral density (PSD) of a signal waveform. The AF is an average measure of its time domain properties; as such, it can be especially relevant when the signal is random. Related Topics

Windowing Transforms on page 206 Signal Processing Functions on page 177 psd on page 493 Window Shapes on page 205

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

341

Dialog and Field Reference RF Dialog

Correlogram Method on page 202 Periodogram Method on page 202 The Autocorrelation Function and Power Spectral Density on page 201

RF Dialog
To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose RF from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Use this dialog to specify RF settings for the waveform display. Figure 8-38. RF Dialog

342

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Row Dialog

Table 8-38. RF Dialog Contents Field Smith Chart Plot Sxx-Parameters Specifies that S11 and S22 (scattering) parameters will in a Smith Chart automatically be displayed in a Smith Chart. Checked by default. Always consider waveforms as Sxxparameters Specifies that waveforms in the Smith Chart will be displayed as the normalized impedance of a Sxx parameter. Otherwise, waveforms are not considered as Sxx parameters and input waveforms are simply displayed in the Smith Chart plane. Checked by default. Specifies the Smith Chart type as one of the following: Impedance (default). Admittance. Description

Smith Chart Type

Smith Chart Cursors Impedance / Specifies the display as one of the following: Admittance Display Normalized (default). Use Characteristic Impedance. Stability / Noise Circles Hide Stability / Noise Circles Polar Chart Plot Sxy-Parameters Specifies that S12 and S21 (scattering) parameters will be in a Polar Chart displayed in a polar display of a Smith Chart. See Smith Chart and Polar Displays on page 108. Checked by default. Polar Chart Polar Chart Display The complex-valued waveform is plotted Specifies the polar chart to be displayed as one of the following: Degree (default). Radian. Specifies that circles are hidden by default.

Related Topics

Smith Chart and Polar Displays on page 108

Row Dialog
To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Row from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Use this dialog to specify RF settings for the waveform display.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

343

Dialog and Field Reference Row Dialog

Figure 8-39. Row Dialog

Table 8-39. Row Dialog Contents Field Row Height Analog Row Height Specifies the height for the analog rows as one of the following: Automatic Specifies that the row height is determined based on the content of the row. Specify the minimum height for a row in pixels. Fixed Specifies that the rows are set at a fixed height. Specify the fixed height in pixels. Digital Row Height Space Between Rows Minimize Space Between Rows Specifies that the distance between rows will be reduced. This causes the rows to be more closely spaced to increase the number of rows visible at one time. By default, this is turned off. Specifies the height of digital rows in pixels. Description

344

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Save Dialog

Table 8-39. Row Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Y Axis Range Specifies that uninitialized Questa ADMS values will be ignored Ignore Questa when calculating the Y axis range for plots. ADMS Uninitialized Values Usage Notes In VHDL-AMS, un-initialized values default to the following values: Description

1.0e308 for real signals 2147483648 for integer signals 922337203685477580 for time signals (femto seconds)

When plots are generated, these un-initialized values at t = 0 may cause the plot to have a Y axis range that is too large in relation to the waveform. By selecting Ignore ADMS Uninitialized Values, these values will be ignored when calculating the Y axis range for plots. Note These un-initialized values are only ignored when calculating the Y axis range of plots. They will still exist in the waveform data (adding a cursor at the location will display the value) as it may be useful to know that there are un-initialized values in the waveform. Related Topics

Rows on page 240

Save Dialog
To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Save from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Use this dialog to specify global settings relating to saving waveforms and windows.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

345

Dialog and Field Reference Save Dialog

Figure 8-40. Save Dialog

Table 8-40. Save Dialog Contents Field Description Specifies the windows that the File > Save command saves as one of the following: Save Active Window Specifies that only the active window is saved. Save All Windows Specifies that all windows are saved. Save Related Database (Only for .swd File) Specifies that when you save the active graph window to a .swd file, EZwave creates and saves a new wdb database file with the waveforms that are plotted in the saved graph window. Save Window Management

346

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Save Dialog

Table 8-40. Save Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Save As Paths Specifies the type of path used to point to dataset (.wdb) files within the TCL or SWD scripts that are generated when a window is saved. Available options are: Use Absolute Paths Use Relative Paths If this option is selected, specifies that the path is relative to: Relative to AMS_EZDO_ROOT The AMS_EZDO_ROOT environment variable. If this option is selected, the AMS_EZDO_ROOT environment variable must be defined when the TCL or SWD script is executed. Relative to Script Location Save to Ascii Options Field Separator Specifies the character that will be used as a field separator when saving a waveform to an ASCII file. Available options are: Predefined A dropdown menu list of available predefined field delimiters (Tab, Space, or a comma [,]). User defined A text box to define your own by entering any series of characters. Description

Number of Digits of Specifies the size of the output file. Select the level of precision in Precision the save file with the dropdown list. You can select from 1 to 9 digits of precision, or full precision. Save Bus as Separated Bits Bus Radix Specifies that buses are saved as separated bits. Specifies that the bus value is saved instead of the values of the individual bits composing the bus. This option is only available when the Save Bus as Separated Bits option is unchecked. The radix can be one of the following: Two's Complement Binary Hexadecimal Octal Unsigned Decimal Ascii

Related Topics

Changing Default Environment Variables on page 40 Saving and Restoring Graph Windows on page 211 Saving a Waveform Database on page 216

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

347

Dialog and Field Reference Save As Dialog

Save As Dialog
To access: Right-click on a waveform, waveform name or database, then choose Save As from the pop-up menu. Use this dialog to specify how much of the waveforms you are saving will be recorded to the save file. Figure 8-41. Save As Dialog

Table 8-41. Save As Dialog Contents Field Location File Name Specifies he name of the file to save. Type the name, including the extension, or click to browse for a path name and filename. Description

348

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Save As Dialog

Table 8-41. Save As Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Save as Type Description Specifies that the file is saved as one of the following: MGC Database Files (.wdb) SPICE PWL (.sti) TXT (Text File) (.txt) CSV (Comma delimited) (.csv) Specifies that the save file is compressed in gzip format. For example, a gzipped MGC Database File (.wdb.gz). Specifies that new data will be saved over the old file if the file already exists. Specifies the portion of the waveform to save as one of the following: Entire Waveforms Minimum / Maximum The area between two specified X values. Enter the X values in the text boxes. If you enter a value that is beyond the range of the plotted waveform, the value is set to the minimum or maximum value, as appropriate. Visible X Region Only Only available for plotted waveforms. Between Two Cursors The area between two vertical cursors Only available for plotted waveforms. Use the dropdown lists to select the two cursors to save between. All cursors on the waveform selected are listed in the dropdown lists, even cursors that are not currently visible in the window. Specifies the sampling method as one of the following: Use Data Points Specifies that only existing waveform data points will be saved. No interpolation or filtering is performed. Uniform Sampling Specifies that data points will be saved based on a sampling of the waveform. When you select this option, an additional field appears, allowing you to enter a sampling value and select a sampling unit from a dropdown list for each X-axis unit being saved. Cubic Spline Sampling Specifies that interpolated points will be computed using the Cubic Spline method rather than linear interpolation. At Cursor Locations Specifies that the cursors on the waveform(s) being saved will be used as the data points. When you select this option, an additional field appears, allowing you to select the cursors to use.

Compress With Overwrite existing file Options X Range Setup

Data Sampling

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

349

Dialog and Field Reference Save Windows Dialog

Table 8-41. Save As Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Spice pwl Absolute Derivative Specifies the absolute tolerance and enable filtering of output Limit points by performing a slope based comparison. Only available if the file type is Spice PWL (.sti). Relative Derivative Limit Delta Limit Specifies the relative tolerance and enable filtering of output points by performing a slope based comparison. Only available if the file type is Spice PWL (.sti). Specifies the threshold the lower limit threshold and enable filtering of output points by performing an absolute variation comparison. Only available if the file type is Spice PWL (.sti). Description

Usage notes

For details on customizing the Save As options, refer toSave Dialog on page 345. When saving a database as a SPICE PWL file (.sti), only waveforms that contain voltage or current sources are saved. If a database contains waveforms with neither voltage or current sources, those waveforms are ignored. When compressing a saved file in gzipped format the original file is not removed. This can be removed manually to reduce the amount of disk space required.

Related Topics

Save Dialog on page 345 Saving a Waveform Database on page 216

Save Windows Dialog

To access: Select File > Save from the menu bar. Use this dialog to specify what portions of the currently open windows you want to save.

350

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Save Windows Dialog

Figure 8-42. Save Windows Dialog

Table 8-42. Save Windows Dialog Contents Field Location File Name Overwrite existing file Specifies the name of the file in which to save the window(s) Specifies that if a file with the same path and name exists, it will be overwritten. The window can be saved in one of the following formats: Save in TCL Save in SWD Options Specifies the window(s) to save from: Save Active Window Save All Windows Save Related Database Specifies to also save a database file (.wdb) corresponding to the waveforms in the window or windows being saved. This option is only available when Save in SWD is selected. Description

Usage Notes
If the window is saved as a TCL script, or a SWD script without the related database, the path to the database (.wdb file) within the script may be written as an absolute path, a path relative to the environment variable AMS_EZDO_ROOT or a path relative to the saved script, depending on the Save As Paths settings in Save Dialog.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

351

Dialog and Field Reference Select Hierarchy Dialog

Related Topics

Saving Graph Windows on page 212

Select Hierarchy Dialog

To access: Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Add > Compare by Hierarchy from the menu bar. This dialog is part of the Waveform Compare Tool. Use it to specify the reference and test hierarchies for waveform comparison. Figure 8-43. Select Hierarchy Dialog

Table 8-43. Select Hierarchy Dialog Contents Field Select a Hierarchy Description Specifies the reference design hierarchy for waveform comparison. Select the hierarchy from the reference database in the upper part of the Waveform List, and click the Add Selected Hierarchies button . Specifies a test hierarchy with a different name to the reference hierarchy. Unchecked by default. Reference Hierarch Level

Test Hierarchy Level Specify a different name for the test hierarchy level

352

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Select Waveforms Dialog

Table 8-43. Select Hierarchy Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Select a Hierarchy Description Specifies the test design hierarchy for waveform comparison. Select the hierarchy from the reference database in the upper part of the Waveform List, and click the Add Selected Hierarchies button .

Compare Specifies the types of waveforms to include in the comparison. Waveforms of Type Select one or more of: In Out InOut Internal Port Recursive Search Usage Notes Select Hierarchy is also in the Waveform Compare Wizard. When you access Select Hierarchy from the Waveform Compare Wizard, a Next button is visible and advances the wizard to the next dialog. Related Topics Specifies that the Waveform Compare Tool searches the hierarchies recursively during the waveform comparison.

Using the Waveform Compare Wizard on page 116

Select Waveforms Dialog

To access: Select Tools > Waveform Compare > Add > Compare by Waveform from the menu bar. This dialog is part of the Waveform Compare Tool. Use it to specify the reference and test waveforms for comparison.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

353

Dialog and Field Reference Select Waveforms Dialog

Figure 8-44. Select Waveforms Dialog

Table 8-44. Select Waveforms Dialog Contents Field Description Specifies the waveforms from the reference database to compare. The white area on the left contains the list of reference waveforms to compare. Add Opens the Add Waveforms dialog. From the Add Waveforms dialog, select the reference waveforms from the reference database(s). Removes the selected waveform from the list on the left of the Select Waveforms dialog. Moves the selected waveform from the list on the left up one spot. The order of the list only matters if the Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database is unchecked. Moves the selected waveform from the list on the left down one spot. The order of the list only matters if the Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database is unchecked. Add Waveforms from Reference Database

Remove Move Up

Move Down

354

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Signal to Noise Ratio Dialog

Table 8-44. Select Waveforms Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Description Specifies the waveforms from the test database to compare. The white area on the left contains the list of test waveforms to compare. Available if Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database is unchecked. Add Opens the Add Waveforms dialog. From the Add Waveforms dialog, select the test waveforms from the reference database(s). Available if Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database is unchecked. Removes the selected waveform from the list on the left of the Select Waveforms dialog. Available if Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database is unchecked. Moves the selected waveform from the list on the left up one spot. Available if Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database is unchecked. Moves the selected waveform from the list on the left down one spot. Available if Take Corresponding Waveforms in Test Database is unchecked. Add Waveforms from Test Database

Remove

Move Up

Move Down

Take Corresponding Specifies that waveforms with the same name will be compared Waveforms in Test from the reference and test databases. Checked by default. Database Usage Notes Select Waveforms is also in the Waveform Compare Wizard. When you access Select Waveforms from the Waveform Compare Wizard, a Next button is visible and advances the wizard to the next dialog. Related Topics

Using the Waveform Compare Wizard on page 116

Signal to Noise Ratio Dialog

To access: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. 2. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu. 3. Click the snr button on the calculator panel.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

355

Dialog and Field Reference Signal to Noise Ratio Dialog

Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the snr function used in the Waveform Calculator. Refer to The Signal to Noise Function on page 205 for details on how this function computes the signal to noise ratio of the input waveform signal by using the Gain of the FFT result. Figure 8-45. Signal to Noise Ratio Dialog

Table 8-45. Signal to Noise Dialog Contents Field Source Waveform Select Waveform Specifies the source waveforms. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Specifies the minimum frequency to be used in the calculation. Description

Parameter Setup Minimum Frequency

356

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Text Annotation Dialog

Table 8-45. Signal to Noise Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Maximum Frequency Frequency List Pick Points Pick from Cursors Pick All Frequencies Between Cursors Pick Usage Notes Only a complex waveform or a waveform representing a Gain is accepted as a valid source waveform. If no minimum and maximum frequencies are specified, the computation is applied over the entire waveform. The minimum and maximum frequency boundaries do not limit your ability to pick frequencies outside of those boundaries in the Frequency List. Related Topics Specifies that frequencies will be added to the list by clicking on the waveform. Adds the frequencies at the cursors on the specified waveform to the list. These dropdown lists specify a pair of cursors to use as boundaries for picking frequencies. Populates the frequency list with the frequencies between the two specified cursors.You can also enter the frequencies manually. Description Specifies the minimum frequency to be used in the calculation.

Signal Processing Functions on page 177 snr on page 516 The Signal to Noise Function on page 205

Text Annotation Dialog

To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Text Annotation from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Use this dialog to specify global annotation display options for the waveform display.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

357

Dialog and Field Reference Text Annotation Dialog

Figure 8-46. Text Annotation Dialog

Table 8-46. Text Annotation Dialog Contents Field Hide Annotation Anchor Symbol Show Vertical Line at Anchor Position Description Specifies that annotation anchor symbols are displayed. Specifies that a vertical line is displayed across the waveform at the selected position. Annotation Display Options

Add Annotations Options Expand Digital Row Specifies that the default digital row height is expanded when Height annotations are added to a digital waveform. Related Topics

Adding Text Annotations to a Waveform on page 216 Text Annotation on page 52

358

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Transformations Dialog

Transformations Dialog
To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Transformations from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Use this dialog to specify transformations. Figure 8-47. Transformations Dialog

Table 8-47. Transformations Dialog Contents Field dB Magnitude Description The magnitude of each point of the complex-valued waveform calculated in decibels (20 * log (waveform)) The square root of (re2 + im2) for each point of the complexvalued waveform. Supported Complex Waveform Transformations

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

359

Dialog and Field Reference Transformations Dialog

Table 8-47. Transformations Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Real Imaginary Phase Description The real component of each point in the complex-valued waveform. The imaginary component of each point in the complex-valued waveform. The phase of each point in the complex-valued waveform. All phase angles will be between -180 degrees and 180 degrees (-PI radians and PI radians). The phase of each point in the complex-valued waveform, including an accumulated phase angle from the previous points. As this transformation does not include a phase discontinuity at the 180 degree boundaries, unlike the Phase transformation, this transformation is useful when analyzing waveforms with more than +/- 180 degrees of phase shift. The complex-valued waveform of a collection of complex numbers (z=a+ib, where i is the imaginary number) plotted as a curve (not necessarily monotonic) of the unique points (a,b) in the complex plane. The complex-valued waveform is plotted on a Smith Chart. The complex-valued waveform is plotted in a polar display of a Smith Chart. See Smith Chart and Polar Displays on page 108. If more than one transformation is selected, specifies that all of the transformed waveforms will be plotted in the same row (overlaid). This option does not apply to complex-plane plots, polar charts and Smith Charts. Click to add a new digital waveform transformation. This invokes the Edit Digital Transformation dialog. Enter the transformation name, source type, and destination type in this dialog. Select a transformation and click to change the transformation details. This invokes the Edit Digital Transformation dialog. Select a transformation and click to remove that transformation.

Continuous Phase (Cphase)

Complex Plane

Smith Chart Polar Chart Selected Transformation Should be Plotted Overlaid New

Supported Digital Waveform Transformations

Edit Delete Usage Notes

The Apply By Default checkboxes specify one or more transformations that will be automatically applied when a complex-valued waveform is plotted. You can also apply the transformation directly by right-clicking a waveform and selecting Transformations > transformation_name from the pop-up menu.

360

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Dialog

Related Topics

Plotting Complex-Valued Waveforms on page 72

Waveform Dialog
To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Waveform from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Use this dialog to specify how analog and wreal waveforms are displayed in EZwave graph windows. Figure 8-48. Waveform Dialog

Table 8-48. Waveform Dialog Contents Field Description Specifies that the last data point is extended to infinity. Extending Extend last analog waveform data point would cause the last data point in the result waveform to extend horizontally to infinity (as well as the reference waveform). to infinity

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

361

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs

Table 8-48. Waveform Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Wreal Waveforms Description Specifies the way wreal waveforms are displayed as one of the following: Display as Step Waveforms Displays wreal waveforms as step waveforms, similar to real waveforms. With step waveforms the X and Z states are displayed as colored rectangles. The default. Display as Railroad Waveforms Displays wreal waveforms as railroad waveforms. Refer to Plotting wreal Waveforms on page 72 for more details about these options.

Related Topics

Analog Comparison on page 130 Plotting wreal Waveforms on page 72

Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs

Used to set options for the Waveform Calculator. To access:

Or:

Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Waveform Calculator from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left.

Select Edit > Options from within the Waveform Calculator.

Then choose a Waveform Calculator options category from the Ezwave Preferences List: Calculations Options General Options View Dialog

Calculations Options
Used to specify calculation options for the Waveform Calculator.

362

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs

Figure 8-49. Calculations Dialog in Waveform Calculator

Table 8-49. Calculations in Waveform Calculator Contents Field FFT Precision Sampling Epsilon Specifies the value used in the uniform sampling algorithm of signal processing functions. EZwave uses this value to determine whether it needs to perform interpolation between X values of the waveform at each t+dt sampling point. The sampling epsilon value is relative to the scale of the waveform being sampled. Specifies the window shape: Symmetric Standard FFT setup. The default. Periodic Setup is enhanced for spectral analysis of periodic signals. The Window Shape setting set here is used as the default within FFT windows and functions. For more information see Window Shapes on page 205. Description

Window Shape

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

363

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs

General Options
Used to specify general Waveform Calculator options. Figure 8-50. General Dialog in Waveform Calculator

364

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs

Table 8-50. General in Waveform Calculator Contents Field Expression Evaluation Logic Description Specifies the expression evaluation logic as one of the following: Infix Specifies entry and evaluation mode in which the user enters the entire expression to the calculator and then presses the carriage return or Eval button to cause the expression to be evaluated. RPN Specifies Reverse Polish Notation. An entry and evaluation mode in which the user enters operands onto the stack and then selects an operator. At that point, enough operands are pulled from the stack to satisfy the needs of the operator and the result is calculated. RPN-deferred Specifies an entry and evaluation mode in which the user enters operands onto the stack, and then selects an operator. At that point, enough operands are pulled from the stack to satisfy the needs of the operator, and an infix version of the RPN expression is created but not evaluated. The evaluation does not occur until the user presses the carriage return or Eval button. This method lets users use RPN to build expressions, but those expressions are generated as infix strings and are not evaluated until the user is ready. Specifies the trigonometric angle as one of the following: Degrees A unit of angular measure in which the angle of an entire circle is 360 degrees (denoted DEG). Radians A unit of angular measure in which the angle of an entire circle is 2 pi radians (denoted RAD). Gradians A unit of angular measure in which the angle of an entire circle is 400 gradians (denoted GRAD). Specifies the measurement unit for temperature display as one of the following: Celsius Kelvin. Specifies the logic panel type as one of the following: VHDL To use VHDL-style notation. Verilog To use Verilog-style notation. Clears the Expression Entry Area each time after the expression is evaluated. This is equivalent to clicking Eval and Clear. Specifies that you want to always plot the resulting waveform after the expression is evaluated. This is equivalent to clicking Eval and Plot. This option is on by default.

Trigonometric Angle

Temperature Unit

Logic Panel Type

Evaluation Result Display Clear Last Result Always Plot Last Result

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

365

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Calculator Options Dialogs

Table 8-50. General in Waveform Calculator Contents (cont.) Field Reset all calculator variables User Extension Files Load User Extension Files at Startup Directory path Specifies that user extension files will be loaded at startup. Description Removes all existing variables in the calculator.

Specifies the default path for loading all of the user extension files. These files must have a .tcl extension in order to load.

View Dialog
Use this dialog to specify Waveform Calculator displays option. Figure 8-51. View Dialog in Waveform Calculator

366

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Compare Dialog

Table 8-51. View in Waveform Calculator Contents Field Enable Wizard Dialogs (fft, ifft, ...) Waveform Calculator in Independent Window Enable Emacs-like Navigating Shortcuts in Entry Field Enable Function Name Completion in Entry Field Related Topics Description Specifies that any Waveform Calculator functions with more than three arguments will display a wizard dialog to assist in setting up the arguments (fft, ifft, ). Specifies that the Waveform Calculator will open in an independent window.

Specifies that the use of Emacs shortcuts in the Waveform Calculator entry fields is enabled.

Specifies that the possible function names will be displayed as you type in the Waveform Calculator entry field.

Waveform Calculator on page 34 Using the Waveform Calculator on page 162

Waveform Compare Dialog

To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Waveform Compare from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Use this dialog to specify options for Waveform Comparison. Figure 8-52. Waveform Compare Dialog

Table 8-52. Waveform Compare Dialog Contents Field Description Allow Partial Match Specifies that when comparing waveforms, partial matching is allowed.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

367

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Names Display Dialog

Related Topics

Comparing Waveforms on page 114

Waveform Names Display Dialog

To access: Select Format > Waveform Names Display from the main menu. Use this dialog to specify how waveform names are displayed. This is a global setting. Figure 8-53. Waveform Names Display Dialog

Table 8-53. Waveform Names Display Dialog Contents Field Waveform Hierarchy Description Specifies the hierarchy display as one of the following: Full Hierarchy Specifies that the full hierarchy will be displayed. Default. No Hierarchy (Leaf Name Only) Specifies that only the leaf name will be displayed. Display N Levels Specifies that a limited number of levels will be displayed. Enter the number of levels to display. Specifies how the waveform name is justified when displayed, from one of the following: Left (Default) Right
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Names Display

Justify Value

368

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform List Dialog

Table 8-53. Waveform Names Display Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Database Name Description Specifies how the database name will be displayed from one of the following: Always Show Database Name Show Name If Two or More Databases. Calculated (<calc>) databases are not included in the count of databases. Always Hide Database Name (Default)

Related Topics

Configuring Waveform Names on page 43

Waveform List Dialog

To access: Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Waveform List from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left. Use this dialog to specify options for the Waveform List Panel. Figure 8-54. Waveform List Dialog

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

369

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform List Dialog

Table 8-54. Waveform List Dialog Contents Field Description Waveform List Panel Use Following View Specifies how waveform names are displayed. Available options by Default are: Tree View. Default. List View. Separate Tree View Into Structure and Waveform List Views Plot Hierarchical Nodes Stacked When Dragging and Dropping Show Only Databases Related to Active Workspace Sort the Waveform List in a CaseInsensitive Way Show Hidden Waveforms Specifies that the Tree View is divided into two panels. The top panel is called the Structure List and displays the hierarchical structures of the waveform database. The bottom panel is called the Waveform List and displays the list of waveforms that belong to the selected structures. This option is selected by default. Specifies that when you drag and drop a hierarchical node from the Structure List to the workspace or a Graph window, the waveforms are stacked. If this option is cleared, plotted nodes are overlaid. By default, waveforms are stacked. Specifies that only the databases that are related to the currently active workspace are listed. By default, all databases are shown.

Specifies that case is disregarded when sorting the Waveform List. By default, the alphabetically-sorted Waveform List considers case. Specifies that hidden waveforms are shown in the Waveform List Panel. By default, waveforms that are hidden in the databases are not shown in the Waveform List Panel. Showing hidden waveforms in the Waveform List Panel does not make them visible in the Graph windows. Specifies whether to search the waveform lists while you type in the Contains text fields. This text field appears in the Waveform List panel and by default, automatic searching is enabled. While automatic searching is enabled, it will show only waveforms that match the string (or partial string) that you type while you type. If automatic searching is disabled, you must press Enter to perform the search.

Disable Automatic Search While Typing Text

Related Topics

Waveform List Panel on page 237

370

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Properties Dialog

Waveform Properties Dialog

To access: Right-click on one or more selected waveforms to display the Waveform Name Popup Menu and select Properties. Use this dialog to specify the appearance, displays parameters, and transformations applied to waveforms. The Waveform Properties dialog functions differently depending on whether analog or digital waveform(s), or digital buses or analog waveforms containing integer data, are selected.

Analog Waveform Properties Digital Waveform Properties Radix Waveform Properties

Analog Waveform Properties

The Waveform Properties dialog for analog waveforms contains the following three tabs when only one waveform is selected:

Appearance Tab - Analog Waveforms Parameters Tab - Analog Waveforms Transformations Tab - Analog Waveforms

When more than one waveform is selected it contains the Analog Waveform Properties Tab.

Appearance Tab - Analog Waveforms

To access: Right-click on a displayed waveform and select Properties. Use this tab to set global options for the appearance of analog waveforms.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

371

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Properties Dialog

Figure 8-55. Appearance Tab for Analog Waveforms

Table 8-55. Appearance Tab for Analog Waveforms Contents Field Waveform Name Description Specifies a unique name for the waveform. The user-defined name will appear in the display and on the tooltip display. Use the Default button to reset the waveform name to the full name derived from the database. Specifies the color of the waveform. Select a color from this dropdown list. Specifies the line style of the waveform. Select a style from this dropdown list. Specifies the default line width of waveforms. Select a width from this dropdown list. Specifies the data point symbol of the waveform. Select a symbol from this dropdown list.

Visual Effects Color Line Style Line Width Data Point Symbol

372

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Properties Dialog

Table 8-55. Appearance Tab for Analog Waveforms Contents (cont.) Field Digital Radix Specifies the radix used for displaying waveform state values. Choose from: Twos Complement Binary Hexadecimal Octal Unsigned Decimal Ascii This is only available for analog waveforms containing integer data. Hide Waveform Usage Notes Changing any of the visual effects in this tab affects all of the selected waveforms. Select Automatic to preserve the settings for each individual waveform. Only the modified properties will apply to all selected waveforms. If the line color is changed, it only applies to that individual display of the wave. Further displays will revert to the default color. Since color is used to differentiate some states having the same shape, this can result in the loss of visual information in the waveform. This can be addressed by using a cursor to access the value. Temporarily hides the display of the waveform data (the waveform name is not hidden). Description

Parameters Tab - Analog Waveforms

To access: Right-click on one or more selected waveforms to display the Waveform Name Popup Menu and select Properties. This tab displays the Creation Date and Creation Time of the waveform. It is not available when more than one waveform is selected.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

373

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Properties Dialog

Figure 8-56. Parameters Tab

Transformations Tab - Analog Waveforms

To access: Right-click on one or more selected waveforms to display the Waveform Name Popup Menu and select Properties. Use this tab to specify the transformation to be applied to the waveform. It is not available when more than one waveform is selected. Figure 8-57. Transformations Tab

374

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Properties Dialog

Table 8-56. Transformation Checkboxes Setting dB Magnitude Real Imaginary Phase Description The magnitude of each point of the complex waveform calculated in decibels (20 * log (waveform)) The square root of (re2 + im2) for each point of the complex waveform. The real component of each point in the complex waveform. The imaginary component of each point in the complex waveform. The phase of each point in the complex waveform. All phase angles will be between -180 degrees and 180 degrees (-PI radians and PI radians). The phase of each point in the complex waveform that includes an accumulated phase angle from the previous points. Unlike the Phase transformation, this transformation does not include a phase discontinuity at the 180 degree boundaries. This transformation is useful when analyzing waveforms with more than +/- 180 degrees of phase shift. The complex plane is spanned by the vectors "1" and "i", where i is the imaginary number. A complex number z=a+ib can be associated to a unique point (a,b) in the complex plane, and a complex waveform of a collection of complex numbers can be represented as a curve (not necessarily monotonic) in the complex plane. The complex-valued waveform is plotted on a Smith Chart. The complex-valued waveform is plotted in a polar display of a Smith Chart.

Continuous Phase

Complex Plane

Smith Chart Polar Chart

Analog Waveform Properties Tab

To access: Right-click when more than one waveform is to display the Waveform Name Popup Menu and select Properties. This tab is identical to the Appearance Tab - Analog Waveforms. It is not available when only one waveform is selected.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

375

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Properties Dialog

Related Topics

Waveform Name Popup Menu on page 259

Digital Waveform Properties

The Waveform Properties dialog for digital waveforms contains the following two tabs when only one waveform is selected:

Appearance Tab - Digital Waveforms Parameters Tab - Digital Waveforms

When more than one waveform is selected it contains the Digital Waveform Properties Tab.

Appearance Tab - Digital Waveforms

To access: Right-click on one selected waveforms to display the Waveform Name Popup Menu and select Properties. Use this tab to set global options for the appearance of digital waveforms. If more than one waveform is selected it is called the Digital Waveform Properties tab. Figure 8-58. Appearance Tab for a Digital Waveform

376

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Properties Dialog

Table 8-57. Appearance Tab for a Digital Waveform Contents Field Waveform Name Description Specifies a unique name for the waveform. The user-defined name will appear in the display and on the tooltip display. Use the Default button to reset the waveform name to the full name derived from the database. Specifies the color of the waveform will be set automatically. Specifies the color of the waveform. Select a color from this dropdown list. Specifies the radix used for displaying waveform state values. Choose from: Twos Complement Binary Hexadecimal Octal Unsigned Decimal Ascii This is only available for digital buses. Hide Waveform Temporarily hides the display of the waveform data (the waveform name is not hidden).

Visual Effects Automatic Color Color Digital Radix

Usage Notes Changing any of the visual effects in this tab affects all of the selected waveforms. Select Automatic to preserve the settings for each individual waveform. Only the modified properties will apply to all selected waveforms. If the line color is changed, it only applies to that individual display of the wave. Further displays will revert to the default color. Since color is used to differentiate some states having the same shape, this can result in the loss of visual information in the waveform. This can be addressed by using a cursor to access the value or by reverting to the Automatic Color setting.

Parameters Tab - Digital Waveforms

To access: Right-click on one selected waveforms to display the Waveform Name Popup Menu and select Properties. This tab displays the Creation Date and Creation Time of the waveform.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

377

Dialog and Field Reference Waveform Properties Dialog

It is not available when more than one waveform is selected. Figure 8-59. Parameters Tab

Digital Waveform Properties Tab

To access: Right-click when more than one waveform is to display the Waveform Name Popup Menu and select Properties. This tab is identical to the Appearance Tab - Digital Waveforms. It is not available when only one waveform is selected. Related Topics

Waveform Name Popup Menu on page 259

Radix Waveform Properties

The Waveform Properties dialog contains the Radix Waveform Properties tab when more than one digital bus or analog waveform containing integer data is selected.

Radix Waveform Properties Tab

To access: Right-click when more than one waveform is selected to display the Waveform Name Popup Menu and select Properties. Use this tab to specify the radix used for displaying waveform state values for digital buses or analog waveforms containing integer data.

378

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Windowing Transform Dialog

Figure 8-60. Radix Waveform Properties Dialog

Table 8-58. Radix Waveform Properties Dialog Contents Field Digital Radix Specifies the radix used for displaying waveform state values. Choose from: Twos Complement Binary Hexadecimal Octal Unsigned Decimal Ascii Hide Waveform Temporarily hides the display of the waveform data (the waveform name is not hidden). Description

Related Topics

Waveform Name Popup Menu on page 259

Windowing Transform Dialog

To access: 1. Select Tools > Waveform Calculator from the main menu. 2. Select Signal Processing from the Panel menu.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

379

Dialog and Field Reference Windowing Transform Dialog

3. Click the wnd button on the calculator panel. Use this dialog to specify the parameters for the windowing function used in the Waveform Calculator. This functionality can also be found in the Signal Processing tab of the Waveform Calculator. Figure 8-61. Windowing Transform Dialog

Table 8-59. Windowing Transform Dialog Contents Field Select Waveform Description Specifies the source waveforms. The Add Selected Waveform button adds the currently selected waveform. The Clear Waveform List button removes all waveforms in the list. Specifies the name of the output waveform

Output Waveform Name

380

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Windowing Transform Dialog

Table 8-59. Windowing Transform Dialog Contents (cont.) Field Parameter Setup Start Time Stop Time Specifies the start time for the signal. Specifies the stop time for the signal. Description

Sampling frequency Specifies the rate at which points are to be sampled between the start and stop times. Number of Points Specifies the number of sampling points. Specifies the window shape as one of the following: Symmetric Standard FFT setup. The default. Periodic Setup is enhanced for spectral analysis of periodic signals. Refer to Window Shapes on page 205 for more details about these options. Window Parameters Windowing Specifies a windowing transform to apply to the output waveform(s) from: Bartlett Blackman Blackman-Harris Dolph-Chebyshev Hamming Hanning Kaiser Klein Parzen Rectangular Welch Refer to Windowing Transforms on page 206 for more details about these options. Specifies the sampling method as one of the following: Use Data Points Select if the input data has equidistant Time Steps. The default. Cubic Spline Interpolated points will be computed using the Cubic Spline method rather than linear interpolation. Uniform Sampling Select otherwise. Related Topics

Signal Processing Functions on page 177 windowing on page 527 Window Shapes on page 205

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

381

Dialog and Field Reference Workspace Dialog

Windowing Transforms on page 206

Workspace Dialog
To access:

Or

Select Edit > Options from the main menu, then choose Workspace from the EZwave Display Preferences list on the left.

In your workspace: a. Right-click your mouse to display the Workspace Popup Menu. b. Select the Options menu item available

Use this dialog to specify options relating to your workspace. Figure 8-62. Workspace Dialog

382

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Dialog and Field Reference Workspace Dialog

Table 8-60. Workspace Dialog Contents Field Workspace Options Allow Multiple Workspaces Hide Icons for Minimized Windows Specifies whether multiple workspaces can be created. When turned off, the Workspace Popup Menu will not show the New menu item and the workspace tab area is removed. Specifies whether minimized graph windows appear as icons on the workspace. When turned off, minimized windows don't appear anywhere on the workspace and you will not be able to double-click the icon to restore the window. Click the window name in the Window menu or the Graph Window button on the workspace taskbar in order to restore it. Specifies whether the workspace taskbar is visible. If the taskbar is not visible, you can activate windows either by clicking directly on them, or by clicking the window name in the Window menu. Specifies the location of the workspace selection tabs. Select the desired location from the dropdown list. Specifies the visual appearance of the workspace area. Available options are: Solid Color Tiled Image Clicking the Select button will open a secondary window with the available colors or images. Related Topics Description

Hide Taskbars

Location for Tabs

Workspace Background

Configuring Graphical Elements on page 46

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

383

Dialog and Field Reference Workspace Dialog

384

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Appendix A
Eldo Simulation
The Eldo simulator outputs waveform data that can be displayed by EZwave. This chapter covers the different scenarios where EZwave works with the Eldo Simulator. Scenario 1: Run Eldo With EZwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scenario 2: Complete Eldo Simulation and View Simulation Data Later . . . . . . . . . . . EZwave Reload Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scenario 3: Manual Status Update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scenario 4: Marching Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385 386 387 387 388

Scenario 1: Run Eldo With EZwave

In this scenario, the Eldo simulator runs a complete simulation and outputs the data in JWDB format to be directly viewed by EZwave. You can use one of the following methods:

Invoke Eldo Simulator from the command line as in the following example:
eldo test.cir -ezwave &

This command invokes the Eldo simulator and directs it to run a complete simulation and output the data to a file. The simulator regularly saves incremental data to the disk (by default, each 100Mbs of data). This allows you to run very large simulations without consuming too much memory.

Use the -noisaving option to disable incremental saves inside the Eldo simulator. Use a pre-defined configuration:
eldo test.cir -ezwave -wdb_config config.swd &

The simulator requests that EZwave display waveforms as defined in the config.swd file (this is an EZwave Save Window file) instead of the .PLOT statements defined in the netlist test.cir. If some post-processed waveforms were stored through config.swd, they will be automatically recomputed with new simulation data. When the simulation is completed, the simulator exits and EZwave remains until you exit the program.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

385

Eldo Simulation Scenario 2: Complete Eldo Simulation and View Simulation Data Later

Scenario 2: Complete Eldo Simulation and View Simulation Data Later

In this scenario, the Eldo Simulator runs a complete simulation and outputs the data in JWDB format to be read by EZwave. In EZwave, the data can be organized and the window contents can then be saved for later viewing. 1. Invoke Eldo Simulator as in the following example:
eldo test.cir

This command invokes the Eldo simulator and directs it to run a complete simulation and output the data to a file. Alternatively, if you want to reuse the JWDB server launched by Eldo for other Eldo simulations, use the -jwdb_servermode option as in the following example:
eldo test.cir -jwdb_servermode

This option specifies that the JWDB server launched by Eldo can be re-used by other simulations. Useful data is stored in a file pointed to by the environment variable AMS_WDBSERVER_INFO, which by default is located in $HOME/.ezwave/jwdbserver.info. To modify the default:
o

Set the environment variable AMS_USE_ENV:

setenv AMS_USE_ENV 1

AMS_WDBSERVER_INFO must point to a writable file:

setenv AMS_WDBSERVER_INFO /my/writable/folder/jwdbserver.info

Note JWDB Server mode can also be specified in the eldo.ini file. In this mode, the JWDB server will exit after the time specified by the environment variable AMS_WDBSERVER_TIMEOUT (if Eldo is not using it). Its default value is 60 minutes. To modify this value:
o

Set the environment variable, AMS_USE_ENV:

setenv AMS_USE_ENV 1

Set AMS_WDBSERVER_TIMEOUT to the required value in minutes:

setenv AMS_WDBSERVER_TIMEOUT 30

2. To display simulation results, invoke EZwave. 3. In EZwave, use the File > Open menu to open the JWDB file generated by the simulator. The waveform data appears.

386

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Eldo Simulation Scenario 3: Manual Status Update

You can organize data in different graph rows and create some post processing waveforms. You can save the window contents using the File > Save option and then reuse the saved window .swd file later on. Note For this release, the following limitations apply for this scenario:

The post-processed waveform is not automatically updated during the simulation. If EZwave still displays data at the end of the simulation, the data is reloaded from the disk. This can be time-consuming. Having EZwave display multiple-run simulation results may lead to internal errors.

EZwave Reload Option

The File > Reload option in EZwave is a shortcut to update waveforms data in EZwave with new simulated data with a single action. It also automatically updates all post-processed waveform data. To use the reload functionality: 1. Invoke Eldo Simulator as in the following example:
eldo test.cir

This command invokes the Eldo simulator and directs it to run a complete simulation and output the data to a file. 2. To display simulation results, invoke EZwave. 3. In EZwave, use the File > Open option to open the JWDB file generated by the simulator. The waveform data appears. 4. You can organize data in different graph rows and create some post processing waveforms. 5. Modify simulation parameters in test.cir and run another simulation:
eldo test.cir

6. In EZwave, use the File > Reload option to update waveforms with new simulated data.

Scenario 3: Manual Status Update

Waveform data can be manually collected from a running simulation at an interval of your own choosing. This enables you to get a status update on a running simulation. 1. Invoke Eldo Simulator using one of the following methods: Command line invocation: Invoke with EZwave using the following command:

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

387

Eldo Simulation Scenario 4: Marching Update eldo test.cir -ezwave &

Output in JWDB format: Invoke the Eldo Simulator and run a complete simulation as in the following example:
eldo test.cir &

Then invoke EZwave and use the File > Open option to open the .wdb file generated by the simulation. 2. To update the data in the EZwave viewer, click the Update Waveform Data button in the EZwave toolbar. This updates displayed waveforms with new simulation data. Note For this release, the following limitation applies for this scenario: If jwdb_servermode is set (from the command line or in the eldo.ini file) when an Eldo simulation is invoked, the simulation output data cannot be accessed until after the simulation completes.

Scenario 4: Marching Update

Waveform data can be collected from a running simulation at a pre-defined set interval. This interval is set in EZwave and is run simultaneously with the Eldo Simulator. This automates the process of updating waveform data viewed in EZwave. 1. Invoke Eldo Simulator using one of the following methods: Command line invocation: Invoke with EZwave with the following command:
eldo test.cir -ezwave &

Output in JWDB format: Invoke the Eldo Simulator and run a complete simulation as in the following example:
eldo test.cir &

Then invoke EZwave and use the File > Open option to open the .wdb file generated by the simulation. 2. In EZwave, select Edit > Options to invoke the General Dialog. This takes you to the General options page. 3. In the General options page, go to the Marching Waveforms area and set the update interval by either of the following options: Automatically Update Displayed Waveforms Every X time interval: The time interval can be by second, minute, or hour. Automatically Update Displayed Waveforms Every X% of Simulation: This updates based on the percentage completion of the simulation.

388

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Eldo Simulation Scenario 4: Marching Update

Be careful not to set too small of an interval. Setting a short interval increase the number of updates and then the amount of resources globally used to update the waveform data viewed in EZwave. Note For this release, the following limitation applies for this scenario: If jwdb_servermode is set (from command line or in the eldo.ini file) when an Eldo simulation is invoked, the simulation output data cannot be accessed until after the simulation completes.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

389

Eldo Simulation Scenario 4: Marching Update

390

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Appendix B Waveform Calculator Functions

This appendix details all the built-in functions available in the Waveform Calculator. All of them are found in the Funcs tab of the Waveform Calculator, and some of them also appear as buttons in the calculator when the appropriate category is selected from the dropdown list in the calculator. Refer to Using the Waveform Calculator for details. Functions by Category. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 abs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 absolutejitter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 acos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acosh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . acoth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . asin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . asinh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atan2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atanh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . atod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . autocor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . avg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ceil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . chirp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . concat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . constellationdiagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . continuous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . convolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cosh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 414 415 416 419 420 421 422 423 424 426 427 428

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

391

Waveform Calculator Functions

coth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . cphase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . crosscorrelation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . datatowf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . db . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . db10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . deg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . derive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . drv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dtoa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dtoaonbit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . evmber. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . exp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . eyediagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . falltime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fmod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . frexp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gendecade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . genlinear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . genoctave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gmargin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . gptocomplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . harmonicdistortion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . harmonics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hdist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . histogram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . hypot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . idb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . idb10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ifft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . imag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . integ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 445 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 465 466 467

392

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions

integral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . intersect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . larger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ldexp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lesser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ln . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . longtermjitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . min. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . modf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mptocomplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . noisetrantophasenoise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . nor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . oipx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . periodjitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . phasenoise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . phmargin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pow10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . psd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . real. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . reglin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . risetime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ritocomplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rms_ac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rms_noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rms_tran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . rol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

468 469 471 472 473 474 475 476 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 489 490 491 492 493 496 497 498 499 500 502 503 504 505 506 507 508

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

393

Waveform Calculator Functions Functions by Category

sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . settlingtime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sinh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sla. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . snr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sqr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sqrt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . sum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tanh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wftoascii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wftodata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . windavg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . windowing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xcompress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xnor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xofmax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xofmin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xwave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . yval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537

Functions by Category
Table B-1through Table B-9 list the functions by category. Detailed descriptions of the functions are ordered alphabetically in the rest of this appendix. The following conventions are used in the Usage sections of the detailed function descriptions:

394

Required Function names are bolded and must be typed exactly as shown.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions Functions by Category

Required Replace Required argument place holders are in bold italics. You must replace these arguments with a value or string. For example, abs(wf) indicates that you must replace the required argument wf with a value.

[Optional Replace] Optional argument place holders are surrounded by square brackets [ ] and in italics. When using these optional arguments, you mst replace them with a value or a string. For example, acos(wf[, x_start, x_end]) indicates that if you want, you can supply start and end values for x by replacing x_start and x_end with values. Note The square brackets [ ] around optional arguments may be omitted in some Usage lines of the function descriptions to improve clarity. In these cases, multiple Usage lines are listed to show the different combinations of optional arguments.

Table B-1. Complex Functions complex cphase db db10 gptocomplex idb idb10 imag mag mptocomplex phase real ritocomplex

Table B-2. Logic Functions nand nor rol ror sla sra xnor

Table B-3. Mathematical Functions abs ceil derive drv exp fmod frexp hypot integ integral ln log modf pow10 relation sqrt xofmax xofmin xwave

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

395

Waveform Calculator Functions Functions by Category

Table B-3. Mathematical Functions (cont.) floor ldexp sqr

Table B-4. Measurement Functions falltime risetime

Table B-5. Miscellaneous Functions atod concat continuous datatowf dtoa dtoaonbit gendecade genlinear genoctave gmargin intersect phmargin reglin settlingtime shift wftoascii wftodata window xdown xup xval yval

Table B-6. RF Functions absolutejitter compress evmber iipx noisetrantophasenois phasenoise e oipx periodjitter xcompress

constellationdiagram longtermjitter

Table B-7. Signal Processing Functions autocor chirp convolution crosscorrelation deg fft harmonicdistortion harmonics hdist ifft psd rad sample snr windowing

Table B-8. Statistical Functions avg eyediagram lesser max rms_ac rms_noise sum windavg

396

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions Functions by Category

Table B-8. Statistical Functions (cont.) histogram larger min rms rms_tran size

Table B-9. Trigonometric Functions acos acosh acot acoth asin asinh atan atan2 atanh cos cosh cot coth sin sinh tan tanh

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

397

Waveform Calculator Functions abs

abs
Usage abs(wf) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.

Description Returns the absolute value of wf. Related Topics Mathematical Functions

398

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions absolutejitter

absolutejitter
Usage absolutejitter(wf, [f0=]f0[, [f_start=]f_start] [, [f_stop=]f_stop] [, [sampling_nb_points=]sampling_nb_points]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the name on the input waveform on which the absolute jitter is calculated. [f0=]f0 (Required) Specifies the Fundamental Frequency of SST Noise Analysis. Default value is Automatic. Note If f0 is stored in the database by the Eldo RF simulator, this argument becomes optional.

[f_start=]f_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of the interval for the absolute jitter calculation. Default value is Begin. [f_stop=]f_stop (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of the interval for the absolute jitter calculation. Default value is End. [sampling_nb_points=]sampling_nb_points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points on the input waveform. Default value is Automatic, for which 100 sampling points are considered. Note If only a subset of the optional arguments are specified, each optional argument prefix [argument=] must also be specified. When the optional argument prefixes [argument=] are specified, the arguments can be specified in any order.

Description Returns the absolute jitter value. In forced circuits, jitter is considered as a random stationary process and its variance can be obtained from the phase noise spectrum. Absolute or synchronous jitter corresponds to the jitter (average rms value) with respect to an ideal (jitter-free) reference source.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

399

Waveform Calculator Functions absolutejitter

1 2 - + a = -------------- 0 S ( f ).df 2 2 f 0 a corresponds to the absolute jitter value. Usage Notes The calculation is designed for input waveforms SPHI, DB(SPHI), SPHI_SSB, DB(SPHI_SSB), Lf and DB(PHNOISE), but not restricted to this list. Example
absolutejitter(wf1) # This will calculate the absolute jitter for waveform wf1 with an # automatically detected fundamental frequency that has been stored in # the database by the Eldo RF simulator. The calculation will use # the entire waveform. There will be 100 sampling points - the default. absolutejitter(wf1, 4e6, 3e6, 5e6, 50) # This will calculate the absolute jitter for waveform wf1 # with fundamental frequency 4.000.000 Hz. The calculation will use # the waveform from 3.000.000 Hz to 5.000.000 Hz. There will be 50 # sampling points. absolutejitter(wf1, f0=6e6, sampling_nb_points=200) # This will calculate the absolute jitter for waveform wf1 with # fundamental frequency 6.000.000 Hz and 200 sampling points. The entire # waveform will be used for the calculation.

Related Topics longtermjitter periodjitter

400

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions acos

acos
Usage acos(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the principal value of the arccosine of wf. The input value should be in the range of [-1, 1]. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

401

Waveform Calculator Functions acosh

acosh
Usage acosh(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the hyperbolic arccosine of wf. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions

402

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions acot

acot
Usage acot(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes and returns the arccotangent of wf. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

403

Waveform Calculator Functions acoth

acoth
Usage acoth(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes and returns the hyperbolic arccotangent of wf. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions

404

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions asin

asin
Usage asin(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the principal value of the arcsine of wf. The input value should be in the range of [-1, 1]. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

405

Waveform Calculator Functions asinh

asinh
Usage asinh(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the hyperbolic arcsine of wf. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions

406

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions atan

atan
Usage atan(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the principal value of the arctangent of wf. Related Topics atan2 Trigonometric Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

407

Waveform Calculator Functions atan2

atan2
Usage atan2(y, x) Arguments

y (Required) Specifies the numerator of the input. x (Required) Specifies the denominator of the input.

Description Computes the principal value of the arctangent of y/x, using the signs of both arguments to determine the quadrant of the return value. Upon successful completion, returns the arctangent of y/x in the range [-180, 180] degrees. If both arguments are 0.0, 0.0 is returned. Note This function only accepts scalar numbers as input parameters

Related Topics atan Trigonometric Functions

408

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions atanh

atanh
Usage atanh(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the hyperbolic arctangent of wf. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

409

Waveform Calculator Functions atod

atod
Usage atod(wf, threshold1[, threshold2]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. threshold1 (Required) Specifies the threshold or low threshold. threshold2 (Optional) Specifies the high threshold.

Description Transforms an analog waveform to a digital waveform. Related Topics dtoa dtoaonbit Miscellaneous Functions

410

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions autocor

autocor
Usage autocor(wf[, t_start, t_stop, fs, points, sampling, padding, normalized, windowType, alpha, nsect, nauto, ncorr, computationMethod, f_ref, f_min, f_max, samplingEpsilon, window_shape]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. t_start (Optional) Specifies the start time of the input waveform. t_stop (Optional) Specifies the stop time of the input waveform. fs (Optional) Specifies the sampling frequency of the signal. points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points. Note For symmetric windows, the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((number_of_points)/sampling_frequency) = time_stop - time_start For periodic windows, the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((number_of_points-1)/sampling_frequency) = time_stop - time_start

sampling (Optional) Specifies the method of computing the sampled data. Legal values are No Sampling or Interpolation. padding (Optional) Activates data padding to pad the input data with zeros, before or after the input data set. Legal values are: No Padding, Padding Right, Padding Left or Padding Left and Right. The input parameter will be verified by the algorithm and changed if necessary.

normalized (Optional) Specifies whether you want to take an average on the raw data to reduce noise and smooth the frequency domain waveform. Specify 1 to turn this on, or 0 to not modify the raw data from calculation.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

411

Waveform Calculator Functions autocor

windowType (Optional) Applies a windowing function from a selection of windows. Legal values are: Rectangular, Hamming, Hanning, Parzen, Welch, Blackman, BlackmanHarris, Bartlett, Kaiser, Klein or Dolph Chebyshev. Note For Hanning, symmetric window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in FIR filter design. Periodic window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in spectral analysis. This is because the Discrete Fourier Transform assumes periodic extension of the input vector. A periodic Hanning window is obtained by constructing a symmetric window and removing the last sample.

alpha (Optional) Specifies the alpha or beta value that is required by Hanning, Kaiser, and Dolph Chebyshev windows. nsect (Optional) Specifies the number of points by section. nauto (Optional) Specifies the number of points for auto-correlation results. ncorr (Optional) Specifies the number of auto-correlation points used for power spectral density computation. computationMethod (Optional) Specifies the computation method. Legal values are: PERIODO and CORRELO. f_ref (Optional) Adjusts the results around the y-axis so that the point for the specified frequency is 0.0. f_min (Optional) Specifies the starting frequency used inside the power spectral density result window. f_max (Optional) Specifies the last frequency used inside the power spectral density result window.

412

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions autocor

samplingEpsilon (Optional) When sampling is set to Interpolation, specifies that the input waveform data point (Y value) is to be used rather than the exact interpolated value when the X data of the input waveform is close to the computed X value. The computed X value corresponds to t_start + (points * dX) where dX is the sampling interval retrieved from the fs.

window_shape (Optional) Specifies the shape of the window. Legal values are Symmetric for standard FFT setup or Periodic for enhancing FFT setup for spectral analysis of periodic signals. Defaults to the global setting in the Calculations Options dialog on page 362. Tip: For comparing Eldos FFT results with EZwaves FFT results, select the "Periodic" option, unless EZwaves FFT is executed on an FFT_INPUT waveform. In this case, Eldo has already considered the periodicity of the input signal.

Description Computes the auto-correlation of the input waveform. Performing an FFT analysis on a random signal in order to extract significant information is relatively unproductive. A far better method is the calculation of the auto-correlation function (AF). The AF of a signal waveform is an average measure of its time domain properties and therefore especially relevant when the signal is random. Related Topics chirp crosscorrelation fft psd ifft Signal Processing Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

413

Waveform Calculator Functions avg

avg
Usage avg(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns the average value of a waveform, computed as follows: integ(wf, x_start, x_end) / (x_end - x_start). Related Topics windavg Statistical Functions

414

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions ceil

ceil
Usage ceil(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the smallest integral value not less than each data point of wf. Upon successful completion, each returned value is expressed as a type double. Related Topics floor Mathematical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

415

Waveform Calculator Functions chirp

chirp
Usage chirp(wf[, t_start, t_stop, fs, points, sampling, padding, windowType, alpha, res_nb_points, f_ref, f_min, f_max, samplingEpsilon, window_shape]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. t_start (Optional) Specifies the start time of the input waveform. t_stop (Optional) Specifies the stop time of the input waveform. fs (Optional) Specifies the sampling frequency of the signal. points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points. Note For symmetric windows, the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points)/fs) = t_stop - t_start For periodic windows, the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points - 1)/fs) = t_stop - t_start

sampling (Optional) Specifies the method of computing the sampled data. Legal values are No Sampling and Interpolation. padding (Optional) Activates data padding to pad the input data with zeroes before or after the input data set. Legal values are: No Padding, Padding Right, Padding Left or Padding Left and Right. The input parameter will be verified by the algorithm and changed if necessary.

windowType (Optional) Applies a windowing function from a selection of windows. Legal values are: Rectangular, Hamming, Hanning, Parzen, Welch, Blackman, BlackmanHarris, Bartlett, Kaiser, Klein or Dolph Chebyshev.

416

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions chirp

alpha (Optional) Specifies the alpha or beta value that is required by Hanning, Kaiser, and Dolph Chebyshev windows. res_nb_points (Optional) Specifies the number of points of the result waveform. f_ref (Optional) Adjusts the results around the y-axis so that the point for the specified frequency is 0.0. f_min (Optional) Specifies the starting frequency used inside the chirp result window. f_max (Optional) Specifies the last frequency used inside the chirp result window. samplingEpsilon (Optional) When sampling is set to Interpolation, specifies that the input waveform data point (Y value) is to be used rather than the exact interpolated value when the X data of the input waveform is close to the computed X value. The computed X value corresponds to t_start + (points * dX) where dX is the sampling interval retrieved from the fs.

window_shape (Optional) Specifies the shape of the window. Legal values are Symmetric for standard FFT setup or Periodic for enhancing FFT setup for spectral analysis of periodic signals. Defaults to the global setting in the Calculations Options on page 362. Tip: For comparing Eldos FFT results with EZwaves FFT results, select the "Periodic" option, unless EZwaves FFT is executed on an FFT_INPUT waveform. In this case, Eldo has already considered the periodicity of the input signal.

Description Computes the Chirp Transforma of the input waveform. The DFT of a signal can be computed in a very efficient manner using the FFT. Equivalently, this corresponds to computation of samples of the Z-Transform of a finite-length sequence taken at equally spaced points around the unit circle. The most efficient algorithm used for computing the DFT in the Z domain is the Chirp Z-Transform. All input and output parameters can be selected in the same way as for the FFT option. Note A normalization is achieved by dividing all the data by: (points)/2.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

417

Waveform Calculator Functions chirp

Related Topics autocor crosscorrelation fft ifft psd Signal Processing Functions

418

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions complex

complex
Usage complex(wf1, [x_start1, x_end1,] wf2[, x_start2, x_end2]) Arguments

wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name. x_start1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf1. x_end1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf1. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. x_start2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf2. x_end2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf2.

Description Constructs a complex waveform from two input waveforms. The input waveforms can be one of the following:

Gain in decibels (wf1) and phase in radians (wf2) Real part (wf1) and imaginary part (wf2)

Related Topics Complex Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

419

Waveform Calculator Functions compress

compress
Usage compress(wf, val[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. val (Required) Specifies the compress value. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Extracts the y-axis value of the waveform at the point where the difference between the actual value of the waveform and the linear extrapolation of the waveform based on the computed slope value becomes greater than val. Related Topics xcompress RF Functions

420

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions concat

concat
Usage concat(wf1, [x_start1, x_end1,] wf2[, x_start2, x_end2]) Arguments

wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name. x_start1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf1. x_end1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf1. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. x_start2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf2. x_end2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf2.

Description This command computes the concatenation of two waveforms, extending the first waveform by appending the second. The first data point of the second waveform overlays the last data point of the first waveform. The x-axis units of both waveforms must be identical. Related Topics Miscellaneous Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

421

Waveform Calculator Functions constellationdiagram

constellationdiagram
Usage constellationdiagram(wf, period, delay) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. period (Required) The Symbol Period can be deduced from the circuit. It is used as a sampling period for the calculation. delay (Required) Specifies the calculation start time. By default, this is set to 0.

Description Computes the constellation diagram of the complex input waveform. The constellation diagram is a sampled view of a trajectory diagram. Related Topics RF Functions

422

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions continuous

continuous
Usage continuous(wf) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform.

Description Converts any analog waveform to a continuous analog waveform. Related Topics Miscellaneous Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

423

Waveform Calculator Functions convolution

convolution
Usage convolution(wf1, wf2[, points1, points2, fs, samplingEpsilon]) Arguments

wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. points1 (Optional) Specifies the number of points of the first input waveform. points2 (Optional) Specifies the number of points of the second input waveform. fs (Optional) Specifies the frequency of the signal. samplingEpsilon (Optional) When sampling is set to Interpolation, specifies that the input waveform data point (Y value) is to be used rather than the exact interpolated value when the X data of the input waveform is close to the computed X value. Default is 10-6. The computed X value corresponds to t_start + (points * dX) where dX is the sampling interval retrieved from the fs.

Description Computes the convolution of the two input waveforms. For two finite data sequences x(n),n=0,...,N-1 and h(n),n=0,...,M-1 the discrete convolution is defined as follows: y(n) = Sum(x(m).h(n-m)) with m varying from -infinity to +infinity For signals x(n), h(n) that are periodic with period N, the discrete FFT of their periodic convolution is equal to the multiplication of the separate FFT results. This relation is called the Discrete Convolution Theorem. Using zero padding of x(n) and h(n) to make circular convolution yield the same result as linear convolution, the following method can then be applied for computing the linear convolutions of two finite data sequences x(n),n=0,...,N-1 and h(n),n=0,...,M-1: 1. Zero Padding x'(n) = x(n) n=0,...,N-1 x'(n) = 0 n=N,...,N+M-1 h'(n) = h(n) n=0,...,M-1
424
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions convolution

h'(n) = 0 n=M,...,N+M-1 2. Multiply FFT's of x'(n) and h'(n) x'(n)->X'(k) FFT h'(n)->H'(k) FFT Multiplication: X'(k).H'(k)=Y'(k) 3. Inverse FFT Y'(k)->y(n)=x(n)*h(n) IFFT Related Topics Signal Processing Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

425

Waveform Calculator Functions cos

cos
Usage cos(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the cosine of wf, by default measured in degrees. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions

426

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions cosh

cosh
Usage cosh(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the hyperbolic cosine of wf. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

427

Waveform Calculator Functions cot

cot
Usage cot(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes and returns the cotangent of wf. Cotangent is defined as the reciprocal of the tangent; that is, cot(wf)=1/tan(wf). Related Topics Trigonometric Functions

428

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions coth

coth
Usage coth(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes and returns the hyperbolic cotangent of wf. Hyperbolic cotangent is defined as the reciprocal of the hyperbolic tangent; that is, coth(wf)=1/tanh(wf). Related Topics Trigonometric Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

429

Waveform Calculator Functions cphase

cphase
Usage cphase(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns the phase of the input complex waveform in radians, with unlimited bounds. Related Topics phase Complex Functions

430

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions crosscorrelation

crosscorrelation
Usage crosscorrelation(wf1, wf2[, points1, points2, fs]) Arguments

wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. points1 (Optional) Specifies the number of points of the first input waveform. points2 (Optional) Specifies the number of points of the second input waveform. fs (Optional) Specifies the frequency of the signal.

Description Computes the cross correlation of the two input waveforms. For two finite data sequences x(n),n=0,...,N-1 and y(n),n=0,...,M-1 the discrete cross correlation is defined as follows: Rxy(n) = Sum(x(m) * y(m-n)) with m varying from -infinity to +infinity Because of the following relation: Rxy(n) = x(n) * y(-n) the cross correlation can be computed by performing a Convolution on x(n) and y(-n), the timereversed version of y(n). Related Topics autocor chirp fft ifft psd Signal Processing Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

431

Waveform Calculator Functions datatowf

datatowf
Usage datatowf(array_of_datapoints) datatowf(array_of_x, array_of_y) Arguments

array_of_datapoints Specifies the input array of points. For example, [[x0, y0], , [xn, yn]]. array_of_x Specifies the input array of x values. For example, [x0, x1, , xn]. array_of_y Specifies the input array of y values. For example, [y0, y1, , yn].

Description Creates a waveform based on one or two arrays of data points. If one array is specified, it must contain data points wrapped between square brackets ( [ ] ). The first element defines the x value, and the second one defines the y value. Elements are separated by a comma. For example, [[x0, y0], [x1, y1], , [xn, yn]]. If two arrays are specified, the first array contains the x values, and the second array contains the y values. For example, [x0, x1, , xn], [y0, y1, , yn]. Related Topics wftodata Miscellaneous Functions

432

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions db

db
Usage db(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Converts the magnitude data of the input waveform to decibels. Related Topics db10 idb10 idb Complex Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

433

Waveform Calculator Functions db10

db10
Usage db10(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Converts the magnitude data of the input waveform to decibels using the following equation: db10 = 10 * log10 (x) Related Topics db idb idb10 Complex Functions

434

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions deg

deg
Usage deg(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Converts the trigonometric angle of a waveform to degrees. Related Topics rad Signal Processing Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

435

Waveform Calculator Functions derive

derive
Usage derive(wf, x_val) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_val (Required) Specifies the x value of the derivative point.

Description Computes the derivative of the input waveform at the single point x_val. Related Topics drv integ integral Mathematical Functions

436

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions drv

drv
Usage drv(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the derivative of the input waveform. Related Topics derive integ integral Mathematical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

437

Waveform Calculator Functions dtoa

dtoa
Usage dtoa(wf, coeff_add, coeff_mul, Tcom) dtoa(wf, coeff_add, coeff_mul, useInterpolate, useTcom, Tcom, radix) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. coeff_add (Required) Specifies the additive coefficient in the calculation of the analog values. coeff_mul (Required) Specifies the multiplicative coefficient in the calculation of the analog values. useInterpolate (Optional) Specifies whether to use the interpolation algorithm. useTcom (Optional) Specifies whether to use the commutation time in non-interpolate mode. radix (Optional) Specifies the radix in which to interpret the bus values.

Description Constructs an analog waveform from a digital bus. Related Topics atod dtoaonbit Miscellaneous Functions

438

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions dtoaonbit

dtoaonbit
Usage dtoaonbit(wf) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.

Description Constructs an analog waveform on bits. Example Related Topics atod dtoa Miscellaneous Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

439

Waveform Calculator Functions evmber

evmber
Usage evmber(wf1, wf2) evmber(wf1, wf2, mpsk) evmber(wf1, wf2, mqam) evmber(wf1, wf2, mpsk, mqam) Arguments

wf1 (Required) Specifies the first constellation diagram name. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second constellation diagram name. mpsk (Optional) Defines the number of ideal states of the reference constellation diagram. mqam (Optional) Defines the number of ideal states of the reference constellation diagram.

Description Computes the Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate of the two input constellation diagrams. The Error Vector Magnitude and Bit Error Rate can be computed from a constellation diagram of a modulated signal and a constellation diagram of a reference signal. Related Topics RF Functions

440

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions exp

exp
Usage exp(wf) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.

Description Computes the value of ewf. Related Topics ln log Mathematical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

441

Waveform Calculator Functions eyediagram

eyediagram
Usage eyediagram(wf[, period, offset, x_start, x_stop]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the start time of the input waveform. x_stop (Optional) Specifies the stop time of the input waveform. period (Optional) Specifies the period of the eye diagram. offset (Optional) Specifies the offset of the eye diagram.

Description Constructs an eye diagram of the input waveform. Related Topics Statistical Functions

442

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions falltime

falltime
Usage falltime(wf) falltime(wf, topline, baseline) falltime(wf, topline, baseline, low, mid, up) falltime(wf, topline, baseline, low, mid, up, x_start, x_end) falltime(wf, topline, baseline, low, mid, up, x_start, x_end, option) falltime(wf, topline, baseline, low, mid, up, x_start, x_end, option, param) falltime(wf, topline, baseline, low, mid, up, x_start, x_end, option, param, fall) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. topline (Optional) Specifies the y value that sets the high threshold of a signal. Specify Automatic to have this value computed. baseline (Optional) Specifies the y value that sets the low threshold of a signal. Specify Automatic to have this value computed. low (Optional) Specifies the percentage of the low threshold. This can range from 0% to mid. By default, this is set to 10%. This parameter is a string (for example, 10%). mid (Optional) Specifies the percentage that sets the limit range for the low and up values. By default, this is set to 50%. This parameter is a string (for example, 50%). up (Optional) Specifies the percentage of the high threshold. This can range from mid to 100%. By default, this is set to 90%. This parameter is a string (for example, 90%). x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

443

Waveform Calculator Functions falltime

option (Optional) Specifies the output type. Legal values are: WF for waveform, VALUE for numerical value or array of numerical values and ANNOTATION for plotting your input waveform with the result annotated on it. Note If fall is anything other than "all", option="VALUE" will be forced.

param (Optional) Specifies the simulation parameters to be used to generate the result waveform when option = WF. fall (Optional) Specifies the occurrence of the result that the measurement will return. For compound waveforms it applies to each element individually. Legal values are:
o o o o

"first" Specifies the first occurrence of the result. "all" Specifies all occurrences of the result. Default. "last" Specifies the last occurrence of the result. n or "n" Specifies the nth occurrence of the result.

Description Measures the difference in time from when the waveform falls from the upper level to the lower level. Related Topics risetime

444

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions fft

fft
Usage fft(wf[, t_start, t_stop, fs, points, sampling, padding, normalized, windowType, alpha, f_ref, f_min, f_max, samplingEpsilon, window_shape]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. t_start (Optional) Specifies the start time of the input waveform. t_stop (Optional) Specifies the stop time of the input waveform. fs (Optional) Specifies the sampling frequency of the signal. points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points. Note For symmetric windows, the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points)/fs) = t_stop - t_start For periodic windows, the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points - 1)/fs) = t_stop - t_start

sampling (Optional) Specifies the method of computing the sampled data. Legal values are No Sampling or Interpolation. padding (Optional) Activates data padding to pad the input data with zeros, before or after the input data set. Legal values are: No Padding, Padding Right, Padding Left or Padding Left and Right. The input parameter will be verified by the algorithm and changed if necessary.

normalized (Optional) Specifies whether you want to take an average on the raw data to reduce noise and smooth the frequency domain waveform. Specify 1 to turn this on, or 0 to not modify the raw data from calculation.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

445

Waveform Calculator Functions fft

windowType (Optional) Applies a windowing function from a selection of windows. Legal values are: Rectangular, Hamming, Hanning, Parzen, Welch, Blackman, BlackmanHarris, Bartlett, Kaiser, Klein or Dolph Chebyshev. Note For Hanning, symmetric window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in FIR filter design. Periodic window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in spectral analysis. This is because the Discrete Fourier Transform assumes periodic extension of the input vector. A periodic Hanning window is obtained by constructing a symmetric window and removing the last sample.

alpha (Optional) Specifies the alpha or beta value that is required by Hanning, Kaiser, and Dolph Chebyshev windows. f_ref (Optional) Adjusts the results around the y-axis so that the point for the specified frequency is 0.0. f_min (Optional) Specifies the starting frequency used inside the fast fourier transform result window. f_max (Optional) Specifies the last frequency used inside the fast fourier transform result window. samplingEpsilon (Optional) When sampling is set to Interpolation, specifies that the input waveform data point (Y value) is to be used rather than the exact interpolated value when the X data of the input waveform is close to the computed X value. The computed X value corresponds to t_start + (points * dX) where dX is the sampling interval retrieved from the fs.

window_shape (Optional) Specifies the shape of the window. Legal values are Symmetric for standard FFT setup or Periodic for enhancing FFT setup for spectral analysis of periodic signals. Defaults to the global setting in the Calculations Options on page 362. Tip: For comparing Eldos FFT results with EZwaves FFT results, select the "Periodic" option, unless EZwaves FFT is executed on an FFT_INPUT waveform. In this case, Eldo has already considered the periodicity of the input signal.

446

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions fft

Description The Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) is used to determine the frequency content of analog signals encountered in circuit simulation, which deals with sequences of time values. The fft() function uses the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) method for calculating the DFT. Related Topics autocor chirp crosscorrelation ifft psd Signal Processing Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

447

Waveform Calculator Functions floor

floor
Usage floor(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the largest integral value not greater than each data point of wf. Upon successful completion, each returned value is expressed as a type double. Related Topics ceil Mathematical Functions

448

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions fmod

fmod
Usage fmod(x, y) Arguments

x (Required) Specifies the numerator of the input. y (Required) Specifies the denominator of the input.

Description Computes the remainder of dividing x by y. It returns x - (n * y), where n is the quotient of x / y, rounded to the greatest integer less than or equal to x / y. Related Topics modf Mathematical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

449

Waveform Calculator Functions frexp

frexp
Usage frexp(x) Arguments

x (Required) Specifies the floating point number to be decomposed.

Description Extracts the mantissa and exponent from a double-precision number by breaking the floating point x into a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. Note This function only accepts scalar numbers as input parameter.

Related Topics ldexp Mathematical Functions

450

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions gendecade

gendecade
Usage gendecade(start_value, stop_value, points_decade) Arguments

start_value (Required) Specifies the start value. stop_value (Required) Specifies the stop value. points_decade (Required) Specifies the number of points per decade.

Description Returns a list that contains numbers sweeping from start_value to stop_value with number of points per decade value equal to points_decade. Related Topics genlinear genoctave Miscellaneous Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

451

Waveform Calculator Functions genlinear

genlinear
Usage genlinear(start_value, stop_value, step_value) Arguments

start_value (Required) Specifies the start value. stop_value (Required) Specifies the stop value. step_value (Required) Specifies the step value.

Description Returns a list that contains numbers sweeping from start_value to stop_value with a step equal to step_value. Example Related Topics gendecade genoctave Miscellaneous Functions

452

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions genoctave

genoctave
Usage genoctave(start_value, stop_value, points_octave) Arguments

start_value (Required) Specifies the start value. stop_value (Required) Specifies the stop value. points_octave (Required) Specifies the number of points per octave.

Description Returns a list that contains numbers sweeping from start_value to stop_value with number of points per decade value equal to points_octave. Related Topics gendecade genlinear Miscellaneous Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

453

Waveform Calculator Functions gmargin

gmargin
Usage gmargin(wf) gmargin(wf_db, wf_ph) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. If the input waveform is specified using wf_db and wf_ph, this argument is not required. wf_db (Required) Specifies the gain (dB) of the input waveform when used with wf_ph. If the input waveform is specified with wf, this argument is not required. wf_ph (Required) Specifies the phase of the input waveform when used with wf_db. If the input waveform is specified with wf, this argument is not required.

Description Computes the difference between the gain of the input waveform wf and 0 dB (unity gain) at the frequency where the phase shift is -180 degrees (that is, Phase Crossover Frequency). The input wf can be also be described by a gain (dB) waveform wf_db and a phase waveform wf_ph. This result is in dB. Related Topics phmargin Miscellaneous Functions

454

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions gptocomplex

gptocomplex
Usage gptocomplex(wf1, [x_start1, x_end1,] wf2[, x_start2, x_end2]) Arguments

wf1 (Required) Specifies the first (gain) input waveform name. x_start1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf1. x_end1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf1. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second (phase) input waveform name. x_start2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf2. x_end2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf2.

Description Constructs a complex waveform from a waveform of gain in decibels (wf1) and a waveform of phase in radians (wf2). Related Topics mptocomplex ritocomplex Complex Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

455

Waveform Calculator Functions harmonicdistortion

harmonicdistortion
Usage harmonicdistortion(wf[, f_fund, f_min, f_max, displayTHDoption]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. f_fund (Optional) Specifies the fundamental frequency. f_min (Optional) Specifies the minimum frequency of the input waveform. f_max (Optional) Specifies the maximum frequency of the input waveform. displayTHDoption (Optional) Specifies the option for displaying the total harmonic distortion between PERCENTAGE and DB.

Description Computes the harmonic distortion of the input waveform. This function is computed by using the gain of the FFT result. That means that the input waveform can be either a complex waveform or a waveform representing a gain. f_min and f_max specifies the frequency band that should be taken for the computation. The output total harmonic distortion is displayed either as a percentage or as a gain. Related Topics harmonics hdist Signal Processing Functions

456

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions harmonics

harmonics
Usage harmonics(wf[, f_fund, f_min, f_max]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. f_fund (Optional) Specifies the fundamental frequency. f_min (Optional) Specifies the minimum frequency of the input waveform. f_max (Optional) Specifies the maximum frequency of the input waveform.

Description Computes the harmonic distortion of the input waveform. This function is computed by using the gain of the FFT result. That means that the input waveform can be either a complex waveform or a waveform representing a gain. Related Topics harmonicdistortion hdist Signal Processing Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

457

Waveform Calculator Functions hdist

hdist
Usage harmonics(wf[, f_fund, f_min, f_max, displayTHDoption]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. f_fund (Optional) Specifies the fundamental frequency. f_min (Optional) Specifies the minimum frequency of the input waveform. f_max (Optional) Specifies the maximum frequency of the input waveform. displayTHDoption (Optional) Specifies the option for displaying the total harmonic distortion between PERCENTAGE and DB.

Description Computes the total harmonic distortion of the input waveform. This function is computed by using the gain of the FFT result. That means that the input waveform can be either a complex waveform or a waveform representing a gain. f_min and f_max specifies the frequency band that should be taken for the computation. The output total harmonic distortion is displayed either as a percentage or as a gain. Related Topics harmonicdistortion harmonics Signal Processing Functions

458

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions histogram

histogram
Usage histogram(wf, bins, x_start, x_end) histogram(wf, bins, x_start, x_end, sampling) histogram(wf, bins, x_start, x_end, sampling, normalized) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. bins (Required) Specifies the number of bins. x_start (Required) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Required) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. sampling (Optional) Specifies where or not to use sampling. Specify 0 to create the histogram based on the data points of the input waveform. Specify 1 to first equidistantly sample the waveform and then create the histogram based on the sampled data.

normalized (Optional) Specifies whether to normalize the data. Specify 0 to use the raw data from the calculation unmodified. Specify 1 to divide each bin value by the total number of points.

Description Creates a histogram of the input waveform showing the magnitude probability density distribution of the waveform. Related Topics Statistical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

459

Waveform Calculator Functions hypot

hypot
Usage hypot(x, y) Arguments

x (Required) Specifies the x value. y (Required) Specifies the y value.

Description Computes the length of the hypotenuse of a right triangle using the formula sqrt (x2+y2). Related Topics Mathematical Functions

460

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions idb

idb
Usage idb(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Performs the inverse decibel function. It converts the input waveform from dB using the following conversion: 10(v/20). Related Topics db db10 idb10 Complex Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

461

Waveform Calculator Functions idb10

idb10
Usage idb10(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Performs the inverse decibel function. It converts the input waveform from dB using the following conversion: 10(v/10). Related Topics db db10 idb Complex Functions

462

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions ifft

ifft
Usage ifft(wf[, f_start, f_stop, ts, points, sampling, padding, normalized, samplingEpsilon, window_shape]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. f_start (Optional) Specifies the start frequency of the signal. f_stop (Optional) Specifies the stop frequency of the signal. ts (Optional) Specifies the sampling time of the signal. points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points. Note For symmetric windows, the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points)/ts) = f_stop - f_start For periodic windows, the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points - 1)/ts) = f_stop - f_start

sampling (Optional) Specifies the method of computing the sampled data. Legal values are No Sampling or Interpolation. padding (Optional) Activates data padding to pad the input data with zeros, before or after the input data set. Legal values are: No Padding, Padding Right, Padding Left, and Padding Left and Right. The input parameter will be verified by the algorithm and changed if necessary.

normalized (Optional) Specifies whether to normalize the data. Specify 0 to use the raw data from the calculation unmodified. Specify 1 to normalize the raw data.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

463

Waveform Calculator Functions ifft

samplingEpsilon (Optional) When sampling is set to Interpolation, specifies that the input waveform data point (Y value) is to be used rather than the exact interpolated value when the X data of the input waveform is close to the computed X value. Default is 10-6. The computed X value corresponds to t_start + (points * dX) where dX is the sampling interval retrieved from the fs.

window_shape (Optional) Specifies the shape of the window. Legal values are Symmetric for standard FFT setup or Periodic for enhancing FFT setup for spectral analysis of periodic signals. Defaults to the global setting in the Calculations Options on page 362. Tip: For comparing Eldos FFT results with EZwaves FFT results, select the "Periodic" option, unless EZwaves FFT is executed on an FFT_INPUT waveform. In this case, Eldo has already considered the periodicity of the input signal.

Description Calculates the inverse fast fourier transform of the input waveform. Related Topics autocor chirp crosscorrelation fft psd Signal Processing Functions

464

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions iipx

iipx
Usage iipx(wave_in, wave_out, freq_1, freq_2[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wave_in (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name. wave_out (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. freq_1 (Required) Specifies the first input frequency. freq_2 (Required) Specifies the second input frequency. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns the input referred intercept point of order x from the value of the circuit input and output: wave_in and wave_out, respectively. wave_in and wave_out must be in dB or dBm. The intercept order is directly calculated from the intermodulation of freq_1 and freq_2. If the input waveform type is complex, the waveforms are automatically converted in dB. Related Topics oipx RF Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

465

Waveform Calculator Functions imag

imag
Usage imag(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns the imaginary part of the input complex waveform. Related Topics real Complex Functions

466

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions integ

integ
Usage integ(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns the definite integral value with upper and lower limits of a waveform. Related Topics derive drv integral Mathematical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

467

Waveform Calculator Functions integral

integral
Usage integral(wf) integral(wf, y0) integral(wf, y0, x_start, x_end) integral(wf, yReal0, yImag0) integral(wf, yReal0, yImag0, x_start, x_end) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. y0 (Optional) Specifies the integration constant. If this is not specified, the default is 0. yReal0 (Optional) Specifies the real part of the integration constant, if wf is a complex waveform. yImag0 (Optional) Specifies the imaginary part of the integration constant, if wf is a complex waveform.

Description Computes the indefinite integral (also known as the anti-derivative) of the input waveform. Upon successful completion, returns a waveform of the indefinite integral of the input. If no integration constant is specified, it is automatically set to 0. Related Topics derive drv integ Mathematical Functions

468

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions intersect

intersect
Usage intersect(wf1, wf2) intersect(wf1, wf2, with_x) intersect(wf1, wf2, x_start, x_end) intersect(wf1, wf2, x_start, x_end, with_x) intersect(wf1, wf2, slope_wf1, slope_wf2) intersect(wf1, wf2, slope_wf1, slope_wf2, x_start, x_end) intersect(wf1, wf2, slope_wf1, slope_wf2, x_start, x_end, with_x) Arguments

wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. with_x (Optional) Specifies whether the corresponding x value is returned. Use 1 or 0 as follows:
o o

1 Both the y value and the corresponding x value are returned. 0 Only the y value is returned.

x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf1. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf1. slope_wf1 (Optional) Specifies the slope of wf1 as follows:
o o o

neg Include only intersects where wf1 is negative. pos Include only intersects where wf1 is positive. either Include all wf1 intersects, regardless of slope.

slope_wf2 (Optional) Specifies the slope of wf2 as follows:

o o

neg Include only intersects where wf2 is negative. pos Include only intersects where wf2 is positive.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

469

Waveform Calculator Functions intersect o

either Include all wf2 intersects, regardless of slope.

Description Returns an array with all of the intersection points of two input waveforms. Related Topics Miscellaneous Functions

470

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions larger

larger
Usage larger(wf1, [x_start1, x_end1,] wf2[, x_start2, x_end2]) Arguments

wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name. x_start1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf1. x_end1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf1. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. x_start2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf2. x_end2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf2.

Description Creates a new waveform based on the larger of two data points at any given time of the two input waveforms. Related Topics lesser Statistical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

471

Waveform Calculator Functions ldexp

ldexp
Usage ldexp(x, y) Arguments

x (Required) Specifies the x value. y (Required) Specifies the y value.

Description Computes the load exponent of a floating point number using the formula x * 2y. Upon successful completion, returns a double representing the value x multiplied by 2 raised to the power y. Example Related Topics frexp Mathematical Functions

472

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions lesser

lesser
Usage lesser(wf1, [x_start1, x_end1,] wf2[, x_start2, x_end2]) Arguments

wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name. x_start1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf1. x_end1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf1. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. x_start2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf2. x_end2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf2.

Description Creates a new waveform based on the lesser of two data points at any given time of the two input waveforms. Related Topics larger Statistical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

473

Waveform Calculator Functions ln

ln
Usage ln(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the natural logarithm of the input argument wf. The value of wf must be positive. Related Topics exp log Mathematical Functions

474

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions log

log
Usage log(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the base 10 logarithm of the input wf. The value of wf must be positive. Related Topics exp ln Mathematical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

475

Waveform Calculator Functions longtermjitter

longtermjitter
Usage longtermjitter(wf, [f0=]f0[, [f_start=]f_start] [, [f_stop=]f_stop] [, [sampling_nb_points=]sampling_nb_points]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the name on the input waveform on which the long term jitter is calculated. [f0=]f0 (Required) Specifies the Fundamental Frequency of SST Noise Analysis. Default value is Automatic. Note If f0 is stored in the database by the Eldo RF simulator, this argument becomes optional.

[f_start=]f_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of the interval for the long term jitter calculation. Default value is Begin. [f_stop=]f_stop (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of the interval for the long term jitter calculation. Default value is End. [sampling_nb_points=]sampling_nb_points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points on the input waveform. Default value is Automatic, for which 100 sampling points are considered. Note If only a subset of the optional arguments are specified, each optional argument prefix [argument=] must also be specified. When the optional argument prefixes [argument=] are specified, the arguments can be specified in any order.

Description Returns the long term jitter waveform: 8 + 2 t = -------- 0 S ( f ).sin 2 ( ft ).df 2 0

476

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions longtermjitter

t corresponds to the waveform representing the long term jitter for forced circuits. Usage Notes The calculation is designed for input waveforms SPHI, DB(SPHI), SPHI_SSB, DB(SPHI_SSB), Lf and DB(PHNOISE), but not restricted to this list. It is recommended that the waveform is sampled around 100 points (ten points per decade) prior to running the long term jitter calculation to ensure that the calculation does not take too long to run. Example
longtermjitter(wf1) # This will calculate the long term jitter for waveform wf1 with an # automatically detected fundamental frequency that has been stored in # the database by the Eldo RF simulator. The calculation will use # the entire waveform. There will be 100 sampling points - the default. longtermjitter(wf1, 4e6, 3e6, 5e6, 50) # This will calculate the long term jitter for waveform wf1 # with fundamental frequency 4.000.000 Hz. The calculation will use # the waveform from 3.000.000 Hz to 5.000.000 Hz. There will be 50 # sampling points. longtermjitter(wf1, f0=6e6, sampling_nb_points=200) # This will calculate the long term jitter for waveform wf1 with # fundamental frequency 6.000.000 Hz and 200 sampling points. The entire # waveform will be used for the calculation.

Related Topics absolutejitter periodjitter

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

477

Waveform Calculator Functions mag

mag
Usage mag(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns the absolute magnitude of the input complex waveform. Related Topics Complex Functions

478

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions max

max
Usage max(wf) max(wf, x_start, x_end) max(wf, x_start, x_end, x_value, option, param) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_value (Optional) Specifies whether to return the x value along with the y value. Specify 0 to return only the maximum y value; specify 1 to return both the maximum y and the corresponding x value at the maximum.

option (Optional) Specifies the output type. Legal values for option are:
o o o

VALUE - Output will be a numerical value or array of numerical values. WF - Output will be a waveform. ANNOTATION - Adds annotation to the input waveform.

param (Optional) Used with option=WF. Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform. For compound waveforms the parameters can be seen in the Parameter Table - for more information on the Parameter Table see Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms on page 79.

Description Returns the maximum value of a waveform. If the input waveform is complex, it returns the largest magnitude of its elements. Related Topics min Statistical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

479

Waveform Calculator Functions min

min
Usage min(wf) min(wf, x_start, x_end) min(wf, x_start, x_end, x_value, option, param) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. x_value (Optional) Specifies whether to return the x value along with the y value. Specify 0 to return only the minimum y value; specify 1 to return both the minimum y and the corresponding x value at the minimum.

option (Optional) Specifies the output type. Legal values for option are:
o o o

VALUE - Output will be a numerical value or array of numerical values. WF - Output will be a waveform. ANNOTATION - Adds annotation to the input waveform.

param (Optional) Used with option=WF. Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform. For compound waveforms the parameters can be seen in the Parameter Table - for more information on the Parameter Table see Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms on page 79.

Description Returns the minimum value of a waveform. If the input waveform is complex, it returns the smallest magnitude of its elements. Related Topics max Statistical Functions

480

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions modf

modf
Usage modf(x) Arguments

x (Required) Specifies the floating point number to be decomposed.

Description Breaks the argument x into integral and fractional parts, each having the same sign as the argument. The integral part is returned as a type double. Note This function only accepts scalar numbers as input parameter.

Related Topics fmod Mathematical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

481

Waveform Calculator Functions mptocomplex

mptocomplex
Usage mptocomplex(wf1, [x_start1, x_end1,] wf2[, x_start2, x_end2]) Arguments

wf1 (Required) Specifies the first (magnitude) input waveform name. x_start1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf1. x_end1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf1. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second (phase) input waveform name. x_start2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf2. x_end2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf2.

Description Constructs a complex waveform from a waveform of magnitude (wf1) and a waveform of phase in radians (wf2). Related Topics gptocomplex ritocomplex Complex Functions

482

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions nand

nand
Usage nand(wf1, wf2) Arguments

wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input digital waveform name. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input digital waveform name.

Description Applies the NAND function to two input waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. The results of the function are described in the following table: Table B-10. NAND Truth Table wf1 F F T T wf2 F T F T NAND (wf1, wf2) T T T F

In the table, T represents TRUE for boolean waveforms, and 1 for bit waveforms. F represents FALSE for boolean waveforms, and 0 for bit waveforms. Related Topics nor xnor Logic Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

483

Waveform Calculator Functions noisetrantophasenoise

noisetrantophasenoise
Computes the Phase Noise Spectrum (Power Spectral Density) of a periodic (noisy) transient waveform. First, this function computes the average period (or average carrier frequency), then it computes the timing and phase jitter with respect to this average period. The Phase Noise Spectrum is then calculated from the Power Spectral Density of the extracted jitter Usage noisetrantophasenoise(wf[, tstart, tstop]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. The waveform must be the result of a transient or transient noise analysis. tstart (Optional) Specifies the input start time. tstop (Optional) Specifies the input stop time.

Related Topics RF Functions .NOISETRAN in the Eldo Reference Manual

484

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions nor

nor
Usage nor(wf1, wf2) Arguments

wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input digital waveform name. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input digital waveform name.

Description Applies the NOR function to two input waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. The results of the function are described in the following table: Table B-11. NOR Truth Table wf1 F F T T wf2 F T F T nor (wf1, wf2) T F F F

In the table, T represents TRUE for boolean waveforms, and 1 for bit waveforms. F represents FALSE for boolean waveforms, and 0 for bit waveforms. Related Topics nand xnor Logic Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

485

Waveform Calculator Functions oipx

oipx
Usage oipx(wf, freq_1, freq_2[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. freq_1 (Required) Specifies the first input frequency. freq_2 (Required) Specifies the second input frequency. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns the output referred intercept point of order x from the value of the circuit output wave, which must be in dB or dBm. The intercept order is directly calculated from the intermodulation of freq_1 and freq_2. If the input waveform type is complex, the waveform is automatically converted in dB. Related Topics iipx RF Functions

486

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions periodjitter

periodjitter
Usage periodjitter(wf, [f0=]f0[, [f_start=]f_start] [, [f_stop=]f_stop] [, [sampling_nb_points=]sampling_nb_points]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the name on the input waveform on which the period jitter is calculated. [f0=]f0 (Required) Specifies the Fundamental Frequency of SST Noise Analysis. Default value is Automatic. Note If f0 is stored in the database by the Eldo RF simulator, this argument becomes optional.

[f_start=]f_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of the interval for the period jitter calculation. Default value is Begin. [f_stop=]f_stop (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of the interval for the period jitter calculation. Default value is End. [sampling_nb_points=]sampling_nb_points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points on the input waveform. Default value is Automatic, for which 100 sampling points are considered. Note If only a subset of the optional arguments are specified, each optional argument prefix [argument=] must also be specified. When the optional argument prefixes [argument=] are specified, the arguments can be specified in any order.

Description Returns the period jitter value: T 0 = 8 -------- + S ( f ).sin 2 ( f T 0 ).df 2 0 0

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

487

Waveform Calculator Functions periodjitter

T 0 corresponds to the period jitter value for forced circuits. Usage Notes The calculation is designed for input waveforms SPHI, DB(SPHI), SPHI_SSB, DB(SPHI_SSB), Lf and DB(PHNOISE), but not restricted to this list. Example
periodjitter(wf1) # This will calculate the period jitter for waveform wf1 with an # automatically detected fundamental frequency that has been stored in # the database by the Eldo RF simulator. The calculation will use # the entire waveform. There will be 100 sampling points - the default. periodjitter(wf1, 4e6, 3e6, 5e6, 50) # This will calculate the period jitter for waveform wf1 # with fundamental frequency 4.000.000 Hz. The calculation will use # the waveform from 3.000.000 Hz to 5.000.000 Hz. There will be 50 # sampling points. periodjitter(wf1, f0=6e6, sampling_nb_points=200) # This will calculate the period jitter for waveform wf1 with # fundamental frequency 6.000.000 Hz and 200 sampling points. The entire # waveform will be used for the calculation.

Related Topics absolutejitter longtermjitter

488

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions phase

phase
Usage phase(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns the phase of the input complex waveform limited to [-pi, pi] in radians, or limited to [-180, 180] in degrees, according to the option set in Edit > Options > Data Format > Axis Data Format > Phase. Related Topics cphase Complex Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

489

Waveform Calculator Functions phasenoise

phasenoise
Usage phasenoise(wf1, wf2[, t_0, f_min, f_max]) Arguments

wf1 (Required) Specifies the name of a waveform that is the result of a transient analysis of an oscillator. wf2 (Required) Specifies the name of a waveform that contains RMS values of the noise corresponding to wf1. t_0 (Optional) Specifies the start time. If not specified, the default value is the first x value of the transient signal. f_min (Optional) Specifies the frequency minimum. If not specified, the default value is 1. f_max (Optional) Specifies the frequency maximum. If not specified, the default value is the derivative signal divided by two.

Description Computes the phase noise of a transient analysis. The first waveform (wf1) must be the result of a transient analysis of an oscillator, and the second waveform (wf2) must be RMS values of the noise corresponding to the first waveform. The output units are as follows:

Oscillation fundamental frequency is displayed in Hz. Jitter noise variance slope is displayed in sec2 * Hz. Phase noise variance slope is displayed in rad2 * Hz.

Related Topics RF Functions

490

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions phmargin

phmargin
Usage phmargin(wf) phmargin(wf_db, wf_ph) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. If the input waveform is specified using wf_db and wf_ph, this argument is not required. wf_db (Required) Specifies the gain (dB) of the input waveform when used with wf_ph. If the input waveform is specified with wf, this argument is not required. wf_ph (Required) Specifies the phase of the input waveform when used with wf_db. If the input waveform is specified with wf, this argument is not required.

Description Computes the difference in phase between the input waveform wf and -180 degrees at the frequency where the gain is 0 dB (that is, Gain Crossover Frequency). The input waveform can be also be described by a gain (dB) waveform wf_db and a phase waveform wf_ph. This result is either in radians or in degrees according to data format settings. Related Topics gmargin Miscellaneous Functionsv

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

491

Waveform Calculator Functions pow10

pow10
Usage pow10(wf) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name.

Description Computes the value of 10wf. Related Topics Mathematical Functions

492

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions psd

psd
Usage psd(wf[, t_start, t_stop, fs, points, sampling, padding, normalized, windowType, alpha, nsect, nauto, ncorr, npsd, computationMethod, f_ref, f_min, f_max, samplingEpsilon, window_shape]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. t_start (Optional) Specifies the start time of the input waveform. t_stop (Optional) Specifies the stop time of the input waveform. fs (Optional) Specifies the sampling frequency of the signal. points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points. Note For symmetric windows, the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points)/fs) = t_stop - t_start For periodic windows, the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points - 1)/fs) = t_stop - t_start

sampling (Optional) Specifies the method of computing the sampled data. Legal values are No Sampling or Interpolation. padding (Optional) Activates data padding to pad the input data with zeros, before or after the input data set. Legal values are: No Padding, Padding Right, Padding Left or Padding Left and Right. The input parameter will be verified by the algorithm and changed if necessary.

normalized (Optional) Specifies whether you want to take an average on the raw data to reduce noise and smooth the frequency domain waveform. Specify 1 to turn this on, or 0 to not modify the raw data from calculation.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

493

Waveform Calculator Functions psd

windowType (Optional) Applies a windowing function from a selection of windows. Legal values are: Rectangular, Hamming, Hanning, Parzen, Welch, Blackman, BlackmanHarris, Bartlett, Kaiser, Klein or Dolph Chebyshev. Note For Hanning, symmetric window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in FIR filter design. Periodic window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in spectral analysis. This is because the Discrete Fourier Transform assumes periodic extension of the input vector. A periodic Hanning window is obtained by constructing a symmetric window and removing the last sample.

alpha (Optional) Specifies the alpha or beta value that is required by Hanning, Kaiser, and Dolph Chebyshev windows. nsect (Optional) Specifies the number of points by section. nauto (Optional) Specifies the number of points for auto-correlation results. ncorr (Optional) Specifies the number of auto-correlation points used for power spectral density computation. npsd (Optional) Specifies the number of points for power spectral density results. computationMethod (Optional) Specifies the computation method. Legal values are: PERIODO and CORRELO. f_ref (Optional) Adjusts the results around the y-axis so that the point for the specified frequency is 0.0. f_min (Optional) Specifies the starting frequency used inside the power spectral density result window. f_max (Optional) Specifies the last frequency used inside the power spectral density result window.

494

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions psd

samplingEpsilon (Optional) When sampling is set to Interpolation, specifies that the input waveform data point (Y value) is to be used rather than the exact interpolated value when the X data of the input waveform is close to the computed X value. The computed X value corresponds to t_start + (points * dX) where dX is the sampling interval retrieved from the fs.

window_shape (Optional) Specifies the shape of the window. Legal values are Symmetric for standard FFT setup or Periodic for enhancing FFT setup for spectral analysis of periodic signals. Defaults to the global setting in the Calculations Options on page 362. Tip: For comparing Eldos FFT results with EZwaves FFT results, select the "Periodic" option, unless EZwaves FFT is executed on an FFT_INPUT waveform. In this case, Eldo has already considered the periodicity of the input signal.

Description Computes the power spectral density of the input waveform. Related Topics autocor chirp crosscorrelation fft ifft Signal Processing Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

495

Waveform Calculator Functions rad

rad
Usage rad(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Converts the trigonometric angle of a waveform to radians. Related Topics deg Signal Processing Functions

496

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions real

real
Usage real(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns the real part of the input complex waveform. Related Topics imag Complex Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

497

Waveform Calculator Functions reglin

reglin
Usage reglin(par_value, char_value) Arguments

par_value (Required) Specifies an input array of numbers. char_value (Required) Specifies an input array of numbers.

Description Performs a linear regression between par_value and char_value, and returns a value for the slope. Related Topics Miscellaneous Functions

498

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions relation

relation
Usage relation(wf1, wf2, operator) Arguments

wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform name. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform name. operator (Required) Specifies the relational operator through one of the following legal values:
o o o

1 Represents greater than. 0 Represents equals. -1 Represents less than.

Description Generates a waveform from a point-by-point relational expression. It returns 1 corresponding to the scalar value operator if any of the following conditions are true:

operator = 1 and wf1 > wf2 operator = 0 and wf1 = wf2 operator = -1 and wf1 < wf2

otherwise, 0 is returned. Related Topics Mathematical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

499

Waveform Calculator Functions risetime

risetime
Usage risetime(wf) risetime(wf, topline, baseline) risetime(wf, topline, baseline, low, mid, up) risetime(wf, topline, baseline, low, mid, up, x_start, x_end) risetime(wf, topline, baseline, low, mid, up, x_start, x_end, option) risetime(wf, topline, baseline, low, mid, up, x_start, x_end, option, param) risetime(wf, topline, baseline, low, mid, up, x_start, x_end, option, param, rise) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. topline (Optional) Specifies the y value that sets the high threshold of a signal. Specify Automatic to have this value computed. baseline (Optional) Specifies the y value that sets the low threshold of a signal. Specify Automatic to have this value computed. low (Optional) Specifies the percentage of the low threshold. This can range from 0% to mid. By default, this is set to 10%. This parameter is a string (for example, 10%). mid (Optional) Specifies the percentage that sets the limit range for the low and up values. By default, this is set to 50%. This parameter is a string (for example, 50%). up (Optional) Specifies the percentage of the high threshold. This can range from mid to 100%. By default, this is set to 90%. This parameter is a string (for example, 90%). x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

500

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions risetime

option (Optional) Specifies the output type. (Optional) Specifies the output type. Legal values are: WF for waveform, VALUE for numerical value or array of numerical values and ANNOTATION for plotting your input waveform with the result annotated on it. Note If rise is anything other than "all", option="VALUE" will be forced.

param (Optional) Specifies the simulation parameters to be used to generate the result waveform when option = WF. rise (Optional) Specifies the occurrence of the result that the measurement will return. For compound waveforms it applies to each element individually. Legal values are:
o o o o

"first" Specifies the first occurrence of the result. "all" Specifies all occurrences of the result. Default. "last" Specifies the last occurrence of the result. n or "n" Specifies the nth occurrence of the result.

Description Measures the difference in time from when the waveform falls from the lower level to the upper level. Related Topics falltime

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

501

Waveform Calculator Functions ritocomplex

ritocomplex
Usage ritocomplex(wf1,[x_start1, x_end1,] wf2[, x_start2, x_end2]) Arguments

wf1 (Required) Specifies the first (real) input waveform name. x_start1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval on wf1. x_end1 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf1. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second (imaginary) input waveform name. x_start2 (Optional) Specifies x value at the beginning of an interval on wf2. x_end2 (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval on wf2.

Description Constructs a complex waveform from a waveform of the real part (wf1) and a waveform of the imaginary part (wf2). Related Topics gptocomplex mptocomplex Complex Functions

502

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions rms

rms
Usage rms(wf[, x_start, x_end, option, param]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. option (Optional) Specifies the output type. Legal values for option are:
o o o

VALUE - Output will be a numerical value or array of numerical values. WF - Output will be a waveform. ANNOTATION - Adds annotation to the input waveform.

param (Optional) Used with option=WF. Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform. For compound waveforms the parameters can be seen in the Parameter Table - for more information on the Parameter Table see Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms on page 79.

Description Returns the root mean square value of a waveform for transient or AC analysis, computed as follows: sqrt (integ(wf2, x_start, x_end) if the x domain is frequency. sqrt (integ(wf2, x_start, x_end) / (x_end - x_start) if the x domain is not frequency. Related Topics rms_ac rms_noise rms_tran Statistical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

503

Waveform Calculator Functions rms_ac

rms_ac
Usage rms_ac(wf[, x_start, x_end, option, param]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. option (Optional) Specifies the output type. Legal values for option are:
o o o

VALUE - Output will be a numerical value or array of numerical values. WF - Output will be a waveform. ANNOTATION - Adds annotation to the input waveform.

param (Optional) Used with option=WF. Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform. For compound waveforms the parameters can be seen in the Parameter Table - for more information on the Parameter Table see Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms on page 79.

Description Returns the root mean square value of a waveform for AC analysis, computed as follows: sqrt (integ(wf2, x_start, x_end) Related Topics rms rms_noise rms_tran Statistical Functions

504

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions rms_noise

rms_noise
Usage rms_noise(wf[, x_start, x_end, option, param]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. option (Optional) Specifies the output type. Legal values for option are:
o o o

VALUE - Output will be a numerical value or array of numerical values. WF - Output will be a waveform. ANNOTATION - Adds annotation to the input waveform.

param (Optional) Used with option=WF. Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform. For compound waveforms the parameters can be seen in the Parameter Table - for more information on the Parameter Table see Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms on page 79.

Description Returns the root mean square value of a waveform for noise analysis, computed as follows: sqrt (integ(wf2, x_start, x_end) Related Topics rms rms_ac rms_tran Statistical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

505

Waveform Calculator Functions rms_tran

rms_tran
Usage rms_tran(wf[, x_start, x_end, option, param]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. option (Optional) Specifies the output type. Legal values for option are:
o o o

VALUE - Output will be a numerical value or array of numerical values. WF - Output will be a waveform. ANNOTATION - Adds annotation to the input waveform.

param (Optional) Used with option=WF. Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform. For compound waveforms the parameters can be seen in the Parameter Table - for more information on the Parameter Table see Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms on page 79.

Description Returns the root mean square value of a waveform for transient analysis, computed as follows: sqrt (integ(wf2, x_start, x_end) Related Topics rms rms_ac rms_noise Statistical Functions

506

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions rol

rol
Usage rol(wf[, x_start, x_end], shift) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. shift (Required) Specifies the shifted value.

Description Returns a value that is the waveform wf rotated left by shift index positions. The rol function replaces wf with a value that is the result of a concatenation whose left argument is the rightmost (Length - 1) elements of wf and whose left argument is the leftmost remainder of wf. The following describe the three possible shifts:

ror

If the shift is 0 or if wf is a null array, the return value is wf. If the shift is positive, sra() is repeated shift times to form the result. If the shift is negative, the return value is the value of the function ror (wf, -shift)

Related Topics Logic Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

507

Waveform Calculator Functions ror

ror
Usage ror(wf[, x_start, x_end], shift) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. shift (Required) Specifies the shifted value.

Description Returns a value that is the waveform wf rotated right by shift index positions. The ror function replaces wf with a value that is the result of a concatenation whose right argument is the leftmost (Length - 1) elements of wf and whose left argument is the rightmost remainder of wf. The following describe the three possible shifts:

rol

If the shift is 0 or if wf is a null array, the return value is wf. If the shift is positive, sra() is repeated shift times to form the result. If the shift is negative, the return value is the value of the function rol (wf, -shift)

Related Topics Logic Functions

508

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions sample

sample
Usage sample(wf, sampling_interval[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. sampling_interval (Required) Specifies the x interval for sampling. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Creates a sampled waveform with equidistant data points. Related Topics Signal Processing Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

509

Waveform Calculator Functions settlingtime

settlingtime
Usage settlingtime(wf, steadystate, tolerance[, x_start, x_end, option, param]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. steadystate (Required) Specifies the final value to reach. tolerance (Required) Specifies the tolerance value, either a percentage of waveform amplitude by appending to the value the percentage character (%) or a positive or negative raw value. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. option (Optional) Specifies the output type. Legal values for option are:
o o o

VALUE - Output will be a numerical value or array of numerical values. WF - Output will be a waveform. ANNOTATION - Adds annotation to the input waveform.

param (Optional) Used with option=WF. Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform. For compound waveforms the parameters can be seen in the Parameter Table - for more information on the Parameter Table see Using the Parameter Table with Compound Waveforms on page 79.

Description Computes the time required for the input wave to settle within a certain limit around the final value. Related Topics Miscellaneous Functions

510

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions shift

shift
Usage shift(wf[, x_start, x_end], delta) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. delta (Required) Specifies the interval for shifting.

Description Creates a waveform shifted in the x direction by an interval delta. Related Topics Miscellaneous Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

511

Waveform Calculator Functions sin

sin
Usage sin(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the sine of wf, by default measured in degrees. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions

512

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions sinh

sinh
Usage sinh(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the hyperbolic sine of wf. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

513

Waveform Calculator Functions size

size
Usage size(wf,[ x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns the number of data points in an analog waveform or the number of transitions in a digital waveform. Related Topics Statistical Functions

514

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions sla

sla
Usage sla(wf[, x_start, x_end], shift) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. shift (Required) Specifies the amount by which to shift wf.

Description Returns a value that is the input waveform arithmetically shifted left by a number of index positions. That is, if the shift value is 0, the return value is the input waveform. Otherwise, a basic shift operation replaces the waveform with one that is the result of a concatenation whose left argument is the rightmost (length - 1) data points of the waveform and whose right argument is a duplicate of the rightmost data point. If the shift value is positive, this basic shift operation is repeated that number of times to form the result. Related Topics sra Logic Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

515

Waveform Calculator Functions snr

snr
Usage snr(wf, f_list[, f_min, f_max]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. f_list (Required) Specifies the list of frequencies. f_min (Optional) Specifies the minimum frequency of the input waveform. f_max (Optional) Specifies the maximum frequency of the input waveform.

Description Computes the signal to noise ratio of the input waveform. This ratio is given by the following relationship:

as(i) 2 10 log 10 ------------------- an ( j ) 2 where:

2 as(i) = sum over all squares of amplitudes of the sinusoidal frequencies. 2 an(j) = sum over all squares of noise amplitudes of the signal.

The input waveform is always assumed to be a linear gain (i.e. magnitude). f_list is an array that contains the sinusoidal frequencies. Its form is [freq0,...,freqN]. f_min and f_max specify the frequency band that should be taken for the computation. If none, computation is applied on the whole waveform. The unit of this ratio is always given in dB. Related Topics Signal Processing Functions

516

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions sqr

sqr
Usage sqr(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes wf2. Related Topics Mathematical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

517

Waveform Calculator Functions sqrt

sqrt
Usage sqrt(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the square root of wf. Related Topics Mathematical Functions

518

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions sra

sra
Usage sra(wf[, x_start, x_end], shift) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval. shift (Required) Specifies the amount by which to shift wf.

Description Returns a value that is the input waveform arithmetically shifted right by a number of index positions. That is, if the shift value is 0, the return value is the input waveform. Otherwise, a basic shift operation replaces the waveform with one that is the result of a concatenation whose right argument is the leftmost (length - 1) data points of the waveform and whose left argument is a duplicate of the leftmost data point. If the shift value is positive, this basic shift operation is repeated that number of times to form the result. Related Topics sla Logic Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

519

Waveform Calculator Functions sum

sum
Usage sum(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Finds the sum of all the y values of the input waveform. If the input waveform is complex then the sum is only calculated on its real part. Related Topics Statistical Functions

520

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions tan

tan
Usage tan(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the tangent of wf, by default measured in degrees. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

521

Waveform Calculator Functions tanh

tanh
Usage tanh(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Computes the hyperbolic tangent of wf. Related Topics Trigonometric Functions

522

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions wftoascii

wftoascii
Usage wftoascii(path, wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

path (Required) Specifies the output file path. wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Dumps the input waveform in a text file at the specified path location. Related Topicss datatowf wftodata Miscellaneous Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

523

Waveform Calculator Functions wftodata

wftodata
Usage wftodata(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns an array with the data points of the input waveform. Related Topics datatowf wftoascii Miscellaneous Functions

524

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions windavg

windavg
Usage windavg(wf, window_size[, window_direction]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. window_size (Required) Specifies the window size value. window_direction (Optional) Specifies the window direction. Legal values are backward, center, or forward. If this is not specified, the default is backward.

Description The window average function returns an average value for each x value of the input waveform. The following describe the different window_direction options:

backward (Default) If current x value is less than window_size value, then average will be performed from 0 to current x value, else average will be performed from current x value minus window_size value to current x value. center If current x value is less than window_size value divided by 2, then average will be performed from 0 to current x value plus window_size value divided by 2. Else if current x value is greater than last x value minus window_size value divided by 2, then average will be performed from current x value minus window_size value divided by 2 to last x value. Else average will be performed from current x value minus window_size value divided by 2 to current x value plus window_size value divided by 2. forward If current x value is greater than last x value minus window_size value, then average will be performed from current x value to last x value. Else average will be performed from current x value to current x value plus window_size value.

Related Topics avg Statistical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

525

Waveform Calculator Functions window

window
Usage window(wf, x_start, x_end) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Required) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Required) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns a new waveform with the specified lower and upper bounds. Related Topics Miscellaneous Functions

526

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions windowing

windowing
Usage windowing(wf[, t_start, t_stop, fs, points, sampling, padding, windowType, alpha, samplingEpsilon, window_shape]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. t_start (Optional) Specifies the start time of the input waveform. t_stop (Optional) Specifies the stop time of the input waveform. fs (Optional) Specifies the sampling frequency of the signal. points (Optional) Specifies the number of sampling points. Note For symmetric windows, the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points)/fs) = t_stop - t_start For periodic windows, the parameters above satisfy the following equation: ((points-1)/fs) = t_stop - t_start

sampling (Optional) Specifies the method of computing the sampled data. Legal values are No Sampling and Interpolation. padding (Optional) Activates data padding to pad the input data with zeros, before or after the input data set. Legal values are: No Padding, Padding Right, Padding Left and Padding Left and Right. The input parameter will be verified by the algorithm and changed if necessary.

windowType (Optional) Applies a windowing function from a selection of windows. Legal values are: Rectangular, Hamming, Hanning, Parzen, Welch, Blackman, BlackmanHarris, Bartlett, Kaiser, Klein or Dolph Chebyshev.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

527

Waveform Calculator Functions windowing

Note For Hanning, symmetric window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in FIR filter design. Periodic window shapes are preferred when using a Hanning window in spectral analysis. This is because the Discrete Fourier Transform assumes periodic extension of the input vector. A periodic Hanning window is obtained by constructing a symmetric window and removing the last sample.

alpha (Optional) Specifies the alpha or beta value that is required by Hanning, Kaiser, and Dolph Chebyshev windows. samplingEpsilon (Optional) When sampling is set to Interpolation, specifies that the input waveform data point (Y value) is to be used rather than the exact interpolated value when the X data of the input waveform is close to the computed X value. The computed X value corresponds to time_start + (number_of_points * dX) where dX is the sampling interval retrieved from the sampling_frequency.

window_shape (Optional) Specifies the shape of the window. Legal values are Symmetric for standard FFT setup or Periodic for enhancing FFT setup for spectral analysis of periodic signals. Defaults to the global setting in the Calculations Options dialog on page 362. Tip: For comparing Eldos FFT results with EZwaves FFT results, select the "Periodic" option, unless EZwaves FFT is executed on an FFT_INPUT waveform. In this case, Eldo has already considered the periodicity of the input signal.

Description Calculates the windowing of the input waveform. Related Topics Signal Processing Functions

528

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions xcompress

xcompress
Usage xcompress(wf, val[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. val (Required) Specifies the Xcompress value. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Extracts the x-axis value of the waveform at the point where the difference between the actual value of the wave and the linear extrapolation of the waveform based on the computed slope value becomes greater than val. Related Topics compress RF Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

529

Waveform Calculator Functions xdown

xdown
Usage xdown(wf, at_y[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. at_y (Required) Specifies the y value. Only the x values of the waveform falling below the y value with a negative slope are returned. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns all the x values where the input waveform falls below the given y level with a negative slope. Related Topics xup Miscellaneous Functions

530

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions xnor

xnor
Usage xnor(wf1, wf2) Arguments

wf1 (Required) Specifies the first input digital waveform name. wf2 (Required) Specifies the second input digital waveform name.

Description Applies the exclusive NOR function to two input waveforms whose data types are either bit or boolean. The results of the function are described in the following table: Table B-12. XNOR Truth Table wf1 F F T T wf2 F T F T xnor (wf1, wf2) T F F T

In the table, T represents TRUE for boolean waveforms, and 1 for bit waveforms. F represents FALSE for boolean waveforms, and 0 for bit waveforms. Related Topics nand nor Logic Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

531

Waveform Calculator Functions xofmax

xofmax
Usage xofmax(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns all the x values at the maximum (or maxima) of a waveform. Related Topics xofmin Mathematical Functions

532

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions xofmin

xofmin
Usage xofmin(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns all the x values at the minimum (or minima) of a waveform. Related Topics xofmax Mathematical Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

533

Waveform Calculator Functions xup

xup
Usage xup(wf, at_y[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. at_y (Required) Specifies the y value. Only the x values of the waveform rising above the y value with a positive slope are returned. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns all x values where the input waveform rises above the specified y level with a positive slope. Related Topics xdown Miscellaneous Functions

534

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions xval

xval
Usage xval(wf, at_y) xval(wf, at_y, slope) xval(wf, at_y, x_start, x_end) xval(wf, at_y, slope, x_start, x_end) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. at_y (Required) Specifies the y value at which to find the x value. slope (Optional) Specifies the type of slope of the input waveform. Results are only collected if the slope at the specified y level matches the specified slope. Values may be any of the following:
o

neg Negative slope. Only x values at the specified y level with a negative slope will be returned. pos Positive slope. Only x values at the specified y level with a positive slope will be returned. either Any slope value. Returns the x value at the specified y level regardless of slope.

x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Returns all the x values at the specified y level of a waveform. If the slope is specified, returns only x values that matches the specified slope direction at the specified y level. Interpolation is applied. Related Topics yval Miscellaneous Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

535

Waveform Calculator Functions xwave

xwave
Usage xwave(wf[, x_start, x_end]) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x_start (Optional) Specifies the x value at the beginning of an interval. x_end (Optional) Specifies the x value at the end of an interval.

Description Creates a new waveform with y values identical to the x values. Related Topics Mathematical Functions

536

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Waveform Calculator Functions yval

yval
Usage yval(wf, x) yval(wf, x, option) yval(wf, x, option, param) Arguments

wf (Required) Specifies the input waveform name. x (Required) Specifies the x value at which to find the y value. option (Optional) Specifies the output type. Legal values for option are:
o o o

VALUE Output will be a numerical value. WF Output will be a waveform. ANNOTATION Adds annotation to your input waveform.

param (Optional) Used with option=WF. Specifies the simulation parameter to be used to generate the result waveform.

Description Returns the y value at a given x coordinate of a waveform. Interpolation is applied. Related Topics xval Miscellaneous Functions

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

537

Waveform Calculator Functions yval

538

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Appendix C Tcl Scripting Support

EZwave supports Tcl scripting, enabling you to create batch files to execute Tcl commands from within the EZwave application. This appendix contains the following information related to Tcl scripting with the EZwave waveform viewer: Tcl Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Scripting Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Command Syntax Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set Command Syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Command Substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Variable Substitution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl List Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supported Tcl Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Conventions Used in the Tcl Command Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Command Short Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specifying Waveforms in Tcl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selecting Waveforms in Tcl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Command Detailed Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . add wave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . add workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . batch_mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare end . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare savelog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare saverules. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compare start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset alias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset clear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541 542 542 545 545 546 546 547 548 549 549 556 557 560 561 567 568 569 573 574 577 578 579 580 584 585 586 587 589 590 591 592 593 594

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

539

Tcl Scripting Support

dataset merge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset mergewaveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset rename. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dataset savewaveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . delete wave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dofile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . evalExpression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . exit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . find analogs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . find digitals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . find nets | signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . getactivecursortime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . precision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . printenv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . quit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix define . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . radix signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . setenv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . unsetenv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave activecursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave activeworkspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addannotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addcursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave adddeltamarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addmarker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addproperty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addwindow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave addworkspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave closewindow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave colortheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave cursortime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave deletecursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave difference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave displayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave exists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave launchfolder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave listworkspace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

595 596 597 598 599 601 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 627 629 631 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 643 644 645 646

540

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Syntax

wave lockcursor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave refresh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave rowfit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave runindexlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave runparameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave runparametervalue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave show. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave showgridlines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave showzerolevels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave tile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave windowlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave xaxis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave yaxis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomfull. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomlast. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wave zoomrange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . wfc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . write jpeg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . write png . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . write wave. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Tcl Command Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Scripting Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tcl Waveform Calculator Batch Commands Example. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Creating a User-Defined Function With Tcl Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Different find Commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Waveform Comparison Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

647 648 649 650 651 652 653 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 678 678 682 684 689 692

Tcl Syntax
This section contains the following information:

Tcl Scripting Example A short example of how to use Tcl commands with EZwave. Tcl Command Syntax Rules Lists eleven rules that define the syntax and semantics of the Tcl language. If Command Syntax Describes in detail the syntax for the Tcl command, if. Set Command Syntax Describes in detail the syntax for the Tcl command, set. Command Substitution Describes command substitution in Tcl.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

541

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Syntax

Variable Substitution Describes variable substitution in Tcl.

Tcl Scripting Example

The following is a short example of how to use Tcl commands with EZwave. 1. Create a text file test.tcl and copy in the following lines:
## open the tutorial dataset open $env(MGC_AMS_HOME)/examples/ezwave/tutorial.wdb ## perform a calculation set wf [wfc {wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_load")wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_middle")}] ## plot the result add wave add wave $wf ## print window contents to a PostScript file write wave -file $env(HOME)/test.ps ## then exit exit

2. Run the following command in your terminal:

ezwave -do test.tcl

This command invokes EZwave and loads the Tcl commands contained in the test.tcl file. For more examples, see Tcl Scripting Examples.

Tcl Command Syntax Rules

The following eleven rules define the syntax and semantics of the Tcl language. 1. A Tcl script is a string containing one or more commands. Semi-colons and newlines are command separators unless quoted as described below. Close brackets ( ] ) are command terminators during command substitution (see below) unless quoted. 2. A command is evaluated in two steps. First, the Tcl interpreter breaks the command into words and performs substitutions as described below. These substitutions are performed in the same way for all commands. The first word is used to locate a command procedure to carry out the command, then all of the words of the command are passed to the command procedure. The command procedure is free to interpret each of its words in any way it likes, such as an integer, variable name, list, or Tcl script. Different commands interpret their words differently. 3. Words of a command are separated by white space (except for newlines, which are command separators). 4. If the first character of a word is a double-quote ( " ) then the word is terminated by the next double-quote character. If semi-colons ( ; ), close brackets ( ] ), or white space characters (including newlines) appear between the quotes then they are treated as ordinary characters and included in the word. Command substitution, variable

542

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Syntax

substitution, and backslash substitution are performed on the characters between the quotes as described below. The double-quotes are not retained as part of the word. 5. If the first character of a word is an open brace ( { ) then the word is terminated by the matching close brace ( } ). Braces nest within the word: for each additional open brace there must be an additional close brace (however, if an open brace or close brace within the word is quoted with a backslash then it is not counted in locating the matching close brace). No substitutions are performed on the characters between the braces except for backslash-newline substitutions described below, nor do semi-colons, newlines, close brackets, or white space receive any special interpretation. The word will consist of exactly the characters between the outer braces, not including the braces themselves. 6. If a word contains an open bracket ( [ ) then Tcl performs command substitution. To do this it invokes the Tcl interpreter recursively to process the characters following the open bracket as a Tcl script. The script may contain any number of commands and must be terminated by a close bracket ( ] ). The result of the script (i.e. the result of its last command) is substituted into the word in place of the brackets and all of the characters between them. There may be any number of command substitutions in a single word. Command substitution is not performed on words enclosed in braces. 7. If a word contains a dollar-sign ( $ ) then Tcl performs variable substitution: the dollarsign and the following characters are replaced in the word by the value of a variable. Variable substitution may take any of the following forms:
o

$name: Name is the name of a scalar variable; the name is terminated by any character that isn't a letter, digit, or underscore ( _ ). $name(index): Name gives the name of an array variable and index gives the name of an element within that array. Name must contain only letters, digits, and underscores. Command substitutions, variable substitutions, and backslash substitutions are performed on the characters of index. ${name}: Name is the name of a scalar variable. It may contain any characters whatsoever except for close braces. There may be any number of variable substitutions in a single word. Variable substitution is not performed on words enclosed in braces.

8. If a backslash ( \ ) appears within a word then backslash substitution occurs. In all cases but those described below the backslash is dropped and the following character is treated as an ordinary character and included in the word. This allows characters such as double quotes, close brackets, and dollar signs to be included in words without triggering special processing. Table C-1 lists the backslash sequences that are handled specially, along with the value that replaces each sequence. Backslash substitution is not

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

543

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Syntax

performed on words enclosed in braces, except for backslash-newline as described above. Table C-1. Tcl Backslash Sequences Sequence \a \b \f \n \r \t \v Value Audible alert (bell) (0x7) Backspace (0x8) Form feed (0xc) Newline (0xa) Carriage-return (0xd) Tab (0x9) Vertical tab (0xb)

\<newline>white_space A single space character replaces the backslash, newline, and all spaces and tabs after the newline. This backslash sequence is unique in that it is replaced in a separate prepass before the command is actually parsed. This means that it will be replaced even when it occurs between braces, and the resulting space will be treated as a word separator if it isnt in braces or quotes. \\ \ooo \xhh Backslash ( \ ) The digits ooo (one, two, or three of them) give the octal value of the character. The hexadecimal digits hh give the hexadecimal value of the character. Any number of digits may be present.

9. If a pound sign ( # ) appears at a point where Tcl is expecting the first character of the first word of a command, then the pound sign and the characters that follow it, up through the next newline, are treated as a comment and ignored. The # character denotes a comment only when it appears at the beginning of a command. 10. Each character is processed exactly once by the Tcl interpreter as part of creating the words of a command. For example, if variable substitution occurs then no further substitutions are performed on the value of the variable; the value is inserted into the word verbatim. If command substitution occurs then the nested command is processed entirely by the recursive call to the Tcl interpreter; no substitutions are performed before making the recursive call and no additional substitutions are performed on the result of the nested script. 11. Substitutions do not affect the word boundaries of a command. For example, during variable substitution the entire value of the variable becomes part of a single word, even if the variable's value contains spaces.

544

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Syntax

If Command Syntax
The Tcl if command executes scripts conditionally. In the syntax below, the question mark ( ? ) indicates an optional argument. Syntax if expr1 ?then? body1 elseif expr2 ?then? body2 elseif ?else? ?bodyN? Description The if command evaluates expr1 as an expression. The value of the expression must be a boolean (a numeric value, where 0 is false and anything else is true, or a string value such as true or yes for true and false or no for false); if it is true then body1 is executed by passing it to the Tcl interpreter. Otherwise expr2 is evaluated as an expression and if it is true then body2 is executed, and so on. If none of the expressions evaluates to true then bodyN is executed. The then and else arguments are optional "noise words" to make the command easier to read. There may be any number of elseif clauses, including zero. bodyN may also be omitted as long as else is omitted too. The return value from the command is the result of the body script that was executed, or an empty string if none of the expressions was non-zero and there was no bodyN.

Set Command Syntax

The Tcl set command returns or sets the values of variables. Syntax set varName [value] Arguments

varName (Required) The name of a Tcl variable. If you do not specify a value, this command will return the value of the varName you specify. value (Optional) The value to be assigned to the variable. When you specify value you will change the current state of the varName you specify.

Description Returns the value of variable varName. If you specify value, the command sets the value of varName to value, creating a new variable if one doesn't already exist, and returns its value. If varName contains an open parenthesis and ends with a close parenthesis, then it refers to an array element: the characters before the first open parenthesis are the name of the array, and the characters between the parentheses are the index within the array. Otherwise varName refers to a scalar variable. Normally, varName is unqualified (does not include the names of any containing namespaces), and the variable of that name in the current namespace is read or

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

545

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Syntax

written. If varName includes namespace qualifiers (in the array name if it refers to an array element), the variable in the specified namespace is read or written. If no procedure is active, then varName refers to a namespace variable (global variable if the current namespace is the global namespace). If a procedure is active, then varName refers to a parameter or local variable of the procedure unless the global command was invoked to declare varName to be global, or unless a Tcl variable command was invoked to declare varName to be a namespace variable.

Command Substitution
Placing a command in square brackets ( [ ] ) will cause that command to be evaluated first and its results returned in place of the command. Example
set a 25 set b 11 set c 3 echo "the result is [expr ($a + $b)/$c]"

This code will output the following:

the result is 12

Variable Substitution
When a $var_name is encountered, the Tcl parser will look for variables that have been defined either by Questa SIM or by you, and substitute the value of the variable. Note Tcl is case sensitive for variable names.

To access environment variables, use the following construct:

$env(var_name) echo My user name is $env(USER)

Environment variables can also be set using the env array:

set env(SHELL) /bin/csh

546

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl List Processing

Tcl List Processing

In Tcl a "list" is a set of strings in curly braces separated by spaces. Several Tcl commands are available for creating lists, indexing into lists, appending to lists, getting the length of lists and shifting lists, as shown below: Table C-2. Tcl List Processing Commands Comman d lappend lindex linsert list llength lrange Syntax Description

lappend var_name val1 val2 Appends val1, val2, etc. to the list var_name lindex list_name index linsert list_name index val1 val2 list val1, val2 llength list_name lrange list_name first last Returns the index-th element of list_name; the first element is 0 Inserts val1, val2, etc., just before the index-th element of list_name Returns a Tcl list consisting of val1, val2, etc. Returns the number of elements in list_name Returns a sublist of list_name, from index first to index last; first or last may be end, which refers to the last element in the list Replaces elements first through last with val1, val2, etc. Returns the index of the first element in list_name that matches pattern Returns list_name sorted in increasing ASCII sorting order

lreplace lsearch lsort

lreplace list_name first last val1, val2, lsearch list_name pattern lsort list_name

Example 1 This example uses the Tcl while loop to copy a list from variable a to variable b, reversing the order of the elements along the way:
set b [list] set i [expr {[llength $a] - 1}] while {$i >= 0} { lappend b [lindex $a $i] incr i -1 }

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

547

Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands

Example 2 This example uses the Tcl for command to copy a list from variable a to variable b, reversing the order of the elements along the way:
set b [list] for {set i [expr {[llength $a] - 1}]} {$i >= 0} {incr i -1} { lappend b [lindex $a $i] }

Example 3 This example uses the Tcl foreach command to copy a list from variable a to variable b, reversing the order of the elements along the way (the foreach command iterates over all of the elements of a list):
set b [list] foreach i $a { set b [linsert $b 0 $i] }

Example 4 This example shows a list reversal as above, this time aborting on a particular element using the Tcl break command:
set b [list] foreach i $a { if {$i = "ZZZ"} break set b [linsert $b 0 $i] }

Example 5 This example is a list reversal that skips a particular element by using the Tcl continue command:
set b [list] foreach i $a { if {$i = "ZZZ"} continue set b [linsert $b 0 $i] }

Supported Tcl Commands

This section describes the supported Tcl commands and The EZwave waveform viewer supports the Tcl commands listed in Table C-3.

Conventions Used in the Tcl Command Descriptions Describes the conventions used in the short and detailed descriptions of the commands. Tcl Command Short Descriptions A quick glance at the supported Tcl commands and their short descriptions. Organized in table format and by category.

548

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands

Specifying Waveforms in Tcl Details the different ways you can specify one or many waveforms in Tcl. Selecting Waveforms in Tcl Details arguments that are used by more than one command. Tcl Command Detailed Descriptions Alphabetically lists the supported Tcl commands in detail.

Conventions Used in the Tcl Command Descriptions

The Tcl commands found in this appendix use the following conventions:

Required Required command names or arguments are in bold. Required Replaced Required argument place holders are in bold italics. You must replace these arguments with a value or string. For example, dofile filename indicates that you must replace the required filename argument with the name of a file.

[ Optional ] Optional arguments are surrounded by square brackets [ ]. [ Optional Replace ] Optional argument place holders are surrounded by square brackets [ ] and in italics. When using these optional arguments, you must replace it with a value or string. For example, compare run [startTime] indicates that startTime is an optional argument, but you must replace it with a start time value.

{a|b} Curly braces { } indicate a choice between the items separated by a pipe |. There can be more than two choices for a set of curly braces.

Tcl Command Short Descriptions

The following table (Table C-3) lists the supported Tcl commands and their short descriptions. In addition, EZwave recognizes Questa SIM and Questa ADMS commands. Depending on the commands, these may either be ignored without error by the EZwave Tcl interpreter or executed

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

549

Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands

by internally applying corresponding actions. The specific responses are given in the following pages:

Questa SIM Command Support Questa ADMS Command Support Note For commands that require a waveform_name argument, you can use special options to select the waveform(s). These are indicated in the table by a footnote, found at the end of the table.

Table C-3. Supported Tcl Commands Command Miscellaneous Commands batch_mode dofile file_name environment [path_name] [-dataset | -nodataset] exit [-force] [-discard] quit [-force] [-discard] evalExpression expression wfc expression Check if the Tcl program is in batch mode. Sources the specified Tcl file. Displays or changes the current region/signal environment. Exits the EZwave application. Invoke the EZwave Waveform Calculator and perform operations. evalExpression and wfc may return different values, depending on the type of output. Refer to the entries on the following pages for more details. Set cursor or double display precision. Description

precision [-double | - cursor] [precision_value#]

write jpeg file_name [-window window_name] Exports the contents of a window as a PNG or JPEG image file. [-blackbackground | -whitebackground | -monochrome | -colorasdisplayed] [-visiblewindows] [-resolution {screen | printerlow | printerhigh}] write png file_name [-window window_name] [-blackbackground | -whitebackground | -monochrome | -colorasdisplayed] [-visiblewindows] [-resolution {screen | printerlow | printerhigh}]

550

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands

Table C-3. Supported Tcl Commands (cont.) Environment Variable Commands printenv [variable_name] setenv variable_name [value] unsetenv variable_name Waveform commands add wave (see add wave section for usage) delete wave [-window window_name] waveform_name1 wave addannotation [waveform_name1] -x x_value [-y y_value] -text text [-snap] wave adddeltamarker {-xdelta | -ydelta} -wf1 waveform_name11 -x1 x_value1 -y1 y_value1 [-wf2 waveform_name21] -x2 x_value2 -y2 y_value2 [-text text] Add a new waveform. Removes a waveform. Add a text annotation at the specified location in the active window. Adds a delta marker to waveform(s) in the active window. Displays name and value of environment variable(s). Sets or displays the value of an environment variable. Unsets an environment variable.

wave addline {-x | -y} value [waveform_name] Adds a horizontal or vertical line to a waveform in the active window. [-text annotation_text] [-drag] [-hash {up | down | left | right}] wave addmarker [-window window_name] [-name name] [-time {time | x_value}] wave addproperty waveform_name1 -name property_name -value property_value wave addwindow [-title title] wave closewindow [window_name] | [-all | -workspace] wave difference waveform_name11 waveform_name21 [-name out_waveform_name] [-spice] wave displayed [-window window_name | -allwindows | -activewindow] [-color] wave exists waveform_name1 Add a vertical marker at the specified location. Adds a property to a waveform. Create a new window. Closes one or more graph windows. Generates and displays a waveform corresponding to the difference between the first and second waveforms specified. Displays a Tcl list containing waveform names and optionally, waveform colors. Returns True or False to indicate whether at least one waveform matching the search string exists. Returns the path to the directory where EZwave was launched from

wave launchfolder

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

551

Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands

Table C-3. Supported Tcl Commands (cont.) wave runindexlist waveform_name1 Returns a list of run indices for the elements of the compound waveform specified. Useful for iterating through each element individually. Returns a list of run parameters for the compound waveform specified.

wave runparameters waveform_name1

wave runparametervalue -param param_name Returns the value of the specified run -run run_index waveform_name parameter associated with the run index and compound waveform specified. wave show representation [|representation2 | | representationN] wave windowlist wave xaxis [-title title] [-scale {linear | log2 | log10}] [-window window_name] wave yaxis -row rowId [-axis axis_name] [-title title] [-scale {linear | log2 | log10}] [-window window_name] Defines the default net representation that is used with the add wave command. Returns a list of open windows. Sets the X axis title or scale. Sets the title or scale of the row. The Y axis name must be specified if there are multiple Y axes.

Print a waveform. write wave [file.ps | -file file.ps | -printer printer_name] [-window window_name] [-landscape | -portrait] [-papersize {a3 | a4 | a5 | b4 | b5 | letter | tabloid | ledger | legal | executive}] [-copies number ] [-allwaveforms | -visiblewaveforms] [-activewindow | -allwindows | -visiblewindows] [-eps] Find Commands find analogs object_name1 Returns names of all analog objects (quantities and terminals) matching the specified pattern. Returns a list of digital signals matching the specified pattern. Returns the full pathnames of all analog and digital objects that match the name specifications. Zoom out to show entire X axis.

find digitals item_name1 find nets | signals item_name1

Zoom Commands wave zoomfull [-window window_name] wave zoomin [-window window_name] [factor] Zoom in on X axis by specified factor (default: 2x).

552

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands

Table C-3. Supported Tcl Commands (cont.) wave zoomlast [-window window_name] wave zoomout [-window window_name] [factor] wave zoomrange [-window window_name] [start] [end] Cursor Commands getactivecursortime [-window window_name] wave activecursor [-window window_name] [cursor_name] wave addcursor [-window window_name] [-time time | X_value] [-name cursor_name] wave cursortime [-window window_name] [-time time | X_value] [cursor_name] wave deletecursor [-window window_name] [cursor_name] wave lockcursor [ON | OFF] Display Commands wave colortheme [black | white | mono] [-print] Sets the print or graphical display color scheme. wave names [-showdataset {on | off}] [-showhierarchy {on | off}] wave refresh [-window window_name] wave rowfit [-window window_name] wave showgridlines [on | off] wave showzerolevels {on | off | horizontal | vertical} wave tile [-cascade | -horizontal | -vertical | -grid] Radix Commands Determines whether plotted waveforms show dataset names and (or) complete hierarchical path Redraw window contents. Optimizes row size in a window. Determines whether gridlines are displayed in newly created windows Determines how zero levels are activated or disabled on all new windows. Arranges windows in one of the four tiling options. Return cursor location. Specify cursor to be active cursor. Create a new cursor. Move cursor to specified position, or return cursor location if position is not specified. Delete a cursor. Determines whether the spacing between cursors is fixed. Undo most recent zoom operation. Zoom out on X axis by specified factor (default: 2x) Zoom in on X axis to range specified by start and/or end points.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

553

Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands

Table C-3. Supported Tcl Commands (cont.) radix [-radix_type | radix_name] Sets the bus radix to one of the following: binary octal decimal hexadecimal unsigned ascii or a user defined radix. Defines a new radix.

radix define radix_name {radix_value, radix_label [radix_value2, radix_label2 radix_valueN, radix_labelN] [-default radix_type]} radix delete radix_name radix names radix list [radix_name]

Removes the radix definition from the named radix. Returns a list of all currently defined radix names. Returns the definition of a radix if a name is supplied, the definition of all currently defined radices otherwise. Sets or inspects radix values for the specified signals.

radix signal [waveform_name [radix_value]] [-fpoint decimal] Dataset Commands

dataset alias dataset_name [alias_name [-folder Assigns aliases to datasets. folder_path]] dataset analysis [dataset_name] [-folder folder_path] dataset clear dataset close [database_name | -all] dataset info option [database_name] Returns analysis list for the dataset Clear all waveform data from last opened database. Close specific database, or all databases. Fetch information about a database. option is one of: name Database name file Path- and filename where database is saved exists Whether database is currently open List open databases. Merges databases.

dataset list [-long] dataset merge dataset_name file_name1 file_namen [-matchindex | -startindex start_index]

554

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands

Table C-3. Supported Tcl Commands (cont.) dataset mergewaveforms dataset_name file_name1 file_namen [-matchindex | -startindex start_index] -wf waveform1_name1 waveform_n_name dataset open file_name [dataset_name] dataset rename database_name new_name dataset save database_name file_name [-start x_start] [-end x_stop] [-sampling sample] [-atcursors] [-delta delta] [-derivabs derivabs] [-derivrel derivrel]2 dataset savewaveforms file_name [-start x_start] [-end x_stop] [-sampling sample] [-atcursors] [-delta delta] [-derivabs derivabs] [-derivrel derivrel]2 waveform_name1 Workspace Commands wave activeworkspace [workspace_name] wave addworkspace [workspace_name] [-active] wave listworkspace Waveform Comparison Commands compare add (see compare add section for usage) compare clock [-delete] [-offset delay] [-rising | -falling | -both] clock_name waveform_path Creates the scope for waveform comparison. Defines a clock for clocked-mode comparisons. Cause a workspace to become active. Creates a new workspace. Returns a list of workspaces. Merges waveforms.

Open a database file. Rename database. Save database to disk.

Save waveform(s) into the specified database file.

Modifies options for compare signals and compare configure [-clock name] [-recursive] regions. [-tol delay] [-tolLead delay] [-tolTrail delay] [-vhdlmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logicvalue:..}] [-vlogmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logicvalue:...}] [-xTol xtolerance] [-yTol ytolerance] [-threshold {1 | 2}] [-upperthreshold value] [-lowerthreshold value] [-fixedthreshold value] [-refDelay delay] [-testDelay delay] [-start start_value] [-end end_value] comparePath compare end Closes active comparison without saving any information.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

555

Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands

Table C-3. Supported Tcl Commands (cont.) compare info [-start start_value] [-end end_value] [-write filename] compare list [-expand] Displays results of the comparison in the main window. Outputs the Tcl scripts of all the compare add commands in effect.

Sets defaults for various waveform compare options [-maxsignal n] [-maxtotal n] comparison commands. [-mode_name] [-tol delay] [-tolLead delay] [-tolTrail delay] [-vhdlmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logicvalue: }] [-vlogmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logicvalue: }] [-xTol xtolerance] [-yTol ytolerance] [-threshold {1|2}] [-upperthreshold value] [-lowerthreshold value] [-fixedthreshold value] [-wavewin name] [-noaddwave] [-addwave] [-adderrorwave] compare run [startTime] [endTime] compare savelog filename compare saverules [-session] [-expand] rules_filename Runs the difference computation. Saves a log of errors and warnings during comparison. Saves the rules of all compare add commands in effect and compare options to a file. Can also be used to save the entire comparison session. Begins a new dataset comparison.

compare start [-batch] [-maxsignal n] [-maxtotal n] [-refDelay delay] [-testDelay delay] reference_dataset [test_dataset]

1. You can use extended options for this waveform_name. A footnoted waveform_name means that you can use the following options to select the waveform(s). See the Selecting Waveforms in Tcl for details: [-show wave_show_expression][-recursive][-depth <level>][-signals][-quantities][-terminals] [-nets][-ports][-in][-out][-inout][-internal][-through][-across][-free][-flow][-i] [-boundary][-a2d][-d2a][-bidir][-run {run_number | run_name}][-session {previous | current}] [-adms | -modelsim] 2. Combining switches [-delta delta], [-derivabs derivabs] and [-derivrel derivrel] is not forbidden, but the outcome of doing so is difficult to predict. It is advised that only one switch is used at a time.

When saving window contents to a Tcl file, an asterisk (*) in an extended waveform name is interpreted as a wildcard character.

Specifying Waveforms in Tcl

You can specify one or more waveforms in Tcl in the following ways:

556

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands

Waveform handles ( handle: <#:#> ) returned by the wfc command. Fully qualified names in one of the following forms: <database_name>waveform_name <database/folder>waveform_name For example: <tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_middle

Object names. This method allows you to manipulate objects from the design and add a representation (if necessary). This syntax is consistent with the Questa ADMS add wave syntax. The object name syntax consists of the following parts:
o

Dataset name The dataset name is the logical name for the JWDB file in which the object exists. Specifying the dataset name is optional when only one dataset is active, or if the command should only apply to the last loaded dataset. The following keywords are reserved dataset names:
o o

sim This reserved dataset name specifies the currently active simulation. prev This reserved dataset name refers to the PreviousSession folder, if it exists, in the current dataset. The PreviousSession folder must be activated in the modelsim.ini file while running Questa ADMS simulations.

Dataset separator The data separator is used to terminate the dataset name string. In the EZwave tool, this is a forward slash ( / ). Path separator In the EZwave tool, this is a colon ( : ). Hierarchical path A set of hierarchy instance names, separated by a path separator ( : ). Object name The name of the object in the design. Object name syntax examples:
add wave :top:clk add wave -show ac.vdb :top:out add wave adc12/:top:x1:out

o o

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

557

Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands

Selecting Waveforms in Tcl

This section describes the extended options that are available for selecting waveform(s) within the Tcl commands listed in Table C-4. Table C-4. Commands that Access Waveforms add wave compare add compare clock compare configure dataset mergewaveforms dataset savewaveforms delete wave find analogs find digitals find nets | signals wave addannotation wave adddeltamarker wave addproperty wave exists

These extended options are:

[-show wave_show_expression][-recursive][-depth <level>] [-signals][-quantities][-terminals] [-nets][-ports][-in][-out][-inout][-internal] [-through][-across][-free][-flow][-i] [-boundary][-a2d][-d2a][-bidir] [-run {run_number | run_name}][-session {previous | current}] [-adms | -modelsim]

The individual options are described below:

-a2d (Optional) Only a2d nets are added. -across (Optional) Only across quantities will be returned. -adms | -modelsim (Optional) Filters the list of matching waveforms to match those simulated by the Questa ADMS kernel or those simulated by the Questa SIM (formerly ModelSim) kernel. -bidir (Optional) Only bidir nets are added. -boundary (Optional) Only analog, digital, or both sides of boundary nets will be returned, depending on your selection during simulation. -d2a (Optional) Only d2a nets are added.

558

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands

-depth level (Optional) Used with the -recursive option, restricts the recursive search to the specified level of hierarchy. -flow (Optional) Specifies that current waveforms should be displayed (instead of voltage, displayed by default). This is the same as -show tran.i -free (Optional) Only Free quantities will be returned. -i (Optional) Specifies that current waveforms should be displayed (instead of voltage, displayed by default). This is the same as -show tran.i -in (Optional) Specifies that the scope of the search is to include ports of mode IN. -inout (Optional) Specifies that the scope of the search is to include ports of mode INOUT. -internal (Optional) Specifies that the scope of the search is to include internal (non-port) objects. -nets (Optional) Specifies that the scope of the search includes terminal, signal, and quantity items. -out (Optional) Specifies that the scope of the search include ports of mode OUT. -ports (Optional) Specifies that the scope of the search includes ports of modes IN, OUT, or INOUT. -quantities (Optional) Only quantity nets are added. -recursive (Optional) You may also use -r as a shortcut. Used with wildcard searches. Specifies that the scope of the search descend recursively into subregions. See also -depth level option. -run [ run_id | "run_id_1 run_id_2 ... run_id_n"] (Optional) This argument is used to find a specific (or several) run(s) of a compound waveform. run_id can be a numerical value or string, depending on the run identifier. -session [previous | current] (Optional) Specifies whether to look in a previous session folder or the current database.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

559

Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands

-show representation [ |representation2|...|representationN] (Optional) Specifies how the signal is to be represented as a waveform. If -show is not specified, the defaults defined by the wave show command is used. If -show is specified, its settings are applied beginning where it appears in the script until another -show is issued, or until the end of the script. A representation is a complete representation of a net and is composed of an analysis, a discipline, and a physic. A dot ( . ) separates the analysis portion from the discipline and physic portion. There is no separator between the discipline and the physic, as follows: analysis.disciplinephysic If more than one representation is specified, use a pipe ( | ) to separate them: analysis.disciplinephysic|analysis.disciplinephysic|analysis.disciplinephysic The reserved keywords, all and none, can be used as follows:

-show all (Optional) Requests all objects found in all analyses -show analysis.all (Optional) Requests all objects found in the specified analysis. -show none (Optional) Requests objects directly located in the database in the case where there is no analysis folder. Refer to Appendix D for details. Examples of -show usage:
o

add wave -show ac.vdb :test:u1:tvout In this example, the analysis is AC, the discipline is V, and the physic is DB. This will only search for the waveform named database_name/AC>VDB(:test:u1:tvout)

add wave -show ffst.vdb.h(1) :top:net1 In this example, the analysis is FFST, the discipline is V, and the physic is DB for the primary_ physic, and H(1) for the secondary_physic. This will search for the specified waveform in the last-opened database: database_name/FSST>VDB(:top:net1).H(1)

-signals (Optional) Only signal nets are added. -terminals (Optional) Only reference quantities of terminal nets are added.

560

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Supported Tcl Commands

-through Specifies that only Through quantities matching the net names will be saved

Tcl Command Detailed Descriptions

The following pages detail the supported Tcl commands, listed alphabetically.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

561

Tcl Scripting Support add wave

add wave
Usage
add wave [-overlay] [-append] [-row row_number] [-position {top | bottom | end | before | after | below | row_number}] [-rowtitle title] [-zerolevel {on | off | horizontal | vertical}] [-grid {on | off | horizontal | vertical}] [-point_style id] [-line_width {1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5}] [-zoomY min_y max_y] [-height pixels] [-hide | -visible] [-group group_name] [-color standard_color_name] [-label name] [-literal | -event | -analog-step | -analog-interpolated | -spectral] [-window window_name] [-symbolic | -binary | -octal | -decimal | -hexadecimal | -unsigned | ascii | -time | -default] [-enumnumeric | -enumsymbolic] [-radix {radix_type | radix_name}] [-collapse] [-expand] [-adms | -modelsim] [-complexplane | -smithchart {-impedance | -admittance} | -polarchart {-degree | -radian} | -versus x_wf_name] [-nomode] [-newyaxis] [-hideyaxis] [-xscale {linear | log10 [-yscale {linear | log10 [-hidexunit] [-hideyunit] [-hidextitle] [-hideytitle] [-scaleunitx scale_value [-scaleunity scale_value

| log2}] | log2}]

unit_name] unit_name]

[wf_name_1 ... wf_name_n] | [-separator separator_char wf_name_1 ... wf_name_n [-noseparator wf_name_1 ... wf_name_n]]

Description This command adds one or more waveforms to a graphical window.

562

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support add wave

Parameters

-append (Optional) Adds the waveform to the previously existing row. If no row exists, this argument is ignored. -color standard_color_name (Optional) Specifies a color for displaying the waveform. You can use standard color names (for example, red or blue) or the RGB color code preceded by a #. Legal color names: black, blue, cyan, gray, darkgray, lightgray, green, magenta, orange, pink, red, white. yellow. RGB color code: The RGB color code is a hexadecimal value preceded by a # representing #RRGGBB, where RR represents the red value, GG represents the green value, and BB represents the blue value. For example, #0000ff is blue, #000000 is black, and #ffffff is white.

-collapse (Optional) If this option is specified, digital buses are displayed with all elements collapsed. -complexplane | -smithchart [-impedance | -admittance] | -polarchart {-degree | -radian} | -versus x_wf_name (Optional) Defines a row type to be used for displaying the waveform. -expand (Optional) Displays a digital bus with all its bits expanded. -grid [ on | off | horizontal | vertical] (Optional) Activates the grids in the rows where the waveform is displayed. on and off enable or disable both horizontal and vertical grids. horizontal and vertical enable only the appropriate horizontal or vertical grids.

-group group_name Creates a waveform group with the name group_name. All waveforms specified with <object_name> will be automatically added to the group. -height pixels (Optional) Specifies the height of the row where the waveform will be displayed. The value is in pixels. -hide | -visible (Optional) Specifies whether the waveform should be visible when plotted. When plotting multiple waveforms, -visible cancels out an earlier -hide and visa versa. -hideyaxis (Optional) Specifies that the current Y axis will be hidden if more than one axis exists in the row. All waveforms plotted in a hidden Y axis are automatically hidden.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

563

Tcl Scripting Support add wave

-hidextitle (Optional) Specifies that the X axis title should not be displayed. -hideytitle (Optional) Specifies that the Y axis title should not be displayed. -hidexunit (Optional) Specifies that the X axis units should not be displayed. -hideyunit (Optional) Specifies that the Y axis units should not be displayed. -label name (Optional) Specifies a name for the waveform. -line_width {1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5} (Optional) Specifies the line with of the waveform. The numbers map directly to the widths in the Line Width dropdown box in the Waveform Display dialog. -literal | -event | -analog-step | -analog-interpolated | -spectral (Optional) Specifies a drawing mode for the waveform that will be displayed.
o o o o o

-literal - This corresponds to the railroad drawing mode -event - This corresponds to the scattered drawing mode -analog-step - This corresponds to the sampled drawing mode -analog-interpolated - This corresponds to the continuous drawing mode -spectral - This corresponds to the spectral drawing mode

-newyaxis (Optional) Specifies that the waveform will be displayed using a new Y axis. -nomode (Optional) Searches port terminals that do not have IN, OUT, or INOUT modes, and therefore are not included in searches that specify the -in, -out, -inout arguments. -overlay (Optional) Causes several waveforms added at once to be added in the same row. -point_style id (Optional) Specifies the point style of the waveform. id takes a value between 0 and 16. When 0 is specified, no point style is applied. Setting this value is equivalent to making a selection in the Data Point Symbol field on the Waveform Properties Dialog, accessed by right-clicking on a waveform and selecting Properties.

564

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support add wave

-position {top | bottom | end | before | after | below | row_number } (Optional) Specifies the position for the waveform inside the graph window.
o o o o o

top - Adds the signal(s) to the beginning of the list of signals bottom | end - Adds the signal(s) to the end of the list of signals before | above - Adds the signal(s) before the selected signal in the graph window after | below - Adds the signal(s) after the selected signal in the graph window row_number - Adds the signal(s) to the specified row number. Row numbers start from the top of the window with a value of 1 and increase as you go down the window. Row numbers are dynamic, changing as row are added or removed.

-row row_number (Optional) Selects the row in which to display the waveform. The row numbers start at 1 (top-most row). Row numbers dynamically change as rows are added or removed. -rowtitle title (Optional) Specifies the title of the row to be added. -scaleunitx scale_value unit_name (Optional) Specifies the scaling factor and unit type for the X axis. -scaleunity scale_value unit_name (Optional) Specifies the scaling factor and unit type of the Y axis. -symbolic | -binary | -octal | -decimal | -hexadecimal | -unsigned | -ascii | -time | -default (Optional) Specifies a radix for displaying digital bus(es) specified in this command. If no radix is specified for an enumerated type, the default radix is used. You can change the default radix for the current simulation using the radix command. Note -time and -default are accepted for Questa SIM compatibility, but ignored by EZwave.

-radix {radix_type | radix_name } (Optional) Specifies a radix or a user-defined radix. Can be used as an alternative to the [ -symbolic | -binary | -octal | -decimal | -hexadecimal | -unsigned | -ascii | -time | -default ] options. Legal radix_type values are: binary, ascii, unsigned, decimal, octal, hexadecimal, symbolic, time and default. Hexadecimal can also be written as hex.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

565

Tcl Scripting Support add wave

Note time and default are accepted for Questa SIM compatibility, but ignored by EZwave.

-enumnumeric | -enumsymbolic Note Accepted for Questa SIM compatibility, but ignored by EZwave.

wf_name_1 . . . wf_name_n (Optional) Specifies the waveform(s) using one of several accepted syntaxes. See Specifying Waveforms in Tcl. You must use the object name method for specifying waveforms when using the -show representation option. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform(s). You can use more than one option in the same command.

-separator separator_char wf_name_1 ... wf_name_n (Optional) Specifies the hierarchical separator character in waveform names. For example:
add wave -overlay -show TRAN.v -separator . XV1.G1

In this example, the dot ( . ) is the hierarchical separator in the wave XV1.G1.

-noseparator wf_name_1 ... wf_name_n (Optional) Specifies that the waveform names have no hierarchy. -window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window where the waveform should be displayed. If this is not specified, the waveform is displayed in the currently active window. -xscale {linear | log10 | log2 } (Optional) Specifies the type of scale used for the X axis. -yscale {linear | log10 | log2 } (Optional) Specifies the type of scale used for the Y axis. -zerolevel [on | off | horizontal | vertical] (Optional) Activates the zero-levels in the rows where the waveform is displayed. On/Off enables or disables both horizontal and vertical levels. Horizontal/Vertical enables only the appropriate horizontal or vertical levels.

-zoomY min_y max_y (Optional) Defines the Y limits while displaying the waveform

566

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support add wave

Examples

This example will plot <tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_load and the result waveform. The result waveform will be displayed in blue:
set result [wfc {wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_load")wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_middle")}] add wave <tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_load -color blue $result

This example creates a group named allAnalog that will contain all analog waveforms from the database.
add wave -group allAnalog -terminals -r *

Related Topics

Plotting a Single Waveform on page 60 Plotting Multiple Waveforms on page 61 Grouping Waveforms on page 64.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

567

Tcl Scripting Support add workspace

add workspace
Usage
add workspace [workspace_name] [-active]

Description Creates a new workspace in the EZwave session window. Note This command is the same as wave addworkspace.

Parameters

workspace_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the workspace to be created. If workspace_name is not specified, a default name, Workspace#, is used, where # is a number. -active (Optional) Indicates that the workspace created should become the active workspace.

Example
add workspace ADC12

568

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support batch_mode

batch_mode
Usage
batch_mode

Description This command indicates whether the EZwave application or the JWDB server is used, to check whether the Tcl script is currently in batch mode. Return Values 1 if used with the JWDB Server (this indicates that the program is in non-graphical batch mode). 0 if used with the EZwave application (this indicates that the program is in graphical nonbatch mode). Example
if [batch_mode] { ... } else { # execute graphical commands add wave $wf }

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

569

Tcl Scripting Support compare add

compare add
Usage
compare add [-clock clock] [-label label] [-nowin] [-tol delay] [-tolLead delay] [-tolTrail delay] [-vhdlmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value:...}] [-vlogmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value:...}] [-xTol xtolerance] [-yTol ytolerance] [-threshold {1|2}] [-upperthreshold value] [-lowerthreshold value] [-fixedthreshold value] [-refDelay delay] [-testDelay delay] [-start start_value] [-end end_value] referencePath [testPath] [-wave] [-win wname]

Description The compare add command creates the scope of the comparison (all waveforms, top level ports, ) and support a set of options, like tolerances, to be applied to the comparison. This command has additional arguments, compared to Questa SIM commands, to enable defining tolerances and settings for analog-analog and analog-digital comparison. The same command is then used in to set up complete mixed-signal comparison. Path of regions is not supported; a global expression (regular expression) should be used instead. For example, :top:level1:* rather than :top:level1. Parameters

-clock clock (Optional) Specifies the clock definition to use when sampling the specified regions. Required for a clocked comparison; not used for asynchronous comparisons. -label label (Optional) Specifies a name for the comparison when it is displayed in the window. -nowin (Optional) Specifies that compare signals shouldnt be added to any window. By default, compare signals are added to the default Wave window. See -wave below. -recursive (Optional) Specifies that signals should also be selected in all nested subregions, and subregions of those, etc. -tol delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to lead or trail a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. The default is 0. If a unit (for example, ps) is used with the time value, the time must be placed in curly braces {}.

-tolLead delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to lead a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. The default is 0. If a unit (for example, ps) is used with the time value, the time must be placed in curly braces {}.

570

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support compare add

-tolTrail delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to trail a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. The default is 0. If a unit is used (for example, ps) with the time value, the time must be placed in curly braces {}. Figure C-1. Graphical Representation of tolLead and tolTrail Reference Signal

Test Signal

tolLead tolTrail

-vhdlmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value: } (Optional) Specifies how VHDL signal states in the reference dataset should match values in the test dataset. Values are specified in a colon-separated list of match values. For example:
-vhdlmatches {X=XUD:Z=ZD:1=1HD}

Default is:
{U=UWXD:X=UWXD:0=0LD:1=1HD:Z=ZD:W=UWXD:L=0LD:H=1HD:D=UX01ZWLHD}

The 'D' character represents the '-' "don't care" std_logic value.

-vlogmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value: } (Optional) Specifies how Verilog signal states in the reference dataset should match values in the test dataset. Values are specified in a colon-separated list of match values. For example:
-vlogmatches {0=0:1=1:Z=Z}

Default is:
{0=0:1=1:Z=Z:X=X}

-xTol xtolerance (Optional) Specifies the maximum X tolerance (usually time) that test and reference waveforms are allowed to differ. The default is: x_max x_min the minimum of -------------------------------------------- or ( 0.01 x_max x_min ) number_of_points -yTol ytolerance (Optional) Specifies the maximum Y tolerance that test and reference waveforms are allowed to differ. The default is: 0.01 ( y_max y_min )

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

571

Tcl Scripting Support compare add

-threshold 1 | 2 (Optional) Specifies if one or two thresholds should be used when converting analog waveform to digital waveform in digital-analog comparison. Default is 1. -upperthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the upper level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform, in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms.

-lowerthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the lower level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform, in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms.

-fixedthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform, in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms.

-refDelay delay (Optional) Specifies a delay to shift all added waveforms from the reference dataset. This setting overrides the delay setting of the compare start command. -testDelay delay (Optional) Specifies a delay to shift all added waveforms from the test dataset. This setting overrides the delay setting of the compare start command. -start time Specifies the time at which to start the comparison of all added waveforms. This setting overrides the setting from a compare run or info command). -end time (Optional) Specifies the time at which to end the comparison of all added waveforms. This setting overrides the setting from a compare run or info command. referencePath (Optional) Specifies either an absolute or relative path to the reference signal or region, or a glob expression. Relative paths are relative to the current context of the reference dataset. If you specify a glob expression, it will match signals only in the containing context. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to match the signals. You can use more than one option in the same command. Some examples:
compare add :top:x1:out # With wildcard: compare add :top:x1:*

572

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support compare add

# With dataset name: compare add adc12/:top:x1:out # When a context is defined (see the environment command), then # the relative path is accepted: env :top:x1 compare add out

testPath (Optional) Specifies an absolute or relative path to the test signal or region. Cannot be a glob expression. If omitted, the test path defaults to the same path as referencePath except for the dataset name.

-wave (Optional) Specifies that compare signals be added automatically to the default Wave window. Default is true. -win wname (Optional) Specifies a particular window to which to add objects. Used to specify a particular window when multiple instances of that window type exist.

Examples

Add the waveform name tvin to the comparison using the default -showoptions (see also Appendix D).
compare add tvin

For more detailed examples, see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

573

Tcl Scripting Support compare clock

compare clock
Usage
compare clock [-delete] [-offset delay] [-rising | -falling | -both] clock_name waveform_path

Description The compare clock command defines a clock that can then be used for clocked-mode comparisons. In clocked-mode comparisons, signals are sampled and compared only at or just after an edge on some signal. Parameters

-delete (Optional) Deletes an existing compare clock. -offset delay (Optional) Specifies a time value for delaying the sample time beyond the specified signal edge. The default is 0. -rising | -falling | -both (Optional) Specifies that the rising, falling, or both (rising and falling edges) of the specified signal should be used. The default is rising. clock_name (Required) A name for this clock definition. This name will be used with the compare add command when doing a clocked-mode comparison. waveform_path (Required) A full path to the waveform whose edges are to be used as the strobe trigger. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform. You can use more than one option in the same command. Note This command currently only supports fully qualified names when specifying the waveform path. See Specifying Waveforms in Tcl for details on fully qualified names.

Examples

Create a clock named myClock that will trigger a comparison on both rising and falling edges of the source waveform <REF/TRAN>:test:eoc.
compare clock -both myClock <REF/TRAN>:test:eoc

For more detailed examples, see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples.

574

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support compare configure

compare configure
Usage
compare configure [-clock name] [-recursive] [-tol delay] [-tolLead delay] [-tolTrail delay] [-vhdlmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value:...}] [-vlogmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value:...}] [-xTol xtolerance] [-yTol ytolerance] [-threshold {1|2}] [-upperthreshold value] [-lowerthreshold value] [-fixedthreshold value] [-refDelay delay] [-testDelay delay] [-start start_value] [-end end_value] comparePath

Description The compare configure command modifies options for compare signals and regions. The modified options are applied to all objects in the specified compare path. These settings are local to the specified compare path; to set default options for all compare paths, use compare options. Parameters

-clock name (Optional) Changes the strobe signal for the comparison. If the comparison is currently asynchronous, it will be changed to clocked. This switch may not be used with the -tol, -tolLead, and -tolTrail options.

-recursive (Optional) Specifies that signals should also be selected in all nested subregions, and subregions of those, etc. -tol delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to lead or trail a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. The default is 0. -tolLead delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to lead a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. The default is 0. -tolTrail delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to trail a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. The default is 0.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

575

Tcl Scripting Support compare configure

Figure C-2. Graphical Representation of tolLead and tolTrail Reference Signal

Test Signal

tolLead

tolTrail

-vhdlmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value: } (Optional) Specifies how VHDL signal states in the reference dataset should match values in the test dataset. Values are specified in a colon-separated list of match values. For example:
-vhdlmatches {X=XUD:Z=ZD:1=1HD}

Default is:
{U=UWXD:X=UWXD:0=0LD:1=1HD:Z=ZD:W=UWXD:L=0LD:H=1HD:D=UX01ZWLHD}

The 'D' character represents the '-' "don't care" std_logic value.

-vlogmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value: } (Optional) Specifies how Verilog signal states in the reference dataset should match values in the test dataset. Values are specified in a colon-separated list of match values. For example:
-vlogmatches {0=0:1=1:Z=Z}

Default is:
{0=0:1=1:Z=Z:X=X}

-xTol xtolerance (Optional) Specifies the maximum X tolerance (usually time) that test and reference waveforms are allowed to differ. The default is: x_max x_min the minimum of -------------------------------------------- or ( 0.01 x_max x_min ) number_of_points -yTol ytolerance (Optional) Specifies the maximum Y tolerance that test and reference waveforms are allowed to differ. The default is: 0.01 ( y_max y_min )

-threshold 1 | 2 (Optional) Specifies if one or two thresholds should be used when converting analog waveform to digital waveform in digital-analog comparison. Default is 1.

576

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support compare configure

-upperthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the upper level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform, in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms.

-lowerthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the lower level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform, in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms.

-fixedthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform, in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms.

-refDelay delay (Optional) Specifies a delay to shift all configured waveforms from the reference dataset. This setting overrides the delay setting of the compare start command. -testDelay delay (Optional) Specifies a delay to shift all configured waveforms from the test dataset. This setting overrides the delay setting of the compare start command. -start time Specifies the time at which to start the comparison of all configured waveforms. This setting overrides the setting from a compare run or info command). -end time (Optional) Specifies the time at which to end the comparison of all configured waveforms. This setting overrides the setting from a compare run or info command. comparePath (Required) Identifies the path of a compare signal, region, or glob expression. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the compare signal, region or glob expression. You can use more than one option in the same command.

Examples

Modify the previously added tvin waveforms and use a previously created myClock clock to compare them.
compare configure -clock myClock tvin

For more detailed examples, see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

577

Tcl Scripting Support compare end

compare end
Usage
compare end

Description The compare end command closes the active comparison without saving any information. Parameters None. Examples

The comparison is ended, all settings and added waveforms are reset. All clocks that were created and computed comparison waveforms remain present in the <calc> database.
compare end

For more detailed examples, see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples.

578

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support compare info

compare info
Usage
compare info [-start start_value] [-end end_value] [-write filename]

Description The compare info command lists the results of the comparison in the main window transcript. To save the information to a file, use the -write argument. Parameters

-write (Optional) Saves the summary information to filename rather than the main window transcript. -start time (Optional) Specifies the time at which to start the comparison of all configured waveforms. -end time (Optional) Specifies the time at which to end the comparison of all configured waveforms.

Examples

Export the results of the comparison (waveform by waveform differences) to the text file report.txt.
compare info -write /path/to/the/report.txt

For more detailed examples, see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

579

Tcl Scripting Support compare list

compare list
Usage
compare list [-expand]

Description Outputs the Tcl scripts of all the compare add commands in effect. Parameters

-expand (Optional) Expands groups of waveforms that were added by related individual waveforms.

Examples

Replace "compare add -r *" by a list of compare add commands, followed by object names.
compare list

For more detailed examples, see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples.

580

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support compare options

compare options
Usage
compare options [-maxsignal n] [-maxtotal n] [-mode_name] [-tol delay] [-tolLead delay] [-tolTrail delay] [-vhdlmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value:...}] [-vlogmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value:...}] [-xTol xtolerance] [-yTol ytolerance] [-threshold 1|2] [-upperthreshold value] [-lowerthreshold value] [-fixedthreshold value] [-wavewin name] [-noaddwave] [-addwave] [-adderrorwave]

Description The compare options command sets defaults for various waveform comparison commands. Those defaults are used when other compare commands are invoked during the current session. These settings specify the default options for all compare paths; to modify settings local a specified compare path, use compare configure. Parameters

-maxsignal n (Optional) Specifies an upper limit for the total differences encountered on any one signal. When that limit is reached, the EZwave viwer stops computing differences on that signal. The default limit is 100.

-maxtotal n (Optional) Specifies an upper limit for the total differences encountered. When that limit is reached, the EZwave viewer stops computing differences. The default limit is 1000. -mode (Optional) Specifies the mode of waveform types that are compared with the compare add command. The actual values the option may take are -in, -out, -inout, -internal, -ports, and all. You can use more than one mode option in the same command. The following modes available in ADMS are also supported: -across, -free, -through, -a2d, -d2a, -bidir.

-tol delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to lead or trail a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. The default is 0. -tolLead delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to lead a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. The default is 0. -tolTrail delay (Optional) Specifies the maximum time a test signal edge is allowed to trail a reference edge in an asynchronous comparison. The default is 0.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

581

Tcl Scripting Support compare options

Figure C-3. Graphical Representation of tolLead and tolTrail Reference Signal

Test Signal

tolLead tolTrail

-vhdlmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value: } (Optional) Specifies how VHDL signal states in the reference dataset should match values in the test dataset. Values are specified in a colon-separated list of match values. For example:
-vhdlmatches {X=XUD:Z=ZD:1=1HD}

Default is:
{U=UWXD:X=UWXD:0=0LD:1=1HD:Z=ZD:W=UWXD:L=0LD:H=1HD:D=UX01ZWLHD}

The 'D' character represents the '-' "don't care" std_logic value.

-vlogmatches {ref-logic-value=test-logic-value: } (Optional) Specifies how Verilog signal states in the reference dataset should match values in the test dataset. Values are specified in a colon-separated list of match values. For example:
-vlogmatches {0=0:1=1:Z=Z}

Default is:
{0=0:1=1:Z=Z:X=X}

-xTol xtolerance (Optional) Specifies the maximum X tolerance (usually time) that test and reference waveforms are allowed to differ. The default is: x_max x_min the minimum of -------------------------------------------- or ( 0.01 x_max x_min ) number_of_points

-yTol ytolerance (Optional) Specifies the maximum Y tolerance that test and reference waveforms are allowed to differ. The default is: 0.01 ( y_max y_min )

582

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support compare options

-threshold 1 | 2 (Optional) Specifies if one or two thresholds should be used when converting analog waveform to digital waveform in digital-analog comparison. Default is 1. -upperthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the upper level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform, in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms.

-lowerthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the lower level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform, in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms.

-fixedthreshold value (Optional) Specifies the value of the level to be used for converting an analog waveform to a digital waveform, in case of analog-digital comparison using two thresholds. The default is automatically computed based on input waveforms.

-wavewin name (Optional) Specifies the default name of the wave window in which compare differences will be viewed. -noaddwave (Optional) Specifies that the waveform result of the comparison is not displayed. -addwave (Optional) Plots all compared waveforms. -adderrorwave (Optional) Plots only erroneous compared waveforms.

Examples

Return the current value of all options.

compare options

Set the maxtotal option to 2000 differences.

compare options -maxtotal 2000

Return the current value of the maxtotal option.

compare options -maxtotal

Verilog X will now match X, Z, or 0.

compare options -vlogmatches {0=0:1=1:Z=Z:X=XZ0}

VHDL std_logic X will now match 'U', 'X', 'W', or 'D'.

583

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support compare options compare options -vhdlmatches {X=UXWD}

Set the leading tolerance for asynchronous comparisons to 300 picoseconds.

compare options -tolLead 300p

Set the trailing tolerance for asynchronous comparisons to 250 picoseconds.

compare options -tolTrail 250p

Set the analog tolerances to 0.5% for both X and Y axes, do not plot the comparison waveforms and change the number of differences to look for in each waveform to 50.
compare options -xTol 0.5% -yTol 0.5% -noaddwave -maxsignal 50

For more detailed examples, see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples.

584

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support compare run

compare run
Usage
compare run [startTime] [endTime]

Description The compare run command runs the difference computation on the signals selected via a compare add command. Reports in the transcript pane the total number of errors found. Parameters

startTime (Optional) Specifies when to start computing differences. Optional. Default is zero. endTime (Optional) Specifies when to end computing differences. Optional. Default is the end of the dataset simulation run that ends earliest.

Examples

Run the comparison, all waveforms that were added to the comparison will now be compared. For each reference/test pair, a comparison waveform named "compare_ref_test" is created.
compare run

Run the comparison from 5.3n to 57m

compare run 5.3n 57m

For more detailed examples, see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

585

Tcl Scripting Support compare savelog

compare savelog
Usage
compare savelog filename

Description Creates a log file containing error and warning messages generated during waveform comparison. These messages would normally be displayed in dialogs if using the GUI. Note A comparison must have been run or a report had been exported within the same comparison session before this command is called. Otherwise, nothing will be generated. Parameters

filename (Required) Specifies the name and path of the file in which to save the log file.

Examples

Save a log file to a text file named comparelog.txt.

compare savelog /user/comparelog.txt

For more detailed examples, see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples.

586

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support compare saverules

compare saverules
Usage
compare saverules [-session] [-expand] rules_filename

Description Saves the rules (all compare add commands in effect and compare options) to a file. Can also be used to save the entire comparison session. Parameters

-session (Optional) Saves the entire comparison session, not just the rules. -expand (Optional) Expands groups of related waveforms into their individual waveforms. rules filename (Required) Specifies the name and path of the file in which to save the rules file.

Examples

Save rules into a file called rules.rul.

compare saverules rules.rul

For more detailed examples, see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

587

Tcl Scripting Support compare start

compare start
Usage
compare start [-batch] [-maxsignal n] [-maxtotal n] [-refDelay delay] [-testDelay delay] reference_dataset [test_dataset]

Description The compare start command begins a new dataset comparison. The datasets that you'll be comparing must already be open. Parameters

-batch (Optional) Specifies that comparisons will not be automatically inserted into the wave window. -maxsignal n (Optional) Specifies an upper limit for the total differences encountered on any one signal. When that limit is reached, the EZwave viwer stops computing differences on that signal. The default limit is 100.

-maxtotal n (Optional) Specifies an upper limit for the total differences encountered. When that limit is reached, the EZwave viewer stops computing differences. The default limit is 1000. -refDelay delay (Optional) Specifies a delay to shift all compared waveforms from the reference dataset. -testDelay delay (Optional) Specifies a delay to shift all compared waveforms from the test dataset. reference_dataset (Required) The reference dataset to be used as the comparison reference. test_dataset (Optional) The dataset to be tested against the reference. If not specified, The EZwave viewer uses the current simulation. The reference and test datasets may be the same.

Examples

Begin a waveform comparison between a dataset named "gold" and the current simulation. Assumes the gold dataset was already opened.
compare start gold

This command sequence opens two datasets and starts a comparison between the two using greater than default limits for total differences encountered.
dataset open gold_typ.wdb gold dataset open bad_typ.wdb test

588

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support compare start compare start -maxtotal 5000 -maxsignal 1000 gold test

Start the comparison session and "align" waveforms delaying reference

compare start -refdelay 5n REF TEST

For more detailed examples, see Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

589

Tcl Scripting Support dataset alias

dataset alias
Usage
dataset alias dataset_name [alias_name [-folder folder_path]]

Description Adds additional names (aliases) to a dataset. Parameters

dataset_name (Required) Specifies the name of the dataset to which the alias is assigned. Use the root name of the file only. This must be specified as the first argument to the database alias command.

alias_name (Optional) Specifies the alias name to assign to the dataset. It also returns a list of all aliases currently assigned to the specified dataset. -folder folder_path (Optional) Specifies the folder name(s) existing in the dataset where the alias name will be assigned to. If several folder levels are encountered, names are separated by a forward slash ( / ).

Return A list of aliases currently assigned to the dataset. Examples

Assign the alias name REF to the dataset named gold.

dataset alias gold REF

Assigns the alias name myfolder to the folder named saved, which exists in the dataset adc12. This is equivalent to <adc12/saved> in the EZwave fully qualified name notation.
dataset alias adc12 myfolder -folder saved

590

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support dataset analysis

dataset analysis
Usage dataset analysis [dataset_name] [-folder folder_path] Description Returns a list of folders (or subfolders) of analysis of the dataset (or folder). Dataset folders are all considered as analysis by this command, even if they do not always correspond to analysis. Parameters

dataset_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the dataset on which to list the analysis. Note If no argument is supplied, the command is applied to the dataset that was last opened.

-folder folder_path (Optional) Specifies the folder name existing in the dataset on which to list the analysis. If several folder levels are encountered, names are separated by a forward slash ( / ).

Return A list of dataset folders found. Examples

dataset analysis adc12

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

591

Tcl Scripting Support dataset clear

dataset clear
Usage
dataset clear

Description Clears all waveform data from the last opened database. Parameters None. Examples
dataset clear

592

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support dataset close

dataset close
Usage
dataset close [database_name | -all]

Description Closes the specified database or all databases. Note If no argument is supplied, the database that was opened last is closed.

Parameters

database_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the database to be closed. -all (Optional) Specifies that all open databases should be closed.

Examples
dataset close -all

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

593

Tcl Scripting Support dataset info

dataset info
Usage
dataset info option [database_name]

Description Returns the specified information about a database. Parameters

option (Required) Specifies the type of information to be returned. option can be one of the following:
o o o

name Returns the name of the database. file Returns the path and filename where the database is saved. exists Returns 1 if the database is currently open; otherwise, returns 0.

database_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the database to get information about. If database_name is not specified, the active database is used.

Examples
if [dataset info exists adc12 ] { # do something } else { # do something else }

594

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support dataset list

dataset list
Usage
dataset list [-long]

Description Returns a list of currently opened databases. Parameters

-long (Optional) If this option is specified, this command also returns the full path of the databases.

Examples
dataset list

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

595

Tcl Scripting Support dataset merge

dataset merge
Usage
dataset merge dataset_name file_name1 ... file_namen [-matchindex | -startindex start_index]

Description This command merges databases containing single run simulation results, and generates compound waveforms from found waveforms. Parameters

dataset_name (Required) Specifies the name of the dataset containing the compound waveforms resulting from the merge. Caution You must choose a dataset_name that is different from the names of any of the source databases to prevent overwriting the source with the resulting merged dataset.

file_name1 file_namen (Required) Specifies the list of databases to be merged. The wildcard character ( * ) is allowed in file names. It is not necessary to open the databases prior to this command call. -matchindex (Optional) If this option is specified, the index of the compound element must be determined by its source database name. For example, test1.wdb -> index 1, test.wdb -> index 0 or even test.tr2 -> index 2.

-startindex start_index (Optional) Specifies the index that the compound elements should start from. For example, merging test.wdb and test2.wdb using option -startindex 7 will create compounds with element index 7 and 8. Note This option is ignored when merging databases that already contain compound waveforms. In this case, the original compound element indexes are maintained.

Example
dataset merge result /user/simu*.wdb # Merge waveforms contained in all databases matching # "/user/simu*.wdb", creating a compound waveform in the dataset # "result".

596

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support dataset mergewaveforms

dataset mergewaveforms
Usage
dataset mergewaveforms dataset_name file_name1 ... file_namen [-matchindex | -startindex start_index] -wf waveform1_name ... waveform_n_name

Description This command merges waveforms, grouping waveforms of the same name as if there were multiple simulation runs. The x-axis units of both waveforms must be identical. Parameters

dataset_name (Required) Specifies the name of the dataset containing the compound waveforms resulting from the merge. Caution You must choose a dataset_name that is different from the names of any of the source databases to prevent overwriting the source with the resulting merged dataset.

file_name1 file_namen (Required) Specifies the list of databases to be merged. The wildcard character ( * ) is allowed in file names. It is not necessary to open the databases prior to this command call. -matchindex (Optional) If this option is specified, the index of the compound element must be determined by its source database name. For example, test1.wdb -> index 1, test.wdb -> index 0 or even test.tr2 -> index 2.

-startindex start_index (Optional) Specifies the index that the compound elements should start from. For example, merging test.wdb and test2.wdb using option -startindex 7 will create compounds with element index 7 and 8. Note This option is ignored when merging databases that already contain compound waveforms. In this case, the original compound element indexes are maintained.

-wf waveform1_name waveform_n_name (Required) Specifies the list of waveforms to be merged. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveforms. You can use more than one option in the same command.

Example
dataset mergewaveforms mywdb /user/library/*.wdb -wf IN OUT

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

597

Tcl Scripting Support dataset open

dataset open
Usage
dataset open file_name [dataset_name]

Description This command opens a database file. Parameters

file_name (Required) The name of a database in a supported format. dataset_name (Optional) Specifies a name for the open dataset. This is a name that will identify the dataset in the current session. If not specified, the default dataset name corresponds to the filename prefix (without file extension).

Return The database name. Example

dataset open $env(AMS_VIEWER_HOME)/lib/tutorial.wdb

598

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support dataset rename

dataset rename
Usage
dataset rename database_name new_name

Description Renames the specified database. Parameters

database_name (Required) Specifies the database to be renamed. new_name (Required) Specifies the new name for the database.

Return The database name. Examples

dataset rename adc12 adc12_test

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

599

Tcl Scripting Support dataset save

dataset save
Usage
dataset save database_name file_name [-start x_start] [-end x_stop] [-sampling sample] [-atcursors] [-delta delta] [-deriv derivabs] [-derivrel derivrel]

Description Saves the specified database to disk as the specified file name. Parameters

database_name (Required) Specifies the database to be saved. file_name (Required) Specifies the path and file name where the database should be saved. Add the .gz extension to the filename for it to be gzipped. -start x_start (Optional) Specifies the X value to be considered as the start value of the database to be saved. -end x_stop (Optional) Specifies the X value to be considered as the end value of the database to be saved. -sampling sample (Optional) Specifies the step value to be used for sampling while saving the database. -atcursors (Optional) Use this option to save only the waveform data at cursor locations. -delta delta (Optional) For file type Spice PWL (.sti) only, use this option to specify the threshold the lower limit threshold and enable filtering of output points by performing an absolute variation comparison.

-derivabs derivabs (Optional) For file type Spice PWL (.sti) only, use this option to specify the absolute tolerance and enable filtering of output points by performing a slope based comparison. -derivrel derivrel (Optional) For file type Spice PWL (.sti) only, use this option to specify the relative tolerance and enable filtering of output points by performing a slope based comparison.

600

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support dataset save

Note Combining switches [-delta delta], [-derivabs derivabs] and [-derivrel derivrel]is not forbidden, but the outcome of doing so is difficult to predict. It is advised that only one switch is used at a time. Examples
dataset save calc /user/ADC12/calc.wdb dataset save meas /user/db/meas1n.wdb -sampling 1n # Saves database with a sampling of 1n (second) to the file meas1n.wdb dataset save dcsweep /user/dc/dcsweep.wdb.gz # Saves database to the gzipped file dcsweep.wdb.gz

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

601

Tcl Scripting Support dataset savewaveforms

dataset savewaveforms
Usage
dataset savewaveforms file_name [-start x_start] [-end x_stop] [-sampling sample] [-atcursors] [-delta delta] [-derivabs derivabs] [-derivrel derivrel] waveform_name

Description Saves the specified waveform(s) to disk as the specified file name. Parameters

file_name (Required) Specifies the path and file name where the database file should be saved. Add the .gz extension to the filename for it to be gzipped. -start x_start (Optional) Specifies the X value to be considered as the start value of the database to be saved. -end x_stop (Optional) Specifies the X value to be considered as the end value of the database to be saved. -sampling sample (Optional) Specifies the step value to be used for sampling while saving the database. -atcursors (Optional) Use this option to save only the waveform data at cursor locations. -delta delta (Optional) For file type Spice PWL (.sti) only, use this option to specify the threshold the lower limit threshold and enable filtering of output points by performing an absolute variation comparison.

-derivabs derivabs (Optional) For file type Spice PWL (.sti) only, use this option to specify the absolute tolerance and enable filtering of output points by performing a slope based comparison. -derivrel derivrel (Optional) For file type Spice PWL (.sti) only, use this option to specify the relative tolerance and enable filtering of output points by performing a slope based comparison. waveform_name [ waveform_name2 ] (Required) Specifies the waveform(s) to be saved to the database file. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform(s). You can use more than one option in the same command.

602

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support dataset savewaveforms

Note Combining switches [-delta delta], [-derivabs derivabs] and [-derivrel derivrel]is not forbidden, but the outcome of doing so is difficult to predict. It is advised that only one switch is used at a time. Examples
dataset savewaveforms /user/ADC12/calc.wdb v_load dataset savewaveforms /user/db/wave1n.wdb -sampling 1n Q0 IN # Saves the waveforms Q0 and IN with a sampling rate of 1n (second) to # the file wave1n.wdb dataset savewaveforms /user/db/VQ0.wdb.gz Q0 # Saves the waveform Q0 to the gzipped file VQ0.wdb.gz

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

603

Tcl Scripting Support delete wave

delete wave
Usage
delete wave [-window window_name] waveform_name

Description Removes the specified waveform from the indicated window. Parameters

window_name (Optional) Specifies the window from which to remove the waveform. If window_name is not specified, the waveform is removed from the active window. waveform_name (Required) Specifies name of the waveform to be removed. You can specify multiple waveforms and use wildcards. You can also use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform(s). You can use more than one option in the same command.

Examples
delete wave -run 1 -session current <tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_load

604

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support dofile

dofile
Usage
dofile file_name

Description This command tells the EZwave Tcl interpreter to source the specified Tcl file. This command differs from the Tcl source command in that it allows the Tcl proc to register into the EZwave Waveform Calculator as a user-defined function. Parameters

file_name (Required) Specifies the path and file name of the Tcl file to be sourced by the EZwave Tcl interpreter.

Return The string returned by the Tcl file, if any. Examples

dofile /user/adc12.tcl

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

605

Tcl Scripting Support environment

environment
Usage
environment [path_name] [-dataset | -nodataset] env [path_name] [-dataset | -nodataset]

Description This command displays or changes the region/signal environment. If a path name is specified, the current region/signal environment is change to that path name. Otherwise, the current region/signal environment is displayed. Note When the -dataset option is used, this command also displays the database name and hierarchy as it appears in the database. Parameters

path_name (Optional) Specifies the absolute path name to which the current region/signal environment is to be changed. Relative path names are not allowed. -dataset (Optional) If this option is specified, the database path is displayed, followed by the design hierarchy, as it would appear in the EZwave waveform list. -nodataset (Optional) If this option is specified, the path is displayed without any database indications.

Return Values Returns the path with regards to the hierarchy. Example
env :test:u1 # This changes the current region/signal environment path to :test:u1 # Returns :test:u1 env -dataset # Returns <adc12_test/TRAN>:test:u1

606

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support evalExpression

evalExpression
Usage
evalExpression expression

Description This command invokes the EZwave Waveform Calculator to calculate the expression entered. If expression is enclosed in double quotes (" "), value substitution is enabled and all strings beginning with a dollar sign ($) are replaced by the variable they name. If an expression is enclosed in braces ({ }), value substitution is disabled and the expression is evaluated as presented. This command differs from wfc in the type of output it returns. Parameters

expression (Required) An expression supported by the EZwave calculator.

Return Values The result value of the expression. It can be one of the following:

a list of Y-values corresponding to a waveform, represented as a Tcl list of strings a single number a list of data represented as a Tcl list of strings for a one-dimensional array a list of data pairs represented as a Tcl list of string pairs grouped by parentheses for a two-dimensional array

Example
evalExpression {wf_diff = wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_load") wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_middle")} set diff0 [evalExpression {wftodata(wf_diff)[0][0]}]

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

607

Tcl Scripting Support exit

exit
Usage
exit [-force] [-discard]

Description This command exits the EZwave application. Parameters

-force (Optional) If specified, the EZwave application quits and bypasses the confirmation dialog. If this option is not specified, the confirmation dialog appears and requires a manual confirmation.

-discard (Optional) If specified, the EZwave application quits and bypasses the unsaved data dialog (any unsaved data is lost). If this option is not specified, the unsaved data dialog appears and requires a manual confirmation. Caution If the -discard option is specified, all unsaved data is lost.

Return None. Example

exit exit -force exit -force -discard

608

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support find analogs

find analogs
Usage
find analogs object_name ...

Description Returns the names of all the analog objects, namely quantities and terminals) matching the specified pattern. Parameters

object_name (Required) Specifies the name of an object you want to search. Multiple names and wildcards are supported. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the objects(s). You can use more than one option in the same command.

Examples See the examples in the Using the Different find Commands section.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

609

Tcl Scripting Support find digitals

find digitals
Usage
find digitals item_name ...

Description Returns a list of digital signals matching the specified pattern. Parameters

item_name (Required) Specifies the name of an item you want to search. Multiple names and wildcards are supported. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform(s). You can use more than one option in the same command.

Examples See the examples in the Using the Different find Commands section.

610

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support find nets | signals

find nets | signals

Usage
find nets | signals item_name ...

Description The find nets and find signals commands are synonymous; both commands return the full pathnames of all analog and digital objects that match the name specification. Objects listed include signals, quantities, and terminals unless these have been specifically excluded by using the respective argument. Parameters

item_name (Required) Specifies the name of an object you want to search. Multiple names and wildcards are supported. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the signal(s). You can use more than one option in the same command.

Examples See the examples in the Using the Different find Commands section.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

611

Tcl Scripting Support getactivecursortime

getactivecursortime
Usage
getactivecursortime [-window window_name]

Description Returns the location of the active cursor. Parameters

-window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window from which to return the location of the active cursor. If this is not specified, the location of the active cursor in the active window is returned.

Examples
getactivecursortime -window "Wave:2"

Note The getactivecursortime command is equivalent to the wave cursortime command with no time or cursor name specified.

612

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support precision

precision
Usage
precision [-double | -cursor] [precision_value#]

Description Sets the double or cursor display precision. Parameters

-double | - cursor (Optional)

o

-double - Enables the setting of the number of digits displayed when double precision numbers are displayed in waveforms. -cursor - Enables the setting of the number of digits displayed when in cursor flags.

precision_value# Specifies the number of digits to be set. Note The # character is accepted for Questa SIM compatibility, but ignored by EZwave.

Examples
precision -cursor 8#

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

613

Tcl Scripting Support printenv

printenv
Usage
printenv [variable_name]

Description This command displays the name and value of environment variables. If no variable name is specified, it returns all environment variable information. Parameters

variable_name (Optional) Specifies which environment variable name and value to display. If this is not specified, the command will return information on all environment variables.

Return Returns a name and value pair of the specified environment variable (or all the variables if not specified) in the form of: variable_name = value Examples
printenv PRINTER # This returns PRINTER=myprinter

614

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support quit

quit
Usage
quit [-force ] [-discard]

Description This command exits the EZwave application. Parameters

-force (Optional) If specified, the EZwave application quits and bypasses the confirmation dialog. If this option is not specified, the confirmation dialog appears and requires a manual confirmation.

-discard (Optional) If specified, the EZwave application quits and bypasses the unsaved data dialog (any unsaved data is lost). If this option is not specified, the unsaved data dialog appears and requires a manual confirmation. Caution If the -discard option is specified, all unsaved data is lost.

Return None. Example

quit quit -force quit -force -discard

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

615

Tcl Scripting Support radix

radix
Usage
radix [-symbolic | -binary | -octal | -decimal | -hexadecimal | -unsigned | -ascii | -time] [-enumnumeric | -enumsymbolic | radix_name ]

Description This command defines the default bus radix or returns the current default if no radix is specified. Parameters

-symbolic Ignored; for compatibility purposes only. -binary (Optional) Specifies the default radix to be binary. -octal (Optional) Specifies the default radix to be octal. -decimal (Optional) Specifies the default radix to be decimal (2s complement). -hexadecimal (Optional) Specifies the default radix to be hexadecimal. -unsigned (Optional) Specifies the default radix to be unsigned. -ascii (Optional) Specifies the default radix to be ascii. -time Ignored; for compatibility purposes only. -enumnumeric Ignored; for compatibility purposes only. -enumsymbolic Ignored; for compatibility purposes only. radix_name Specifies the name of a user-defined radix.

Examples
radix -binary

616

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support radix define

radix define
Usage
radix define radix_name {radix_value, radix_label [radix_value2, radix_label2 radix_valueN, radix_labelN] [-default radix_type]}

Description This command defines a new radix. Parameters

radix_name (Required) Specifies a name for the radix. radix_value, radix_label [radix_value2, radix_label2 radix_valueN, radix_labelN] (Required) Specifies a comma separated list of number pattern and label pairs for the radix. Use the wildcard character ? to specify a range of pattern values. The first matching pattern from the top of the list is used if there is more than one match.

-default radix_type (Optional) Specifies the radix to use if a match is not found for a given value.

Return None Examples

# Defines a new radix named States radix define States { 6'b01??00, WRITE 6'b10??00, READ -default hex }

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

617

Tcl Scripting Support radix delete

radix delete
Usage
radix delete radix_name

Description This command removes the radix definition from the named radix. Parameters

radix_name (Required) Specifies the name of the radix.

Return None Examples

# Removes the radix definition from the radix named States radix delete States

618

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support radix list

radix list
Usage
radix list [radix_name]

Description This command returns the complete definition of the named radix. If no radix name is specified, it returns a list of all the defined radices. Parameters

radix_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the radix.

Return Returns the complete definition of the named radix or the definition of all currently defined radices if a name is not specified. Examples
# Define a new radix named States radix define States { 6'b01??00, WRITE 6'b10??00, READ -default hex } radix list States # This returns: 6'b01??00, WRITE 6'b10??00, READ -default hex

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

619

Tcl Scripting Support radix names

radix names
Usage
radix names

Description This command returns a list of all the defined radices. Return Returns a list of all the radices if not specified in the form. Examples
radix names

620

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support radix signal

radix signal
Usage
radix signal [waveform_name [radix_value]][-fpoint decimal]

Description This command sets the radix value for the specified waveforms, or if the radix value is not specified it inspects the radix values. Parameters

waveform_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the waveform(s) for which the radix will be set or inspected. radix_value (Optional) Specifies the value of the radix to be set for the specified waveform. Use empty quotation marks ( " " ) to unset the radix for a specified signal.

-fpoint decimal (Optional) Ignored.

Return None. Examples

# Sets the radix value for waveform :top:sigout radix signal :top:sigout States

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

621

Tcl Scripting Support setenv

setenv
Usage
setenv variable_name [value]

Description Sets or displays the value of the specified environment variable. If no value is specified, this command displays specified environment variables value. Parameters

variable_name (Required) Specifies the environment variable name to be set or displayed. value (Optional) The value to which the environment variable will be set. If this is not specified, the command will display the current value.

Return The value of the environment variable. Examples

setenv MGC_AMS_HOME /home/smith/2007.2 # Sets the value of the environment variable MGC_AMS_HOME to # /home/smith/2007.2 setenv MGC_AMS_HOME # Returns /home/smith/2007.2

622

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support unsetenv

unsetenv
Usage
unsetenv variable_name

Description Unsets an environment variable. Note The settings are not persistent and are available only within an EZwave session.

Parameters

variable_name (Required) Specifies the environment variable name to be unset.

Return None. Examples

unsetenv MY_TCL_VAR

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

623

Tcl Scripting Support wave activecursor

wave activecursor
Usage
wave activecursor [-window window_name] [cursor_name]

Description Sets the specified cursor as the active cursor. Parameters

-window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window in which to set the active cursor. If this is not specified, the active cursor is set in the active window. cursor_name (Optional) Specifies the cursor to set as the active cursor. If this is not specified, the name of the active cursor is returned.

Examples To make cursor C2 the active cursor in the active window:

wave activecursor C2

624

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave activeworkspace

wave activeworkspace
Usage
wave activeworkspace [workspace_name]

Description Causes the specified workspace to become active. Parameters

workspace_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the workspace to become active. If workspace_name is omitted, this command returns the current active workspace name.

Return None if an argument is specified. If no argument is specified, returns the active workspace name. Examples
wave activeworkspace ADC12

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

625

Tcl Scripting Support wave addannotation

wave addannotation
Usage
wave addannotation -x x_value [-y y_value] -text text [-snap] [-window | waveform_name ]

Description This command adds a text annotation to a waveform at the specified location in the active window. Parameters

-x x_value (Required) Specifies the X value at which the annotation is added. If a Y value is specified, the annotation is added at the location, ( x_value, y_value ). Otherwise, the command analyzes the waveform data and places the annotation on the waveform at the specified X value.

-y y_value (Optional) Specifies the Y value at which the annotation is added, at the location, ( x_value, y_value ). If this option is not specified, the command analyzes the waveform data and places the annotation on the waveform at the specified X value.

-text text (Required) Specifies the annotation text. Quotation marks ( " " ) are required for text that include spaces. Annotation text may also include multiple lines by using \n. -snap (Optional) Specifies that the text annotation snaps to the nearest waveform datapoint. -window | waveform_name (Optional) If waveform_name is specified, the annotation is added to that waveform. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform. You can use more than one option in the same command. If the waveform is displayed several times in the active window, the last occurrence of the waveform is annotated. If no waveform name is specified, the last displayed waveform in the active window is annotated. If -window is specified, the annotation is added to the active window, and not the waveform.

Return The annotation identifier marker mk:# where # is a number. Examples

wave addannotation -x 149.980n -text simple wave addannotation -x 150n -y 3.3 -text "Annotation with snap" -snap

626

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave addannotation

wave addannotation OUT -x 20p -text jitter wave addannotation OUT -x 40p -text "This value shows\n the error in the design"

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

627

Tcl Scripting Support wave addcursor

wave addcursor
Usage
wave addcursor [-window window_name] [-time time | X_value] [-horizontal [-row row_index] [-axis axis_name]] [-name cursor_name]

Description Creates a new cursor in the specified window. Parameters

-window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window in which to create the cursor. If this is not specified, the cursor is created in the active window. -time time (Optional) Specifies the time value where the new cursor should be created. X_value (Optional) Specifies the value along the X axis where the new cursor should be created. Note If neither a time nor an X_value is specified, the cursor is created at the beginning of the visible domain area.

-horizontal (Optional) Creates a horizontal cursor at the specified point on the Y axis. -row row_index (Optional for horizontal cursors) Specifies which row in the Graph window to add a horizontal cursor. row_index takes a value of 1 to n, where the top row has the index value of 1, the second row, 2, and so on. The default value for row_index is n (the last row in teh Graph window).

-axis axis_name (Optional for horizontal cursors) Specifies the name of the axis to add a horizontal cursor to. -name cursor_name (Optional) Specifies a name for the cursor.

Examples To add a cursor in the active window at an X value of 100 ns:

wave addcursor 100n

To add a horizontal cursor to the second row in the Graph window:

628

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave addcursor wave addcursor -horizontal -row 2

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

629

Tcl Scripting Support wave adddeltamarker

wave adddeltamarker
Usage
wave adddeltamarker {-xdelta | -ydelta} -wf1 waveform_name1 -x1 x_value1 -y1 y_value1 [-wf2 waveform_name2] -x2 x_value2 -y2 y_value2 [-text text]

Description This command adds a delta marker waveform(s) at the specified location(s) in the active window. Parameters

{-xdelta | -ydelta} (Required)

o o

-xdelta - specifies that the marker is to show information about an x delta. -ydelta - specifies that the marker is to show information about a y delta.

-wf1 waveform_name1 (Required) Specifies the name of the waveform to which the first point of the delta marker is to be attached. -x1 x_value1 (Required) Specifies the x co-ordinate of the first point of the delta marker. -y1 y_value1 (Required) Specifies the the y co-ordinate of the first point of the delta marker. -wf2 waveform_name2 (Optional) Specifies the name of the waveform to which the second point of the delta marker is to be attached. If not specified it will default to the same waveform as -wf1 -x2 x_value2 (Required) Specifies the x co-ordinate of the second point of the delta marker. -y2 y_value2 (Required) Specifies the y co-ordinate of the second point of the delta marker. -text text } (Optional) Specifies the text for the delta marker. Quotation marks ( " " ) are required for text that include spaces. Text may also include multiple lines by using \n

Return None.

630

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave adddeltamarker

Example
wave adddeltamarker -xdelta -wf1 v_load -x1 0.03851623740539206 -y1 8.505201152235028E-4 -x2 0.051913040161787515 -y2 4.999999302642095 -text "dx = 13.40M s\ndy = 5.00 V" # Adds a delta marker with text to two points on the same waveform wave adddeltamarker -xdelta -wf1 v_load -x1 0.06243479893740646 -y1 7.579889746381528E-6 -wf2 v_middle -x2 0.07321739137215058 -y2 4.999993280548767 -text "dx = 10.78M s\ndy = 5.00 V" # Adds a delta marker with text to two points across waveforms

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

631

Tcl Scripting Support wave addline

wave addline
Usage
wave addline {-x | -y} value [waveform_name] [-text annotation_text] [-drag] [-hash {up | down | left | right}]

Description This command adds a horizontal or vertical line to a waveform in the active window. Parameters

{ -x | -y } value (Required) Specifies the location and direction of the line to be added. -x value specifies a vertical line at the specified value on the X axis. -y value specifies a horizontal line at the specified value on the Y axis. The units correspond to the units used in the waveforms.

waveform_name (Optional) If this option is specified, the command adds a line marker to that waveforms row. If that waveform is displayed several times it will be added to the last occurrence. If not specified it will default to the last displayed waveform. Note This command applies only to waveforms that are currently displayed. If there are no appropriate waveforms displayed in the active window, an error message will be displayed. Use the add wave command to display the relevant waveforms before calling this command.

-text annotation_text (Optional) Specifies the text to add as an annotation to the line. Quotations ( " " ) are only required if there are spaces in the text. -drag (Optional) If this option is specified, the line marker can be dragged. By default, the added line cannot be dragged. -hash { up | down | left | right } (Optional) If this option is specified, a hash pattern is placed in the specified location relative to the line: up or down for horizontal lines, and left or right for vertical lines. This may be useful in marking limits in the graph.

Return The line identifier in the form of mk:# where # is a number. Example
wave addline -x 150n -text limit -hash left

632

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave addline # Adds a vertical marker at time 150n with hash on left of line, with text # 'limit' wave addline -y 3.3 -text "high level" -hash up # Adds a horizontal marker at 3.3 volts with hash on top up line, with text # 'high level'

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

633

Tcl Scripting Support wave addmarker

wave addmarker
Usage
wave addmarker [-window window_name] [-name name] [-time {time | x_value}]

Description This command adds a vertical marker to the specified location. This corresponds to the Add Marker button in the Event Search Tool. Parameters

-window window_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the window to which the marker is added. If this option is not specified, the marker is added to the active window. -name name (Optional) Specifies the name to be given to the marker. -time { time | x_value } (Optional) Specifies the location of the marker, designated by a time value or an X value. If this option is not specified, the marker is placed at the left-most point in the window.

Return The marker identifier in the form of m# where # is a number, starting from 1. Example
wave addmarker -time 100n

634

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave addproperty

wave addproperty
Usage
wave addproperty waveform_name -name property_name -value property_value

Description This command adds a property to a waveform. Note This command modifies the dataset. You may use the dataset save command to save the dataset before exiting. You can then see the property name and value when you mouse over the waveform name or waveform data. Parameters

waveform_name (Required) Specifies the waveform to which the property will be added. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform. You can use more than one option in the same command.

-name property_name (Required) Specifies the name of the property to be added to the waveform. -value property_value (Required) Specifies the value of the property to be added to the waveform. This can be either a number or a string.

Return None. Example

wave addproperty OUT -name PRUN -value 1

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

635

Tcl Scripting Support wave addwindow

wave addwindow
Usage
wave addwindow [-title window_title] [-divider ratio]

Description Creates a new graphical window in the EZwave session window and makes it active. Parameters

-title window_title (Optional) Specifies the name of the window to be created. -title may be omitted. -divider ratio (Optional) Specifies the position of the divider inside the graph window. The divider is the vertical line that separates the waveform names and the waveforms area. ratio must be between 0 and 1. The default value is 0.91.

Return Value The name of the created window (by default, Wave:#, where # is a number). Examples
wave addwindow

636

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave addworkspace

wave addworkspace
Usage
wave addworkspace [workspace_name] [-active]

Description Creates a new workspace in the EZwave session window. Parameters

workspace_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the workspace to be created. If workspace_name is not specified, a default name, Workspace#, is used, where # is a number. -active (Optional) Indicates that the workspace created should become the active workspace.

Examples
wave addworkspace ADC12

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

637

Tcl Scripting Support wave closewindow

wave closewindow
Usage
wave closewindow [window_name] | [-all | -workspace]

Description Closes a specified window, all windows, or all windows in the workspace. If no argument is specified, this command closes the last window opened. Parameters

window_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the graph window to close. -all | -workspace (Optional) Specifies whether to close all currently open windows or to close all windows currently open in the workspace.

Examples
wave closewindow -workspace

638

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave colortheme

wave colortheme
Usage
wave colortheme [black | white | mono] [-print]

Description Sets the graphical display or print color scheme Parameters

black | white | mono (Optional) Defines whether the color theme to be set. If no argument is set it defaults to the current color theme. -print (Optional) If this option is specified the theme corresponds to print and does not alter the graphical display.

Examples
wave colortheme white -print

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

639

Tcl Scripting Support wave cursortime

wave cursortime
Usage
wave cursortime [-window window_name] [-time time | X_value ] [cursor_name]

Description Moves a cursor to the specified position. Parameters

-window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window in which to move a cursor. If this is not specified, a cursor in the active window is moved. -time time (Optional) Specifies the time value to which the cursor should be moved. X_value Specifies the value along the X axis to which the cursor should be moved. Note If neither a time nor an X_value is specified, the cursors location is returned.

cursor_name (Optional) Specifies the cursor to be moved. If cursor_name is not specified, the command applies to the active cursor in the specified window.

Examples To move cursor C2 in the active window to an X value of 100 ns:

wave cursortime 100n C2

640

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave deletecursor

wave deletecursor
Usage
wave deletecursor [-window window_name] [cursor_name | cursor_id]

Description Deletes the specified cursor. Parameters

-window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window from which to delete the cursor. If this is not specified, a cursor in the active window is deleted. cursor_name | cursor_id (Optional) Specifies the cursor to be deleted. cursor_name is the full name of the cursor, for example, C2. cursor_id is the cursors number, for example, 2. If no cursor_name or cursor_id is specified, the active cursor is deleted.

Examples To delete cursor C2 in the active window:

wave deletecursor C2

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

641

Tcl Scripting Support wave difference

wave difference
Usage
wave difference waveform_name1 waveform_name2 [-name out_waveform_name] [-spice]

Description This command generates and displays a waveform corresponding to the difference between the first and second waveforms specified. Parameters

waveform_name1 (Required) Specifies the first input waveform. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform. You can use more than one option in the same command.

waveform_name2 (Required) Specifies the second input waveform. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform. You can use more than one option in the same command.

-name out_waveform_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the output waveform. -spice (Optional) Specifies that compatibility with Spice is to be ensured for the naming of the output waveform, generating W(<difference>).

Return None. Error Messages

Table C-5. wave difference Error Messages Error Message No object matching Difference requires 2 objects Too many objects for difference Description At least one of the input waveforms is not found. Only one input waveform has been specified. Two are required. At least one of the regular expressions used to describe the input waveform names has identified more than one waveform.

642

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave difference

Examples
wave difference Q1 Q2

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

643

Tcl Scripting Support wave displayed

wave displayed
Usage
wave displayed [-window window_name | -allwindows | -activewindow] [-color]

Description This command retrieves a list of the displayed waveforms. Parameters

-window window_name (Optional) Specifies a window to apply the command to. Only waveforms in the specified window will be listed. -allwindows (Optional) Specifies that displayed waveforms in all windows should be listed. -activewindow (Optional) Specifies that only the displayed waveform in the currently active window should be listed. -color (Optional) If this option is specified, RGB color information is included with each displayed waveform listed.

Return A Tcl list containing the displayed waveform names and color (if specified). Examples
wave displayed # returns: # <test/tran>v(in)<test/tran>v(out) <test/tran>v(vdd) wave displayed -color # returns: # {<test/tran>v(in) 0,255,0} {<test/tran>v(out) 255,255,0} # {<test/tran>v(vdd) 0,128,255}

644

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave exists

wave exists
Usage
wave exists waveform_name

Description Indicates whether the specified waveform exists. It is used primarily for preventing errors by enabling scripts to suggest an alternative action if a waveform does not exist in the dataset. Parameters

waveform_name (Required) Specifies name of the waveform of interest. You can specify multiple waveforms and use wildcards. You can also use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform(s). You can use more than one option in the same command. Note This command will apply to the last loaded dataset if the optional dataset name is not specified within the waveform_name. See Specifying Waveforms in Tcl on page 556.

Return
True or False indicating whether or not at least one waveform corresponding to the search string is found.

Examples
## Check if a waveform exists in the database set wave1 ":adc12test_mixed_eldo_ms:yadc12:x1:clk" set wave2 ":a:waveform:that:does:not:exist" if {[wave exists $wave1]} { puts "waveform '$wave1' exists" } else { puts "waveform '$wave1' does not exist" } if {[wave exists $wave2]} { puts "waveform '$wave2' exists" } else { puts "waveform '$wave2' does not exist" }

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

645

Tcl Scripting Support wave launchfolder

wave launchfolder
Usage
wave launchfolder

Description Identifies the path to the directory that EZwave was launched from. Parameters None. Return The path to the directory that EZwave was launched from. Examples
wave launchfolder

646

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave listworkspace

wave listworkspace
Usage
wave listworkspace

Description Returns a list of workspaces. Parameters None. Examples

wave listworkspace

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

647

Tcl Scripting Support wave lockcursor

wave lockcursor
Usage
wave lockcursor [ON | OFF]

Description This command specifies whether the distance between cursors are fixed or whether they can move independently of each other. Omit the argument to display the current cursor lock setting. Parameters

ON (Optional) Specifies that the distance between cursors are fixed. Dragging one cursor will move the other cursors, keeping the distance between them the same. OFF (Optional) Specifies that cursors are able to move independently of each other. Dragging one cursor does not affect the other cursors.

Examples
wave lockcursor ON wave lockcursor OFF

648

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave names

wave names
Usage
wave names [-showdataset {on | off}] [-showhierarchy {on | off}]

Description Determines whether waveform names within the graphical interface show the dataset names and (or) the complete hierarchical paths. Parameters

-showdataset {on | off} (Optional) Determines whether the dataset names are shown. -showhierarchy {on | off} (Optional) Determines whether the complete hierarchical paths.

Examples

Show the dataset names within the waveform names.

wave names -showdataset on

Show the complete hierarchical paths within the waveform names and not the dataset names.
wave names -showdataset off -showhierarchy on

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

649

Tcl Scripting Support wave refresh

wave refresh
Usage
wave refresh [-window window_name]

Description Redraws the contents of the specified window. Parameters

-window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window in which to redraw waveforms. If this is not specified, waveforms in the active window are redrawn.

Examples
wave refresh

650

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave rowfit

wave rowfit
Usage
wave rowfit [-window window_name]

Description Optimizes the row size in the specified window. Parameters

-window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window in which to redraw waveforms. If this is not specified, rows are resized in the active window.

Examples
wave rowfit

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

651

Tcl Scripting Support wave runindexlist

wave runindexlist
Usage
wave runindexlist waveform_name

Description This command displays a list of run indices for the elements of the compound waveform specified. It is useful for iterating through each element individually. Parameters

waveform_name (Required) Specifies the name of the compound waveform for which the run index list is to be retrieved. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform. You can use more than one option in the same command.

Return Returns a list of run indices for the elements of the compound waveform specified. Error Messages

Table C-6. wave runindexlist Error Messages Error Message No compound waveform found Description The input waveform is not compound or the regular expression used has not found any compound waveforms.

Too many waveforms found The regular expression used to describe the input waveform name has identified more than one compound waveform. Examples
wave runindexlist :top:sigout

652

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave runparameters

wave runparameters
Usage
wave runparameters waveform_name

Description This command displays a list of run parameters for the compound waveform specified. It is useful for iterating through each element individually. Parameters

waveform_name (Required) Specifies the name of the waveform for which the run parameter list is to be retrieved. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform. You can use more than one option in the same command.

Return Returns a list of run parameters for the compound waveform specified. Error Messages

Table C-7. wave runparameters Error Messages Error Message No compound waveform found Description The input waveform is not compound or the regular expression used has not found any compound waveforms.

Too many waveforms found The regular expression used to describe the input waveform name has identified more than one compound waveform. Examples
wave runparameters :top:sigout

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

653

Tcl Scripting Support wave runparametervalue

wave runparametervalue
Usage
wave runparametervalue -param param_name -run run_index waveform_name

Description This command displays the value of a specified run parameter associated with the run_index and compound waveform specified. Parameters

-param param_name (Required) Specifies the name of the run parameter for which the value is to be retrieved. -run run_index (Required) Specifies the value of the run index for which the run parameter value is to be retrieved. waveform_name (Required) Specifies the name of the waveform for which the run parameter value is to be retrieved. You can use the extended options detailed in Selecting Waveforms in Tcl to select the waveform. You can use more than one option in the same command.

Return Returns the value of the specified run parameter associated with the run index and compound waveform specified. Error Messages

Table C-8. wave runparametervalue Error Messages Error Message No compound waveform found Description The input waveform is not compound or the regular expression used has not found any compound waveforms.

Too many waveforms found The regular expression used to describe the input waveform name has identified more than one compound waveform. The object <name> is not a compound waveform element The run index does not identify an element of the compound waveform.

654

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave runparametervalue

Table C-8. wave runparametervalue Error Messages Error Message Description Parameter <param_name> The parameter specified has not been found in the specified element of the is not found in compound compound waveform. waveform element <name> Examples
wave runparametervalue -param CORNER -run 2 :top:sigout

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

655

Tcl Scripting Support wave show

wave show
Usage
wave show representation [|representation2|

|representationN]

Description This command defines the default net representation that is used when the add wave command is issued without the -show option. If the -show option is specified with the add wave command (add wave -show representation), it temporarily overrides the wave show defaults during the execution of the add wave command and then returns to the wave show defaults. The defined representation defaults remains in effect until another wave show command is issued or until the end of the script. If you do not define the waveform representation with this command, the default is defined as follows:
tran.v|ac.vdb|ac.vp

Parameters

representation [ |representation2 | ...| representationN] (Optional) Specifies how signals are to be represented as a waveform. A representation is a complete representation of a net and is composed of an analysis, a discipline, and a physic. A dot ( . ) separates the analysis portion from the discipline and physic portion. There is no separator between the discipline and the physic, as follows: analysis.disciplinephysic If more than one representation is specified, use a pipe ( | ) to separate them: analysis.disciplinephysic|analysis.disciplinephysic|analysis.disciplinephysic Refer to Appendix D for the supported representations.

Example
wave show ac.vdb # The analysis is AC, the discipline is V, and the physic is DB. wave show ffst.vdb.h(1) # The analysis is FFST, the discipline is V, and the physic is DB for # the primary_ physic, and H(1) for the secondary_physic.

656

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave showgridlines

wave showgridlines
Usage
wave showgridlines {on | off}

Description Allows gridlines to be set on or off in all new windows. Note Windows already created will not be modified by this command.

Parameters

{on | off} (Required) Specifies whether gridlines should be displayed in all new windows.

Examples
wave showgridlines on

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

657

Tcl Scripting Support wave showzerolevels

wave showzerolevels
Usage
wave showzerolevels {on | off | horizontal | vertical}

Description Activates the zero-levels in the rows where the waveform is displayed. On/Off enables or disables both horizontal and vertical levels. Horizontal/Vertical enables only the appropriate horizontal or vertical levels. Note Windows already created will not be modified by this command.

Parameters

{on | off | horizontal | vertical} (Required)

o o o o

on - Activates the display of level lines at X=0 and Y=0. off - Deactivates the display of all zero level lines. horizontal - Activates the display of a level line at Y=0. vertical - Activates the display of a level line at X=0.

Examples
wave showzerolevels horizontal

658

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave tile

wave tile
Usage
wave tile [-cascade | -horizontal | -vertical | -grid]

Description Arranges multiple windows in the specified tiling style. Parameters

-cascade (Optional) Arranges the windows in a cascading fashion. Windows are overlapped while keeping an area of each window exposed so you can click on an individual window to bring it to the front.

-horizontal (Optional) Arranges the windows in rows. Windows are displayed above and below each other. -vertical (Optional) Arranges the windows in columns. Windows are displayed side by side. -grid (Optional) Arranges the windows in a grid fashion. Windows are displayed side by side in columns as well as above and below each other in rows.

Examples
wave tile -cascade

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

659

Tcl Scripting Support wave windowlist

wave windowlist
Usage
wave windowlist

Description This command returns a list of all open graph windows. Parameters None. Examples
# Retrieves the X axis scale type for each open window foreach {i} [wave windowlist] { puts [wave xaxis] }

660

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave xaxis

wave xaxis
Usage
wave xaxis [-title title] [-scale {linear | log2 | log10}] [-window window_name]

Description This command sets the X axis unit title, and the X axis scale to one of: linear, base 2 log, or base 10 log. Parameters

- title title (Optional) Specifies the text to be displayed in place of the X axis unit title. -scale { linear | log2 | log10 } (Optional) Specifies the type of scale to use for the X axis. Choose from linear, log2, or log10. If this option is not specified, this command returns the current X axis scale. This option corresponds to the X Axis Properties Dialog.

-window window_name (Optional) If specified, this option applies the command to the specified window. Otherwise, the command applies to the active window.

Return None, if -title or -scale argument is specified. If neither the -title or -scale argument is specified, this command returns the current X axis scale. Examples
wave xaxis -title "User Time" wave axis -scale log10 -window Wave:2

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

661

Tcl Scripting Support wave yaxis

wave yaxis
Used to alter Y axis settings such as the Y axis name, unit title and the scale, for the specified row. If neither -title or -scale are specified, this command returns the current Y axis scale. Usage
wave yaxis -row rowId [-axis axis_name] [-title title] [-scale {linear | log2 | log10}] [-window window_name]

Parameters

-row rowId (Required) Specifies the row that the command is to be applied to. The rowId of the top row is 1, increasing by 1 each row moving downwards. Note rowId identifiers are dynamic, with the top row always taking the value of 1.

-axis axis_name (Optional) Specifies the name of the Y axis to which the command is to be applied. By default the axis is named Y1. - title title (Optional) Specifies the text to be displayed in place of the Y axis unit title. -scale { linear | log2 | log10 } (Optional) Specifies the type of scale for the Y axis. Choose from linear, log base 2, or log base 10. If no value is specified, the current Y axis scale is returned. Specifying this option is equivalent to setting the Axis Scale field on the Axis Properties Dialog.

-window window_name (Optional) If specified, the changes will be applied to the specified window. Otherwise, the command applies to the active window.

Examples This example applies some changes to the top row (rowId=1). Sets the title of the Y axis unit title to User Time and specifies that the Y axis uses a logarithmic scale with base 2:
wave yaxis -row 1 -title "User Time" -scale log2 wave yaxis -scale log10 -window Wave:2

662

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave zoomfull

wave zoomfull
Usage
wave zoomfull [-window window_name]

Description Zooms out to show the entire X axis of the specified graph window. Parameters

-window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window to apply the zoom to. If this is not specified, the zoom applies to the active window.

Example
# Zoom out to show entire X axis of the window "Wave:2": wave zoomfull -window "Wave:2"

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

663

Tcl Scripting Support wave zoomin

wave zoomin
Usage
wave zoomin [-window window_name] [factor]

Description Zooms in on the X axis specified graph window, by the specified factor. Parameters

-window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window to apply the zoom to. If this is not specified, the zoom applies to the active window. factor (Optional) Specifies the zoom factor to apply. If this is not specified, the default value of 2.0 is used.

Examples
# Zoom X axis of the active window in by a factor of 2.0: wave zoomin # Zoom X axis of the window "Wave:2" in by a factor of 2.0: wave zoomin -window "Wave:2" # Zoom X axis of the active window in by a factor of 4.0: wave zoomin 4.0

664

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave zoomlast

wave zoomlast
Usage
wave zoomlast [-window window_name]

Description Undoes the most recent zoom operation in the specified window. Parameters

-window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window in which to undo the zoom. If this is not specified, the undo applies to the active window.

Example
# Undo the previous zoom operation in the window "Wave:2": wave zoomlast -window "Wave:2"

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

665

Tcl Scripting Support wave zoomout

wave zoomout
Usage
wave zoomout [-window window_name] [factor]

Description Zooms out on the X axis of the specified graph window, by the specified factor. Parameters

-window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window to apply the zoom to. If this is not specified, the zoom applies to the active window. factor (Optional) Specifies the zoom factor to apply. If this is not specified, the default value of 2.0 is used. Note Zooming over the Y axis is done through an option in the add wave command.

Examples
# Zoom X axis of the active window out by a factor of 2.0: wave zoomout # Zoom X axis of the window "Wave:2" out by a factor of 2.0: wave zoomout -window "Wave:2" # Zoom X axis of the active window out by a factor of 4.0: wave zoomout 4.0

666

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support wave zoomrange

wave zoomrange
Usage
wave zoomrange [-window window_name] [start] [end]

Description Zooms in on the X axis to a range bounded by the specified start and/or end points. Parameters

-window window_name (Optional) Specifies the window in which to apply the zoom. If this is not specified, the zoom applies to the active window. start (Optional) Specifies the start point for the range to zoom to. end (Optional) Specifies the end point for the range to zoom to. Note If only one of start and end is specified, start is assumed to be 0 and the specified number is assumed to be the endpoint. If neither start nor end is specified, the start- and endpoints for the current zoom level are returned.

Example
# Zoom along the X axis in the current window to a start time of 20 ns and # an end time of 100 ns: wave zoomrange 20n 100n

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

667

Tcl Scripting Support wfc

wfc
Usage
wfc expression

Description This command invokes the EZwave Waveform Calculator to calculate the expression entered. If expression is enclosed in double quotes (" "), value substitution is enabled and all strings beginning with a dollar sign ($) are replaced by the variable they name. If an expression is enclosed in braces ({ }), value substitution is disabled and the expression is evaluated as presented. This command differs from evalExpression in the type of output it returns. Parameters

expression (Required) An expression supported by the EZwave calculator.

Return Values The result value of the expression. It can be one of the following:

a waveform object handle a single number a list of data represented as a Tcl list of strings for a one-dimensional array a list of data pairs represented as a Tcl list of string pairs grouped by parentheses for a two-dimensional array

Example
set wf_diff [wfc {wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_load") wf("<tutorial/Time-Domain_Results>v_middle")}] add wave $wf_diff

668

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support write jpeg

write jpeg
Usage
write jpeg file_name [-window window_name] [-blackbackground | -whitebackground | -monochrome | -colorasdisplayed] [-visiblewindows] [-resolution {screen | printerlow | printerhigh}]

Description This command exports the contents of a window to a specified JPEG image file. Parameters

file_name (Required) Specifies the file (with full path) to which the window contents are to be saved. -window window_name (Optional) If this option is specified, the contents of the specified window is exported. Otherwise, the contents of the active window is exported. -blackbackground | -whitebackground | -monochrome | -colorasdisplayed (Optional) These options specifies the color scheme for the exported image. -resolution { screen | printerlow | printerhigh } (Optional) This option specifies the resolution of the exported image file. Selecting screen sets the output resolution to the screen resolution. printerlow and printerhigh sets the output resolution to approximately 4x and 16x the screen resolution, respectively.

-visiblewindows (Optional) Specifies that the image to be created contain all windows as displayed in the EZwave tool. This argument is particularly useful when exporting tiled windows.

Return None. Example

write jpeg /user/adc12.png

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

669

Tcl Scripting Support write png

write png
Usage
write png file_name [-window window_name] [-blackbackground | -whitebackground | -monochrome | -colorasdisplayed] [-visiblewindows][-resolution {screen | printerlow | printerhigh}]

Description This command exports the contents of a window to a specified PNG image file. Parameters

file_name (Required) Specifies the file (with full path) to which the window contents are to be saved. -window window_name (Optional) If this option is specified, the contents of the specified window is exported. Otherwise, the contents of the active window is exported. -blackbackground | -whitebackground | -monochrome | -colorasdisplayed (Optional) These options specifies the color scheme for the exported image. -resolution { screen | printerlow | printerhigh } (Optional) This option specifies the resolution of the exported image file. Selecting screen sets the output resolution to the screen resolution. printerlow and printerhigh sets the output resolution to approximately 4x and 16x the screen resolution, respectively.

-visiblewindows (Optional) Specifies that the image to be created contain all windows as displayed in the EZwave tool. This argument is particularly useful when exporting tiled windows.

Return None. Example

write png /user/adc12.png

670

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support write wave

write wave
Usage
write wave [file.ps | -file file.ps | -printer printer_name] [-window window_name] [-landscape | -portrait] [-papersize {a3 | a4 | a5 | b4 | b5 | letter | tabloid | ledger | legal | executive}] [-copies number] [-allwaveforms | -visiblewaveforms] [-activewindow | -allwindows | -visiblewindows] [-eps]

Description This command outputs window contents in PostScript format. It can be sent to a printer or a specified location. Parameters

-file file.ps (Optional) Sets the output file name in PostScript format. -printer printer_name (Optional) Sets the printer in the network. -window window_name (Optional) Sets the window to be printed. In case no -window is specified, the active window is printed. -landscape (Optional) Sets the printing orientation to be landscape (default). -portrait (Optional) Sets the printing orientation as portrait. -papersize { a3 | a4 | a5 | b4 | b5 | letter | tabloid | ledger | legal | executive } (Optional) Specifies the paper size for printing. These paper sizes correspond to the sizes found in the File > Print dialog. -copies number (Optional) Specifies the number of copies to print. -allwaveforms | visiblewaveforms (Optional) Specifies whether to print all waveforms or just the visible waveforms. If this option is not specified, only visible waveforms are printed. -activewindow | -allwindows | -visiblewindows (Optional) Specifies which windows to print. By default, when multiple windows are open, only the active window is printed. If -allwindows is specified, all windows are printed, one per page. If -visiblewindows is specified, only the visible windows are printed, also one per page.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

671

Tcl Scripting Support External Tcl Command Support

-eps (Optional) If this option is set, the command generates an Encapsulated PostScript file.

Return None Example

write wave dc.ps

External Tcl Command Support

The EZwave Tcl interpreter recognizes commands from Questa SIM (formerly ModelSim) and Questa ADMS. Depending on the command, the interpreter will ignore the command, or the EZwave application execute it by internally applying corresponding actions. Tables C-9 and C-10 list the level of support that the EZwave Tcl interpreter maintains for Questa SIM and Questa ADMS commands, respectively. In these tables:

Ignore indicates that the EZwave Tcl interpreter ignores the command Supported indicates that the EZwave application processes the command internally Table C-9. Questa SIM Command Support

Command .main clear abort add atv add button add dataflow add list add log add memory add testbrowser add watch add wave add_cmdhelp add_menu add_menucb

EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore

Command power on power report power reset precision printenv process report profile clear profile interval profile off profile on profile option profile reload profile report project

EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore

672

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support External Tcl Command Support

Table C-9. Questa SIM Command Support (cont.) Command add_menuitem add_separator add_submenu addtime alias assertion active assertion count assertion fail assertion pass assertion profile atv log batch_mode bd bookmark add wave bookmark goto wave bookmark list wave bp cd cdbg change change_menu_cmd bookmark goto wave bookmark list wave
check contention config

EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore

Command pwd questasim quietly quit qverilog radix radix define radix names radix list radix delete readers realtotime record report restart restore resume right run runstatus sccom scaletime sscom scgenmod sdfcom search searchlog see seetime setenv

EZwave Action Supported Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Supported Supported Supported Supported Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported
673

bookmark delete wave Ignore

check contention off check float add check float config check float off check stable off

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support External Tcl Command Support

Table C-9. Questa SIM Command Support (cont.) Command check stable on checkpoint classinfo compare add compare annotate compare clock compare configure compare delete compare end compare info compare list compare options compare reload compare reset compare run compare savediffs compare saverules compare see compare start compare stop compare update configure context coverage analyze coverage attribute coverage goal coverage ranktest coverage tag coverage testnames coverage unlinked
674

EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Supported Supported Ignore Supported Supported Supported Supported Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Supported Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Ignored Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore

Command shift show simstats stack status step stop subtime suppress tb tcheck_set tcheck_status toggle add toggle disable toggle enable toggle report toggle reset tr color tr id tr order transcribe transcript transcript file triage tssi2mti typespec ui_vvmode unsetenv up validtime

EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Support Ignore Ignore

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support External Tcl Command Support

Table C-9. Questa SIM Command Support (cont.) Command coverage weight coverage clear coverage exclude coverage reload coverage report coverage save dataset alias dataset clear dataset close dataset config dataset info dataset list dataset open dataset rename dataset restart dataset save dataset snapshot delete describe disablebp disable_menu disable_menuitem divtime do down drivers dumplog64 echo edit enablebp EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Supported Supported Ignore Supported Supported Supported Supported Ignore Supported Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Command vcd add vcd checkpoint vcd comment vcd dumpports vcd dumpportsall vcd dumpportsflush vcd dumpportslimit vcd dumpportsoff vcd dumpportson vcd file vcd files vcd flush vcd limit vcd off vcd on vcd2wlf vcom vcover attributes vcover ranktest vcover testnames vcover convert vcover merge vcover rank vcover report vcover stats vdbg vdel vdir vencrypt verror EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore
675

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support External Tcl Command Support

Table C-9. Questa SIM Command Support (cont.) Command enable_menu enable_menuitem encoding environment eqtime examine exit fcover configure find find analogs find digitals find nets find signals find infiles find insource formatTime force fsm gdb dir getactivecursortime getactivemarkertime gtetime gttime help history inttotime jobspy layout lecho left
676

EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Supported Supported Supported Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore

Command vgencomp vhencrypt view virtual count virtual define virtual delete virtual describe virtual expand virtual function power add power off virtual hide virtual log virtual nohide virtual nolog virtual region virtual save virtual show virtual signal virtual type vlib vlog vmake vmap vopt vsim vsim<info> vsim_break vsource wave

EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support External Tcl Command Support

Table C-9. Questa SIM Command Support (cont.) Command log lshift lsublist ltetime lttime macro_option mem compare mem display mem list mem load mem save mem search messages modelsim next neqtime noforce nolog notepad noview nowhen onbreak onElabError onerror onfinish pa pause play pop property list EZwave Action Ignore ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore
677

Command wave create wave edit wave export wave exists wave modify when where wlf2log wlf2vcd wlfman wlfrecover write cell_report write format write list write preferences write report write timing write transcript write tssi write wave xml2ucdb

EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Supported Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support External Tcl Command Support

Table C-9. Questa SIM Command Support (cont.) Command property wave push EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Table C-10. Questa ADMS Command Support Command add list add log add wave batch_mode cd change checkpoint debuginfo drivers env examine exit find force if import_adms imports_ms isavewdb ms noforce onRunDone probe pwd quit restart EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Supported Supported Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Ignore Supported Supported Ignore Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Supported Supported Ignore Command vcd add vcd checkpoint vcd comment vcd dumpports vcd dumpportsall vcd dumpportsflush vcd dumpportslimit vcd dumpportsoff vcd dumpportson vcd file vcd files vcd flush vcd limit vcd off vcd on vacom vadel vadir valib valog vamake vamap vamatch vasetlib vasim EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Command EZwave Action

678

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples

Table C-10. Questa ADMS Command Support (cont.) Command restore run savetranscript savewaveconfig savewavewindow savewdb simparam splitio statistics stop usewaveconfig EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Supported Supported Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Supported Command vaspi vaunlock vcd2wlf vcd add view vsimauth vsimdate vsimid vsimversionstring watch write list EZwave Action Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore Ignore

Tcl Scripting Examples

This section includes the following Tcl examples:

Tcl Waveform Calculator Batch Commands Example Creating a User-Defined Function With Tcl Example Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples Using the Different find Commands

Tcl Waveform Calculator Batch Commands Example

You can use Tcl scripting to issue batch commands to the EZwave waveform calculator. The wfc function allows full access to all the calculation operations of the waveform calculator. See In the following Tcl script example, tut1_meas.tcl, the wfc command is used to calculate several different waveform measurements. The script opens a waveform database file, meas.wdb, performs several measurement operations, and sends output to an ASCII file, meas.out.
#!/usr/local/bin/tclsh # ################################################### # additional user defined procedures proc greater {a b} { return [ expr { ($a > $b) ? $a : $b } ] } # ################################################### # open database file

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

679

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples dataset open $env(MGC_AMS_HOME)/examples/ezwave/meas.wdb puts "\nExtracting from EZwave Post Processing" # ################################################### # global parameter settings # .param vdd=3.3 wfc { vdd = 3.3 } # ################################################### # .meas tran TD1 when v(in)='vdd/2' td=5ns rise=1 # .meas tran TD2 when v(in)='vdd/2' td=5ns rise=2 wfc { rt_in_ = risetime(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(IN)"), x_start = 5e-9, baseline = vdd/2, topline = vdd/2, option = "wf") } set TD1 [ wfc { td1_ = wftodata(rt_in_)[0][0] } ] set TD2 [ wfc { td2_ = wftodata(rt_in_)[1][0] } ] # ################################################### # .meas tran T1 trig at=TD1 # targ v(q0) val='vdd/2' td=5ns rise=1 wfc { rt_q0_ = risetime(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(Q0)"), x_start = greater(td1_, 5e-9), baseline = vdd/2, topline = vdd/2, option = "wf") } set T1 [ wfc { wftodata(rt_q0_)[0][0] - td1_ } ] # ################################################### # .meas tran T2 trig at=TD2 # targ v(q0) val='vdd/2' td=TD2 fall=1 wfc { ft_q0_ = falltime(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(Q0)"), x_start = greater(td2_, td2_), baseline = vdd/2, topline = vdd/2, option = "wf") } set T2 [ wfc { wftodata(ft_q0_)[0][0] - td2_ } ] # ################################################### # .meas tran T2_C2 trig at=TD2 # targ v(q0) val='vdd/2' td=5ns cross=2 wfc { cr_q0_ = crossing(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(Q0)"), x_start = greater(td2_, 5e-9), ylevel = vdd/2, slopetrigger = "either", option = "value") } set T2_C2 [ wfc { cr_q0_[1] - td2_ } ] # ################################################### # .meas tran T2_R trig at=TD2 # targ v(q0) val='vdd/2' td=5ns rise=last wfc { cr1_q0_ = crossing(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(Q0)"), x_start = greater(td2_, 5e-9), ylevel = vdd/2, slopetrigger = "rising", option = "wf") } wfc { last_ = size(cr1_q0_) - 1 } set T2_R [ wfc { wftodata(cr1_q0_)[last_][0] - td2_ } ] # ################################################### # open an ASCII file for saving measurement results # results are in nanoseconds set unit {N} set factor 1e9 set fileout [ open meas.out w+ ] puts $fileout "\nExtracted from EZwave Post Processing" puts $fileout [format " TD1\t= %8.4f%s" [ expr $TD1 * $factor ] $unit ] puts $fileout [format " T1\t= %8.4f%s" [ expr $T1 * $factor ] $unit ] puts $fileout [format " TD2\t= %8.4f%s" [ expr $TD2 * $factor ] $unit ] puts $fileout [format " T2\t= %8.4f%s" [ expr $T2 * $factor ] $unit ] puts $fileout [format " T2_C2\t= %8.4f%s" [ expr $T2_C2 * $factor ] $unit] puts $fileout [format " T2_R\t= %8.4f%s" [ expr $T2_R *$factor ] $unit] close $fileout

This Tcl script can be broken down into several distinct functional areas:

680

Additional User-Defined Procedures

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples

Opening a Database File Setting Global Parameters Taking Waveform Measurements ASCII File Output

Additional User-Defined Procedures

You can use any Tcl native functions and define any procedures using Tcl syntax as in the following statements:
proc greater {a b} { return [ expr { ($a > $b) ? $a : $b } ] }

Opening a Database File

The database file meas.wdb is opened using the following Tcl statement:
dataset open meas.wdb

Setting Global Parameters

For the following .param statement in a SPICE netlist file, the value 3.3 is assigned to the parameter variable vdd:
.param vdd=3.3

The equivalent Tcl function is as follows:

wfc { vdd = 3.3 }

Taking Waveform Measurements

Electrical specifications (using the .meas command) are computed based on simulation results and typically printed to an ASCII file. You can use Tcl scripting to take the same measurements. In this example, after a specified time delay (td) of 5 nanoseconds, a measurement is taken to find the exact time when the signal v(in) crosses the voltage level vdd/2 in the first rising event. The result is saved in the variable TD1. The following example shows how this is implemented as a .meas statement in a SPICE netlist file:
.meas tran TD1 when v(in)='vdd/2' td=5ns rise=1

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

681

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples

In a second .meas statement, after a 5 nanosecond time delay, a measurement is taken to determine the time when the signal v(in) crosses the voltage level vdd/2 in the second rising event. The result is saved in the variable TD2.
.meas tran TD2 when v(in)='vdd/2' td=5ns rise=2

These two measurements (TD1 and TD2) can be implemented using Tcl scripting as in the following example:
wfc { rt_in_ = risetime(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(IN)"), x_start = 5e-9, baseline = vdd/2, topline = vdd/2, option = "wf") } set TD1 [ wfc { td1_ = wftodata(rt_in_)[0][0] } ] set TD2 [ wfc { td2_ = wftodata(rt_in_)[1][0] } ]

For a third .meas statement, after a 5 nanoseconds time delay, a measurement is taken to find the difference between the result in TD1 and when the signal v(q0) crosses the voltage level vdd/2 in the first rising event. The result is saved in the variable T1.
.meas tran T1 trig at=TD1 targ v(q0) val='vdd/2' td=5ns rise=1

The Tcl scripting equivalent to the .meas statement is as follows:

wfc { rt_q0_ = risetime(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(Q0)"), x_start = greater(td1_, 5e-9), baseline = vdd/2, topline = vdd/2, option = "wf") } set T1 [ wfc { wftodata(rt_q0_)[0][0] - td1_ } ]

For the fourth .meas statement, after a TD2 time delay, the a measurement is taken to determine the difference between TD2 and when the signal v(q0) crosses the voltage level vdd/2 in the first falling event. The result is saved in the variable T2.
.meas tran T2 trig at=TD2 targ v(q0) val='vdd/2' td=TD2 fall=1

The Tcl scripting equivalent is as follows:

wfc { ft_q0_ = falltime(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(Q0)"), x_start = greater(td2_, td2_), baseline = vdd/2, topline = vdd/2, option = "wf") } set T2 [ wfc { wftodata(ft_q0_)[0][0] - td2_ } ]

For the fifth .meas statement, after a 5 nanosecond time delay, a measurement is taken to find the difference between TD2 and when the signal v(q0) crosses the voltage level vdd/2 in the second crossing event, either rising or falling. The result is saved in the variable T2_C2.
.meas tran T2_C2 trig at=TD2 targ v(q0) val='vdd/2' td=5ns cross=2

The Tcl scripting equivalent is as follows:

wfc { cr_q0_ = crossing(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(Q0)"), x_start = greater(td2_, 5e-9), ylevel = vdd/2, slopetrigger = "either", option = "value") }

682

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples set T2_C2 [ wfc { cr_q0_[1] - td2_ } ]

In the final .meas statement, after a 5 nanosecond time delay, a measurement is taken to find the difference between the time specified by TD2 and when the signal v(q0) crosses the voltage level vdd/2 in the last rising event. The result is saved in the variable T2_R.
.meas tran T2_R trig at=TD2 targ v(q0) val='vdd/2' td=5ns rise=last

The Tcl scripting equivalent is as follows:

wfc { cr1_q0_ = crossing(wf("<meas/TRAN>V(Q0)"), x_start = greater(td2_, 5e-9), ylevel = vdd/2, slopetrigger = "rising", option = "wf") } wfc { last_ = size(cr1_q0_) - 1 } set T2_R [ wfc { wftodata(cr1_q0_)[last_][0] - td2_ } ]

ASCII File Output

In the final section of the example Tcl code, the results of all measurements (TD1, TD2, T2R, and T2_C2) are output to an ASCII file, meas.out.
# results are in nanoseconds set unit {N} set factor 1e9 set fileout [ open meas.out w+ ] puts $fileout "\nExtracted from EZwave Post Processing" puts $fileout [format " TD1\t= %8.4f%s" [ expr $TD1 * $factor ] $unit] puts $fileout [format " T1\t= %8.4f%s" [ expr $T1 * $factor ] $unit] puts $fileout [format " TD2\t= %8.4f%s" [ expr $TD2 * $factor ] $unit] puts $fileout [format " T2\t= %8.4f%s" [ expr $T2 * $factor ] $unit] puts $fileout [format " T2_C2\t= %8.4f%s" [ expr $T2_C2 * $factor ] $unit] puts $fileout [format " T2_R\t= %8.4f%s" [ expr $T2_R *$factor ] $unit] close $fileout

Creating a User-Defined Function With Tcl Example

It can be useful to use Tcl to define a function that you use regularly. For example, you need to compute the group delay V(S) of a complex waveform in the Waveform Calculator with the following formula:
GD=drv(cphase(wf("<database>/AC/V(S)")))/360

In this case, you would create a user-defined function with Tcl as follows:
proc gd { wave } { wfc " drv(cphase($wave))/360 " }

Save this definition in a file called gd.tcl and do either of the following to access the function:

Loading the User-Defined Function

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

683

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples

a. In the Waveform Calculator, select File > Open Custom Function File to open a file browser. b. Navigate to and select the user-defined Tcl file (in this example, the gd.tcl file). c. Click Open to load the file into the Waveform Calculator. The function is now available in User-Defined Functions of the Funcs tab.

Automatically Loading User-Defined Functions at Start-Up You can set the EZwave viewer to automatically load all user-defined functions into the Waveform Calculator at start-up. a. Place all your user-defined function Tcl files in one directory. b. Select Edit > Options to open the EZwave Display Preferences dialog, and select Waveform Calculator > General. c. Select Load User Extension Files at Startup. d. Type the path to your user-defined functions directory in the Directory Path field. You can also click Browse to use the file browser to select the directory. Note The user extension files in the specified directory must have a .tcl extension in order to load. e. Click OK. f. Restart the EZwave waveform viewer. When you now open the Waveform Calculator, your user-defined functions are automatically loaded into the User-Defined Functions tree of the Funcs tab.

684

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples

Figure C-4. User-Defined Function Loaded in the Waveform Calculator

Waveform Comparison With Tcl Examples

This section contains the following Tcl examples for waveform comparison:

Compare All Waveforms With Default Options Compare All Waveforms Using a Clocked Comparison Compare Specific Waveforms With Modified Tolerances, Write a Report Compare Waveforms Using All Available Comparison Commands Delaying Reference Waveforms During Comparison Delaying Some Result Waveforms (Not All) During Comparison Compare Waveforms Using the -label Argument Compare Waveforms Using the -start and -end Arguments Export a Report of Comparison

Compare All Waveforms With Default Options

This script begins by opening two databases and beginning a comparison. To start a comparison, the reference and test databases must be opened first. The next adds all waveforms recursively. At this stage the comparison can be run. If errors or warning occur during the comparison, a log file named comparison.log is created in the $MGC_TMPDIR directory (see the compare savelog command). Ending the comparison will reset the list of waveforms to be compared.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

685

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples dataset open /my/path/to/ReferenceDatabase.wdb REF dataset open /my/other/path/to/TestDatabase.wdb TEST compare compare compare compare start REF TEST add -r * run end

Compare All Terminal Waveforms From Transient Analysis With Default Options
This script begins by opening two databases and beginning a comparison. To start a comparison, the reference and test databases must be opened first. The next adds all terminal waveforms from the TRAN analysis to the comparison recursively. At this stage the comparison can be run.
dataset open /my/path/to/ReferenceDatabase.wdb REF dataset open /my/other/path/to/TestDatabase.wdb TEST dataset compare compare compare open REF TEST add -show TRAN.v -terminals -r * run end

Compare All Waveforms Using a Clocked Comparison

The basic steps in this script are similar to the preceding script with the addition of a clock creation. This script creates a clock named myClock that will trigger a comparison on both rising and falling edges of the its source waveform <REF/TRAN>:test:eoc. When adding the waveforms to the comparison, the script specifies the clock to use during the computation of the comparison waveforms.
dataset open /my/path/to/ReferenceDatabase.wdb REF dataset open /my/other/path/to/TestDatabase.wdb TEST compare compare compare compare compare start REF TEST clock -both myClock <REF/TRAN>:test:eoc add -clock myClock -r * run end

Compare Specific Waveforms With Modified Tolerances, Write a Report

This script modifies the default tolerances for custom precision comparison of waveforms. First, for analog waveforms, the script specifies a tolerance of 0.5% for both X and Y axes. Then, for digital waveforms, the leading tolerance is set to 0.1 and trailing tolerance is set to 0.2. The script only adds waveforms named tvin (recursively, as indicated by -r) and then runs the

686

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples

comparison. Finally the script exports the comparison report (waveform by waveform differences) to the text file report.txt. Running the comparison and exporting the report are two independent steps: you can write a report without running the comparison beforehand; the exporting process will run the comparison for you.
dataset open /my/path/to/ReferenceDatabase.wdb REF dataset open /my/other/path/to/TestDatabase.wdb TEST compare compare compare compare compare compare start REF TEST options -xTol 0.5% -yTol 0.5% -tolLead 0.1e-6 -tolTrail 0.2e-6 add -r tvin run info -write /path/to/the/report.txt end

Compare Waveforms Using All Available Comparison Commands

This script uses most available commands within a single script. The main difference here is that after adding the waveforms named tvin to the comparison, we reconfigure them to use a clocked comparison.
compare compare compare compare compare compare compare compare start REF TEST options -xTol 0.5% -yTol 0.5% -noaddwave -maxsignal 50 clock -both myClock <REF/TRAN>:test:eoc add tvin configure -clock myClock tvin run info -write /path/to/the/report.txt end

Delaying Reference Waveforms During Comparison

This script begins the comparison with a delayed reference waveform. In this case, the delay alignment is 5n for all the waveforms in the reference dataset.
# Open reference and test databases dataset open ref.wdb REF dataset open test.wdb TEST # Start the comparison session and "align" waveforms with a delayed # reference waveform. compare start -refdelay 5n REF TEST # Add all waveforms to be compared. compare add -show all -r * # Run the comparison. compare run # Save an error log containing any warnings and errors encountered during # the comparison. compare savelog log.txt

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

687

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples # Export a report of this comparison to the report.txt file. compare info -write report.txt # End the comparison session. compare end

Delaying Some Result Waveforms (Not All) During Comparison

This script will align the comparison using a 3n delay for all voltage waveforms in the test dataset. The VAR waveform comparisons are not aligned with any delay.
# Open reference and test databases dataset open ref.wdb REF dataset open test.wdb TEST # Start the comparison session compare start REF TEST # Add all voltage waveforms to be compared, use test delay to "align" # those waveforms for the comparison compare add -show TRAN.V -r -testdelay 3n * # Add all VAR waveforms to the comparison, these waveforms won't be # "aligned". compare add -show TRAN.VAR -r * # Run the comparison compare run # Save an error log containing any warnings and errors encountered during # the comparison. compare savelog log.txt # Export a report of this comparison to the report.txt file compare info -write report.txt # End the comparison session compare end

Compare Waveforms Using the -label Argument

This script uses labels to distinguish three comparisons at different intervals along the same waveform.
# Open reference and test databases dataset open Bumpy.wdb REF dataset open Bumpy_test.wdb TEST # Start the comparison session compare start REF TEST # # # # Here we use a label to compare the same waveforms on different intervals. The label will appear in the comparison waveform name to ease user recognition of each waveform. Labels avoids name collision and waveform overwriting.

688

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples # Below are three examples using labels. # Add all waveforms to the comparison using the label "firstInterval". # Comparison will be performed between 0 and 1.2n and the reference # waveform will be shifted 0.3n. compare add -r -label firstInterval -start 0n -end 1.2n -refdelay .3n * # Add all waveforms to the comparison using the label "secondInterval". # Comparison will be performed between 1n and 1.5n and the test waveforms # will be shifted 0.5n. compare add -r -label secondInterval -start 1n -end 1.5n -testdelay .5n * # Add all waveforms to the comparison using the label "thirdInterval". # Comparison will be performed between 0.75n and 2.4n and the reference # and test waveforms will be shifted respectively by 0.3n and 0.5n. compare add -r -label thirdInterval -start .75n -end 2.4n -refdelay .3n -testdelay .5n *

Compare Waveforms Using the -start and -end Arguments

This script compares voltage waveforms between 50n and 100n. VAR waveforms are compared along their whole domain of definition.
# Open reference and test databases. dataset open ref.wdb REF dataset open test.wdb TEST # Start the comparison session. compare start REF TEST # Add all voltage waveforms to be compared between 50n and 100n. compare add -show TRAN.V -r -start 50n -end 100n * # Add all VAR waveforms to be compared on all their domain of definition. compare add -show TRAN.VAR -r * # Run the comparison. compare run # Save an error log containing any warnings and errors encountered during # the comparison. compare savelog log.txt # Export a report of this comparison to the report.txt file. compare info -write report.txt # End the comparison session. compare end

Export a Report of Comparison

This script exports a report of the comparison to a text file and demonstrates the precedence of the compare add command.
# Open reference and test databases.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

689

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples dataset open ref.wdb REF dataset open test.wdb TEST # Start the comparison session. compare start REF TEST # Add all voltage waveforms to be compared between 50n and 100n. The # start and end time specified here overrules the ones from the compare # run command. compare add -show TRAN.V -r -start 50n -end 100n * # Add all VAR waveforms to be compared on all their domain of definition. compare add -show TRAN.VAR -r * # Run the comparison. compare run # Save an error log containing any warnings and errors encountered during # the comparison. compare savelog log.txt # Export a report of this comparison to the report.txt file. Note that the # starting and ending times will only apply to VAR waveforms as those # times are overruled for voltage waveforms by the one specified with # the compare add commands. compare info -start 0 -end 75n -write report.txt # End the comparison session compare end

Using the Different find Commands

This example script illustrates the use of the different find commands available in the EZwave tool. The final two examples compare the use of the legacy switch "-i" and the use of "-show TRAN.i" syntax for finding currents. The script will search for waveforms with different criteria (name, kind, mode, and so on) and plot each matching waveform in separate windows. The windows are then sorted for better viewing or printing.
# Close all existing windows. wave closewindow -all # Create a new window. wave addwindow -title "Analogs" # Look for all analog waveforms recusively in the most recently opened # (or active) database. set search [find analogs -r *] # Plot all matching waveforms stacked in the most recently opened window. foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } }

690

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples # Create a new window. wave addwindow -title "Analogs 2" # Look for all terminal waveforms. set search [find signals -r -terminals *] # Plot all matching waveforms. foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } ## Create an new window wave addwindow -title "Analogs 3" ## Look for all variables set search [find signals -show TRAN.var -r *] ## Plot all matching waveforms foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } ## Create an new window wave addwindow -title "AC Analysis" ## Look for all phases set search [find signals -show AC.vp -r *] ## Plot all matching waveforms foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } # Create a new window. wave addwindow -title "Digitals" # Look for all analog waveforms recusively in the most recently opened # (or active) database set search [find digitals -r *] # Plot all matching waveforms stacked in the most recently opened window. foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } # Create a new window. wave addwindow -title "Digitals 2" # Look for all signal waveforms. set search [find nets -r -signals *] # Plot all matching waveforms. foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } # Create a new window. wave addwindow -title "Digitals 3"

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

691

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples # Look for all signal waveforms recursively but stop the recursion after # two levels. set search [find nets -r -signals -depth 2 *] # Plot all matching waveforms. foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } # Create a new window. wave addwindow -title "Digitals 4" # Look for all signal waveforms recursively whose third element in its # design path is 'x1'. set search [find nets -r -signals :*:*:x1:*] # Plot all matching waveforms. foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } # Create a new window. wave addwindow -title "Out Signals" # Look for all output signal waveforms recursively. set search [find signals -r -out *] # Plot all matching waveforms foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } ## ## ## ## ## ## ##

There are two ways to retrieve currents from a database in TCL. Using the legacy switch "-i" or using "-show TRAN.i" syntax. Note that if more than TRAN analysis is needed, you can use -show AC.i or even -show ALL.i.

## Create an new window wave addwindow -title "Current 1" ## Look for all currents using -i switch set search [find signals -r -i *] ## Plot all matching waveforms foreach list $search { foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } } ## Create an new window wave addwindow -title "Current 2" ## Look for all currents with an appropriate -show option set search [find signals -show TRAN.i -r *] ## Plot all matching waveforms foreach list $search {

692

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Tcl Scripting Support Tcl Scripting Examples foreach wave $list { add wave $wave } }

Waveform Comparison Troubleshooting

The following error messages may be encountered during a Waveform Comparison:
Warning: could not compare <waveform_name>, an equivalent waveform was not found in the Test Database Warning: could not compare <waveform_name1> with <waveform_name2>, both waveforms are not compound Warning: could not compare <waveform_name>, both waveforms are not bus Warning: could not compare <waveform_name>, applying delay failed

Issued when a waveform with the same name as the test dataset waveform cannot be found in the reference dataset. Issued when trying to compare a compound waveform with one that is not compound Issued when trying to compare a bus waveform with one that is not a bus Issued when applying a delay parameter (refdelay or -testdelay) within compare start fails Issued when an unsupported waveform type is encountered during the comparison. For more details on currently supported waveform types and how they are compared see Support for Different Types of Waveform on page 115.

Warning: <waveform_name> has been ignored during comparison because its type is not yet supported. Currently supported types are: analog continuous waveform (except complex), digital waveform and bus, records or compound waveform of such waveforms.

Note Assertions and complex waveforms are not supported in the Waveform Comparison.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

693

Appendix D Supported Net Representation Components

This appendix describes the supported net representation syntax and values for the wave show Tcl command and the -show option of the add wave Tcl command. Representing the Signal as a Waveform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Extended Options for Selecting Waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Examples of wave show and -show usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693 694 694 697

Representing the Signal as a Waveform

This command and option specify how the signal is to be represented as a waveform. The wave show representation is used as the default representation when the add wave command is issued without the -show option. If -show is specified, it is applied beginning where it appears in the script until another -show is issued, or until the end of the script. If no wave show or add wave -show commands are issued, the default representation is as follows:
tran.v|ac.vdb|ac.vp

The syntax for the wave show command and -show option is as follows:
wave show

representation [ |representation2|...|representationN] representation [|representation2|...|representationN]

add wave -show

The reserved keywords, all and none, can be used as follows:

-show all Requests all objects found in all analyses -show analysis.all Requests all objects found in the specified analysis. -show none Requests no objects in the case where there is no analysis folder.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

693

Supported Net Representation Components Representing the Signal as a Waveform

Extended Options for Selecting Waveforms

The -show option is also available to other Tcl commands, listed in Table D-1, which access waveforms. Table D-1. Commands that Access Waveforms compare add compare clock compare configure dataset mergewaveforms dataset savewaveforms delete wave find analogs find digitals find nets | signals wave addannotation wave adddeltamarker wave addline wave addproperty wave exists

For these commands, along with the add wave command, there are a number of extended options available for use with the -show option. These options are used for selecting the waveform(s) required. The following extended options are available. See Selecting Waveforms in Tcl on page 557 for details:
[-recursive][-depth <level>][-signals][-quantities][-terminals] [-nets][-ports][-in][-out][-inout][-internal] [-through][-across][-free][-flow][-i] [-boundary][-a2d][-d2a][-bidir][-run {run_number | run_name}][-session {previous | current}][-adms | -modelsim]

representation
A representation is a complete representation of a net and is composed of an analysis, a discipline, and a physic. A dot ( . ) separates the analysis portion from the discipline and physic portion. There is no separator between the discipline and the physic, as follows: analysis.disciplinephysic If more than one representation is specified, use a pipe ( | ) to separate them: analysis.disciplinephysic|analysis.disciplinephysic|analysis.disciplinephysic

analysis
The analysis portion of the representation specifies the kind of analysis to use to wave a net. For example, in the same simulation, we can request an AC and a TRAN analysis. And in this case, we may want to see the waveform of one net for the AC analysis and of another net for the

694

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Supported Net Representation Components Representing the Signal as a Waveform

TRAN analysis. Supported analyses are shown in the following table. For details on the values in the table, please refer to the Eldo manual. Table D-2. Supported analysis Values AC LSTB NOISETRAN SSTAC DC MEAS OP SSTNOISE DSP MODSST OPFOUR SSTXF EXTRACT NOISE SST TRAN

discipline
The discipline portion of the representation specifies a discipline of an analog net. For example, current or voltage. Supported disciplines are shown in the following table. For details on the values in the table, please refer to the Eldo manual. Table D-3. Supported discipline Values A ACC_STRESS AVG B B_OPT BETAAC BETADC BFACTOR BOPT C CBB CBD CBDJ CBG CBS CBSX CBX CCS CD E FLKNOISE FLUX FLOUR FT FUND_OSC G G_OPT GA GA_ GAC GAC_ GAM GAM_ GAMMA_OPT GASM GASM_ GAUM IFNCELL IG IN INX IOUT IPIN IPROBE IS ISTAT ISUB IW IX KFACTOR LSC LSC_ LSTB_ LT_JITTER LV POW POWDYN POWSTAT Q QB QBD QBS QC QCELL QD QE QG QS RBB RBNOISE RCNOISE RDNOISE RENOISE REP TABLE TEMP TGP TGP_ THNOISE V VALDIP VB VBC VBD VBE VBS VC VCE VCS VD VDIP VDS VDSE

GAMMA_OPT_ LSTB

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

695

Supported Net Representation Components Representing the Signal as a Waveform

Table D-3. Supported discipline Values (cont.) CDD CDG CDF CDS CGB CGBO CGDO CGG CGS CGSO CMU CPI CSB CSD CSG CSS CXS DATA DATA_CTE DATA_LIN DBG DSP GAUM_ GDS GMB GMIBD GMIBS GOPT GP_ GPC GPC_ H I IB IBDNOISE IBNOISE IBS IBSNOISE IC ICNOISE ID IDNOISE IDS IE LX MUFACTOR MUFACTOR_L MUFACTOR_S MV MVBD MVBS MVDS MVGB MVGS N NC NC_ NET_POLE NET_POLE_ NFMIN NFMIN_ NOISE OPMODE P PDB PHI_OPT RGNOISE RMU RNEQ RO RPI RSNOISE RX S SG SSC SSC_ SST SSTINOISE SSTINOISE.H SSTNOISE SSTNOISE.H SSTONOISE SSTONOISE.H SSTSNF STD STRESS T VDSS VE VES VG VGB VGS VGSE VNEG VPOS VS VT VTCELL VTH VTH_D VX VXN W WOPT XF Y YOPT Z

physic
The physic portion of the representation specifies the physical representation of the waveform. For example, for a frequency signal that is complex, you can choose to see its magnitude in DB, its phase, or just the real portion. It may also include, for example, the harmonic number of a large signal frequency analysis. The physic portion is composed of a primary_physic and an optional secondary_physic, separated by a dot ( . ).

696

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Supported Net Representation Components Representing the Signal as a Waveform

The primary_physic
The supported primary_physic values are shown in the following table. For details of the values in the table, please refer to the Eldo manual. Table D-4. Supported primary_physic Values D DB DIG DSOL GD I M MAG P PRED R RAD SOL T

The secondary_physic
The secondary_physic is in the form of: h(index) where index is an integer literal. If more than one index value is appropriate, separate the index values by commas ( , ).

Examples of wave show and -show usage

Examples of wave show and -show usage:

wave show ac.vdb In this example, the analysis is AC, the discipline is V, and the physic is DB. add wave -show ffst.vdb.h(1) :top:net1 In this example, the analysis is FFST, the discipline is V, and the physic is DB for the primary_ physic, and H(1) for the secondary_physic. This will search for the specified waveform in the last-opened database: database_name/FSST>VDB(:top:net1).H(1)

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

697

Supported Net Representation Components Representing the Signal as a Waveform

698

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Appendix E Troubleshooting
This Troubleshooting section contains troubleshooting information relating to EZwave. Known Problems and Workarounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Linux Printing Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If You Are Using LPRNG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If You Are Using CUPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-Threading on Linux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Memory Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resolving Out-Of-Memory Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Resolving Why the Simulator Fails to Start EZwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Increasing the Memory Stack Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loading .fsdb Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Launching EZwave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure to Load EZwave Dynamic Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Failure to Launch EZwave in Questa ADMS GUI Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logfiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Logfile Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Error Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contacting the Customer Support Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Training Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your comments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699 701 701 702 703 705 705 706 707 707 707 707 708 709 709 710 714 715 715

Known Problems and Workarounds

This section describes known problems and their workarounds for the EZwave AMS11.2 release.

Running EZwave fails with the following message:

Unable to start get_ezwave_license process: check your path

This problem is caused by a Java bug that prevents the execution of a script from Java if the script belongs to a different user and group, even if read and execute permissions are correctly set. This problem occurs only if the users group is not the primary group. In this case, execution fails if read and execute permissions are not granted to other (or public). For more information on this Java bug, please visit:

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

699

Troubleshooting Known Problems and Workarounds http://bugs.sun.com/bugdatabase/view_bug.do?bug_id=4052517

Workaround: Ensure that the file $MGC_AMS_HOME/bin/ams_command.sh permissions are set to 755. The user in charge of the AMS installation can execute the following command:
chmod 755 $MGC_AMS_HOME/bins/ams_command.sh

The EZwave tool generates the following error message during invocation:
Font specified in font.properties not found --symbol-medium- r-normal--*-%d-*-*-p-*-adobe-fontspecific]

Workaround 1: Install the Symbol font. The font that the Java virtual machine searches for is symbol.ttf. This font is available on most machines. You may get a copy of the font and copy it to the JRE fonts directory, for example, $MGC_AMS_HOME/jre/.../lib/fonts. In the fonts directory, there is a file named fonts.dir that lists the available, scalable fonts for JRE. Modify this file (you may need to be root) to include the symbol.ttf font file as in the following example:
symbol.ttf -urw-symbol-medium-r-normal--0-0-0-0-p-0-adobe-fontspecific

After you have added the preceding line, increment the number on the first line of the file by one. The number indicates the total number of fonts listed in the file. Workaround 2: Alternatively, make the font definitions specified in the font.properties file match what are available on your system. You need to change the symbol lines in the file from the following:
--symbol-medium-r-normal--*-%d-*-*p-*-adobe-fontspecific

to the following:
-urw-symbol-medium-r-normal--*-%d-*-*p-*-urw-fontspecific

The EZwave tool appears to be using large amounts of memory or processor time. Workaround: Multiple identically-sized processes may appear as a result of a Linux method of handling threads. Refer to Multi-Threading on Linux on page 703 for details about this problem and a possible solution. When loading CSV files through a Tcl script, Supported Net Representation Components are not fully functional. Workaround: When opening CSV databases using a Tcl script, use the EZwave fully qualified naming convention. For example, you want to display V(OUT) from a time domain analysis in the currently open database named adc12. Because of this limitation, you must use
add wave <adc12/TRAN>V(OUT) # Fully qualified naming syntax, works for CSV and other file formats.

instead of
add wave OUT # Supported net representation syntax, currently does not work with

700

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Troubleshooting Linux Printing Notes # CSV files

In this release, database compaction is disabled during simulation. For large designs the database size may increase in comparison with earlier releases. Workaround: Load the results database into EZwave once the simulation is completed, then use Save As to save the database. This save will compact the database and the size will be reduced. See Save As Dialog on page 348 for further information.

Linux Printing Notes

If you are having difficulties using /usr/sbin/lpc to print from a system running Linux, use the following steps to troubleshoot your printing process. Ensure that /usr/sbin/lpc is available on the machine. The Java Configuration Requirement for Linux states, "To print on Linux, the /usr/sbin/lpc utility must be installed. This is a standard Linux utility. On RedHat 7.1, for example, this utility is in the 'LPRng-3.7.4-22 RPM' package." On RedHat 3.0, the CUPS package is sometimes used by default, instead of LPRNG. Use the following commands to check whether LPRNG or CUPS is installed on your system:
rpm -qa | grep LPR

If this command returns a package name, the LPRNG package is installed. If so, refer to If You Are Using LPRNG on page 701.
rpm -qa | grep cups

If this command returns a package name, the CUPS package is installed. If this is the case, refer to If You Are Using CUPS on page 702.

If You Are Using LPRNG

1. Look for the following configuration files:

/etc/printcap Verify that some printers are defined in this file. If this file does not exist, the EZwave application is normally unable to print. This file is automatically generated during printing configuration executed by the root admin.

/etc/lpd.perms This file is optional. If it exists, verify that the following lines are present:
# allow anybody to get server, status, and printcap ACCEPT SERVICE=C LPC=lpd,status,printcap

/etc/lpd.conf

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

701

Troubleshooting Linux Printing Notes

This file is mandatory. It may be empty. If it is not empty, it may contain settings that prevent proper printing. 2. If the preceding files are all correct, try the following command:
/usr/sbin/lpc status

This should return a list of printers with configuration and status details. For example:
myprinter: printer is on device 'lpd' speed -1 queuing is enabled printing is enabled no entries daemon present

3. Verify that the LPD daemon is running with the following command:
/bin/ps -auxww | grep lpd

An lpd process must be running; otherwise, printing will fail.

If You Are Using CUPS

1. Execute the following command:
/usr/sbin/lpc status

This should return a list of printers with configuration and status details. For example:
myprinter: printer is on device 'lpd' speed -1 queuing is enabled printing is enabled no entries daemon present

2. Verify that the cups printer daemon is running with the following command:
/bin/ps -auxww | grep cupsd

A cupsd process must be running; otherwise, printing will fail. 3. Verify that the following configuration files exist in the /etc/cups directory:

classes.conf client.conf cupsd.conf mime.convs mime.types printers.conf

702

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Troubleshooting Multi-Threading on Linux

This is the basic CUPS recommended configuration. 4. Log in to the machine as root and execute the following command:
lpstat -v

This should return address information on printers. Look for the corresponding line for the printer named "myprinter". For example: device for myprinter: lpd://173.21.21.1/myprinter Register the printer using the command:
/usr/sbin/lpadmin -r myprinter -E -v lpd://173.21.21.1/myprinter -m myprinter.ppd

Then, restart the cups daemon:

path/cups restart

path may be one of the following:

/etc/software/init.d /etc/rc.d/init.d /etc/init.d /sbin/init.d

Multi-Threading on Linux
Sometimes you may see multiple identically sized Java processes for one EZwave invocation, for example, with the ps or top command in a UNIX command shell. For a multi-threaded application on Linux, the ps and top commands return information that may be misleading, depending of the version of the libpthread.so library. The application uses only the resources indicated for one "process" rather than the sum of all such processes. Some Linux kernel versions use what is called "LinuxThreads." In the LinuxThreads implementation of threads, some IDs are stored in the /proc file system; the ps and top commands consider such threads as separate processes, each of them using the same amount of resources, which can mislead the user. A new method of handling multi-threading on Linux, called "Native POSIX Threading Library" (NPTL), has been implemented. This new implementation is fully POSIX-complaint, whereas the previous one was not fully POSIX-compliant. When you use this implementation, the system displays only one process using the correct amount of memory. This implementation is available by default on RedHat Linux 9.0. You can activate NPTL under RHEL3.0 by setting the the LD_LIBRARY_PATH and LD_ASSUME_KERNEL environment variables.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

703

Troubleshooting Multi-Threading on Linux

Caution NPTL use under RHEL3.0 for EZwave has not been tested until recently. This is not yet a supported configuration, and usage of it is considered to be at your own risk. To activate NPTL under RHEL3.0:
setenv LD_LIBRARY_PATH /lib/tls:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH setenv LD_ASSUME_KERNEL value setenv AMS_USE_ENV 1

where value should be a value greater than or equal to 2.4.20. Note LD_ASSUME_KERNEL allows you to point to different glibc implementations; the impact on other tools is not known. In order to verify that the NPTL libraries are used, you can run the following command:
ldd $MGC_AMC_HOME/jre1.4.2_10/i686/os2.4/jre/bin/java

The output should be similar to the following:

libpthread.so.0 => /lib/tls/libpthread.so.0 (0xb75da000) libdl.so.2 => /lib/libdl.so.2 (0xb75c4000) libc.so.6 => /lib/tls/libc.so.6 (0xb748d000) /lib/ld-linux.so.2 => /lib/ld-linux.so.2 (0xb75eb000)

You can also check that nptl is defined in the libpthread.so library:
nm /lib/tls/libpthread.so.0 | grep nptl

This should give you output similar to the following:

000046a0 000046b0 000046a0 000046b0 0000fcc8 000046c0 0000da08 0000fcc0 0000bae8 0000badc 0000b8a0 t t t t b t d b r r r __GI___nptl_create_event __GI___nptl_death_event __nptl_create_event __nptl_death_event __nptl_last_event __nptl_main __nptl_nthreads __nptl_threads_events _thread_db___nptl_last_event _thread_db___nptl_nthreads nptl_version

704

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Troubleshooting Memory Problems

Memory Problems
Memory problems may stop EZwave from starting from within simulators such as Questa ADMS or Eldo, and out-of-memory errors may occur when you are working with very large files within the EZwave application. This section addresses both of these.

Resolving Out-Of-Memory Problems

If you encounter out-of-memory problems, you may need to increase the Java Virtual Machines (JVM) memory heap size. By default, EZwave will automatically determine how much memory to use depending on OS and system physical memory:

On 32 bit systems, the heap size can grow up to 75% of physical memory with a maximum of 2.4 gigabytes On 64 bit systems using AMS_VCO_MODE=64, the heap size can grow up to 75% of physical memory with a maximum of 4 gigabytes On Windows, the minimum heap size starts at 100 megabytes and can grow to a maximum of 1 gigabyte

The maximum heap size you can use depends on your system, but generally it is:

2.4 gigabytes on a 32 bit system. Virtually unlimited on a 64 bit system with AMS_VCO_MODE=64. It is usually bound by available physical memory. Around 1.5 gigabytes on Windows.

To modify default memory settings and force a specific heap size, modify the values in the environment variable AMS_JAVA_MEMORY_HEAP, for example:

On a 32 bit system:

setenv AMS_JAVA_MEMORY_HEAP "-Xms100M -Xmx2400M"

On a 64 bit system with AMS_VCO_MODE=64:

setenv AMS_JAVA_MEMORY_HEAP "-Xms1G -Xmx10G"

On Windows:

setenv AMS_JAVA_MEMORY_HEAP "-Xms100M -Xmx1500M"

The the -Xms value sets the minimum heap size and the -Xmx value tells the JVM the maximum size it can increase the memory heap to. Note that it is considered a good practice to set Xms and Xmx to the same value as it frees the JVM from having to resize the heap size dynamically.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

705

Troubleshooting Memory Problems

To determine the maximum heap size that your system can handle, gradually increase the -Xmx value and start the EZwave application (without specifying a .wdb file). When you reach a value that is too high, the EZwave application will return an error telling you that it cannot handle the specified memory allocation. The EZwave tool detects and reports memory shortages in the following cases:

Machine memory is nearly exhausted Disk is full Maximum allowed EZwave memory is almost reached

In these cases, information is reported to you, and the simulator performs an automatic save of simulation information (time domain simulation).

Resolving Why the Simulator Fails to Start EZwave

If a simulator such as Questa ADMS or Eldo fails to start EZwave, an error message similar to the following will be displayed:
The JWDB (EZwave) server cannot start the Java Virtual Machine. Please refer to EZwave User's Manual for possible causes.

The most common cause of this is an incorrect setup of memory parameters for EZwave. The table below lists EZwave error messages relating to the Java Virtual Machines (JVM) memory heap size and specification of it. It describes a probable cause and suggests a possible solution. Table E-1. JVM Memory Heap Error Messages Error Message Could not reserve enough space for object heap. Probable Cause Xmx value too large in comparison to available physical memory. Xms value too small to allow EZwave to start. Solution Reduce Xmx value (use a maximum of 75% of total memory and no more than 2400 megabytes on 32bits systems). Increase Xms value (use a minimum of 100M). Reduce Xms or increase Xmx value. Using the same value for Xms and Xmx is considered good practice.

Too small initial heap for new size specified.

Incompatible minimum and Xms value is larger than Xmx value. maximum heap sizes specified. Invalid maximum (minimum) heap size

Syntax error in Xmx (Xms) Fix the syntax error. Use value. -Xmx<value>[m|M|g|G]

The specified size exceeds Xmx value is larger than the Reduce Xmx value (use maximum of 75% of total memory). the maximum representable addressable space. size.

706

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Troubleshooting Loading .fsdb Files

Note If EZwave starts standalone, but fails to run from a simulator such as Questa ADMS or Eldo, try reducing your Xmx value. It may be the JVM cannot reserve enough memory for the thread stacks. The size of the stack influences the maximum amount of memory that EZwave can reserve.

Increasing the Memory Stack Limit

When EZwave or the JWDB server is run from a simulator such as Questa ADMS or Eldo, the thread stack limit is set to 10240 kB. In earlier releases of EZwave, when EZwave or the JWDB server was run from a simulator such as Questa ADMS or Eldo, the thread stack limit was set to unlimited. If you require a higher stack limit, for example when troubleshooting, you can set the stack limit back to unlimited by setting the following environment variable:
setenv AMS_JAVA_MEMORY_STACK 1

Loading .fsdb Files

When EZwave loads .fsdb files, initially only the design hierarchy is loaded, not the waveforms. This improves the speed of loading this type of file, and additionally reduces capacity and memory requirements in comparison to earlier releases of EZwave. Waveforms are loaded when they are displayed for the first time or when they are located at hierarchy level. The waveform list panel will only display waveforms that have already been loaded. EZwave will display warnings in the following scenarios:

Save As Only loaded waveforms will be saved to the new database. Create Bus Only loaded waveforms are displayed for selection as bits to be grouped. Compare Waveforms Only loaded waveforms are displayed for selection.

Launching EZwave
This section describes some known problems and workarounds related to launching the EZwave application.

Failure to Load EZwave Dynamic Libraries

When launching EZwave, if you encounter the following error message:

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

707

Troubleshooting Launching EZwave Cannot load TclIntegration or NativeUtil library, check user EZwave users manual for possible causes.

An ezwave_error.log or jwdb_error.log file will be generated containing more details about this issue. Possible causes are:

An incorrect or missing libstdc++ library. The error log will report this. Either:
o o o

The AMS installation tree is incorrect The library is missing from your system The environment variable LD_LIBRARY_PATH is not set correctly to access it.

On Linux, some RPM packages are required to properly run EZwave. They could be missing from your system. Use the script ams_dependency_lookup.sh from the AMS installation tree and check if it reports any error or missing packages. For more details on mandatory packages, refer to RHEL Library Package Requirements in the AMS Installation Guide.

Failure to Launch EZwave in Questa ADMS GUI Context

When launching Questa ADMS in interactive (GUI) mode, you may encounter the following error messages:
Error: The JWDB (EZwave) server cannot start the Java Virtual Machine. Please refer to EZwave User's Manual for possible causes Error: Could not load 'NativeUtil' (or TclIntegration) library, please check EZwave User's manual for possible causes.

Possible causes are:

There is a problem with your AMS installation tree or packages are missing from your computer. Please refer to the section Failure to Load EZwave Dynamic Libraries on page 707 for further details. You are trying to run Questa ADMS in a 64-bit environment when you only have access to a 32-bit AMS installation tree or the contrary. Your environment has the variables AMS_USE_ENV and AMS_VCO_MODE defined at the same time.

Possible workaround: In certain configurations, it is possible that undocking EZwave from Questa ADMS may work around the issue of missing packages.

708

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Troubleshooting Logfiles

Define the environment variable ADMS_UNDOCK_EZWAVE before running Questa ADMS:

setenv ADMS_UNDOCK_EZWAVE 1

If your environment has the variables AMS_USE_ENV and AMS_VCO_MODE defined at the same time, unset the AMS_USE_ENV variable from your environment:
unsetenv AMS_USE_ENV

Logfiles
This product creates a logfile on your system when it is active. The logfile keeps track of the commands issued during each viewing session. Should you experience difficulty in using EZwave, you may be asked to locate or provide the logfile from your session when contacting customer support. You can view the logfile using any standard text editor.

Logfile Locations
Logfile locations vary based on the installation directory structure used by the host application. Because products using EZwave can send the logfile to a location of their choosing, your installation directory specification should not carry unique characters that may prohibit the logfile from being created correctly. Special characters to be avoided are in the table below: Table E-2. Characters to Avoid in Logfiles Symbol Character * ^ ( ) : ; ` ' " = , asterisk caret open parentheses close parentheses colon semicolon accent grave single straight quotation marks straight quotation marks equal sign comma
709

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Troubleshooting System Error Codes

Table E-2. Characters to Avoid in Logfiles / ? > forward slash question mark right angle brackets

System Error Codes

In the following table is a list of the system error codes, that are displayed when system-call errors are encountered. The table lists the error codes for the Linux (32 and 64 bit) operating system. For further details on these error codes, please check your operating systems users manual. Table E-3. System Error Codes Error Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
710

Description Operation not permitted No such file or directory No such process Interrupted system call I/O error No such device or address Argument list too long Exec format error Bad file number No child processes Try again Out of memory Permission denied Bad address Block device required Device or resource busy File exists Cross-device link No such device Not a directory
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Troubleshooting System Error Codes

Table E-3. System Error Codes (cont.) Error Code 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 Description Is a directory Invalid argument File table overflow Too many open files Not a typewriter Text file busy File too large No space left on device Illegal seek Read-only file system Too many links Broken pipe Math argument out of domain of function Math result not representable Resource deadlock would occur File name too long No record locks available Function not implemented Directory not empty Too many symbolic links encountered Operation would block No message of desired type Identifier removed Channel number out of range Level 2 not synchronized Level 3 halted Level 3 reset Link number out of range Protocol driver not attached

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

711

Troubleshooting System Error Codes

Table E-3. System Error Codes (cont.) Error Code 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 Description No CSI structure available Level 2 halted Invalid exchange Invalid request descriptor Exchange full No anode Invalid request code Invalid slot Bad font file format Device not a stream No data available Timer expired Out of streams resources Machine is not on the network Package not installed Object is remote Link has been severed Advertise error srmount error Communication error on send Protocol error Multihop attempted RFS specific error Not a data message Value too large for defined data type Name not unique on network File descriptor in bad state Remote address changed Can not access a needed shared library

712

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Troubleshooting System Error Codes

Table E-3. System Error Codes (cont.) Error Code 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 Description Accessing a corrupted shared library .lib section in a.out corrupted Attempting to link in too many shared libraries Cannot exec a shared library directly Illegal byte sequence Interrupted system call should be restarted Streams pipe error Too many users Socket operation on non-socket Destination address required Message too long Protocol wrong type for socket Protocol not available Protocol not supported Socket type not supported Operation not supported on transport endpoint Protocol family not supported Address family not supported by protocol Address already in use Cannot assign requested address Network is down Network is unreachable Network dropped connection because of reset Software caused connection abort Connection reset by peer No buffer space available Transport endpoint is already connected Transport endpoint is not connected Cannot send after transport endpoint shutdown

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

713

Troubleshooting Contacting the Customer Support Center

Table E-3. System Error Codes (cont.) Error Code 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 Description Too many references: cannot splice Connection timed out Connection refused Host is down No route to host Operation already in progress Operation now in progress Stale NFS file handle Structure needs cleaning Not a XENIX named type file No XENIX semaphores available Is a named type file Remote I/O error Quota exceeded No medium found Wrong medium type

Contacting the Customer Support Center

If you have enhancement requests or technical questions regarding the use of any Mentor Graphics product, contact us as follows:

Table E-4. Contacting the Customer Support Center email Internet Telephone
[email protected] http://www.mentor.com/supportnet/ http://www.mentor.com/supportnet/register.html http://www.mentor.com/supportnet/support_offices.html

(Displays a complete phone listing based on your geographic location)

714

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Troubleshooting Contacting the Customer Support Center

Note If you are using this product as a component within another Mentor Graphics product (for example, Questa ADMS), refer to the guidelines for support with that product before contacting Mentor Graphics. Before contacting support, gather the following information:

License ID Platform and version Product and version (Obtained from the Help > About menu item on the main application window) Any test files Exact steps or procedures causing the problem The two files that the EZwave viewer and JWDB server generate:
o o

ezwave_error.log jwdb_error.log

These files are normally generated at the location where the tool is run (EZwave or the simulator) and contain information that may be useful in identifying the root of the problem, particularly if its difficult to reproduce.

Training Classes
Classes are held regularly at Mentor Graphics. On-site classes are also available. Contact your local sales office or consult www.mentor.com for rates and a current class schedule.

Your comments
We welcome your feedback on this online information system documentation or any other Mentor Graphics product or document. We are also interested in your suggestions for any additional topics you want included in our product documentation. Complete the documentation response form available at the following Web address with your comments:
http://www.mentor.com/onlinedocs/reply_form.cfm

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

715

Troubleshooting Contacting the Customer Support Center

716

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Glossary
active The condition when an area of the application window is able to accept data. For example, selecting a graph window makes it active to accept waveforms. A plot operation will then display the waveform in the active graph window. When the File > New menu item is selected, the new window created is automatically the active graph window. active cursor The cursor shown using a thick line. Clicking on any cursor will automatically make it the active cursor. active window The window where waveforms are plotted when not using drag and drop. This is also the window used for menu bar and toolbar commands. admittance parameters (Y-Parameters) Admittance (y-parameter) is the ease with which an alternating current flows through an electronic circuit or system. For any given circuit element, the admittance is the reciprocal of the impedance (1/Z). analog waveform An analog waveform may contain such domains as frequency, voltage and current. Each point on the domain axis corresponds to a value on the waveform. area zoom The action when zooming in both the X and Y directions. Drag the mouse over the waveform itself to define the rectangular region to zoom to.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

717

Glossary

background Within the viewer, refers to the base color to be used when printing. base Y-level line If more than one Y-level line is associated with a cursor, a "base" Y-level line is assigned. All other Y-level lines have a delta-Y value calculated from this base line. By default, the waveform whose name appears at the top of the list in the graph window is the base line. To change the base line to another Y-level line, right-click the marker of the desired base line and select "Base" Y-Level Line. baseline Baseline is the magnitude reference line at the base magnitude, which is the magnitude of the portion of a pulse waveform that represents the first nominal state of a pulse (usually referred as LOW level). clipboard The application's internal storage area. This differs from your computer clipboard area. clipboard (EZwave) The internal utility that enables you to move objects (such as waveforms, text and other objects) from one location to another within the viewer using familiar cut, copy and paste operations. The utility stores the information temporarily for exchange between graph windows, workspaces and other areas of the viewer. Clipboard (Windows) The Windows Clipboard utility enables you to exchange contents within an application or between shared applications using familiar cut, copy and paste operations. The utility stores the information temporarily for exchange between shared and local applications. complex waveform A complex waveform can be defined as any sound wave which is not sinusoidal. By the theorem of Fourier, any complex periodic waveform can be decomposed into a series of simple sinusoids that differ in the three defining attributes of amplitude, frequency, and phase. compound waveform A compound waveform can be defined as a waveform that contains the results of several simulations for the same node. This product can perform operations on either the compound waveform or the individual elements that make up the compound waveform. cursor A special on-screen indicator, such as a vertical line, drawn in the waveform display area to identify locations or create a point for measurement. The first cursor created is known as the base (reference) cursor. dB A transformation setting for complex waveforms that shows the magnitude of each point of the complex waveform calculated in decibels (20 * log (|waveform|))

718

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Glossary

enumerated type In VHDL, an enumeration type declaration defines a type that has a set of user-defined values consisting of identifiers and character literals. If a waveform is displayed in an enumerated format, text values are displayed in a box rather than graphical high/low waveform. export Within the viewer, the ability to save the active graph window as a .jpg file. femtosecond (fs) 1/1000 picosecond. fit row heights Within the viewer, the ability to change the row heights in the active graph window in order to see as many rows as possible. general options General options control basic functions of the viewer such as background coloring, printing options and display lists of databases. graph window Graph windows display waveform data. Waveform data can be spectral data, comma separated value data, or analog and digital data. hide The action that temporarily removes a waveform from visual display yet keeps the data within the row. The Hide Waveform menu item toggles the display of waveforms in rows carrying overlaid plots. imaginary A transformation setting used with complex waveforms. Imaginary transformations display the imaginary component of each point in the complex waveform expressed in Rectangular (Real/Imaginary) form. impedance parameters (Z-Parameters) Impedance (z-parameter) is the opposition that an alternate or direct current encounters when it reaches an electronic component, circuit, or system. Transmission lines have a property known as "characteristic impedance (ZO), which is the square root of the inductance/meter divided by the square root of the capacitance per meter of the line. The Smith Chart is presented in terms of normalized impedance, where the actual impedance is divided by the ZO of the particular line being used. In this way, you can use a single Smith Chart calibration for all possible line characteristic impedances. input unit The unit of measure for a waveform. The unit of the result waveform is same as the unit of the input waveform. By default, the unit of measure is set globally, however, setting the unit locally will override the default setting.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

719

Glossary

jpg JPEG stands for Joint Photographic Experts Group, which is the name of the committee that created a way to compress the file size of photographic, true-color images without diminishing the quality of the image. JPEG is generally used for photographic images. These image files use the .JPEG and .JPG extensions. JPEG (jpg) JPEG stands for Joint Photographic Experts Group which is the name of the committee that created a way to compress the file size of photographic, true-color images without diminishing the quality of the image. JPEG is generally used for photographic images and these image files use the .JPEG and .JPG extensions. JWDB JWDB stands for Joint Waveform DataBase. This is the default database format for Mentor Graphics simulation applications. keyboard accelerators Keyboard accelerators allow you to select menu items in the Graphical user interface (GUI) without using a mouse. If a keyboard accelerator is available for a menu item, it appears next to the item on the menu. For example, CTRL + C is the keyboard accelerator for the Copy menu item and CTRL + V is the keyboard accelerator for the Paste menu item. Keyboard accelerators are different from keyboard shortcuts. Sometimes, keyboard accelerators are referred to as Hot keys. keyboard access keys Keyboard shortcuts allow you to select menu items in the Graphical user interface (GUI) without using a mouse. The letter for the keyboard shortcut is underlined within each menu and item. For example, capital F is the keyboard shortcut for the file menu. Typing ALT + F on your keyboard will display the file menu for item selection. layout The way the application displays X axis settings and waveform name displays. Within the EZwave Display Preferences dialog, click Layout to access these settings. magnitude The transformation applied to a complex waveform that shows the square root of (re2 + im2) for each point in the complex waveform. mouse strokes Mouse Strokes provide you with a convenient way to perform common tasks by allowing you to draw shapes using the mouse. For example, drawing the letter "D" deletes the current set of selected objects. Mouse strokes are usually performed with a three button mouse using the middle mouse button to make the stroke. new rows Within the active graph window, new rows are created when a waveform is dragged to any location above, below or between existing rows.

720

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Glossary

over-axis zooming The action that uses the mouse pointer to drag over the X or Y axis to identify the region for zoom. overlaid plots The ability to plot multiple waveforms on top of each other in the same row within the Graph window. You may plot analog and digital waveforms overlaid. Existing digital waveforms rows cannot accept overlaid plots. png PNG stands for Portable Network Graphics. It is an open, extensible image format with lossless compression. These image files use the .PNG extension phase The phase of each point in the complex waveform in Polar form. All phase angles are restricted between -180 and +180 degrees (-pi radians and +pi radians). property A property is a name/value pair, where the value can be a number or a string. Waveform Databases and individual waveforms may have property lists containing the individual properties. An example of a waveform database property is timestep:1. question mark The question mark is a mouse stroke action that opens the About Mouse Strokes Information Box listing the supported mouse strokes for this application. radix A quantity whose successive integral powers are the implicit multipliers of the sequence of digits that represent a number of some positional-notation systems. Radix levels used with buses are Octal, Hexadecimal, Binary, Decimal, and Ascii. right-click The right mouse key serves an important purpose with this application. A number of context sensitive popup menus appear by pressing the right mouse key. In this help system, references to "right-click" indicate this activity. real A transformation setting for complex waveforms. The real component of each point in the complex waveform expressed in Rectangular (Real/Imaginary) form. refresh The refresh process forces a complete repaint of all windows within an application. scale table A scale table contains a matrix of the unit of measurement used by the waveform. For example, this may be in time units, frequency units, voltage, or other measurement. This table contains the unit name and the suffix of the scale unit to be used as the base. It also contains a list of the units and their scaling relationship to each other.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

721

Glossary

step waveform A waveform that, from a viewing perspective, approximates a Heaviside (unit step) function. taskbar The area directly above the status bar in the application window that contains Graph Window buttons for selecting the active graph window. tooltip A tooltip is a small window that contains descriptive text for the item under the mouse pointer. topline Topline is the magnitude reference line at the top magnitude, which is the magnitude of the portion of a pulse waveform that represents the second nominal state of a pulse (usually referred as HIGH level). true Having a Boolean value of one (1). undo zoom Reverses the previous zoom action. Undo zoom will return the display to the previously selected magnification. Verilog Notational conventions used by the Waveform Calculator based on the Verilog hardware description language. VHDL Notational conventions used by the Waveform Calculator based on VHDL (VHSIC Hardware Description Language). view all The action where the magnification is reset to view all of the data in a window or a row within the active graph window. waveform A waveform is a collection of values along a time continuum, frequency, or other domain axis. The axis is referred to as the domain, and the values positioned along the axis are the range. This is really a logical view, as some waveform events, i.e. those that are part of a functional waveform, may be generated by a function (e.g. sin(t)). waveform database A waveform database contains, data of one or more individual waveforms. workspace The tabbed area within the application window that holds graph windows. X Axis Commonly the horizontal axis used to display time or distance. In this product, the X Axis is used for over-axis zooming.
722
EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Glossary

Y Axis Used with analog waveforms and complex waveforms. With complex waveforms the Y axis displays transformations of dB, Magnitude, Real, Imaginary, Phase and Continuous Phase. With multiple analog waveform plots (overlaid plots), you may select to have each waveform displayed on its own Y axis within the row. Y-level line A Y-level line is a horizontal line that marks the intersection of a cursor and a waveform. Rightclick on a cursor and select Y-Level Line from the popup menu to show the Y-level line. See also base Y-level line. zooming The action that enlarges the visual display in the active graph window. For example, zooming between cursors adjusts the display to view between the two cursors that are farthest apart in the active graph window. See also area zoom and over-axis zooming.

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

723

Glossary

724

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Index
A
Access keys, 225 Add Clock dialog, 268 Add Cursor dialog, 269 add wave command, 561 add wave Tcl command, 561 add workspace Tcl command, 567 Aligning Y axes, 66 Application application window, 224 graphic window, 239 menu bar, 225 overview application window, 224 status bar, 243 toolbar, 234 waveform list panel, 237 waveform list popup menu, 254 workspace and workspace tabs, 241 ASCII files, 57 Auto Correlation Dialog, 272 Automatic Reload Dialog, 275 Axis Properties Dialog, 277 compare start Tcl command, 587 Comparison Options Dialog, 282 Comparison rules, 127 Constellation Diagram Dialog, 287 Convolution Dialog, 289 Correlogram Method, 202 COU files, 56 Create bus, 138 Create Bus Dialog, 290 Cross Correlation Dialog, 292 CSV files, 56 Cursors menu popup, 253 popup menu, 253 selecting a base cursor, 85 Cursors Dialog, 294

D
Data Format Dialog, 296 dataset alias Tcl command, 589 dataset analysis Tcl command, 590 dataset clear Tcl command, 591 dataset close Tcl command, 592 dataset info Tcl command, 593 dataset list Tcl command, 594 dataset merge Tcl command, 595 dataset mergewaveforms Tcl command, 596 dataset open Tcl command, 597 dataset rename Tcl command, 598 dataset save Tcl command, 599 dataset savewaveforms Tcl command, 601 delete wave Tcl command, 603 Dialog Add Clock, 268 Add Cursor, 269 Auto Correlation, 272 Automatic Reload, 275 Axis Properties, 277 Chip Transform, 279

B
batch_mode Tcl command, 568

C
Chip Transform Dialog box, 279 compare add Tcl command, 569 compare clock Tcl command, 573 compare configure Tcl command, 574 compare end Tcl command, 577 compare info Tcl command, 578 compare list Tcl command, 579 compare options Tcl command, 580 compare run Tcl command, 584 compare savelog command, 585 compare savelog Tcl command, 585 compare saverules Tcl command, 586

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

725

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
Comparison Options, 282 Constellation Diagram, 287 Convolution, 289 Create Bus, 290 Cross Correlation, 292 Cursors, 294 Data Format, 296 Edit Digital Transformation, 303 Event Search Tool, 307 EVM and BER, 305 Eye Diagram, 309 Eye Diagram Tool, 311 Eye Mask, 317 Fast Fourier Transform Tool, 318 Find Tool, 322 General, 323 Harmonic Distortion, 325 Histogram, 327 Inverse Fast Fourier Transform, 329 Layout, 330 Measurement Tool, 332 Mouse Pointer, 334 Multiple Run, 335 Phase Noise, 336 Power Spectral Density, 338 RF, 342 Row, 343 Save, 345 Save As, 348 Save Windows, 350 Saving Multiple Databases, 218 Select Hierarchy, 352 Select Waveforms, 353 Signal to Noise Ratio, 355 Text Annotation, 357 Transformations, 359 Waveform, 361 Waveform Calculator, 362 Waveform Compare, 367 Waveform List, 369 Waveform Names Display, 368 Waveform Properties, 371 Windowing Transform, 379 Workspace, 382 DO files, 57 dofile Tcl command, 604

E
Edit Digital Transformation Dialog, 303 environment Tcl command, 605 evalExpression Tcl command, 606 Event search, 96 Event Search Tool Dialog, 307 EVM and BER Dialog, 305 exit Tcl command, 607 Eye Diagram Dialog, 309 Eye Diagram Tool Dialog, 311 Eye Mask Dialog, 317 EZwave installation, 39, 40 invocation, 42 from other host applications, 42

F
Fast Fourier Transform Tool Dialog, 318 FFT, 193 File types, 56 find analogs Tcl command, 608 find digitals Tcl command, 609 find nets Tcl command, 610 find signals Tcl command, 610 Find Tool Dialog, 322 FSDB files, 57 Fully qualified names, 556

G
General Dialog, 323 getactivecursortime Tcl command, 611 Getting started application window, 224 Graph window application window, 224 graph window menus, 243 graph window popup menu, 245 graphic window, 239 interface description, 30 row popup menu, 245 status bar, 241 waveform shortcut menus, 261 X and Y axis shortcut menus, 249 Graphical user interface (GUI)

726

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
application window, 224

P
Periodogram Method, 202 Phase Noise Dialog, 336 Plotting mixed signals, 71 Plotting rules, 71 Popup menus database, 254 delete command, 262 graph window menus, 243 graph window popup menu, 245 row shortcut menu, 245 waveform list popup menus, 254 waveform list waveform, 254 waveform popup menus, 261 workspace, 241 X and Y axis menu, 249 Power Spectral Density Dialog, 338 precision Tcl command, 612 printenv Tcl command, 613 Procedures adding waveforms to the Graph window, 59 create a bus, 138 hide waveform, 68 open a database, 55 perform a FFT, 193 plot a waveform using drag-and-drop, 62 plot analog and digital waveforms, 71 save and restoring graph windows, 211 saving multiple databases, 218 transform analog waveform to digital, 139 transform digital waveform to analog, 140 use the measurement tool with compound waveforms, 142 use the parameter table, 79

H
Harmonic Distortion Dialog, 325 Help menu, 234 Histogram Dialog, 327 HSPICE files, 56 HSPICE/HyperLynx output file, 57

I
ICX Charter waveform files, 56 Installation EZwave, 39, 40 Inverse Fast Fourier Transform Dialog, 329 Invocation, 42

K
Keyboard shortcuts menus, 225

L
Layout Dialog, 330 Logfile, 709

M
Manually comparing waveforms, 119 Marching waveforms, 323 Measurement Tool Dialog, 332 Memory, 703 Menus application window, 224 cursor menu, 231 edit menu, 226 file menu, 225 format menu, 230 help menu, 234 menu bar, 225 tools menu, 230 view menu, 229 window menu, 233 MGC database files, 56 Mixed signal plotting, 71 Mouse Pointer Dialog, 334 Multiple Run Dialog, 335

Q
quit Tcl command, 614

R
radix define Tcl command, 616 radix delete Tcl command, 617 radix list Tcl command, 618 radix names Tcl command, 619 radix signal Tcl command, 620 radix Tcl command, 615
727

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
RF Dialog, 342 Row Dialog, 343 dataset savewaveforms, 601 delete wave, 603 dofile, 604 environment, 605 evalExpression, 606 exit, 607 find analogs, 608 find digitals, 609 find nets, 610 find signals, 610 getactivecursortime, 611 precision, 612 printenv, 613 quit, 614 radix, 615 radix define, 616 radix delete, 617 radix list, 618 radix names, 619 radix signal, 620 setenv, 621 unsetenv, 622 wave activecursor, 623 wave activeworkspace, 624 wave addannotation, 625 wave addcursor, 627 wave adddeltamarker, 629 wave addline, 631 wave addmarker, 633 wave addproperty, 634 wave addwindow, 635 wave addworkspace, 636 wave closewindow, 637 wave colortheme, 638 wave cursortime, 639 wave deletecursor, 640 wave difference, 641 wave displayed, 643 wave exists, 644 wave launchfolder, 645 wave listworkspace, 646 wave lockcursor, 647 wave names, 648 wave refresh, 649 wave rowfit, 650

S
Save As Dialog, 348 Save Dialog, 345 Save Windows Dialog, 350 Saving and restoring sessions, 211 Saving graph windows, 211 Saving post processed waveform, 217 Saving waveform databases, 218 Select Hierarchy Dialog, 352 Select Waveforms Dialog, 353 setenv Tcl command, 621 Signal to Noise Ratio Dialog, 355 SPICE files, 57 Status bar, 242, 243

T
Taskbar, 241 Tcl commands, 548 add wave, 561 add workspace, 567 batch_mode, 568 compare add, 569 compare clock, 573 compare configure, 574 compare end, 577 compare info, 578 compare list, 579 compare options, 580 compare run, 584 compare savelog, 585 compare saverules, 586 compare start, 587 dataset alias, 589 dataset analysis, 590 dataset clear, 591 dataset close, 592 dataset info, 593 dataset list, 594 dataset merge, 595 dataset mergewaveforms, 596 dataset open, 597 dataset rename, 598 dataset save, 599
728

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
wave runindexlist, 651 wave runparameters, 652 wave runparametervalue, 653 wave show, 655 wave showgridlines, 656 wave showzerolevels, 657 wave tile, 658 wave windowlist, 659 wave xaxis, 660 wave yaxis, 661 wave zoomfull, 662 wave zoomin, 663 wave zoomlast, 664 wave zoomout, 665 wave zoomrange, 666 wfc, 667 write jpeg, 668 write png, 669 write wave, 670 Tcl files, 57 Text Annotation Dialog, 357 Toolbar, 234 application window, 224 Tools creating a bus, 138 event search tool, 96 Transformation analog to digital, 139 digital to analog, 140 Transformations Dialog, 359 wave addwindow command, 635 wave addwindow Tcl command, 635 wave addworkspace Tcl command, 636 wave closewindow Tcl command, 637 wave colortheme Tcl command, 638 wave cursortime Tcl command, 639 wave deletecursor Tcl command, 640 wave difference Tcl command, 641 wave displayed Tcl command, 643 wave exists Tcl command, 644 wave launchfolder Tcl command, 645 wave listworkspace Tcl command, 646 wave lockcursor Tcl command, 647 wave names Tcl command, 648 wave refresh Tcl command, 649 wave rowfit Tcl command, 650 wave runindexlist Tcl command, 651 wave runparameters Tcl command, 652 wave runparametervalue Tcl command, 653 wave show Tcl command, 655 wave showgridlines Tcl command, 656 wave showzerolevels Tcl command, 657 wave tile Tcl command, 658 wave windowlist Tcl command, 659 wave xaxis Tcl command, 660 wave yaxis Tcl command, 661 wave zoomfull Tcl command, 662 wave zoomin Tcl command, 663 wave zoomlast Tcl command, 664 wave zoomout Tcl command, 665 wave zoomrange Tcl command, 666 Waveform Calculator, 34 Waveform calculator ASCII saving a post processed waveform, 217 saving a WDB as an ASCII file, 220 built-in functions, 217 histogram, 327 performing a FFT, 193 saving post processed waveform, 217 using the waveform calculator, 162 Waveform Calculator Dialog, 362 Waveform Compare Dialog, 367 Waveform Compare Wizard, 35, 116 Waveform comparison

U
unsetenv Tcl command, 622

V
VCD files, 57

W
wave activecursor Tcl command, 623 wave activeworkspace Tcl command, 624 wave addannotation Tcl command, 625 wave addcursor Tcl command, 627 wave adddeltamarker Tcl command, 629 wave addline Tcl command, 631 wave addmarker Tcl command, 633 wave addproperty Tcl command, 634

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

729

A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
viewing results, 122 Waveform Dialog, 361 Waveform List Dialog, 369 Waveform list panel, 237 application window, 224 waveform list popup menus, 254 Waveform measurement tool, 33 Waveform Names Display Dialog, 368 Waveform plotting rules, 71 Waveform Properties Dialog, 371 Waveforms adding a single waveform, 60 adding waveforms to the graph window, 59 analog waveform comparison algorithm, 132 comparing manually, 119 using the wizard, 116 comparison AMS options, 130 comparison rules, 127 options, 128 reports, 126 viewing results, 122 Waveform Compare Wizard, 116 waveform list panel, 237 wfc Tcl command, 667 Window application window, 224 graphic window, 239 Window menu, 233 Windowing Transform Dialog, 379 WLF files, 57 Workspace application window, 224 taskbar, 241 workspace and workspace tabs, 241 Workspace Dialog, 382 write jpeg Tcl command, 668 write png Tcl command, 669 write wave Tcl command, 670

Y
Y axis setting as reference, 66

730

EZwave Users and Reference Manual, AMS11.2

Third-Party Information
This section provides information on open source and third-party software that may be included in the EZwave product.

This software application may include Boost C++ Libraries version 1.33 third-party software. Boost C++ Libraries version 1.33 is distributed under the terms of the Boost Software License version 1.0 and is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the license for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the license. You can view a copy of the license at: $MGC_AMS_HOME/docs/legal/boost_1.0.pdf. Boost C++ Libraries version 1.33 may be subject to the following copyrights: 2003 Gunter Winkler, Joerg Walter 2002-2003 Toon Knapen, Kresimir Fresl, Joerg Walter 2000 Cadenza New Zealand Ltd 2000-2004 Joerg Walter, Mathias Koch and uBLAS developers 2001-2003 William E. Kempf 2002-2003 David Moore, William E. Kempf 1994 Hewlett-Packard Company 1996-1998 Silicon Graphics Computer Systems, Inc. 2000-2002 Joerg Walter, Mathias Koch Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation. The authors make no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.

End-User License Agreement

The latest version of the End-User License Agreement is available on-line at: www.mentor.com/eula IMPORTANT INFORMATION USE OF ALL SOFTWARE IS SUBJECT TO LICENSE RESTRICTIONS. CAREFULLY READ THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT BEFORE USING THE PRODUCTS. USE OF SOFTWARE INDICATES CUSTOMERS COMPLETE AND UNCONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT PURCHASE ORDER TERMS AND CONDITIONS SHALL NOT APPLY.

END-USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (Agreement) This is a legal agreement concerning the use of Software (as defined in Section 2) and hardware (collectively Products) between the company acquiring the Products (Customer), and the Mentor Graphics entity that issued the corresponding quotation or, if no quotation was issued, the applicable local Mentor Graphics entity (Mentor Graphics). Except for license agreements related to the subject matter of this license agreement which are physically signed by Customer and an authorized representative of Mentor Graphics, this Agreement and the applicable quotation contain the parties' entire understanding relating to the subject matter and supersede all prior or contemporaneous agreements. If Customer does not agree to these terms and conditions, promptly return or, in the case of Software received electronically, certify destruction of Software and all accompanying items within five days after receipt of Software and receive a full refund of any license fee paid. 1. ORDERS, FEES AND PAYMENT. 1.1. To the extent Customer (or if agreed by Mentor Graphics, Customers appointed third party buying agent) places and Mentor Graphics accepts purchase orders pursuant to this Agreement (Order(s)), each Order will constitute a contract between Customer and Mentor Graphics, which shall be governed solely and exclusively by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, any applicable addenda and the applicable quotation, whether or not these documents are referenced on the Order. Any additional or conflicting terms and conditions appearing on an Order will not be effective unless agreed in writing by an authorized representative of Customer and Mentor Graphics. 1.2. Amounts invoiced will be paid, in the currency specified on the applicable invoice, within 30 days from the date of such invoice. Any past due invoices will be subject to the imposition of interest charges in the amount of one and one-half percent per month or the applicable legal rate currently in effect, whichever is lower. Prices do not include freight, insurance, customs duties, taxes or other similar charges, which Mentor Graphics will state separately in the applicable invoice(s). Unless timely provided with a valid certificate of exemption or other evidence that items are not taxable, Mentor Graphics will invoice Customer for all applicable taxes including, but not limited to, VAT, GST, sales tax and service tax. Customer will make all payments free and clear of, and without reduction for, any withholding or other taxes; any such taxes imposed on payments by Customer hereunder will be Customers sole responsibility. If Customer appoints a third party to place purchase orders and/or make payments on Customers behalf, Customer shall be liable for payment under Orders placed by such third party in the event of default. 1.3. All Products are delivered FCA factory (Incoterms 2000), freight prepaid and invoiced to Customer, except Software delivered electronically, which shall be deemed delivered when made available to Customer for download. Mentor Graphics retains a security interest in all Products delivered under this Agreement, to secure payment of the purchase price of such Products, and Customer agrees to sign any documents that Mentor Graphics determines to be necessary or convenient for use in filing or perfecting such security interest. Mentor Graphics delivery of Software by electronic means is subject to Customers provision of both a primary and an alternate e-mail address. 2. GRANT OF LICENSE. The software installed, downloaded, or otherwise acquired by Customer under this Agreement, including any updates, modifications, revisions, copies, documentation and design data (Software) are copyrighted, trade secret and confidential information of Mentor Graphics or its licensors, who maintain exclusive title to all Software and retain all rights not expressly granted by this Agreement. Mentor Graphics grants to Customer, subject to payment of applicable license fees, a nontransferable, nonexclusive license to use Software solely: (a) in machine-readable, object-code form (except as provided in Subsection 5.2); (b) for Customers internal business purposes; (c) for the term of the license; and (d) on the computer hardware and at the site authorized by Mentor Graphics. A site is restricted to a one-half mile (800 meter) radius. Customer may have Software temporarily used by an employee for telecommuting purposes from locations other than a Customer office, such as the employee's residence, an airport or hotel, provided that such employee's primary place of employment is the site where the Software is authorized for use. Mentor Graphics standard policies and programs, which vary depending on Software, license fees paid or services purchased, apply to the following: (a) relocation of Software; (b) use of Software, which may be limited, for example, to execution of a single session by a single user on the authorized hardware or for a restricted period of time (such limitations may be technically implemented through the use of authorization codes or similar devices); and (c) support services provided, including eligibility to receive telephone support, updates, modifications, and revisions. For the avoidance of doubt, if Customer requests any change or enhancement to Software, whether in the course of receiving support or consulting services, evaluating Software, performing beta testing or otherwise, any inventions, product

improvements, modifications or developments made by Mentor Graphics (at Mentor Graphics sole discretion) will be the exclusive property of Mentor Graphics. 3. ESC SOFTWARE. If Customer purchases a license to use development or prototyping tools of Mentor Graphics Embedded Software Channel (ESC), Mentor Graphics grants to Customer a nontransferable, nonexclusive license to reproduce and distribute executable files created using ESC compilers, including the ESC run-time libraries distributed with ESC C and C++ compiler Software that are linked into a composite program as an integral part of Customers compiled computer program, provided that Customer distributes these files only in conjunction with Customers compiled computer program. Mentor Graphics does NOT grant Customer any right to duplicate, incorporate or embed copies of Mentor Graphics real-time operating systems or other embedded software products into Customers products or applications without first signing or otherwise agreeing to a separate agreement with Mentor Graphics for such purpose. BETA CODE. 4.1. Portions or all of certain Software may contain code for experimental testing and evaluation (Beta Code), which may not be used without Mentor Graphics explicit authorization. Upon Mentor Graphics authorization, Mentor Graphics grants to Customer a temporary, nontransferable, nonexclusive license for experimental use to test and evaluate the Beta Code without charge for a limited period of time specified by Mentor Graphics. This grant and Customers use of the Beta Code shall not be construed as marketing or offering to sell a license to the Beta Code, which Mentor Graphics may choose not to release commercially in any form. 4.2. If Mentor Graphics authorizes Customer to use the Beta Code, Customer agrees to evaluate and test the Beta Code under normal conditions as directed by Mentor Graphics. Customer will contact Mentor Graphics periodically during Customers use of the Beta Code to discuss any malfunctions or suggested improvements. Upon completion of Customers evaluation and testing, Customer will send to Mentor Graphics a written evaluation of the Beta Code, including its strengths, weaknesses and recommended improvements. 4.3. Customer agrees to maintain Beta Code in confidence and shall restrict access to the Beta Code, including the methods and concepts utilized therein, solely to those employees and Customer location(s) authorized by Mentor Graphics to perform beta testing. Customer agrees that any written evaluations and all inventions, product improvements, modifications or developments that Mentor Graphics conceived or made during or subsequent to this Agreement, including those based partly or wholly on Customers feedback, will be the exclusive property of Mentor Graphics. Mentor Graphics will have exclusive rights, title and interest in all such property. The provisions of this Subsection 4.3 shall survive termination of this Agreement. 5. RESTRICTIONS ON USE. 5.1. Customer may copy Software only as reasonably necessary to support the authorized use. Each copy must include all notices and legends embedded in Software and affixed to its medium and container as received from Mentor Graphics. All copies shall remain the property of Mentor Graphics or its licensors. Customer shall maintain a record of the number and primary location of all copies of Software, including copies merged with other software, and shall make those records available to Mentor Graphics upon request. Customer shall not make Products available in any form to any person other than Customers employees and on-site contractors, excluding Mentor Graphics competitors, whose job performance requires access and who are under obligations of confidentiality. Customer shall take appropriate action to protect the confidentiality of Products and ensure that any person permitted access does not disclose or use it except as permitted by this Agreement. Customer shall give Mentor Graphics written notice of any unauthorized disclosure or use of the Products as soon as Customer learns or becomes aware of such unauthorized disclosure or use. Except as otherwise permitted for purposes of interoperability as specified by applicable and mandatory local law, Customer shall not reverse-assemble, reverse-compile, reverse-engineer or in any way derive any source code from Software. Log files, data files, rule files and script files generated by or for the Software (collectively Files), including without limitation files containing Standard Verification Rule Format (SVRF) and Tcl Verification Format (TVF) which are Mentor Graphics proprietary syntaxes for expressing process rules, constitute or include confidential information of Mentor Graphics. Customer may share Files with third parties, excluding Mentor Graphics competitors, provided that the confidentiality of such Files is protected by written agreement at least as well as Customer protects other information of a similar nature or importance, but in any case with at least reasonable care. Customer may use Files containing SVRF or TVF only with Mentor Graphics products. Under no circumstances shall Customer use Software or Files or allow their use for the purpose of developing, enhancing or marketing any product that is in any way competitive with Software, or disclose to any third party the results of, or information pertaining to, any benchmark. 5.2. If any Software or portions thereof are provided in source code form, Customer will use the source code only to correct software errors and enhance or modify the Software for the authorized use. Customer shall not disclose or permit disclosure of source code, in whole or in part, including any of its methods or concepts, to anyone except Customers employees or contractors, excluding Mentor Graphics competitors, with a need to know. Customer shall not copy or compile source code in any manner except to support this authorized use. 5.3. Customer may not assign this Agreement or the rights and duties under it, or relocate, sublicense or otherwise transfer the Products, whether by operation of law or otherwise (Attempted Transfer), without Mentor Graphics prior written consent and payment of Mentor Graphics then-current applicable relocation and/or transfer fees. Any Attempted Transfer without Mentor Graphics prior written consent shall be a material breach of this Agreement and may, at Mentor Graphics option, result in the immediate termination of the Agreement and/or the licenses granted under this Agreement. The terms of this Agreement, including without limitation the licensing and assignment provisions, shall be binding upon Customers permitted successors in interest and assigns.

4.

5.4. The provisions of this Section 5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. 6. SUPPORT SERVICES. To the extent Customer purchases support services, Mentor Graphics will provide Customer updates and technical support for the Products, at the Customer site(s) for which support is purchased, in accordance with Mentor Graphics then current End-User Support Terms located at http://supportnet.mentor.com/about/legal/. AUTOMATIC CHECK FOR UPDATES; PRIVACY. Technological measures in Software may communicate with servers of Mentor Graphics or its contractors for the purpose of checking for and notifying the user of updates and to ensure that the Software in use is licensed in compliance with this Agreement. Mentor Graphics will not collect any personally identifiable data in this process and will not disclose any data collected to any third party without the prior written consent of Customer, except to Mentor Graphics outside attorneys or as may be required by a court of competent jurisdiction. LIMITED WARRANTY. 8.1. Mentor Graphics warrants that during the warranty period its standard, generally supported Products, when properly installed, will substantially conform to the functional specifications set forth in the applicable user manual. Mentor Graphics does not warrant that Products will meet Customers requirements or that operation of Products will be uninterrupted or error free. The warranty period is 90 days starting on the 15th day after delivery or upon installation, whichever first occurs. Customer must notify Mentor Graphics in writing of any nonconformity within the warranty period. For the avoidance of doubt, this warranty applies only to the initial shipment of Software under an Order and does not renew or reset, for example, with the delivery of (a) Software updates or (b) authorization codes or alternate Software under a transaction involving Software re-mix. This warranty shall not be valid if Products have been subject to misuse, unauthorized modification or improper installation. MENTOR GRAPHICS ENTIRE LIABILITY AND CUSTOMERS EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SHALL BE, AT MENTOR GRAPHICS OPTION, EITHER (A) REFUND OF THE PRICE PAID UPON RETURN OF THE PRODUCTS TO MENTOR GRAPHICS OR (B) MODIFICATION OR REPLACEMENT OF THE PRODUCTS THAT DO NOT MEET THIS LIMITED WARRANTY, PROVIDED CUSTOMER HAS OTHERWISE COMPLIED WITH THIS AGREEMENT. MENTOR GRAPHICS MAKES NO WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO: (A) SERVICES; (B) PRODUCTS PROVIDED AT NO CHARGE; OR (C) BETA CODE; ALL OF WHICH ARE PROVIDED AS IS. 8.2. THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 8 ARE EXCLUSIVE. NEITHER MENTOR GRAPHICS NOR ITS LICENSORS MAKE ANY OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, WITH RESPECT TO PRODUCTS PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. MENTOR GRAPHICS AND ITS LICENSORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. 9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. EXCEPT WHERE THIS EXCLUSION OR RESTRICTION OF LIABILITY WOULD BE VOID OR INEFFECTIVE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL MENTOR GRAPHICS OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS OR SAVINGS) WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER LEGAL THEORY, EVEN IF MENTOR GRAPHICS OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT SHALL MENTOR GRAPHICS OR ITS LICENSORS LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE AMOUNT RECEIVED FROM CUSTOMER FOR THE HARDWARE, SOFTWARE LICENSE OR SERVICE GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM. IN THE CASE WHERE NO AMOUNT WAS PAID, MENTOR GRAPHICS AND ITS LICENSORS SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 9 SHALL SURVIVE THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

7.

8.

10. HAZARDOUS APPLICATIONS. CUSTOMER ACKNOWLEDGES IT IS SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR TESTING ITS PRODUCTS USED IN APPLICATIONS WHERE THE FAILURE OR INACCURACY OF ITS PRODUCTS MIGHT RESULT IN DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY (HAZARDOUS APPLICATIONS). NEITHER MENTOR GRAPHICS NOR ITS LICENSORS SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OF MENTOR GRAPHICS PRODUCTS IN OR FOR HAZARDOUS APPLICATIONS. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 10 SHALL SURVIVE THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT. 11. INDEMNIFICATION. CUSTOMER AGREES TO INDEMNIFY AND HOLD HARMLESS MENTOR GRAPHICS AND ITS LICENSORS FROM ANY CLAIMS, LOSS, COST, DAMAGE, EXPENSE OR LIABILITY, INCLUDING ATTORNEYS FEES, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OF PRODUCTS AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 10. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 11 SHALL SURVIVE THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT. 12. INFRINGEMENT. 12.1. Mentor Graphics will defend or settle, at its option and expense, any action brought against Customer in the United States, Canada, Japan, or member state of the European Union which alleges that any standard, generally supported Product acquired by Customer hereunder infringes a patent or copyright or misappropriates a trade secret in such jurisdiction. Mentor Graphics will pay costs and damages finally awarded against Customer that are attributable to the action. Customer understands and agrees that as conditions to Mentor Graphics obligations under this section Customer must: (a) notify Mentor Graphics promptly in writing of the action; (b) provide Mentor Graphics all reasonable information and assistance to settle or defend the action; and (c) grant Mentor Graphics sole authority and control of the defense or settlement of the action.

12.2. If a claim is made under Subsection 12.1 Mentor Graphics may, at its option and expense, (a) replace or modify the Product so that it becomes noninfringing; (b) procure for Customer the right to continue using the Product; or (c) require the return of the Product and refund to Customer any purchase price or license fee paid, less a reasonable allowance for use. 12.3. Mentor Graphics has no liability to Customer if the action is based upon: (a) the combination of Software or hardware with any product not furnished by Mentor Graphics; (b) the modification of the Product other than by Mentor Graphics; (c) the use of other than a current unaltered release of Software; (d) the use of the Product as part of an infringing process; (e) a product that Customer makes, uses, or sells; (f) any Beta Code or Product provided at no charge; (g) any software provided by Mentor Graphics licensors who do not provide such indemnification to Mentor Graphics customers; or (h) infringement by Customer that is deemed willful. In the case of (h), Customer shall reimburse Mentor Graphics for its reasonable attorney fees and other costs related to the action. 12.4. THIS SECTION 12 IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 9 ABOVE AND STATES THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF MENTOR GRAPHICS AND ITS LICENSORS FOR DEFENSE, SETTLEMENT AND DAMAGES, AND CUSTOMERS SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY, WITH RESPECT TO ANY ALLEGED PATENT OR COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT OR TRADE SECRET MISAPPROPRIATION BY ANY PRODUCT PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. 13. TERMINATION AND EFFECT OF TERMINATION. If a Software license was provided for limited term use, such license will automatically terminate at the end of the authorized term. 13.1. Mentor Graphics may terminate this Agreement and/or any license granted under this Agreement immediately upon written notice if Customer: (a) exceeds the scope of the license or otherwise fails to comply with the licensing or confidentiality provisions of this Agreement, or (b) becomes insolvent, files a bankruptcy petition, institutes proceedings for liquidation or winding up or enters into an agreement to assign its assets for the benefit of creditors. For any other material breach of any provision of this Agreement, Mentor Graphics may terminate this Agreement and/or any license granted under this Agreement upon 30 days written notice if Customer fails to cure the breach within the 30 day notice period. Termination of this Agreement or any license granted hereunder will not affect Customers obligation to pay for Products shipped or licenses granted prior to the termination, which amounts shall be payable immediately upon the date of termination. 13.2. Upon termination of this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the parties shall cease except as expressly set forth in this Agreement. Upon termination, Customer shall ensure that all use of the affected Products ceases, and shall return hardware and either return to Mentor Graphics or destroy Software in Customers possession, including all copies and documentation, and certify in writing to Mentor Graphics within ten business days of the termination date that Customer no longer possesses any of the affected Products or copies of Software in any form. 14. EXPORT. The Products provided hereunder are subject to regulation by local laws and United States government agencies, which prohibit export or diversion of certain products and information about the products to certain countries and certain persons. Customer agrees that it will not export Products in any manner without first obtaining all necessary approval from appropriate local and United States government agencies. 15. U.S. GOVERNMENT LICENSE RIGHTS. Software was developed entirely at private expense. All Software is commercial computer software within the meaning of the applicable acquisition regulations. Accordingly, pursuant to US FAR 48 CFR 12.212 and DFAR 48 CFR 227.7202, use, duplication and disclosure of the Software by or for the U.S. Government or a U.S. Government subcontractor is subject solely to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, except for provisions which are contrary to applicable mandatory federal laws. 16. THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY. Mentor Graphics Corporation, Mentor Graphics (Ireland) Limited, Microsoft Corporation and other licensors may be third party beneficiaries of this Agreement with the right to enforce the obligations set forth herein. 17. REVIEW OF LICENSE USAGE. Customer will monitor the access to and use of Software. With prior written notice and during Customers normal business hours, Mentor Graphics may engage an internationally recognized accounting firm to review Customers software monitoring system and records deemed relevant by the internationally recognized accounting firm to confirm Customers compliance with the terms of this Agreement or U.S. or other local export laws. Such review may include FLEXlm or FLEXnet (or successor product) report log files that Customer shall capture and provide at Mentor Graphics request. Customer shall make records available in electronic format and shall fully cooperate with data gathering to support the license review. Mentor Graphics shall bear the expense of any such review unless a material non-compliance is revealed. Mentor Graphics shall treat as confidential information all information gained as a result of any request or review and shall only use or disclose such information as required by law or to enforce its rights under this Agreement. The provisions of this Section 17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. 18. CONTROLLING LAW, JURISDICTION AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION. The owners of certain Mentor Graphics intellectual property licensed under this Agreement are located in Ireland and the United States. To promote consistency around the world, disputes shall be resolved as follows: excluding conflict of laws rules, this Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Oregon, USA, if Customer is located in North or South America, and the laws of Ireland if Customer is located outside of North or South America. All disputes arising out of or in relation to this Agreement shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Portland, Oregon when the laws of Oregon apply, or Dublin, Ireland when the laws of Ireland apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all disputes in Asia arising out of or in relation to this Agreement shall be resolved by arbitration in Singapore before a single arbitrator to be appointed by the chairman of the Singapore International Arbitration Centre (SIAC) to be conducted in the English language, in accordance with the Arbitration Rules of the SIAC in effect at the time of the dispute, which rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference in this section. This section shall not

restrict Mentor Graphics right to bring an action against Customer in the jurisdiction where Customers place of business is located. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods does not apply to this Agreement. 19. SEVERABILITY. If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void, invalid, unenforceable or illegal, such provision shall be severed from this Agreement and the remaining provisions will remain in full force and effect. 20. MISCELLANEOUS. This Agreement contains the parties entire understanding relating to its subject matter and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, including but not limited to any purchase order terms and conditions. Some Software may contain code distributed under a third party license agreement that may provide additional rights to Customer. Please see the applicable Software documentation for details. This Agreement may only be modified in writing by authorized representatives of the parties. Waiver of terms or excuse of breach must be in writing and shall not constitute subsequent consent, waiver or excuse. Rev. 100615, Part No. 246066